Home

SMOD-L-YYZZ-X - Lasalle Scientific Inc.

1. DT series silicon Diodes Strongly orientation dependent Junction perpendicular to field DT series GaAlAs Diodes Shown with junction perpendicular package TG series base parallel to applied field B When junction is parallel to B induced errors are typically less than or on the order of those shown www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Sensor Characteristics Appendix B 163 Figure 7a Gamma Rays Temperature shift as a function of temperature due to 10 000 Gy gamma radiation dose from a Cs 137 source Dose rate was 0 5 Gy min with irradiation performed at 298 K RF 800 4 SN 0905 Rhodium Iron 30 50 100 200 330 4 6 810 Temperature K Temperature KI Figure 7b Neutrons and Gamma Rays Temperature shift as a function of temperature due to a 2 5 x 10 E BIN 8554 neutron cm fluence from a nuclear pool reactor The neutron flux was 3 75 x 10 neutron cm s with i irradiation performed at 298 K GaAlAs Diode associated gamma ray dose of 29 Gy D 100 200 330 Temperature K SS PT 103 F Germanium SIN P7081 Platinum GR 200A 1000 DN 25453 4 50 100 200 330 i 4 DU 1050 200 2XJ BO 100 200 330 Temperature K Temperature K Temperature K www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakesho
2. Accessories suggested for installation see Accessories section for full descriptions Stycast epoxy CryoCable Apiezon grease Manganin wire VGE 7031 varnish Indium solder SC EC Phosphor bronze wire usp F S www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Features B Virtually no magnetic field induced errors BI Capable of mK control stability in the presence of strong magnetic fields BI Monotonic in C versus T to nearly room temperature Patent 3 649 891 exclusively assigned to Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Temperature reproducibility Over a period of days thermal cycling of capacitance sensors can provide variations in their capacitance temperature values equivalent to several tenths of a degree at 4 2 K 77 K and room temperature Over longer periods of time variations can reach one degree or more However any reduced capacitance C T C 4 2 K is generally stable to within 0 5 K These variations or shifts in the temperature response curve have no effect on the sensor s stability when operating at a given temperature and therefore do not impair the sensor s primary function as a control element Typical CS Capacitance Values 200 r aparibanee ari VW Ve wg W n Zb temperature KI www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Capacitance Sensors Capacitance Temperatur
3. Diode Diode CX 1050 1000 Q RX 102A RX 103A 27 Q 100 Q 100 Q 1000 Q 1 4K 5 mK 5 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 42K 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4 mK 6 mK 4 mK 4 mK 4mK 10K 5 mK 5 mK 4 mK 4 mK 10 mK 15 mK 4 mK 5 mK 4 mK 20 K 8 mK 8 mK 8 mK 8 mK 34 mK 34 mK 8 mK 9mK 8 mK 7 mK 30 K 15 mK 15 mK 9 mK 9 mK 72 mK 59 mK 9 mK 9 mK 8 mK 8 mK 50 K 18 mK 18 mK 12 mK 13 mK 10 mK 10 mK 10 mK 11 mK 100 K 18 mK 18 mK 16 mK 27 mK 11 mK 11 mK 11 mK 18 mK 300 K 30 mK 30 mK 40 mK 102 mK 22 mK 22 mK 22 mK 400 K 43 mK 43 mK 65 mK 39 mK 39 mK 500 K 47 mK 47 mK 44 mK Values are representative and will vary slightly dependent upon specific device characteristics www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 184 Appendix D Lake Shore s calibration facility and procedures for diode and resistance sensor calibrations are traceable to recognized national metrology laboratories and are in compliance with ISO 9001 See page 187 regarding recalibration information Lake Shore Calibrations Include 1 Certificate of Calibration This states the traceability of the calibrations performed by Lake Shore to international temperature scales and standards 2 Calibration Data The measured test data resistance or forward volta
4. Calibration uncertainty reproducibility Jor more information see Appendices B D and E Long term stability data 1s obtained by subjecting sensor to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K Under 10 K calibration valid in vacuum only Temperature Response Data Table typical TG 120 dV dT mV K V volts See Appendix G for expanded response table Sensor materials TG 120 P 79 mg 2 phosphor Air Short BeO ceramic header set into bronze insulated Long a gold plated copper cylinder with heavy build Polyimide TG 120 PL 20mg 2 platinum Solid Short Constructed with platinum epoxy Long otycast epoxy and alumina TG 120 SD 38mg 2 platinum Hermetically Positive lead Chip mounted on sapphire welded to sealed in on right with base with alumina body and package vacuum package lid lid Mo Mn metallization on CAUTION leads up and leads base amp lid top with nickel are delicate toward user and gold plating www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T at B magnetic induction Package Base Parallel to Field B To minimize magnetic field induced temperature errors the sensor should be oriented so that the package base is perpendicular to the magnetic field flux lines this results in the dio
5. 12mK 12mK 12mK 14mK 22mK 32mK DT 470 SD CO 12mK 12mK 12mK 14mK 22mK 32mK 45mK x50mK DT 470 BO BR CU CY ET LR MT 12mK 12mK x12mK x14 mK x22 mK 32 mK DT 471 SD CO 12mK 14mK 22mK 32mK 45mK 50mK DT 471 BO BR CU CY ET LR MT 12mK 14mK 22 mK 32 mK GaAlAs Diode T eee EE GEN Si TG 120 P 12mK 12mK 12mK 14mK 22mK 32mK TG 120 PL 12mK 12mK 12mK 14mK 22mK x32mK TG 120 SD CO 12mK 12mK 12mK x14mK 22mK 32mK 45mK 50mK TG 120 CU 12mK 12mK 12mK x14mK 22mK 32mK Cernox zl CX 1010 AA CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 3mK 3 5mK 4 5mK 5mK 5mK 5mK x6mK 9mK 25mK x75mK CX 1010 BC 5mK 5mK 6mK 9mK z25mK 75mK CX 1030 AA CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 3mK x4mK 5mK x5mK x5mK x6mK x9mK x25mK 75 mK CX 1030 BC 5mK 5mK 6mK 9mK x25mK x75 mK CX 1050 AA BC CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 5mK 5mK 6mK 9mK 16mK 40mK CX 1070 AA BC CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 5mK 6mK 9mK 16mK 40mK CX 1080 AA BC CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 9mK 16mK 40mK CX 1030 CO SD HT 3mK
6. Sensor Input Excitation Display Measurement Electronic Electronic Temperature Range Current Resolution Resolution Accuracy Control Coefficient Stability Diode negative 0Vto2 5V 10 uA x 0 05902 10 uV 10 uV 80 ON 0 005 of rdg 20 uV 340 3462 negative 0Vto7 5V 10 uA x 0 05902 10 uV 10 uV 80 ON 0 01 of rdg 20 uV PTC RTD positive 0 Oto 250 Q 1 mA 1 mo 1 mo 3 0 002 Q 0 01 of rdg 2 mo 340 3462 positive 0Q to 500 0 1 mA 1 mo 1 mo 0 002 Q 0 01 of rdg 2 mo positive 0 to 2500 Q 0 1 mA 10 mo 10 mo 0 03 Q 0 02 of rdg 20 mQ NTC RTD negative 0 Oto 10 0 100 uA 100 uc 1 mo 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg 2 mo 1 mv negative 0 Oto 30 O0 30 uA 100 uO 3 mo 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg 6 mo 340 3462 negative 0 Oto 100 0 10 uA 1 mo 10 mo 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg 20 mQ negative 0 Q to 300 Q 3 UA 1 mo 30 MOQ 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg 60 mo negative 0 Oto 1 ko 1 uA 10 mo 0 10 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg 0 20 negative 0Qto3kO 300 nA 10 mo 0 3 O 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg 0 6 O negative 0Q to 10 kQ 100 nA SEO 10 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg 20 negative 0 Q to 30 kQ 30 nA DO SI 0 02 rng 0 1 rdg DO NTC RTD negative 0 Oto 30 0 300 uA 100 uc 300 uQ 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 600 OC 10 mV negative 0 Oto 100 0 100 uA 1 mo 1 mo 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 2 MOQ 340 3462 negative 0 to 300 Q 30 uA 1 mo 3 mo 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 6 mo negative 0 Oto 1 ki 10 uA 10 mo 10 mo 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 20 mo negative 0 O to 3 kQ 3 UA 10 mo 30 MQ 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 60 mo negative 0 Oto 10 ko 1 uA
7. Sensor properties Excitation and instrumentation Temperature Resistance dR dT Thermal Resistance Excitation Excitation Power resistance range voltage limit current 0 05 K 25 KQ 3 5 MQ K 200 mK nW 63 2 KQ 63 2 uV 1 nA 25 fW 0 1K 2 kO 60 KO K 20 mK nW 6 32 KQ 63 2 uV 10 nA 200 fW 0 3 K 1720 890 Q K 4 mK nW 632 KQ 200 uV 316 nA 17 pW 1K 42 Q 36 Q K 0 1 mK nW 200 KQ 200 uV 1 uA 42 pW Instrument performance Overall performance Temperature Measurement Electronic Calibration Self heating Interpolation Overall resolution accuracy accuracy errors error accuracy 0 05 K 6 Q 1 7 uK 13 8 Q 1 7 uK 5 mK 9 uK 0 2 mK 52 MK 0 1K 300 MA 5 uK 3 ORTOS 5 mK 4 uK 0 2 mK 5 2 mK 0 3K 10mQ 11 uK 64 2 mQ 72 uK 5 mK 68 uK 0 2 mK 5 3 mK 1K 3 mA 83 uK 16 6 mO 461 uK 5 mK 9 uK 0 2 mK 57 MK Lake Shore 1000 Ruthenium Oxide RX 102A Sensor properties Excitation and instrumentation Temperature Resistance dR dT Thermal Resistance Excitation Excitation Power resistance range voltage limit current 0 05 K 70 kQ 5 0 MQ K 7000 mK nW 200 KQ 63 2 uV 316 pA 7 fW 0 1K 19 3 KQ 266 KO K 800 mK nW 20 kQ 63 2 uV 3 16 nA 193 fW 0 3K 9 6 kO 16 6 kQ K 90 mK nW 6 32 KQ 200 uV 31 6 nA 9 6 fW 1K 2 3 kO 1 2 kO K 8 mK nW 6 32 KQ 200 uV 31 6 nA 2 3 pW Instrument performance Overall performance Temperature Measurement Electronic Calibration Self heating Interpolation Overall resolution accuracy accuracy er
8. x025Kx025K x09K 1 3K x14K x23K PT 102 3S4 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 1 4K 2 3K PT 103 3S4 0 25K 0 25K 3025K 3025K 14K x23K PT 111 3S4 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 2S 2 point at 77 K and 305 K 3 3S 3 point at 4 2 K 77 K and 305 K 4 3S 3 point at 77 K 305 K and 480 K www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 SoftCal Performed by User with Lake Shore Instrument A SoftCal feature for DT 400 silicon diodes only has been designed into some of the newer models of Lake Shore instruments 340 332 331 321 218 and 211 If a customer has purchased one of these instruments and a standard uncalibrated silicon diode he or she can perform the SoftCal procedure Operation manuals provide instructions on how to use the SoftCal function to upgrade the absolute accuracy of the sensor for use with any of the instruments listed Note A 2 point or 3 point calibration is only as good as the accuracy of the calibration points The accuracies listed for SoftCal assume 0 05 K for 77 K and 305 K points and 0 01 K for liquid helium If you are performing the SoftCal yourself with silicon diodes and Lake Shore instrumentation beware of liquefied nitrogen and ice point temperatures They can vary 0 5 K Use a calibrated standard sensor if possible Liquid
9. Yes Yes 316 uA Yes 100 uA Yes 31 6 uA Yes 10 uA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 16 uA Yes 1 uA Yes 316 nA Yes 100 nA Yes 31 6 nA Yes Number of Reading Displays 1 8 1 8 1 1 Interfaces IEEE 488 2 Yes RS 232C Yes Yes Yes Yes Number of Alarms 16 16 2 Number of Relays 0 2 Analog Voltage Output 2 at 10 V 0 10V 0 10V 0 10V 0 10V 4 20 mA Output Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Logging Yes Yes Uses 5 mV or 10 mV constant voltage www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge 370 AC Resistance Bridge mo Ce a te La mm jum Www Vola Cumo Sasnnn Mea Range Tectslar Eestin Cho rei pa rre on NacWin Aer ps mm m l Model 3 0 M Resistance Bridge with Temperature Control Model 370 Features BI Resistance measurement ranges from 2 MO to 2 MQ 21 excitation levels from 3 16 pA to 31 6 mA Displays real time sensor excitation power One sensor input up to 8 or 16 with scanner PID temperature control IEEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces alarms relays and analog outputs B Unique noise reduction elements M Patented current source preserves common mode noise
10. Lake Shore temperature controllers temperature monitors temperature sensors temperature transmitters I AC resistance bridge current sources Le Ke cn cryogenic accessories power supplies gaussmeters fluxmeters Hall Effect sensors and probes all in a few easy clicks fast and convenient www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 72 77 96 94 100 see PDF 106 110 114 118 124 127 71 Instruments Instrument Selection Guide Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge Model 340 Temperature Controller Model 332 Temperature Controller Model 331 Temperature Controller Model 325 Temperature Controller Model 321 Temperature Controller Model 218 Temperature Monitor Model 211 Temperature Monitor 230 Series Temperature Transmitters Monitors 100 Series Current Sources Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Instrument Selection Guide Instrument Selection Guide How to Select a Temperature Instrument for Your Application Lake Shore offers the most comprehensive line of cryogenic temperature instruments in the world The instruments described in this section are designed and manufactured for both general and specific temperature research applications in mind For much of its 35 year history Lake Shore has focused on instrumentation used for the precise measurement of temperatures from near absolute zero to well above room temperature
11. AA V Cernox Packages Unique Packages see individual sensor pages TG 120 P DT 421 HR CS 501 TG 120 PL DT 670E BR PI 102 CX 10XX BC PT 103 CX 10XX BG GaAlAs Packages PT 111 CX 10XX BR Capacitance Package DI 414 RX 102B CB Platinum Packages Individual Package Information Hermetically Sealed SD Package Package material Sapphire base with alumina body and lid Molybde num manganese metallization on base and lid top with nickel and gold plating Gold tin solder as hermetic lid seal B Small package designed primarily for bonding Leads 9 or clamping to a flat surface Lead material Silicon diode brazed Kovar m Indium silver epoxy 2850 Stycast epoxy Cernox gold plated copper soldered m or a CO clamp may be used for mounting with 60 40 SnPb i AMR eT Gallium Aluminum Arsenide welded platinum i s Mass 0 03 o ee Limitation The useful upper temperature limit of this configu ration is 500 K The Lake Shore SD Package the Most Rugged Versatile Package in the Industry The SD package with its sapphire base direct sensor to sapphire mounting hermetic sealing and brazed Kovar leads provides the industry s most rugged versatile sensors with the best thermal connection between the sample and sensor chip In addition this package is designed so heat coming down the leads bypasses the sensor chip It can survive several thousand hours at 500 K and is compatible with most ultra high vacuum
12. Rhodium lron PTC RTD RF 800 4 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 RF 100T U 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 Cernox NTC RTD CX 1010 2 325 2 325 2 325 0 3 325 CX 1030 HT 3 5 420 3 5 420 3 5 420 0 3 420 CX 1050 HT 4 420 4 420 4 420 1 4 420 CX 1070 HT 15 420 15 420 15 420 4 2 420 CX 1080 HT 50 420 50 420 50 420 20 420 Germanium NTC RTD GR 200A 30 GR 200A 50 GR 200A 100 GR 200A 250 GR 200A B 500 GR 200A B 1000 2 2 100 2 2 100 GR 200A B 1500 2 6 100 2 6 100 GR 200A B 2500 3 1 100 3 1 100 Carbon Glass NTC RTD CGR 1 500 4 325 4 325 4 325 1 4 325 CGR 1 1000 5 325 5 325 5 325 1 7 325 CGR 1 2000 6 325 6 325 6 325 2 325 Ruthenium Oxide Rox NTC RTD RX 102A 1 4 40 1 4 40 RX 102B 1 4 40 1 4 40 RX 103A RX 202A www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Instrument Selection Guide Monitors 218E Transmitters 231P Current Reversal Yes Current Excitation Autoranging Yes Excitation Current Ranges 1 mA Yes Yes Yes Yes 500 uA
13. T DT 421 Typical DT 400 Diode Sensitivity Values 5 ul z7ilT Lager STHSiLisiky ou H rz Ll AP uo Ji D ei el 20 Aba cm Si ani tose Gell H e mail info lakeshore com Specifications Standard curve Curve 10 see next page Recommended excitation 10 uA 0 1 Max reverse voltage 40 V Max current before damage 1 mA continuous or 100 mA pulsed Dissipation at recommended excitation 17 uW at 4 2 K 10 uW at 77 K 5 uW at 305 K Thermal response time SD typical lt 10 ms at 4 2 K 100 ms at 77 K 200 ms at 305 K Use in radiation Recommended for use only in low level radiation see Appendix B Use in magnetic field Not recommended for use in magnetic field applications below 60 K Low magnetic field dependence when used in fields up to 5 tesla above 60 K see Appendix B Reproducibility 10 mK at 4 2 K 1 Short term reproducibility data is obtained by subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks from 305 K to 4 2 K Range of Use Minimum Limit 1 4K DT 470 SD DT 471 SD DT 414 DT 421 1 4K 3 75 K Calibrated Accuracy Typical sensor accuracy 12 mK 12 mK Long term stability 1 4K Calibration uncertainty reproducibility for more information see Appendices B D and E 3 Long term stability data is obtained by subjecting sensor to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K Physical Specifications Mass Lead type L
14. Typical Sensor Performance see Appendix F for sample calculations of typical sensor performance Electronic Accuracy Temperature Equivalents Measurement Resolution Temperature Example Nominal Typical Lake Shore Resistance Sensor Sensor Voltage Sensitivity Temperature Accuracy including Electronic Accuracy CalCurve and Calibrated Sensor Equivalents Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 1 4K 1 644 V 12 49 mV K 1 6 mK 26 mK 38 mK with 1 4H TK 1 028 V 1 73 mV K 11 6 mK 152 mK 174 mK calibration 300 K 0 5597 V 2 3 mV K 8 7 mK 94 mK 126 mK 500 K 0 0907 V 2 12 mV K 9 4 mK 80 mK 130 mK Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 13 1 4K 1 6981 V 13 1 mV K 1 5 mK 26 mK 38 mK with 1 4H 77K 1 0203 V 1 92 mV K 10 5 mK 137 mK 159 mK calibration 300 K 0 5189 V 2 4 mV K 8 4 mK 88 mK 120 mK 475 K 0 0906 V 2 22 mV K 9 1 mK 77 mK 127 mK GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 1 4K 5 391 V 97 5 mV K 0 2 mK 13 mK 25 mK with 1 4H 71K 1 422 V 1 24 mV K 16 2 mK 359 mK 381 mK calibration 300 K 0 8978 V 2 85 mV K 7 mK 120 mK 152 mK 415K 0 3778 V 3 15 mV K 6 4 mK 75 mK 125 mK 100 Platinum RTD PT 103 30 K 3 66 Q 0 19 Q K 10 5 mK 25 mK 35 mK 500 Full Scale with 1 4J 77K 20 38 Q 0 42 O K 4 8 mK 20 mK 32 mK calibration 300 K 110 35 Q 0 39 Q K 5 2 mK 68 mK 91 mK 500 K 185 668 Q 0 378 O K 5 3 mK 109 mK 155 mK Cernox CX 1050 SD HT 4 2K 3507 2 Q 1120 8 O K 45 uK 1 4 mK 6 4 mK with 4M 77K 205 67
15. 16 mK 16 mK 18 mK 6 Calibration uncertainty reproducibility for more information see Appendices B D and E Long Term Stability 102A AA 102B CB 202A AA 42K 30mK RX 202A AA M RX 202A AA RX 103A AA M RX 103A AA Matched Unmatched Matched Unmatched Matched Unmatched 0 05 K 5 mK 10 mK 10 mK 15 mK 0 3K 15 mK 20 mK 20 mK 25 mK 0 5 K 20 mK 25 mK 25 mK 30 mK 1 4K 25 mK 50 mK 50 mK 100 mK 50 mK 150 mK 4 2K 75 mK 125 mK 150 mK 250 mK 100 mK 400 mK 20 K 500 mK 1 25 K 1K 425K 700 mK 2 K 40 K x 15K 4K seg KK 5K 13K 4K Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T at B magnetic induction Rox 102A Rox 102B 14T Rox 202A Temperature Response Data Table typical 102A 202A 103A R O dR dT Q K T R dR dT R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT 0 01 K 9856 38 413888 0 4199 0 02 K 7289 79 170565 0 4680 em 0 05 K 70020 5090000 3 6 4676 87 41480 0 4435 110000 12300000 5 6 DIEI 19390 266000 1 4 3548 94 12578 0 3544 23340 274000 1 2 0 3K 9615 16600 0 89 2502 26 2365 0 2836 8364 19400 0 69 1 4K 2005 667 0 47
16. Resolution and Accuracy Sensor Sensor Resolution resistance excitation voltage 0 0003 Q 1Qt06Q 9 mV 4 5 Qto 12 5 Q 9 mV 0 0001 Q 9 Q to 60 Q 10 mV 0 001 Q 45 Q to 125 Q 90 Q to 360 Q Accuracy rdg Q 0 5 0 0006 0 1 0 0013 0 1 0 006 0 1 0 013 0 1 0 036 0 1 0 13 0 1 0 36 0 1 1 3 0 1 3 6 0 5 4 30 900 kQ to 3 6 KQ 2 9 KQ to 12 5 kQ 9 KO to 36 KQ 29 KQ to 300 kQ 0 1 2 3 4 5 290 KQ to 1 25 KQ 6 7 8 9 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 230 Series Temperature Transmitters Thermometry Number of inputs 1 1 1 Measurement type 4 lead differential 4 lead differential 4 lead differential Sensor type Silicon diode GaAlAs diode Platinum Carbon glass germanium Cernox Sensor temperature coefficient Negative Positive Negative Sensor units Volts V Ohms Q Ohms Q Input range 0Vto5V 0Qto 312 Q 1 Q to 300 KQ Sensor excitation 10 uA x 0 196 DC current 500 uA 0 02 DC current Constant voltage pinned at 5 mV or 10 mV dependent on resistance range Update rate 9 readings per s 9 readings per s 4 readings per s 2 readings per s on Scale 0 only Precision curve storage One curve loaded at factory One curve loaded at factory One curve loaded at the factory or in the field via serial interface Example Lake Shore sensor DT 470 CO PT 103 CGR 1 1000 with 1 4L calibration Sensor temperatur
17. Uncalibrated sensor Specify the model number in the left column only for example CX 1050 SD Calibrated sensor Add the calibration range suffix code to the end of the model number for example CX 1050 SD 1 4L Cernox RTD Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end B 40 K D 100 K L 325 K M 420 K Model number Uncal 0 1B 0 1L 0 3B 0 3D 0 3L 0 3M 1 4B 1 4D 1 4L 1 4M 4B 4D 4L 4M 20L 20M CX 1010 AA m mM M E E HN E M N CX 1010 BC BG BR B E E CX 1010 BO CD CO CU LR ET MT SD B E NM NM HN E E CX 1030 AA Ld E NM E E NM HN E NH HN CX 1030 BC E BH NM HN E HN CX 1030 BG BR m CX 1030 BO CD CO adapter SD package adapter CO CUIR is a spring loaded clamp allowing T MT ep e B m sm n m m ner easy sensor interchangeability CX 1050 AA BL BO CD CO To add length to sensor leads CU LR ET SMOD see page 28 MT SD ERN dc zie C CX 1050 BG BR mi CX 1070 AA BC BO CD CO See the appendices for a CU LR ET detailed description of Ap sb NA EE CX 1070 BG BR m Installation CX 1080 AA BC Uncalibrated sensors BO CD CO SoftCal CU LR ET Calibrated sensors LU cS oe Oso MOSS SE S as Eed ES CalCurve CX 1080 BG BR m Sensor packa
18. a e e a IP E S zx i SC A E LN c EN 5 We f E a e ed ITE 10 i E D n S aam Ia WP 1 Taa m E A E ES ee il 1 i 1 Ji i m 1 I yi TERT at t Li UL LA 1 Tei gierazure E www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Temperatu iki fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ES PID Temperature Control Appendix F PID Temperature Contro Closed Loop PID Control Closed loop PID control often called feedback control is the control mode most often associated with temperature controllers In this mode the controller attempts to keep the load at exactly the user entered setpoint which can be entered in sensor units or temperature To do this it uses feedback from the control sensor to calculate and actively adjust the control heater output The control algorithm used is called PID The PID control equation has three variable terms proportional P integral I and derivative D see Figure 1 The PID equation is HeaterOutput Ple 1 e at ES Eqn 1 where the error e is defined as e Setpoint Feedback Reading Proportional P The proportional term also called gain must have a value greater than zero for the control loop to operate The value of the proportional term is multiplied by the error e to generate the proportional contribution to the output Output P Pe If proportional is acting alone with no integral there must always be an err
19. Band 13 20K 0 25K 0 15K 015K gt DT 470 SD 3S Band 13 0 5K 0 5K 0 5K 0 25 K 0 15 K x0 15K 10K x10K DT 471 SD 3S Band 13 0 5K x05K 0 5K x025K x015K x015K 1 0K x10K Platinum PT 102 2S x025K x025K 0 9K 1 3K 1 4K 23K PT 103 28 0 25K 0 25K 0 9K 1 3K 1 4K 2 3K PT 111 257 0 25K 025K 0 9K 1 3K 1 4K 2 3K PT 102 38 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 1 4K 2 3K PT 103 38 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 1 4K 2 3K PT 111 39 0 25K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 1 4K 2 3 K The use of the terms accuracy and uncertainty throughout this catalog are used in the more general and conventional sense as opposed to following the strict metrological definitions For more information see Appendix B Accuracy versus Uncertainty page 158 7 2S 2 point at 77 K and 305 K 8 3S 3 point at 4 2 K 77 K and 305 K 3S 3 point at 77 K 305 K and 480 K www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Typical Accuracy Calibrated Sensors Model number Silicon Diode 0 01 K 0 02 K 0 05K 0 1K 0 3 K 0 5 K 1K Sensor Characteristics Temperature 1 4K 4 2K 10 K
20. Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Cernox RTDs Cernox RIDs Cernox thin film resistance temperature sensors offer significant advantages over comparable bulk or thick film resistance sensors The smaller package size of these thin film sensors makes them useful in a broader range of experimental mounting schemes and they are also available in a chip form They are easily mounted in packages designed for excellent heat transfer yielding a characteristic thermal response time much faster than possible with bulk devices requiring strain free mounting Additionally they have been proven very stable over repeated thermal cycling and under extended exposure to ionizing radiation Hoas KAGIMb OPTIONS AA BC BG BO BR CD CO CU ET LR MT SD CX 1010 the Ideal Replacement for Germanium RTDs The CX 1010 is the first Cernox designed to operate down to 100 mK making it an ideal replacement for Germanium RTDs Unlike Germanium all Cernox models have the added advantage of being able to be used to room temperature In addition Cernox is offered in the incredibly robust Lake Shore SD package giving researchers more flexibility in sensor mounting Typical Cernox Sensitivity 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 CX AA The Lake Shore SD Package The Most Rugged Versatile Package in the Industry The SD package with direct sensor to sapphire base mounting hermetic seal and soldere
21. Ts ur I bie www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com RX 102A Features BI Standard curve interchangeable B Good radiation resistance B Useful down to 50 mK B Low magnetic field induced errors RX 102B Features mM Useful down to 10 mk calibrations down to 20 mK available BI Monotonic from 10 mK to 300 K RX 202A Features BI Standard curve interchangeable B Good radiation resistance BI Monotonic from 50 mK to 300 K B 4x improvement in magnetic field induced errors over other ruthenium oxides RX 103A Features BI Standard curve interchangeable BI Good radiation resistance BI Best choice for interchangeability from 1 4 K to 40 K B Low magnetic field induced errors Typical Rox Resistance Values G Ss Ki L I s FI A 1 ao et Bee d E 3 Ch x E ES E T MON HN OA do i x pn M E ad iJ 1 LU dt t m 727371 re ikel www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Rox RTDs Ruthenium Oxide Rox RTDs Ruthenium oxide temperature sensors are thick film resistors used in applications involving magnetic fields These composite sensors consist of bismuth ruthenate ruthenium oxides binders and other compounds that allow them to obtain the necessary temperature and resistance characteristics Each Lake Shore Rox model adheres to a single resistance versus temperature curve RX 102A The RX
22. 1779 33 197 7 0 1555 3 97 935 0 34 30750 13570 0 62 4 2 K 1370 80 3 0 25 1546 44 40 04 0 1087 2918 121 0 17 18150 1560 0 36 10K 1167 15 3 0 13 1410 19 15 48 0 1094 2079 31 6 0 12 14060 315 0 22 40 K 1049 1 06 0 04 1198 80 3 411 0 1138 2244 4 58 0 08 11150 21 7 0 08 See Appendix G for expanded response table www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Rox RTDs Magnetic Field Dependance Data for Sample Rox RTDs 3523 rr H oats 13 23 CT CETERI 24i dts il i Ki KOHN W i E ul i Qe E weg TI dm 1 533 i Lae T ce Lu Ry Want aM Lis ali Un usas aU ie GL em 1 RX 102B CB g Vd INL agr cn Bele Ces magret elc Ces EE Wel Wat En n i T ig vor d AU E 1 capt n adi E AEN PIPEN a uz 12 qaa id E TC Ip T 2 Nu So ph SLL PPE SL Pinos Alba d d Eih Pod ef ec iru 2 We aire a ei D mr Bare Chip 1 l G wl RX 103A LILLLILJ A 10 15 CU en Iac ue ve sl miu cse cele cela E SS Physical Specifications Lead Internal Materials type atmosphere used RX 102A AA 3 9 t Two 6 in 32 AWG Air Thick ruthenium dioxide and bismuth 909A copper leads ruthenate films with palladium silver RX 202A AA SE with heavy build contacts indium solder aluminum oxide RX 103A AA 3 36 g Formvar attached sub
23. CH po Ai A el SUIT ew IN HIS HN 11 IN JUN j 925 e a i d A 12 120 terrzeretue CK 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Because device sensitivity increases rapidly with decreasing temperature a high degree of resolution is achieved at lower temperatures making these resistors very useful for submillikelvin control at 4 2 K and below The GR 200 sensors have excellent stability and 0 5 mK reproducibility at 4 2 K The germanium resistor is usually the best choice for high accuracy work below 30 K Use in a magnetic field is not recommended PACKAGING MA B CD BG Typical Germanium Dimensionless Sensitivity Values C Ln zC a sn H F Rett a 170145 200 o RR iCAA reat T GR 2008 dC Io 1 ELI ERU SX S ii SQQ esr ah Ze Da ony roe Ke CR 2004 25X dimerisi zr less zt vital CH ECUA O n di 221 aE p d I i du DU he aperatiine Ki e mail info lakeshore com Germanium RTDs iD en Range of Use Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Specifications Temperature Errors AT T 96 at B Standard Curve Not applicable Minimum Limit Maximum Limit Wee f magnetic induction Recommended excitation 20 uV 0 05 K to 0 1 K GR 200A 63 uV 0 1 K to 1K 10 mV or less for T gt 1 K GR 200B Dissipation at recommended excitation 1073 W at 0 05 K 107 W at 4 2 K The minimum maximum range is not for individual temperature and model depe
24. Dissipation at recommended excitation 16 uW at 4 2 K 10 uW at 77 K 5 uW at 300 K Thermal response time SD typical 10 ms at 4 2 K 100 ms at 77 K 200 ms at 305 K BR 1 ms at 4 2 K 13 ms at 77 K 20 ms at 305 K Use in radiation Recommended for use only in low level radiation see Appendix B Use in magnetic field Not recommended for use in magnetic field applications below 60 K Low magnetic field dependence when used in fields up to 5 tesla above 60 K see Appendix B Reproducibility 10 mK at 4 2 K Short term reproducibility data is obtained by subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks from 305 K to 4 2 K Range of Use 1 4K 900 K 1 4K 900 K DT 670 SD DT 670E BR Physical Specifications Lead Lead polarity type Silicon Diodes Calibrated Accuracy Typical sensor accuracy Long term stability 1 4K 12 mK 42K 12 mK 10 mK 10K 12 mK 22 mK Calibration uncertainty reproducibility for more information see Appendices B D and E 3 Long term stability data is obtained by subjecting sensor to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K Standard Curve DT 670 Tolerance Bands 2Kto100K 100K to 305 K 305 K to 500 K 0 25 K ah DON Band A Band Ai 0 25K 1 5 of temp 1 5 of temp Band B 05 K 0 5K 20 3396 of temp Band B1 0 5K 1 5 oftemp 1 5 of temp Band C 1 K 1K 0 50 of temp
25. Indium solder limits the upper useful temperature of this configuration to 420 K See SD package Gold plated bolt on copper block with leads ther mally anchored to block SD indium soldered to adapter See SD package See SD package 1 5 g including SD package and mounting block Indium solder limits the upper useful temperature of this configuration to 420 K e mail info lakeshore com 1 2 in C015 Ti 0 321 mn jg og RS E 1 782 in 18 zc4 9m Sar threads Dam C2004 in 5 55 mr 70 202 mre flm gt D KE 4 6 098 mi metal tolerance of 2 225 1n 40 Les m3 urless athereise ated t eabin e W018 ir ACK um Ll n3 5 658 ii TS 19 302 0 220 in 6 096 nnn i 0 279 n 5 558 mm Qu eus 9 i C304 in Lit en ottz iri Gereral Lple ancp of 40 002 a 2 127 mm avless abliereise rale noms in 110 2382 mn Cuin ide an Sbp b 131125 imi oe d Se e A E a 0 205 ir a e 5 707 rm 3g Aa Juzc L ad bebe wire 7 gimp al c zcerzbtelerance cf 40 005 in 20 127 mm unless trans acted www lakeshore com D EG 1 amp 7 in 33 509 wu Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters B Convenient screw in package formed by indium soldering a basic SD configuration into a recess in one flat of a hexagonal screw head B he head terminates in a standard SAE 6 32 threaded stud allowing the sensor to
26. NotRecommended Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 19Kt032 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 2 2Kt0325K T2 2K amp B 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 2 5 Kto 325K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Rox RX 102A 0 5 K to 40 K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T Rox RX 103A 1 4K to 40K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T Rox RX 202A 0 5 K to 40K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T Thermocouples Type K 9006 006 3 2 Kto 1505 K Not Recommended Type E 9006 004 3 2 K to 934 K Not Recommended Chromel AuFe 0 07 9006 002 1 2 K to 610 K Not Recommended Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K gt Low temperature limited by input resistance range Low temperature specified with self heating error lt 5 mK www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 332 Temperature Controller Typical Sensor Performance see Appendix F for sample calculations of typical sensor performance Example Temp Nominal Typical Measurement Electronic Temperature Accuracy Electronic Control Lake Shore Resistance Sensor Resolution Accuracy including Electronic Stability Sensor Voltage Sensitivity Temperature Temperature Accuracy CalCurve Temperature Equivalents Equivalents and Calibrated Sensor Equivalents Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 13 1 4K 1 644 V 12 49 mV K 0 8 mK 13 mK 25 mK 1 6 mK with 1 4H 71K 1 028 V 1 73 mV K 5 8 mK 76 mK 98 mK 11 6 mK calibration 300 K 0 5597 V 2 3 mV K 4 4 mK 47 mK 79 mK
27. Range 1 6 mK Not used 4 5 mK Range 2 30 mK 30 mK 9 0 mK Range 3 60 mK 60 mK 45 0 mK Range 4 98 mK 98 mK 90 0 mK Range 5 143 mK 143 mK 135 0 mK Range 6 300 mK 300 mK 112 5 mK Output temperature coefficient Voltage output C ambient 0 008 C 0 008 C 1 25 mV C 0 01 C 0 0025 C of load resistor Temperature equivalence Range 1 2 mkK C Not used 1 2 mK C Range 2 8 mK C 8 mK C 2 5 mK C Range 3 16 mK C 16 mK C 12 mK C Range 4 26 mK C 26 mK C 25 mK C Range 5 38 mK C 38 mK C 36 mK C Range 6 80 mK C 80 mK C 30 mk C Display 234D only Display type NA NA 6 digit LED Display units NA NA Temperature in K sensor units in Q Sensor units resolution NA NA Range dependent see table Temperature resolution NA NA Range dependent to 1 mK no better than measurement resolution Serial interface baud rate NA NA 9600 Timing format NA NA Asynchronous Bits character NA NA 1 start 8 data 1 stop Parity type NA NA None Voltage levels NA NA EIA Terminators NA NA Carriage return CR line feed LF Connector NA NA RJ11 telephone type jack General Ambient temperature range 15 C 10 35 G 15 C to 35 C 15 C to 35 C Power requirements 5 0 25 VDC 5 0 25 VDC 234 5 0 25 VDC 500 mA 2 5 W 500 mA 2 5 W 500 mA 2 5 W 234D 750 mA 3 75 W Enclosure type see diagrams see diagrams see diagrams Mounting VME end panel an
28. Rhodium Iron RX 102B CB GaAlAs Diodes Germanium Capacitors Silicon Diodes GaAlAs Diodes Silicon Diodes GaAlAs Diodes Rhodium Iron Thermocouples 3 4 2 4 RF 100 BC Silicon Diodes 10 30 77 100 300 325 500 8001000 1550K 300 325 500 8001000 1550K E Not recommended for use in magnetic field darker shaded area refers to reduced sensitivity RS Recommended for use in magnetic field darker shaded area refers to reduced sensitivity Adapters will increase thermal mass Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Short and Long Term Sensor Characteristics Interchangeability Typical Reproducibility at 4 2 K Typical Long term Stability Sensor Characteristics Silicon Diode Yes see page 22 10 mK 4 2 K 10 mK yr 77 K 40 mK yr 300 K 25 mK yr GaAlAs Diode No 10 mK 4 2 K 15 mK yr 77K x15 mK yr 330 K 50 mK yr Cernox No 3 mK 1K to 100 K 25 mK yr 100 K to 300 K 0 05 of T Carbon Glass No 0 75 mK 4 2 K 5 mK yr 15 K 30 mK yr 71 K 100 mK yr 300 K 600 mK yr Germanium NO 0 5 mK 4 2 K x1 mK yr 77 K 10 mK yr Rox Yes 15 mK 4 2 K x 15 to 50 mK yr model dependent Platinum Yes see page 22 5 mK 77 Kto 273 K 10 mK yr Rhodium lron RF 100 No 10 mK 1 4 K to 325 K
29. T Im mue mn _ LIE in c 102 mn GT Gene telemnce af fus In 10 127 me DE mr www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc B Spring loaded clamp holds standard SD sensor in contact with the surface of the sample and allows the sensor to be easily changed or replaced B Extra clamps are available for frequent relocation of the sensor m 4 40 stainless steel screw has a formed shoulder thus applying correct pressure to the clamp CU i SD packaged sensor indium soldered into a flat copper bobbin with the leads thermally anchored to that same bobbin B Can be mounted to any flat surface with a 4 40 screw DI m 2 lead version of the CU B Similar to the DI package except the bobbin is larger in diameter with a centered mounting hole B Relatively large sized robust m With an SD packaged sensor mounted on a slight ly more than half rounded cylinder this package is designed to be inserted into a 3 2 mm 1 8 in diameter hole B SD package is soldered to a mounting block and the leads are thermally an chored without epoxy to the block via a beryllium oxide insert B Since leads can be a significant heat path to the sensing element and can lead to measurement errors when incorrectly anchored this configuration helps main tain the leads at the same temperature as the sensor 614 891 2244 Package material Adapter material Leads Lead material Mass Limitation Package mater
30. Unfortunately you can t have it all in one instrument The most precise and accurate temperature instruments optimized for operation below 100 mK work with fewer sensors and provide lower heater power The stable and high resolution instruments designed for general cryogenic use work well for nearly any application but can have limitations in rare circumstances Choosing the appropriate instrument for a particular application necessitates prioritizing the requirements for that application www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Any one or several of the following factors may be important to you in selecting an instrument whether temperature control or temperature monitoring is required Operating temperature range Number of sensor inputs Sensor type compatibility Sensor input resistance and voltage ranges Current excitation ranges and methods High measurement resolution High electronic accuracy Control stability Number of reading displays Interfaces e EEE 488 e RS 232C e Alarms e Relays e Analog Outputs e Digital I O e Data logging Number of control loops control type and operating parameters Heater power and ranges Low cost 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 The tables on the following pages are designed to compare the instruments more easily with regard to sensor compatibility operating temperature range control capability display features and interface flexibility O
31. 0 01 pA l Figure 3 Typical resistance sensor instrumentation schematic www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Characteristics Positive Temperature Coefficient PTC RTDs The most common type of PTC RTD is platinum Platinum RTDs are the industry standard due to their accuracy and reproducibility over a wide range of temperatures as well as their interchangeability Measurements in the range from 258 C to 600 C are routinely made with a high degree of accuracy using platinum RTDs Industrial grade platinum RTDs are wire wound devices that are encapsulated in glass or ceramic making them durable for general purpose use Platinum RTDs follow a standard response curve to within defined tolerances IEC 751 The industry standard for class B accuracy is specified as 0 3 K and 0 75 variation in the specified 0 00385 Ki temperature coefficient of resistance at 273 K Below 70 K a platinum RTD is still usable but requires an individual calibration Like all resistors platinum RTDs can be measured by current excitation or voltage measurement Common configurations are two three and four lead measurements Two lead measurements do not correct for lead resistance so therefore can only be used in applications where the sensor is close to a temperature transmitter Because their resistance change with temperature is linear over a wide range a single
32. 0 1 0 0 19 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 0 20 negative 0 9 to 30 ko 300 nA 0 1 0 030 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 0 60 negative 0 9 to 100 kQ 100 nA 143 on 0 02 rng 0 05 rdg 60 negative 0 Q to 300 kQ 30 nA 19 aUo 0 02 rng 0 25 rdg 60 Q Thermocouple positive 25 mV NA 0 1 uV 0 2 uV 1 uV 0 05 of dg 0 4 uV 3464 positive 50 mV NA 0 1 uV 0 4 uV 1 uV 0 05 of rdg 0 8 uV Capacitance positive or negative 0 nF to 150 nF 4 88 kHz 10 pF 2 0 pF 50 pF 0 1 of rdg 4 0 pF 3465 1 V square wave positive or negative 0 nF to 15 nF 4 88 kHz 1 pF 0 2 pF 50 pF 0 1 of rdg 0 4 pF 1 V square wave Diode negative 0Vto2 5V 10 uA 0 05 2 3 100 uV 20 uV 160 uV 0 01 of rdg 40 uV 3468 negative 0Vto7 5V 10 uA 0 05 2 3 100 uV 20 uV 160 uV 0 02 of rdg 40 uV PTC RTD positive 0 Oto 250 Q 1 mA 0 3 10 mo 2 mo 0 004 Q x 0 0296 of rdg 4mQ 3468 positive 0 9 to 500 OO 1 mA 0 3 10 mo 2 mo 0 004 Q 0 02 of rdg 4 mo positive 0 O to 5000 Q 1 mA 0 3 100 mQ 20 mQ 0 06 Q 0 04 of rdg 40 mQ NTC RTD negative 0Qto 7500 10 uA 0 05 100 mo 50 mQ 0 1 Q 0 04 of rdg 0 19 3468 11 Control stability of the electronics only in an ideal thermal system 72 Current source error has negligible effect on measurement accuracy Diode input excitation current can be set to 1 mA refer to the Model 331 user manual for details Sensor Input Configuration 14 Current source error is removed during calibration 15 Accuracy specification does not include errors from room
33. 0 33 of temp 0 33 oftemp DT 670 SD Band C 1 0K 1 0K 1 0K 1 0K 1 0K 1 0K 1 0K 1 0 K 1 0K 0 5 oftemp 0 5 of temp DT 670 SD Band D 0 25K 20 25 K 0 25K 0 25 K 0 30 K 0 1 oftemp 0 1 of temp DT 670 SD Band E 0 25K 0 25K x0 25K 0 25 K 0 25 of temp 0 25 of temp 0 25 of temp Platinum PT 102 1 3K 1 2 K 0 5 K 0 9 K 1 4K 42 3K PT 103 1 3K 1 2K 0 5 K 0 9 K 1 4K 2 3K PT 111 1 3K 1 2K 0 5 K 0 9 K 1 4K 2 3K Rox RX 102A AA 10mK 25mK 50mK 5mK 125mK 300mK 1 25K 15K 40K RX 102A AA M 5mK 20mK 25mK 40mK 75mK 200mK 500mK 750mK 1 5K RX 202A AA x15mK 30 mK 100 mK 125 mK 250mK x1K 2 5K 3K 5 0K RX 202A AA M 10mK 25mK x50mK x75 mK 150mK 500mK 1 0K x15K 2 0K RX 103A AA z150mK 180mK 400mK 1K 20K 25K 40K RX 103A AA M zb5bO0mK 75mK 100mK 300mK 700mK 1K bk GaAlAs Diodes Gallium aluminum arsenide GaAlAs diodes have monotonic response curves over the temperature range of 1 4 K to 500 K With the purchase of uncalibrated GaAlAs sensors Lake Shore provides voltage readings at helium n
34. 10K 1 0K 1 0K 0 5 oftemp 0 5 of temp DT 670 SD Band D 350 25 K 260 25 K 20 25 K 0 25 K 0 30 K 0 1 of temp 0 196 of temp DT 670 SD Band E H 30 25 K 0 25 K 550 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 of temp 0 25 of temp 0 25 of temp Platinum PT 102 1 3K 1 2 K 0 5 K 0 9 K 1 4K 2 3K PT 103 Aki 12K 0 5 K 0 9K 1 4K 23 K PT 111 13K 1 2 K 0 5 K 0 9 K 1 4K 2 3K Rox RX 102A AA 10mK 25mK 50mK 75mK 125mK 300mK 1 25K x15K 4 0K RX 102A AA M 5mK 20mK 25mK 40mK 75mK 200mK 500mK 750mK 1 5K RX 202A AA 15 mK 30 mK 100 mK 125 mK 250 mK 1K 425K 43K 5 0K RX 202A AA M 10mK 25mK 50mK 75mK x150mK 500mK 1 0K x15K x20K RX 103A AA 150mK 180mK 400mK ck 20K 25K 40K RX 103A AA M 50mK 75mK 100mK 300mK 700mK 1K bk Typical Accuracy SoftCal 2 Point and 3 Point Soft Calibration Temperature Model number 10 K 30 K 70K 305K 400K 475 K 900 K 670 K Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 2S Band 13 1 0K 1 0K 1 0K x025K x015K x015K 1 0K 10K DT 471 SD 2S Band 13 1 5K 0 25 K 0 15 K 0 15K 1 0K 1 0K DT 421 2S
35. 20 mK yr RF 800 No 5 mK 1 4 K to 325 K 10 mK yr Capacitance No 0 01 K after cooling and stabilizing 1 0 K yr Thermocouples Type K Yes see ASTM standard NA NA Type E Yes see ASTM standard NA NA Type T Yes see ASTM standard NA NA Chromel AuFe 0 07 Yes see ASTM standard NA NA With the exception of the RX 102B CB Platinum reproducibility tested at 77 K Sensor Characteristics in Various Environments Use in Vacuum Use in Radiation Use in Magnetic Fields High Very High Ultra High 107 to 10 Pa 10 to 10 Pa 10 7 to 10 Pa Silicon Diode DT 421 DT 670 SD Not Recommended Not recommended for T 60 K or for B gt 5 tesla above 60 K DT 414 DT 470 SD SD package has magnetic leads DT 471 SD GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P TG 120 SD Not Recommended Relatively low field dependence DT T lt 4 for B lt 5 tesla and TG 120 PL T gt 4 2 K SD package with non magnetic leads Cernox AA can Bare Chip Recommended Excellent for use in magnetic fields 1 K and up SD SD package with non magnetic leads Carbon Glass AA can Bare Chip Recommended Useful to 300 K Germanium AA can Bare Chip Recommended Not recommended for use except at low B due to large B can orientation dependent magnetic field effect Rox AA can Bare Chip Recommended Excellent for use in magnetic fields except RX 102B Platinum PT 102 Recommended Moderately orientation dependent sugges
36. 30 K to 100K 100 K to 305 K 0 30 K 0 25 of temp 305 K to 500 K 0 10 of temp 0 25 of temp Band D Temperature Response Data Table typical DT 670 V volts dV dT mV K 1 4K 1 64 12 5 4 2K 1 58 31 6 10K 1 38 26 8 77K 1 03 1 73 305 K 0 560 2 30 See Appendix G for expanded response table Sensor materials used DT 670 SD 37 mg 2 nickel positive lead on Sapphire base with alumina body and gold right with package amp lid Molybdenum manganese plated lid up and leads metallization on base and lid top Kovar towards user with nickel and gold plating Gold tin solder as hermetic seal DT 670E BR 12 1 ug none positive connection Silicon chip with aluminum bare die made through metallization on chip contacts bottom of chip negative connection made on base pad on top of chip www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T at B magnetic induction Package Base Parallel to Field B Package Base Perpendicular to Field B TK 1T 2T 3T 4T 5T fax 614 818 1600 To minimize magnetic field induced temperature errors the sensor should be oriented so that the package base is perpendicular to the magnetic field flux lines this results in the diode current being parallel to the magnetic fiel
37. 6251 25 pin D sub mating connector digital 1 0 6252 15 pin D sub mating connector analog 1 0 Calibration certificate Accessories available 6201 1 m 3 3 ft long IEEE 488 GPIB computer interface cable assembly 6261 10 ft magnet cable kit AWG 4 6262 20 ft magnet cable kit AWG 4 6263 Dual supply interconnect cable kit including magnet cables and safety interlock cable CAL 625 CERT Instrument recalibration with certificate CAL 625 DATA Instrument recalibration with certificate and data fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Locate Download and Order from www lakeshore com Bi locate LakeShons product and support information cl AA ur s quickly with helpful dropdown menus Ter pire tug E asrcecs E TH f Or RE zie Lsgtoek Lis NS cns and improved web pages E easily access application notes product overviews U S And Canada Only hlpplng technical details manuals software ar s rn dude do cec en c xul w IB edd COMI HE m S Rp news releases product registration and s duda Baselines ECH ep much moral a WIRES USE DOG mn n S ts oar gola an I hp a uch vu Sl er Tc Ld m hp cu TH y rritarteenkanbwclpnHntddtandra etstan Co Wo DI TL E pede Jashma ncls d a zreczuc peer cor lees H 3 end mzcarrzi ar modded Get local dealer and representative E listings customer support and repair pev Juices services all in one comprehensive site e SIE deres REL
38. 800 21789 42 6 ze See es Toe 273 15 K T K EMF uV dV dT uV K 1000 30251 41 7 T K EMF uV dV dT uV K 4 2 5075 3 15 3 1100 34373 40 7 10 4983 8 16 3 1200 38396 39 7 E SE SE 20 4811 6 18 1 1270 41153 39 0 E DS 20 4624 8 19 2 1300 42318 38 7 i i We 40 4431 5 19 4 1400 46131 37 5 i oe ee 50 4239 2 19 0 1500 49813 36 1 ut Elis En 75 3785 8 174 1600 53343 34 5 a DE Lc 100 3357 1 Ine 1640 54712 34 0 2 ee 1 150 2436 2 19 4 2 SE m 200 1467 7 19 3 2 nA Eos 250 469 66 20 5 2 oer E 200 503 22 17 8 100 3627 0 18 8 SET ee SE 150 2645 2 20 4 200 1600 1 21 4 250 512 81 22 0 300 597 44 22 4 350 1696 3 21 8 400 2805 7 2217 500 5135 3 23 4 600 7470 7 23 4 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Common Units and Conversions Appendix H Common Units and Conversions A Note on SI The values in this catalog are expressed in International System of Units or SI from the French Le Syst me International d Unit s Whenever possible the common CGS or British equivalent has been parenthetically included as well These common conversions and constants have been included as a reference Please refer to NIST Special Publication 811 Guide for the Use of the International System of Units SI for further standards and conversions References Barry N Taylor NIST Special Publication 811 1995 Edition Guide for the Use of the International S
39. Employing Gallium Aluminum Arsenide Diode Sensor Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc GaAlAs Diodes GaAlAs Diodes The TG 120 gallium aluminum arsenide GaAlAs diode temperature sensors are particularly well suited for low to moderate magnetic field applications at low temperatures The GaAlAs sensing element exhibits high sensitivity dV dT at low temperatures Voltage temperature characteristics are monotonic over the sensor s useful range from 1 4 K to 500 K see data plots below Gallium aluminum arsenide diodes are direct band gap single junction devices that produce small output variances in the presence of magnetic fields Consequently their low magnetic field dependence makes them ideally suited for applications in moderate magnetic fields up to five tesla P PL SD CO CU Typical GaAlAs Diode Voltage Values mas TG 120 3 Iur E E th m M zi Sa 2 E UE amp U 0 0 NE Toro tun Boro teil I poral l 1 10 00 temperature ki 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 IM 5 A ES geg TG 120 SD TG 120 P 77 T6 120 PL The Lake Shore SD Package The Most Rugged Versatile Package in the Industry The SD package with direct sensor to sapphire base mounting hermetic seal and welded platinum leads provides the industry s most rugged versatile sensors with the best sample to chip connection Designed so heat coming down t
40. N Grease 0 055 mm or a flat 100 indium preform should be used between the sensor and mounting surface to enhance thermal contact The spring keeps the sensor from getting crushed If the Stycast is being used with diodes the user should be aware that stress on the diode package can cause piezoresistive shifts in the calibration curve In extreme cases e g by using hard solder between the SD package and copper the package can crack The best joint in almost all cases is made by pure indium which remains malleable at all temperatures The exceptions are for service temperatures over 125 C or where strength is paramount Indium can also corrode rapidly in the presence of moisture under thermal cycling conditions Indium Solder 100 In A low wattage heat source should be used as the sensor temperature must never exceed 200 C 147 C for Cernox The mounting surface and sensor should be tinned with a rosin flux RMA is recommended prior to mounting the sensor A thin uniform layer of indium solder should be the goal Clean both the sensor and mounting surface of residual flux using rosin TIP Where to Buy Flux amp Solder residue remover Once the surface area is dry reheat the RMA flux is available from most electronics supply stores as well as mounting surface to the melting point of the solder Kester Solder 515 E Touhy Avenue Des Plaines IL 60018 156 C Press the sensor into position and allow it to 60 4
41. Payment with the order B Payment prior to shipment Note acceptable payment methods are bank draft check or telegraphic transfer T T Sight draft is not acceptable C Irrevocable letter of credit Note there is an additional documentation processing fee if payment is made with a letter of credit Visa and MasterCard Lake Shore accepts Visa and MasterCard Delivery Delivery dates are based upon production schedules at time of quotation Lake Shore shall not be liable for damages to the purchaser for any default or delayed delivery Shipment Risk of loss Unless otherwise indicated in writing all merchandise is sold FOB the Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc plant Westerville Ohio Title of goods passes to the purchaser when merchandise leaves the Lake Shore plant A Lake Shore shall not be liable for failures or delays due to fire or other casualty or accident strikes or labor disputes riot or other disorder acts of God or other transportation difficulties inability to obtain materials of suitable quality from usual sources governmental restrictions or priorities shortages of labor materials or parts or any other cause whether or not similar to the foregoing beyond the seller s reasonable control fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Ordering Information B Receipt of the shipment by the purchaser without written notification of loss or damage apparent or concealed on the delivery receipt will
42. Range change settling 3 s filter settling Channel change scan settling 3 S filter settling A D resolution 24 bit Input noise figure 370 3716 33 nV VHz Input noise figure 3716L 4 nV NHz Input noise figure 3708 2 nV VHz Measurement resolution Range dependent see chart Accuracy Range dependent see chart Measurement temperature coefficient 0 0015 of reading 0 0002 of range C Lead connections V V I LV shield shield individual guards Scanner lead connections Max lead resistance V V 1 l for each sensor shield common to all 100 10 of resistance range per lead for current lt 3 16 mA 10 Q 10 of resistance range per lead for current gt 10 mA Input isolation Measurement optically isolated from chassis ground Common mode reduction Matched impedance voltage input amp current output active CMR Excitation type Sinusoidal AC current source Excitation frequency 13 7 Hz 9 8 Hz and 16 2 Hz alternates Excitation currents 21 ranges from 3 16 pA to 31 6 mA RMS Min excitation power 10 18 W into 100 KQ see chart for other ranges Max DC current 370 3716 4 pA 1 of excitation current 1 6 x 1078W into 100 KO Max DC current 3716L 30 pA 196 of excitation current Max DC current 3708 55 pA 1 of excitation current Current protection Current leads relay shorted on power up and range change Voltage ranges Voltage over range Input impedance 12 ranges from 2 uV to 632
43. Tel 6425 6611 Fax 6560 6616 e mail sebastian yeo appsystems com sg For all Asian countries not listed Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Contact Nelson Chen Tel 614 891 2243 Ext 107 Fax 614 818 1600 e mail nchen lakeshore com Australia Australia Coherent Scientific Pty Ltd 116 Sir Donald Bradman Drive Hilton South Australia 5033 Australia Contact Neil McMahon Tel 61 8 8150 5200 61 8 8150 5200 Fax 61 8 8352 2020 e mail neil mcmahon coherent com au New Zealand Alphatech Systems Ltd amp Co Contact Peter Watson Tel 64 9 377 0392 Fax 64 9 309 8514 e mail pw alphatech co nz e mail info lakeshore com Europe Czech and Slovak Republic TECO Ren Koch Husinec 32 CZ 250 68 Rez Czech Republic Contact Dr R S Safrata Tel Fax 420 2 209 403 99 e mail prague teco rene koch com Denmark AAGE Christensen A S Skelmosevej 10 2500 Valby Denmark Contact Soeren Qvick Tel 45 3644 2444 Fax 45 3644 2024 e mail sq aagechristensen dk France and Belgium Cryoforum 52 rue Paul Doumer 78510 Triel sur Seine France Contact Phillipe Benoist Tel 33 1 39 74 02 34 Fax 33 1 39 27 75 10 e mail infos cryoforum com Germany and Austria Cryophysics GmbH Dolivostrasse 9 D 64293 Darmstadt Germany Contact Detlef Cieslikowski Tel 49 6151 815 70 Fax 49 6151 815 799 e mail info cryophysics de Holland and Belgium Hositrad Ho
44. Temperature K GIN x184AP CX 1050 AA Cernox 4 10 100 200 330 a0 DU Temperature K CX 1070 BG eM X245A4 Cernox 30 60 100 2020 330 Temperature K e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Characteristics Vibration Shock Environments Subjecting a temperature sensor to vibrations can permanently shift the calibration either slowly or catastrophically Sensors such as germanium and carbon glass are mounted in a strain free manner and mechanical shocks due to vibration will have the same effect on the sensor as dropping it Other sensors including Cernox and silicon diodes due to their physical construction and packaging are less susceptible to vibration induced errors Flight Qualified For special applications Lake Shore will test and qualify sensors to flight standards Silicon diode and Cernox sensors due to their characteristics performance construction and packaging are ideally suited for many flight and large projects applications Tests are performed to the required standards for example MIL STD 750 or MIL STD 883 Some tests include burn in lifetime tests thermal shock vibration PIND gross and fine leak hermeticity x ray and long and short term stability Utility Interchangeability It is very convenient and cost effective to have temperature sensors that match a standard curve thus not requiring individual calibration Such sensors are termed interchangeable In indu
45. Thermal cycling data resistance voltage or Capacitance readings at helium nitrogen and room temperature Installation instructions Temperature Model number 0 05K 05K 14K 2K 42K 10K 20K 25K 40K 70K 305 K 400 K 900 K Silicon Diode DT 470 SD Band 11 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 5 K 1 0K 1 0K DT 470 SD Band 11A x025K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 1 of temp 1 of temp 1 of temp DT 470 SD Band 12 205K 205K 205K 205K 205K 05K 205K 0 5 K 1 0K 2 0K 20 K DT 470 SD Band 12A 05K 205K 05K 205K 205K 205K sEUDK 0 5 K 1 of temp 1 of temp 1 of temp DT 470 SD Band 13 1 0K 1 0K LOK LOK 210K 210K 1 0K 1 0 K 1 of temp 1 of temp 1 of temp DT 471 SD 15K ELSK 355K 15M 215K 1 5K 1 5 of temp 1 5 of temp 1 5 of temp DT 414 15K 15K 15K 215K LOK 15K 15K 15K 1 5 of temp DT 421 x25K 225K 25K x25K x25K 1 5 of temp DT 670 SD Band A 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25 K 0 5 K 205K 0 5 K DT 670 SD Band B 0 5K HUSK 05K 05K 205K 205K 205K 0 5 K 0 5 K
46. X 2 lead Duo Iwist wire 32 AWG clear green attach color code tag in the box SMOD 2 DT36 X 2 lead Duo Iwist wire 36 AWG clear green attach color code tag in the box SMOD 2 MW30 X 2 lead manganin wire 30 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 2 MW32 X 2 lead manganin wire 32 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 2 MW36 X 2 lead manganin wire 36 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 2 NM32 X 2 lead non magnetic wire 32 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 2 NM36 X 2 lead non magnetic wire 36 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 2 NM42 X 2 lead non magnetic wire 42 AWG no color coding Note No tags needed for platinum or other 2 lead resistor type sensors 4 wire configurations L 4 SMOD 4 DT32 X 4 lead Duo Iwist wire 32 AWG clear green lead marked with sticker attach color code tag in the box x SMOD 4 DT36 X 4 lead Duo Iwist wire 36 AWG clear green attach color code tag in the box SMOD 4 MW30 X 4 lead manganin wire 30 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 4 MW32 X 4 lead manganin wire 32 AWG no color coding lead marked with
47. chromium resistance wire many times the rated value if properly heat sunk or in liquid oxide insulation 25 4mm 1in Dimension 6 248 mm 0 076 mm 0 246 in 0 003 in n recommended to fit hole of 6 35 mm 0 25 in B CSA component recognition Insulation between leads and case Magnesium oxide Leads Nickel 0 635 mm 0 025 in diameter x 50 8 mm 2 in long B solid pins B Non magnetic package Ordering Information Part number Length HTR 25 25 4 mm 1 in HTR 50 25 4 mm 1 in Nickel lead wires and internal construction may cause slight magnetic disturbance HTR 25 100 29 4 mm 1 in Dielectric strength of insulation 1s reduced when hot forming leakage current s 1 i F Electrical Tape for Use at Cryogenic Temperatures Specifications at 25 C Backing Polyester film 1 mM Excellent tape for use at Temperature class upper limit 403 K 130 C Order JR Information yog P n Dielectric breakdown 5 kV T3M 72 1 roll cryogenic tape loes not degrade with time Insulation resistance gt 1 MO 12 7 mm x 65 8 m like masking tape Breaking strength 55 N 12 5 Ib 0 5 in x 72 yd Elongation 10096 at break B CHR Industries electrical tape uso El ve Tee B Yellow polyester film Ferrite Bead for High Frequency Filtering RF pickup can affect an experiment Specifications by upsetting the instrument reading Material Fair Rite 43 S E Ser db diod 3 Impedance with wire passed once through bead eil Doo a
48. diodes and platinum RTDs for storage as user curves The Lake Shore SoftCal algorithm for silicon diode and platinum RTD sensors is a good solution for applications requiring more accuracy than a standard sensor curve but not in need of traditional calibration SoftCal uses the predictability of a standard curve to improve the accuracy of an individual sensor around a few known temperature reference points Both versions of the Model 331 can generate SoftCal curves 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 331 Temperature Controller Sensor inputs for both versions of the Model 331 are factory configured and compatible with either diode RTDs or thermocouple sensors The purchaser s choice of two diode RTD inputs one diode RTD input and one thermocouple input or two thermocouple inputs must be specified at time of order and cannot be reconfigured in the field Software selects appropriate excitation current and signal gain levels when sensor type is entered via the instrument front panel Temperature Control The Model 331E offers one and the Model 331S offers two proportional integral derivative PID control loops A PID control algorithm calculates control output based on temperature setpoint and feedback from the control sensor Wide tuning parameters accommodate most cryogenic cooling systems and many small high temperature ovens Control output is generated by a high resolution digital to analog
49. insulated with heavy build 1 polyimide to an overall diameter of 0 24 mm 0 0095 in 15 cm 6 in long For Rox sensors each lead is 34 AWG 0 15 mm diameter copper wire insulated with heavy build polyurethane nylon to an overall diameter of 0 185 mm 0 0073 in 15 cm 6 in long Thermal rating of the insulation is 220 C Leads are color coded at the base of each sensor Prepare the sensor leads and connecting lead wires with a RMA rosin mildly active soldering flux and tin them with a minimal amount of 60 Sn 40 Pb solder Use a low wattage soldering iron that will not exceed 200 C Clean off residual flux with rosin residue remover The sensing element inside the package should be protected from excessive heat by putting a heat sink clip over the package 2 Strip connecting wire insulation by delicately scraping with a razor blade fine sand paper or steel wool Phosphor bronze or manganin wire in sizes 32 or 36 AWG is commonly used as the connecting lead wire These wires have low thermal conductivity which helps minimize the heat flow through the leads Typical wire insulation is polyvinyl formal Formvar or Polyimide ML Formvar insulation has better mechanical properties such as abrasion resistance and flexibility Polyimide insulation has better resistance to chemical solvents and burnout Table 2 Key Color Code Rox Cernox Rhodium lron 3 Prepare the connecting wire ends with a RMA rosi
50. resistance range excitation voltage or current excitation power control setpoint heater range and heater output Display annunciators Reading errors CMR Alarm Ramp Zone Remote LED annunciators Autorange Excitation Mode Autoscan Keypad 36 key numeric and specific functions fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 85 Instruments Interface IEEE 488 2 interface capability Software support SH1 AH1 T5 L4 SR1 RL1 PPO DC1 DTO CO E1 LabVIEW driver for IEEE 488 interface consult factory for availability Serial interface capability RS 232C DE 9 connector 9600 baud Alarms Number Up to 32 high and low for each channel Settings Source High Setpoint Low Setpoint Deadband Latching Non latching Audible on off Actuators Display annunciator beeper relays Relays Number 2 Contacts Normally Open Normally Closed and Common Contact rating 30 VDC at 5 A Operation Relays may be activated on high low alarm setpoints or manually Connector Detachable terminal block Analog Voltage Outputs Number 2 Type Variable DC voltage source Scale User specified Range 10 V Resolution 0 3 mV 0 003 of full scale Accuracy 2 5 mV Max current 100 mA Max power 1W Min load resistance 100 short circuit protected Ground reference Chassis Operation Connector Monitor Output Operation Connector Frequency Reference Signal type Amplitude Waveform Connector General Ambient temperature Cali
51. submillikelvin control at 4 2 K and below BI Excellent reproducibility better than 0 5 mK at 4 2 K BI Various models for use from 0 05 K to 100 K B Excellent resistance to ionizing radiation Typical Germanium Resistance Values l E Aula n i e mec MELLE Vg BRA REDO LE 2004 LSU A 2004 005 d bR a s3o fes sLance ahis K a Tas r a 10 Te tamierztuve KI www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Germanium RTDs Germanium RTDs The GR 200 Germanium Resistance Temperature Sensor is recognized as a Secondary Standard Thermometer and has been employed in the measurement of temperature from 0 05 K to 30 K for more than 30 years GR 200 sensors have a useful temperature range of about two orders of magnitude The exact range depends upon the doping of the germanium element Sensors with ranges from below 0 05 K to 100 K are available Between 100 K and 300 K dR dT changes sign and dR dT above 100 K is very small for all models Sensor resistance varies from several ohms at its upper useful temperature to several tens of kilohms at its lower temperature Typical Germanium Sensitivity Values ws E e T Zy it T ETE GERNE DR 2008 250 IC E p S A i 2 OU A LE i Ww e A Ge d 2 z d x GE ER zce3 inna s H BU 7 H LC r Es s LA Y oR fhe wc H sersitivizu ohms K
52. the Model 421 450 460 and 475 Gaussmeters The MCBL 6 cable allows discrete Hall generators to be mated to the Model 421 450 460 and 475 gaussmeters The cable is shipped with a 3 inch floppy disk containing the Hallcal exe file to program the cable PROM through the gaussmeter RS 232C port Because of the many intricacies involved with proper calibration the user is responsible for the measurement accuracy Certain Hall generator sensitivity constraints are applicable Sensitivities between 5 6 mV kG and 10 4 mV kG at 100 mA current Sensitivities between 0 56 mV kG and 1 04 mV kG at 100 mA current System Requirements 1 Lake Shore gaussmeter connected via RS 232C to the PC computer 2 Hall generator meeting the sensitivities given above 3 Calibration or sensitivity constant and serial number of the Hall generator www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Cryogenic Hall Generators and Probes Cryogenic Hall Generators and Probes Ic Hall Generator Theory red A Hall generator is a solid state sensor which provides an output voltage proportional to magnetic flux density As implied by its name this device relies on the Hall effect principle The Hall effect principle is the development of a voltage across a sheet of conductor ue when current is flowing and the conductor is placed in a magnetic field conventional current F e v x B force on electron
53. 0 05 100 uV 10 uV 80 ON 0 005 of rdg 20 ON negative 0 Vto 7 5 V 10 uA 0 05 2 3 100 uV 20 uV 80 uV 0 01 of rdg 40 uV PTC RTD positive 0 Q to 500 Q 1 mA 10 MQ 2 mo z 0 004 Q 0 01 of rdg 4 mQ positive 0 Q to 5000 Q 1 mA 100 mQ 20 mQ 0 04 Q 0 02 of rdg 40 mQ NTC RTD negative 09t0o75009 10uA 0 05 100 mQ 40 MQ 0 1 Q 0 04 of rdg 80 mQ Thermocouple positive 25 mV NA 1 uV 0 4 uV 1 uV 0 05 of rdg x 0 8 uV positive 50 mV NA 1 uV 0 4 uV 1 uV 0 05 of rdg 0 8 uV 11 Control stability of the electronics only in an ideal thermal system 14 Current source error is removed during calibration 12 Current source error has negligible effect on measurement accuracy 1 Accuracy specification does not include errors from Diode input excitation current can be set to 1 mA refer to the Model 331 user manual for details room temperature compensation Thermometry Control Number of inputs 2 Control loops Two on 331 one on 331E Input configuration Fach input is factory configured for either diode RTD Control type Closed loop digital PID with manual heater output or open loop or thermocouples Tuning Autotune one loop at a time PID PID zones Isolation sensor inputs optically isolated from other circuits Control stability sensor dependent to 2x measurement resolution but not each other in an ideal thermal system A D resolution 24 bit Input accuracy sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table PID control parameters Measurement
54. 0 05K 42K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355mg 0 76 0 32 GR 200A 50 0 1K 40 K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355mg 0 93 0 73 0 62 GR 200A 100 0 3 K 40 K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355 mg 1 8 1 2 1 0 GR 200A 250 05K 100K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355 mg 2 3 1 6 1 2 E GR 200A 500 14K 100K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355 mg 3 3 1 9 2 0 S GR 200A 1000 14K 100K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355 mg 3 6 2 1 2 1 E GR 200A 1500 14K 100K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355 mg 3 5 2 1 2 0 GR 200A 2500 14K 100K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 355 mg 3 9 2 6 2 4 0 97 GR 200B 500 14K 100K 2 261 mm dia x 6 096 mm long 205 mg 3 3 1 9 2 0 1 1 GR 200B 1000 14K 100K 2 261 mm dia x 6 096 mm long 205 mg 3 6 2 1 2 1 1 2 GR 200B 1500 14K 100K 2 261 mm dia x 6 096 mm long 205 mg 3 5 2 0 2 0 1 2 GR 200B 2500 14K 100K 2 261 mm dia x 6 096 mm long 205 mg 3 9 2 6 2 4 0 97 RX 102A BR 0 00K 40K 1 45 mm x 1 27 mm x 0 65 mm thick 28mg 047 0 25 0 07 RX 102A AA 0 00K 40K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 350mg 0 47 0 25 0 07 Ge RX 102B CB 001K 40K 14 605 mm high x 6 35 mm wide x 6 35 mmlong 3 59 0 16 0 11 0 12 RX 202A AA 0 00K 40K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 350 mg 0 34 0 17 0 10 RX 103A BR 14K 40 K 1 40 mm x 1 23 mm x 0 41 mm thick 3 mg 0 62 0 36 0 17 RX 103A AA 14K 40 K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 350mg 0 62 0 36 0 17 S PT 102 14K 873K 2 007 mm dia x 20 995 mm long 290 mg 0 74
55. 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 471 SD 10 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 PL 1 4Kt032K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 14Kto500K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T Positive Temperature 100 Platinum PT 102 3 14 K to 873 K Coefficient RTDs 100 Platinum PT 111 14Kto6 3K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T 340 3462 Rhodium Iron RF 800 4 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Rhodium lron RF 100T U 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Negative Cernox CX 1010 0 3K to 325K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Temperature Cernox CX 1030 HT 0 3 K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Coefficient RTDs Cernox CX 1050 HT 14Kto420K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T 340 3462 Cernox CX 1070 HT 4 K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1080 HT 20K to 420K T22K amp B x19T Germanium GR 200A 30 0 1 K to 5 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A 50 0 2 K to 40 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A 100 0 3 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A 250 0 5 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 500 1 4 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1000 1 4 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1500 1 4 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 2500 1 4 K to 100 K Not Recommended Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 1 7Kto325K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 2
56. 100 kQ The 3716L also enables some measurements such as low resistance Hall effect measurements that would not be possible with the 3716 Unused leads are left open allowing the scanner to perform Hall effect measurement sequencing Please note that the specifications for resistance range accuracy and resolution noise are different than the standalone Model 370 The Model 3708 Ultra Low Resistance Preamp Scanner For ultra low AC resistance measurement applications that demand the very best in low noise performance the Model 3708 8 channel preamp scanner is the best choice At just 2 nV Hz the Model 3708 offers the lowest input voltage noise of the three available scanners and can achieve measurement resolution to 10 nO The Model 3708 improves low ohmic and low resistance Hall effect measurement capability by a factor of two over the Model 3716L Like the Model 3716L unused leads are left open to facilitate Hall effect measurement sequencing With DC bias current of 50 pA however it is not recommended for subkelvin temperature measurements These measurements require very low DC bias current to prevent measurement errors as a result of self heating Specifications for resistance range accuracy and resolution noise are different than the standalone Model 370 e mail info lakeshore com Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge Instruments 81 Sensor Performance Lake Shore Germanium GR 200A 30
57. 1070 SD 4B C32 CX 1080 SD 20L CX 1010 SD 0 1L C15 CX 1030 SD 0 3D CX 1050 SD 1 4D C30 CX 1070 SD 4D CX 1010 8D 0 3B C16 CX 1030 SD 0 3L CX 1050 SD 1 4L C31 CX 1070 SD 4L CX 1010 SD 0 3D C17 CX 1030 SD 1 4B CX 1050 SD 4B CX 1010 SD 0 3L 18 CX 1030 SD 1 4D CX 1050 SD 4D CX 1010 SD 1 4B C19 CX 1030 SD 1 4L CX 1050 SD 4L CX 1010 SD 1 4D C20 CX 1030 SD 4B CX 1010 SD 1 4L C21 CX 1030 SD 4D C22 CX 1030 SD 4L Platinum RTDs Uncalibrated P01 PT 102 P02 PT 103 P03 PT 111 Calibrated P04 PT 102 25 P11 PT 103 25 P18 PT 111 25 P05 PT 102 35 P12 PT 103 35 P19 PT 111 3S PT 102 14D P13 PT 103 14D P20 PT 111 14D PT 102 14L P14 PT 103 14L PT 111 14L PT 102 14H P15 PT 103 14H PT 111 14H PT 102 70L P16 PT 103 70L PT 111 70L PT 102 70H P17 PT 103 70H PT 111 70H www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com DT 670 SD Features BI Best accuracy across the widest useful temperature range 1 4 K to 500 K of any silicon diode in the industry B Tightest tolerances for applications from 30 K to 500 K of any silicon diode to date B Rugged reliable Lake Shore SD package designed to withstand repeated thermal cycling and minimize sensor self heating BI Conformance to standard Curve DT 670 temperature response curve BI Variety of packaging options DT 670E BR Features B lemperature range 1 4 K 500 K
58. 1600 e mail info lakeshore com www lakeshore com Sensors Features B Chromel Gold Iron 0 07 Consists of a Gold Au 0 07 at 9o Iron Fe as the negative thermoelement and a Ni Cr alloy Chromel as the positive thermoelement This thermocouple is more widely used because of its relatively high thermoelectric sensitivity gt 15 p V K above 10 K Type E Chromel Constantan Has the highest sensitivity among the three standard thermocouple types typically used at low temperatures types E K and T The best choice for temperatures down to 40 K B Type K Chromel Alumel Recommended for continuous use in inert atmospheres Has a sensitivity of 4 1 mV K at 20 K about 1 of Type E Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Thermocouple Wire Thermocouple Wire Thermocouples are used in a variety of cryogenic applications but special techniques must be employed to approach temperature accuracies of 1 of temperature even without consideration for the effects of high magnetic fields or high radiation fluxes The problems are further complicated by exposure to variable gradient conditions at cryogenic temperatures Many Lake Shore temperature controllers offer inputs that accommodate most common types of cryogenic thermocouples in use Note Heat conduction down the thermocouple wire is the same as with lead wire going to any other sensing device Refer to Appendix C Conduction Lead Attachment for mor
59. 18 to 2096 Viscosity at 298 K 25 C 1 3 kg m s 1300 cP Specific gravity at 298 K 25 C 0 88 Flash point closed cup 269 K 4 C Drying time 25 um film tack free 5 min to 10 min at 298 K 25 C 2 min to 5 min at 398 K 125 C Solvent system Xylene alcohol acetone Note The solvents in the varnish have a tendency to craze Formvar wire insulation The wire cannot be disturbed during curing of the varnish typically 12 to 24 hours at room temperature Classified as hazardous cargo by the U S Government UPS Ground shipment only Available in continental U S only Ordering Information Part number Description VGE 7031 Insulating varnish and adhesive 0 47 liter 1 pint can e ER es e mail info lakeshore com 148 Accessories Miscellaneous Accessories Miscellaneous Accessories Heat Sink Bobbins Heat sink bobbins for cryostat lead wires A ei Ge d are gold plated OFHC or ETP copper for 0 08 mm 0 003 in each flange Y Ordering Information removing heat flowing down sensor leads EN E im Part number Description HSB 40 Large heat sink bobbin A 11 94 mm 0 470 in use A dimensions B 2 72 mm 0 107 in HSB 8 Small heat sink bobbin use B dimensions uso ER es The small bobbin holds 4 to 8 phosphor bronze or manganin wires and the large S E bobbin holds up to 40 depending on B wire gauge and number of wraps 4 or 5 wraps are usually sufficient u
60. 24 167 42 150 15 70 0 044 0 42 6 37 64 7 86 BE 200 13 96 0 027 0 39 10 19 49 2 49 43 250 12 83 0 019 0 38 20 8 945 0 451 1 0 300 11 99 0 015 0 36 30 5 849 0 2418 14 40 4 164 0 128 42 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Appendix G Germanium GR 200A 250 Germanium GR 200A 1000 T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT 0 5 29570 221000 ER 14 21480 55400 3 6 1 3161 8450 ET 2 6674 9930 2 9 1 4 1376 2220 2 3 3 2238 1800 2 4 2 660 1 624 1 9 4 2 1054 526 2 1 3 328 8 Ska 1 6 6 509 2 sing 2 0 4 2 198 9 68 9 1 6 10 170 9 38 4 E 6 118 5 29 2 ER 30 14 92 1 05 2 10 54 51 8 22 1 5 40 8 289 0 399 1 9 20 21 52 1 29 E 50 5 509 0 189 47 30 13 03 0 562 1 3 77 4 2 919 0 044 EU 40 8 871 0 303 14 100 2 257 0 018 0 82 50 6 548 0 176 AS E e E id Germanium GR 200A 1500 80 3 675 0 049 44 3 3451 EDS FT T K R Q dR dT O K T R dR dT 90 3 263 0 034 0 95 1 4 25630 64200 3 5 95 3 104 0 029 0 89 2 8246 11900 29 100 2 969 0 025 0 84 3 2860 2230 e 4 2 1377 668 2 1 Germanium GR 200A 500 BE ES a 10 238 1 50 5 2 1 T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT m ANE EET 2
61. 3 1 9 gd ja 18 temperature range Consistent behavior between 4 0 56 6 7 14 18 devices in magnetic fields 8 1 3 6 1 13 21 16 0 40 3 4 9 6 16 28 0 31 2 2 6 2 11 Rox 102B 2 3 29 13 82 22 00 21 95 Not recommended for use in magnetic fields 3 3 96 14 68 23 12 29 12 4 3 53 13 92 22 57 28 20 8 1 53 1 53 13 50 17 86 16 0 27 2 14 4 66 6 58 23 0 06 0 79 2 01 3 11 Rox 103A 2 0 58 15 2 2 2 6 Excellent for use in magnetic fields from 3 0 44 UM LEA 2 0 1 4 K to 40 K Predictable behavior 4 0 27 0 95 1 4 1 7 8 0 11 0 49 0 71 0 80 16 0 018 0 076 0 089 0 040 23 0 0051 0 0058 0 0060 0 095 Rox 202A 2 0 13 2 2 3 9 5 2 Recommended for use over the 0 05 K to 40 K 3 0 18 0 68 2 3 7 temperature range Consistent behavior between 4 0 77 0 046 aic 3 2 devices in magnetic fields 8 0 023 0 16 0 65 3 0 16 0 03 0 16 0 48 1 5 23 0 05 0 08 0 39 0 92 Platinum Resistors 20 20 100 250 Recommended for use when T 2 40 K PT series 40 0 5 3 6 8 8 07 0 04 0 4 1 1 7 300 lt 0 01 0 02 0 07 0 13 Rhodium lron 4 2 11 40 Not recommended for use below RF series 40 1 5 12 30 4T 71 K in magnetic fields 07 0 2 1 5 4 6 300 0 01 0 1 0 4 Capacitance CS 501 GR series AT T 0 015 at 4 2 K and 18 7 tesla Recommended for control purposes AT T 0 05 at 77 K and 305 K and 18 7 tesla Monotonic in C vs T to nearly room temperature Germanium Resistors 2 0 8 60 Not recommended except at low B owing to l
62. 3 9 0 1 41207 29 9 34 0 1 098930 1 73 220 0 0 740115 2 20 2 1 1 632740 20 3 9 5 1 39751 28 3 35 0 1 097216 1 70 230 0 0 718054 2 21 22 1 630670 21 1 10 0 1 38373 26 8 36 0 1 095534 1 69 240 0 0 695834 2 23 2 3 1 628520 21 9 10 5 1 37065 25 5 37 0 1 093878 1 64 250 0 0 673462 2 24 24 1 626290 22 6 11 0 1 35820 24 3 38 0 1 092244 1 62 260 0 0 650949 2 26 2 5 1 624000 22 dite 1 34632 23 2 39 0 1 090627 1 61 270 0 0 628302 2 27 2 6 1 621660 23 6 12 0 1 33499 22 1 40 0 1 089024 1 60 273 0 0 621141 2 28 2 7 1 619280 24 0 12 5 1 32416 21 2 42 0 1 085842 1 59 280 0 0 605528 2 28 2 0 1 616870 24 2 13 0 Eo 39 20 3 44 0 1 082669 1 59 290 0 0 582637 2 29 2 9 1 614450 244 13 5 1 30390 19 4 46 0 1 079492 1 59 300 0 0 559639 2 30 3 0 1 612000 22487 14 0 1 29439 18 6 48 0 1 076303 1 60 310 0 0 536542 2 31 1 609510 1 28526 1 073099 0 513361 1 606970 1 27645 1 069881 0 490106 1 604380 1 26794 1 066650 0 466760 1 601730 1 599020 1 25967 1 25161 1 063403 1 060141 0 443371 0 419960 1 596260 1 24372 1 056862 0 396503 1 59344 1 23596 1 048584 0 373002 1 59057 1 58764 1 22830 1 22070 15 0 1 040183 1 031651 0 349453 0 325839 1 58465 Seu 77 35 1 027594 0 302161 1 57848 1 20548 80 0 1 022984 0 278416 1 57202 1 56533 1 197748 1 181548 05 0 1 014181 1 005244 0 254592 0 230697 1
63. 38 mK 88 mK 6 4 mK 100 Platinum RTD PT 103 with 30 K 3 660 Q 0 191 Q K 5 3 mK 13 mK 23 mK 10 6 mK 500 Full Scale 14J calibration 77K 20 38 Q 0 423 Q K 2 4 mK 10 mK 22 mK 4 8 mK 300 K 110 35 Q 0 387 Q K 2 6 mK 34 mK 57 mK 5 2 mK 500 K 185 668 Q 0 378 Q K 2 7 mK 55 mK 101 mK 5 4 mK Cernox CX 1010 SD 0 3K 2322 4 Q 10785 O K 3 LK 0 2 mK ESL MK 6 uK with 0 3L 0 5 K 1248 2 Q 2665 2 Q K 12 uK 0 5 mK 5 mK 24 uK calibration 4 2 K 211 32 Q 32 209 Q K 94 uK 6 2 mK 11 2 mK 188 uK 300 K 30 392 Q 0 0654 Q K 15 mK 540 mK 580 mK 30 mK Cernox CX 1050 SD HT 14K 26566 Q 48449 kQ K 6 uK 0 4 mK 5 4 mK 12 uK with 1 4M 4 2 K 3507 2 Q 1120 8 kQ K 90 uK 3 4 mK 8 4 mK 180 uK calibration 17K 205 67 Q 2 4116 Q K 1 3 mK 68 mK 84 mK 2 6 mK 420 K 45 03 Q 0 0829 Q K 12 mK 520 mK 585 mK 24 mK Germanium GR 200A 250 0 5 K 29570 Q 221000 Q K 14 uK 0 2 mK 4 5 mK 28 uK with 0 5D 1 4K 1376 Q 2220 Q K 140 uK 0 9 mK 4 9 mK 280 uK calibration 4 2 K 198 9 Q 68 9 O K 440 uK 3 8 mK 7 8 mK 880 uK 100 K 2 969 Q 0 025 O K 40 mK 200 mK 216 mK 80 mK Germanium GR 200A 500 1 4K 8257 Q 19400 kQ K 52 uK 0 6 mK 4 6 mK 104 uK with 0 5D 4 2K 520 Q 245 kQ K 410 uK 3 0 mK 7 mK 820 uK calibration 10K 88 41 O 19 5 O K 515 uK 5 6 mK 10 6 mK 1 03 mK 100 K 14 510 0 014 O K 72 mK 270 mK 286 mK 114 mK Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 1 4K 103900 Q 520000 Q K 58 uK 0 6 mK 4 6 mK 116 uK with 1 4L 4 2 K 584 6 Q 422 3 Q K 24 uK 12 MK 355 2
64. 4 in Ordering Example Probes over 20 inches long are only available in 1 4 inch diameter TP a bcd e f g TP 06 2FS B 03 S19 C probe mount N no probe mount adapter 6 in probe 1 8 in diameter flange 9 Swagelok fitting S1 coax cable BNC connector F S flange rung boo ww 3 ft cable length DT 470 SD 13 For 1 8 in diameter probe Swagelok fitting uses a 1 8 in NPT male thread for 1 4 in diameter probe Swagelok fitting uses a 1 4 in NPT male thread calibrated 1 4 K to 325 K The CF flange is welded to the probe d external cable wire type N no external cable usually used with Detoronics connector S S1 coax cable 2 lead with upper temperature limit of 473 K Teflon T DT 32 twisted pair of 32 AWG phosphor bronze wire with upper temperature limit of 493 K polyimide Q QT 36 two twisted pairs of 36 AWG phosphor 30 AWG instrument cable 4 lead with upper bronze wire with upper temperature limit of temperature limit of 473 K Teflon 378 K Formvar Lake Shore strongly recommends that all RTD temperature sensors use a 4 lead cable wire type L QL 32 four 32 AWG wires in a ribbon configuration with upper temperature limit of 493 K Polyimide C CryoCable 4 lead cryogenic coaxial cable with upper temperature limit of 473 K Teflon e terminator N no connector leads stripped and tinned 211 connector wired for the Model 211 temperatu
65. 40 1 4 40 RX 202A 0 05 40 0 1 40 0 5 40 Thermocouple Type K 3 2 1505 3 2 1505 3 2 1505 3 2 1505 3 2 1505 Type E 3 2 934 3 2 934 3 2 934 3 2 934 3 2 934 0 0796 Chromel Gold lron 1 2 610 1 2 610 1 2 610 1 2 610 1 2 610 Capacitance CS 501 1 4 290 1 Optional input card or scanner www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com AC Bridge 370 Instrument Selection Guide Controllers 340 Current Reversal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Current Excitation Autoranging Yes Yes Yes Excitation Current Ranges 31 6 mA 10 mA 3 16 mA Yes 1 mA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 500 uA 316 uA Yes Yes 100 uA Yes Yes Yes 31 6 uA Yes Yes 10 uA Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 16 uA Yes Yes 1 uA Yes Yes Yes 316 nA Yes Yes 100 nA Yes Yes 31 6 nA Yes Yes 10 nA 3 16 nA 1 0 nA Yes 316 pA 100 pA 31 6 pA 10 pA 3 16 pA Number of Reading Displays 1 8 1 8 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 Interfaces IEEE 488 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RS 232C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Number of Alarms 32 2 4 4
66. 45 030 Q 0 0829 Q K 483 mK 1 42 K 1 49 K 966 mK Germanium GR 200A 1000 2K 6674 Q 9930 Q K 4 uK 0 3 mK 4 3 mK 8 uK with 1 4D 4 2 K 1054 Q 526 Q K 76 uK 1 mK 3 5 mK 152 uK calibration 10K 170 9 Q 38 4 Q K 1 mK 4 4 mK 9 4 mK 2 mK 100 K 2 25 Q 0 018 Q K 2 22 K 5 61 K 5 626 K 4 44 K Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 4 2 K 2260 Q 2060 Q K 20 uK 0 5 mK 4 5 mK 40 uK with 4L Tak 21 65 Q 0 157 Q K 255 mK 692 mK 717 mK 510 mK calibration 300 K 11 99 Q 0 015 Q K 2 667 K K 7 1K 5 334 K Thermocouple 5862 9 uV 15 6 uV K 0 25 K 0 Calibration not available 50 mV 1075 3 uV 40 6 uV K 0 038 K from Lake Shore 13325 uV 41 7 uV K 0 184 K 49998 3 uV 36 006 uV K 0 73 K N Typical sensor sensitivities were taken from representative calibrations for the sensor listed 8 Control stability of the electronics only in an ideal thermal system Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K 10 Accuracy specification does not include errors from room temperature compensation www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 331 Temperature Controller Specifications Input Specifications Sensor Excitation Display Measurement Electronic Electronic Temperature Current Resolution Resolution Accuracy Control Coefficient Stability Diode negative 0Vto2 5V 10 uA
67. 5 PT 103 14K 873K 1 6 mm dia x 12 192 mm long 120 mg 0 74 x PT 111 14K 673 K 1 8 mm dia x 5 mm long 52 mg 0 74 5 RF 100 BC 14K 325K 1 3 mm wide x 3 8 mm long x 0 38 mm 1 mg 0 10 0 21 0 23 S z RF 100 AA 14K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 360mg 0 10 0 21 0 23 c RF 800 40 65 K 800 K 3 175 mm dia x 20 32 mm long 35 mg 0 16 0 29 0 29 Sg CS 501 GR 14K 290K 3 048 mm dia x 8 484 mm long 260mg 0 01 40 02 0 11 6 9 Typek 3 2K 1543K 30 AWG 0 254 mm amp 36 AWG 0 127 mm amp TypeE 3 2K 953K 30AWG 0 254 mm amp 36 AWG 0 127 mm NA S Chromel AuFe 0 07 1 2K 610K 30AWG 0 254 mm amp 36 AWG 0 127 mm Adapters will increase thermal response times see individual sensor specifications for thermal response times www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Package Size versus Temperature Sensor Characteristics N D Oo Sensor Package Size Smallest www lakeshore com 0 01 0 03 Large Packages gt 400 mg Copper Can Packages 250 400 mg Miscellaneous Packages 50 mg 3 5 g Hermetically Sealed Packages 37 40 mg Miniature Packages 10 30 mg Bare Chip Sensors 10 mg BC BG BR BM MG MC 0 05 0 1 Germanium 0 3 Cernox Cernox Carbon Glass 1 14 Rhodium Iron
68. 83 GE e i in nonmagnetic applications Part vr Description manganese and 4 nickel WMW 30 100 30 AWG 30 m 100 ft WMW 30 500 30 AWG 152 m 500 ft M Non ferromagnetic WMW 32 100 32 AWG 30 m 100 ft E 30 32 and 36 AWG WMW 32 500 32 AWG 152 m 500 ft l l WMW 36 100 36 AWG 30 m 100 ft BI Heavy Formvar insulation WMW 36 500 36 AWG 152 m 500 ft www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Cable Specifications Dimensions Center conductor AWG diameter Type Type SC Type SS Type SR 32 0 2032 mm 0 008 in 32 0 2032 mm 0 008 in Cable 32 0 2032 mm 0 008 in 139 Accessories 37 0 1143 mm 0 004 in Dielectric insulating material diameter 0 56 mm 0 022 in 0 406 mm 0 016 in 0 406 mm 0 016 in 0 38 mm 0 015 in Shield diameter 0 025 mm 0 001 in thickness 0 711 mm 0 028 in 0 711 mm 0 028 in 0 51 mm 0 02 in Drain wire parallel to conductor 32 AWG 0 203 mm 0 008 in NA NA NA Jacket outer dimension 0 7874 mm x 1 016 mm 1 0 mm 0 04 in 1 0 mm 0 04 in 0 51 mm 0 02 in 0 031 in x 0 039 in Material Center conductor Silver plated copper Stranded copper 304 stainless steel Carbon steel Dielectric insulating material Gore Tex expanded PTFE Teflon FEP Teflon FEP Teflon PTFE Shield Aluminize
69. 905 mm wide x 3 175 mm long 40mg CX 1010 AA 0 1K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 400 mg CX 1030 BC 0 30K 325K 0 152 0 025mm x 0 940 mm x 1 143mm 3 0mg 1 15 0 71 0 56 0 63 0 64 CX 1030 SD HT 0 30K 420K 1 08 mm high x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mm long 40mg CX 1030 AA 0 30K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 400 mg E CX 1050 BC 14K 325K 0 152 0 025mm x 0 940 mm x 1 143mm 3 0 mg 2 5 1 3 0 9 0 91 0 87 S CX 1050 SD HT 14K 420K 1 08 mm high x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mm long 40mg 3 CX 1050 AA 1 4K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 400 mg CX 1070 BC A2K 325K 0 152 0 025mm x 0 940 mm x 1 143 mm 3 0 mg 1 5 1 1 0 9 CX 1070 SD HT 42K 420K 1 08 mm high x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mm long 40mg CX 1070 AA 42K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 400 mg CX 1080 BC 20K 325K 0 152 0 025mm x 0 940 mm x 1 143 mm 3 0 mg 1 5 1 4 1 2 CX 1080 SD HT 20 K 420K 1 08 mm high x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mm long 40mg CX 1080 AA 20K 320 K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 400 mg d CGR 1 500 14K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 330 mg 6 9 3 1 0 98 2g CGR 1 1000 14K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 330 mg 7 8 3 5 1 1 2 CGR 1 2000 14K 325K 3 048 mm dia x 8 509 mm long 330 mg 8 4 3 8 1 2 GR 200A 30
70. About the best accuracy attainable is represented by the ability of national standards laboratories Many laboratories provide calibrations for a fee The calibration uncertainty typically increases by a factor of 3 to 10 between successive devices used to transfer a calibration Calibration Fit Interpolation Uncertainty Once a calibration is performed an interpolation function is required for temperatures that lie between calibration points The interpolation method must be chosen with care since some fitting functions can be much worse than others Common interpolation methods include linear interpolation cubic splines and Chebychev polynomials Formulas based on the physics of the sensor material may give the best fits when few fit parameters are used Use of an interpolation function adds to the measurement uncertainty The additional uncertainty due to an interpolation function can be gauged by the ability of the interpolation function to reproduce the calibration points Each calibration www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Temperature Measurement System can be broken up into several ranges to decrease the fitting uncertainties Typical uncertainties introduced by the interpolation function are on the order of one tenth the calibration uncertainty Combining Measurement Uncertainties Estimating the quality of a measurement involves the following steps 1 identify the relevant sources of measure
71. Attachment Another source of heat flow that is often neglected is conduction through the electrical leads that run between the sensor and the ambient environment 32 or 36 gauge low thermal conductivity wire such as phosphor bronze or manganin is used to alleviate this problem These leads must also be thermally anchored at several successive temperature points between ambient temperature and the sensor Performing a 4 lead measurement will overcome the high lead resistance The physical mounting of the leads of a Sensor Packaging and Installation occurs both through the sensor body and the electrical leads In fact for some sensors e g germanium resistance thermometers the primary thermal contact is through the leads For accurate temperature readings the sensor and its leads must be anchored so they are at the same temperature as the sample being measured Table 1 shows typical heat sinking lengths There are a number of ways in which sensor leads can be properly anchored with the choice usually determined by the needs and constraints of the particular application Longer leads may be wound directly around a sensor adaptor or another anchor adjacent to the sample and varnished into place The varnish serves two purposes it physically holds the leads in place and it increases the contact surface area between the wire and the sample or sample holder VGE 7031 varnish is widely used as a low temperature adhesive and
72. BI Bare die sensors with the smallest size and fastest thermal response time of any silicon diode on the market today B Non magnetic sensor Diode Thermometry Diode thermometry is based on the temperature dependence of the forward voltage drop in a p n junction biased at a constant current typically 10 uA Because the voltage signal is relatively large between 0 1 V and 6 V diodes are easy to use and instrumentation is straightforward www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Silicon Diodes DT 670 Silicon Diodes DT 670 Series Silicon Diodes offer better accuracy over a wider temperature range than any previously marketed silicon diodes Conforming to the Curve DT 670 standard voltage versus temperature response curve sensors within the DT 670 series are interchangeable and for many applications do not require individual calibration DT 670 sensors in the SD package are available in four tolerance bands three for general cryogenic use across the 1 4 K to 500 K temperature range and one that offers superior accuracy for applications from 30 K to room temperature DT 670 sensors also come in a seventh tolerance band Band E which are available only as bare die For applications requiring greater accuracy DT 670 SD diodes are available with calibration across the full 1 4 K to 500 K temperature range The bare die sensor the DT 670E provides the smallest physical size and fastest thermal response t
73. Computer interfaces are also integrated for automation of the magnet system The Model 625 is truly an excellent one box solution for controlling a Superconducting magnet e mail info lakeshore com 128 Instruments Current Change Using Internal Programming D I Output current Amps Las I d C A cC un CDN A CO n CDN Un vi ei DW DN om orm rv set flapsed time Seconds ume Li This plot illustrates an actual 5 A current change into an 8 6 H superconducting magnet A smooth 95 mA s ramp is shown with minimal overshoot highlighted in the detail area Output current monitor measured at 58 88 Hz rate with a HP 34401 data multiplied by 10x to obtain output current results Model 625 Rear Panel Connections Positive and negative outputs Serial RS 232C 1 0 DTE Q PSH output 9 Digital 1 0 Analog 1 0 Line input assembly IFFE 488 interface CHTIT 1 UTP e TNNESH IKE E P ei T Im NEE ri www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Output Architecture True 4 quadrant output capability of the Model 625 is ideal for the charge and discharge cycling of superconducting magnets for both positive and negative fields Tightly integrated analog control of the 4 quadrant output provides smooth current change with very low overshoot on output change The Model 625 has the ability to charge an
74. Cryotronics Inc See the appendices for a detailed description of Self heating Installation Uncalibrated sensors Calibrated sensors CalCurve Sensor packages 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 58 Sensors Features B Temperature range 14 K to 873 K model dependant WR Conforms to IEC 751 standards down to 70 K B High reproducibility x5 mKat 77 K B Low magnetic field dependence above 40 K W Excellent for use in ionizing radiation B SoftCal calibration available Typical Platinum Resistance Values ur JE DD EM LU li PI ERIE ID RI www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Platinum RTDs PT 100 Series Platinum RTDs PT 100 platinum resistance thermometers PRTs are an excellent choice for use as cryogenic temperature sensing and control elements in the range from 30 K to 873 K 243 C to 600 C Over this temperature span PRTs offer high repeatability and nearly constant sensitivity dR dT Platinum resistors are also useful as control elements in magnetic field environments where errors approaching one degree can be tolerated PRTs are interchangeable above 70 K The use of controlled purity platinum assures uniformity from one device to another PRTs experience rapidly decreasing sensitivity below approximately 30 K They should be calibrated in order to achieve maximum accuracy for use below 100 K The plot illustrates pla
75. Lake Ea ef ed I Download Terapcrz tuse EDIT Eege Inder Hee amp Pricing Lantoct Ls Biais Le helpful application notes installation Cnclude Product Option Quantity Mice instructions specifications curve eS loading software and manuals DT 25 23a zD 2112310 3422 27 H gu Uacalegrated n Se be ER Total i z cc Ter data Aa rrij anger T rlin a frij re ha 4 Lj Order Lake Shore temperature controllers temperature monitors temperature sensors temperature transmitters 9 AC resistance bridge current sources TEMES cryogenic accessories power supplies gaussmeters fluxmeters Hall Effect sensors and probes all in a few easy clicks fast and convenient www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 133 Accessories 134 Cryogenic Accessories 135 Wire 139 Cable 142 Solder 145 Epoxy 146 Grease 147 Varnish 148 Miscellaneous Accessories 134 Accessories Cryogenic Accessories Lake Shore offers a complete line of Solders accessories for sensor installation and The most common electrical connections general purpose cryogenic use are solder joints Solder can also be used to install various sensors to improve thermal heat sinking Common solders are Cryogenic Wire indium solder and 90 10 Pb Sn Indium Used to minimize heat leak into the solder is used for various applications sensor and cryogenic system cryogenic includin
76. Long Beach CA Contact Vaden West Tel 562 366 9382 e mail vwest lakeshore com KS ND NE OK SD TX Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Contact Chris Corwin Tel 614 891 2243 Ext 104 e mail ccorwin lakeshore com Midwest Region Sales IA IL IN MI MN MO OH PA KY WI and WV Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Contact Chris Corwin Tel 614 891 2243 Ext 104 e mail ccorwin lakeshore com www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Sales Offices Southeast Region Sales AL AR GA LA SC TN MS and FL Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Contact Chris Corwin Tel 614 891 2243 Ext 104 e mail ccorwin lakeshore com Northeast Region Sales NY NJ PA NC VA Washington DC MD and DE Ian Technology Solutions 15 Indian Ridge Road Atkinson NH 03811 Contact Andrew Ian Tel 603 378 9321 Fax 603 378 9342 e mail andy iantechnology com MA ME RI VT NH and CT Shain Associates Inc 45 Accord Park Dr Norwell MA 02061 Contact Dave Shain Tel 781 982 1474 Fax 781 982 1503 e mail dshain spire com Canada Datacomp Electronics Inc Suite 269 171 East Liberty Street Toronto ON M6K 3P6 Canada Contact Mr Paul Robinson Tel 877 279 3801 Fax 416 588 9564 e mail paulrob istar ca Mexico Valley Research Mexico Canahutli 417 04369 Ciuda
77. MUST BE s CORMECTED TG E HI TEASA AL ZOE JE THE CONTROLLER EI akeShore 3003 Healer Output Conditioner www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Features BI Operates down to 500 mK with appropriate NTC RTD sensors BI Two sensor inputs mM Supports diode RTD and thermocouple sensors BI Sensor excitation current reversal eliminates thermal EMF errors for resistance sensors WR Two autotuning control loops 50 W and 10 W B TEEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces analog outputs and alarm relays www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Model 332 Temperature Controller Model 332 Temperature Controller Salpuin Kn IL be Oliptay De GG D so pp m m m um um i ei j ve m n m L1 as St Za uT ES um ee Product Description Building on the best selling Model 331 Temperature Controller platform the Model 332 incorporates advanced electronics for high resolution temperature measurement and control The Model 332 automatically scales excitation current to support Cernox and other negative temperature coefficient NTC resistors to as low as 500 mK The Model 332 also includes 50 W and 10 W heater outputs for greater flexibility in cryocooler applications requiring a second heater for fine and coarse control Sensor Inputs The Model 332 Temperature Controller features two inputs with a high reso
78. Oxygen 54 36 90 19 154 58 0 148 5043 436 14 219 1 14 Argon 03 8 07 28 150 86 68 9 4906 535 70 162 1 40 Krypton 115 76 119 77 209 39 13 2 5496 910 75 108 2 40 Xenon 161 36 165 04 289 74 81 6 5821 1100 96 3 10 CO 216 58 304 21 518 16 7384 466 51 5r 1 56 Methane 90 69 111 63 190 55 11 7 4599 162 65 510 0 42 Ethane 90 35 184 55 305 33 0 0011 4871 206 73 489 0 55 Propane 05 47 231 07 369 85 0 1 x 10 4248 220 49 425 0 58 Ammonia 195 49 239 81 406 65 0 0662 11627 29 0f 1371 0 68 Triple point values for helium are those of the lambda point Table 2 Gamma Radiation Induced Calibration Offsets as a Function of Temperature for Several Types of Cryogenic Temperature Sensors Radiation induced offset mK at temperature Platinum PT 103 Rhodium iron RF 100 AA a 19 15 g 9 Cernox CX 1050 SD 10 10 50 29 2 Carbon glass CGR 1 1000 30 140 100 1300 3400 Germanium GR 200A 1000 5 20 25 NA NA Ruthenium oxide R0600 20 150 S g NA GaAlAs diode TG 120P 15 25 2200 2500 400 Silicon diode DT 470 SD 25 1000 1300 1000 2700 Silicon diode DT 500P GR M 350 50 20 250 300 Silicon diode SI 410 NN 600 2000 300 450 1400 Platinum PT 103 NA 50 5 90 15 Rhodium iron RF 800 4 10 Rhodium iron RF 100 AA 50 50 S 10 5 Carbon glass CGR 1 1000 25 175 1400 4200 6500 Germanium GR 200A 10
79. Platinum Rox Rhodium lron 0 02 K TUE 0 1K 10 1 1K Mie HES 2Kto10K 108 10 10 K to 100 K 10 to 107 10 273K 10 CGR CX Rhodium Iron only fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Characteristics Environmental Usefulness in Magnetic Fields Probably the most common harsh environment that temperature sensors are exposed to is a magnetic field Magnetic fields cause reversible calibration shifts which yield false temperature measurements The shift is not permanent and sensors will return to their zero field calibration when the field is removed The usefulness of resistance temperature sensors in magnetic fields depends entirely on the particular resistance temperature detector RTD chosen The Lake Shore Cernox thin film resistance sensors are the recommended choice for use in magnetic fields The Cernox sensors are offered in a variety of packages and have a wider temperature range than carbon glass Ruthenium oxide RTDs are a good choice for temperature below 1 K and down to 50 mK or lower Due to their strong magnetoresistance and associated orientation effect germanium sensors are of little use in magnetic fields Depending on the desired accuracy silicon diodes can be used effectively in certain temperature ranges lt 0 5 error above 60 K in 1 T fields However special care must be taken in mounting the diode to ensure that the junction is perpendicular to field i e current
80. RX 202A 20 1089 3 96 0 07 T K R Q dR dT O K T R dR dT 30 1063 1 05 0 05 0 05 110000 12300000 5 6 E 1049 1 06 0 04 0 1 23340 274000 42 0 2 11420 49000 0 86 Rox RX 102B 0 3 8364 19400 0 69 T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT s Es 205 D 1 4366 2000 0 46 0 01 9856 38 413888 0 42 14 3797 935 0 34 0 02 7289 79 170565 0 47 2 3420 440 0 26 0 03 5975 92 100138 0 50 3 3112 218 0 21 0 04 5184 10 62048 0 48 4 2 2918 121 0 17 0 05 4676 87 41480 0 44 6 ii 66 6 0 15 0 1 3548 94 12578 0 35 n dis ae ve 0 2 2813 75 4116 0 29 E aiiis ae ae 0 3 2502 26 2365 0 28 ak SE SE 40 2244 4 58 0 08 0 5 2187 50 1056 0 24 1 1884 56 350 8 0 19 14 1779 33 197 7 0 16 2 1691 44 114 5 0 14 3 1606 45 63 53 0 12 4 2 1546 44 40 04 0 11 6 1488 89 26 05 pii 10 1410 19 15 43 BER 20 1300 92 7 82 0 12 30 1239 54 4 83 0 12 40 1198 80 3 41 0 11 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Appendix G 205 Platinum PT 100 Rhodium Iron RF 800 4 T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT 20 2 2913 0 085 0 74 1 4 1 5204 0 178 0 16 30 3 6596 0 191 1 60 4 2 1 9577 0 135 0 29 50 9 3865 0 360 1 90 10 2 5634 0 081 0 32 77 35 20 380 0 423 1 60 20 3 1632 0 046 0 29 100 2
81. Response Curves The Model 218 has standard temperature sensor response curves for silicon diodes and platinum RTDs It can support a wide variety of temperature sensors because a unique 200 point user curve can be stored for each of the eight inputs CalCurves for Lake Shore calibrated sensors can be stored as user curves The built in SoftCal algorithm can also be used to generate improved curves for DT 470 diodes and platinum RTDs that are stored as user curves The Lake Shore SoftCal algorithm for silicon diode and platinum RTD sensors is a good solution for applications requiring more accuracy than a standard sensor curve but not in need of traditional calibration SoftCal uses the predictability of a standard curve to improve the accuracy of an individual sensor around a few known temperature reference points e mail info lakeshore com Model 218 Temperature Monitor Interface Features of Model 218S and Model 218E 2185 218E Numeric keypad E E Front panel curve entry Alarms RS 232C interface IEEE 488 interface Two analog voltage outputs Fight relays Feature Interface The Model 218 is available with both parallel IEEE 488 218S only and serial RS 232C computer interfaces Each input has a high and low alarm which offer latching and non latching operation The eight relays on the Model 218S can be used with the alarms to alert the operator of a fault condition or perform simple on off control The Mo
82. Sensors Sensor Selection Guide Sensor Characteristics Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters Temperature Probe Selection Guide DT 670 Silicon Diodes DT 400 Series Silicon Diodes GaAlAs Diodes Cernox RTDs Carbon Glass RTDs Germanium RTDs Ruthenium Oxide Rox RTDs PT 100 Series Platinum RTDs Rhodium Iron RTDs Capacitance Temperature Sensors Thermocouple Wire Cryogenic Hall Generators and Probes Sensor Selection Guide Sensor Selection Guide How to Select a Temperature Sensor for Your Application Lake Shore offers the most comprehensive line of cryogenic temperature sensors in the world We understand that selecting a sensor is a difficult procedure This catalog will assist you in selecting the most appropriate sensor for your application The table on the opposite page is designed to compare the sensor characteristics more easily You will find that our sales staff will ask you many questions regarding your application We ask a lot of questions to inform educate and to assist you in selecting the correct sensor We are here to answer your questions and concerns If you have any specific needs please let us know www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Any one or several of the following environmental factors may be important to you in selecting a sensor Temperature range Package size Fast thermal response time Fast electrical response time Heat sinking Small thermal mass
83. Step 3 Specify the calibration range suffix code after the model number and package suffix for example DT 670 CU 1 4L Tolerance Band Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end D 100 K L 325 K H 500 K Model number DT 6 0A SD DT 670A1 SD DT 670B SD DT 670B1 SD DT 670C SD DT 670D SD DT 670 SD Mounting adapters are available for use with the SD package replace SD suffix with mounting adapter suffix CO _ o a CU ER CY ET a BO MT EN NN E E DT 670E BR 10 B bare chip silicon diode sensor quantity 10 Note upper temperature limit package dependent see Sensor Packages section Other packaging available by special order please consult Lake Shore Accessories available for sensors Accessories suggested for installation SNCOCI CO style sensor clamps see Accessories section for full descriptions for SD package Stycast epoxy Apiezon grease ECRIT Expanded interpolation table S k 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM Sc GE s Sn solder COC SEN Certificate of conformance VGE 7021 varnish Phosphor bronze wire Manganin wire so B ao www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com www lakeshore com DT 470 SD Features BI Monotonic temperature response from 1 4 K to 500 K WR C
84. VSM Sensitivity B C Dodrill Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc The Performance of the 7400 VSM B C Dodrill Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Magnetic In line Metrology for GMR Spin Valve Sensors B C Dodrill B J Kelley Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Magnetic Anisotropy Measurements with a Vibrating Sample Magnetometer B C Dodrill J R Lindemuth and J K Krause Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Magnetic Media Measurements with a VSM B C Dodrill Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Measurements with a VSM Permanent Magnet Materials B C Dodrill B J Kelley Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Permanent Magnet B C Dodrill B J Kelley Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc PM Based Vector VSM B C Dodrill J R Lindemuth and J K Krause Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc J M D Coey David P Hurley and Farid Bengrid Magnetic Solutions Ltd Low Moment Measurements With a VSM B C Dodrill Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 o Customer Service 229 Application Notes Hall Effect System Evaluation of Transport Properties using Quantitive Mobility Spectrum Analysis B C DODRILL J R LINDEMUTH B J KELLEY G DU and J R MEYER Lake Shore Cryotronics Westerville OH Characterization of Multi Carrier Heterostructre Devices with Quantitative Mobility Spectrum Analysis and Variable Field Hall Measurements J R Lindemuth Gang Du and B C Dodrill Lake S
85. aW e mail info lakeshore com 3 16L Performance Specification Table Voltage Range 632 mV 200 mV 63 2 mV 20 mV 6 32 mV 2 0 mV 632 pV 200 pV 63 2 uV 20 pV 6 32 pV 2 0 pV SLO MA 20mo 6322u0 L790009 63240 20 nO 20 nO 20 nQ 20 nO 1 0 uW 320 nW 100 nW 32 nW TOMA 632mo 20mQ 63209 200n0 60 nQ 60 nQ 60 nQ 60 nQ 320 nW 100 nW 32 nW 10 nW SCHEIN 20mo 632mo 20mO gou 200 nO 200 nO 200 nO 200 nO 100 nW 32 nW 10 nW 3 2 nW 1 0 mA 63 2 mo 20 ma 632mo 20mo 600 no 600 nQ 600 no 600 no 32 nW 10 nW 3 2 nW 1 0 nW 316 pA 200mo 632 mo 20 mo 6 32 ma 2 0 uQ 2 0 uQ 2 0 uQ 2 0 uQ 10 nW 3 2 nW 1 0 nW 320 pW 100 uA 632mo 200ma 632ma 20 ma 6 0 uQ 6 0 uQ 6 0 uQ 6 0 uQ 3 2 nW 1 0 nW 320 pW 100 pW 31 6 uA 200 632mo 200m9 632mo 20 uQ 20 uQ 20 uQ 20 uQ 1 0 nW 320 pW 100 pW 32 pW 10 pA 6320 200 632 MQ 200mo 60 uQ 60 uQ 60 uQ 60 uQ 320 pW 100 pW 32 pW 10 pW 3 16 uA 200 6 320 200 632 ma 200 uQ 200 uQ 200 uQ 200 uQ 100 pW 32 pW 10 pW 3 2 pW e uA 6320 200 6320 200 E 600 uQ 600 uQ 600 uQ 600 uQ Tt 32 pW 10 pW 3 2 pW 1 0 pW S 316nA z 200 Q 63 20 200 6 320 ui 2 0 mo 2 0 MQ 2 0 mo 2 0 mo SS 10 pW 3 2 pW 1 0 pW 320 fW S 100nA 6320 200 Q 6320 202 5 6 0 mo 6 0 mo 6 0 mo 6 0 mo o 3 2 pW 1 0 pW 320 tW 100 fW 31 6 n 2 0kQ 632 0 200 2 6320 30 MQ 20 mo 20 mo 20 mQ 1 0 pW 320 fW 100 fW 32 fW 10 nA 6 32 ka 2 0 kQ 632 0 200 0 130 mo 100 mo 60 mo 60 mo 320 fW 100 fW 32 fW 10 fW 3 16 nA 20 KQ 6 32 KQ 2 0 kQ 6320 600 mo 320 ma 400 ma 200 ma 10
86. actual resolution is sensor dependent Heater output display Numeric display in percent of full scale for power or current Heater output resolution 196 Display annunciators Control Input Remote Alarm Tuning Ramp Max Min Linear Keypad 20 full travel keys numeric and specific functions Front panel features Front panel curve entry display brightness control keypad lock out Interface IEEE 488 interface 3318 Features SH1 AH1 T5 L4 SR1 RL1 PPO DC1 DTO CO E1 Reading rate To 10 readings per s on each input Software support LabVIEW driver consult factory for availability Serial interface Electrical format RS 232C Max baud rate 9600 baud Connector 9 pin D sub Reading rate To 10 readings s on each input at 9600 baud Special interface features Model 330 command emulation mode Alarms Number 4 high and low for each input Data source Temperature Sensor Units Linear Equation Settings Source High Setpoint Low Setpoint Deadband Latching or Non Latching Audible On Off Actuators Display annunciator beeper relays Relays 3318 Number 2 Contacts Normally Open NO Normally Closed NC and Common C Contact rating 30 VDC at 5 A Operation Activate relays on high low or both alarms for either input or manual Connector Detachable terminal block Analog voltage output 331S Scale User selected Update rate 10 readings per s Data source Temperature Sensor Units Linear Equation Settings Input source top of scale
87. and apply the soldering iron above Figure 6 CD Package pe i l the joint area until the solders melt then remove the iron immediately RO 563 11 B14 220 mm Leave enough slack to allow for the thermal contractions that occur Baue during cooling which could fracture a solder joint or lead Insulating 0 P3545 mm the soldering joint is recommended to prevent shorts Use heat shrink tubing Teflon9 and Kynar shrink tubings are more resistant to cracking at low temperatures than polydelefin Note This package is designed for use up to 325 K 52 C subjecting sensor to temperature in excess of this will cause a shift in the sensor values 0 205 ir 5 207 mm AR AUS Qual Lead phaspghae 3rcaze wire 36 ir 914 4 com roi s General bale aace of 40 005 in 10 127 mra unless otherwise noted www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 174 Appendix C Heat Sinking Thermal Anchoring Depending on the application sufficient heat sinking of the leads may already exist in the bobbin Use the following procedure if additional heat sinking is recommended 1 Connecting wires should be thermally anchored at several temperatures between room temperature and cryogenic temperatures to guarantee that heat is not being conducted through the leads to the sensing element 2 A simple thermal anchor can be made by winding the wires around a copper
88. applications and can be indium soldered to samples The Lake Shore SD package is now available with Cernox resistors and GaAlAs diodes as well as silicon diodes For the Cernox resistors and GaAlAs diodes the Kovar leads are replaced with nonmagnetic leads www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters Mounting Adapters for SD Package CO CU DI CY LR BO ET MT CO 0 41 in 7 925 m 0 200 in Ty D d U 250 in 86 350 imm 0 443 in 4 49 shoulder screw 4 49 shoulder screw 12 252 m 153 in Gennrz tolerance of 40 0045 in 40 122 rr m A T mm ur ess ollenwine mc CU amp DI z Sei ips E Sin d Sa mm ne HI mm 3h ir T aid a de n T 1904 um E we uad Lear ee wile 7 lr in ZEIEN 4 mm long Senaral Poar aca cf ADDO in 20 127 mm wales otherwise acted 0 560 in 1 14 224 mn 60 118 ir 732 537 mm thru hole 2 39 AWG Teflon coats hat hg cooper wire Fi in 814 6 m7 long Laera Lolesa ice of 40 095 in 40 127 m unless alierwise noted 125 inter BUT ndum Qd in ei mir Ds in 1 0 102 im J DIS f ID 7 381 mm p General tales of st ut in 0 127 mm POIN H unless obser ise nila 3 009 mr EL MET in Sume dT tib mn ED 118 in I 3ncbhrulumu aaasg 7 Eben lim oxide heat snk des Wgl im p Tm f a ian mn
89. atmosphere but at lower www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 UU Appendix B 157 J Sob ral be RE Ca kA M ch Figure 5 Typical germanium packaging Figure 6 Typical carbon glass packaging temperatures the pressure is very low and the gas eventually liquefies reducing the thermal contact The requirement of strain free mounting also results in a very fragile sensor Dropping a sensor from a height of a few centimeters can cause shifts in the calibration Ruthenium oxide is a generic name for a class of bismuth ruthenate thick film resistors They are epoxied to a BeO header mounted and sealed in gold plated copper AA canisters Unlike other NTC RTDs Ruthenium oxide resistors are interchangeable and follow a standard curve They can be used to below 50 mK and up to 40 K Their sensitivity is negligible for T 40 K For NTC RTD temperature sensors up to 70 of the thermal connection to the sensor is through the leads The large resistance change coupled with thermal considerations results in a requirement for a variable current source for measurement in which the current must be varied over several orders of magnitude De from about 0 01 pA to 1 mA or above as well as a voltmeter capable of measuring voltages near 1 mV Capacitors Capacitors are also used for low temperatures but usually not for temperature measurement Capacitance temperature sensors have the advanta
90. based on the temperature dependence of the forward voltage drop across a p n junction The voltage change with temperature depends on the material The most common is silicon but gallium arsenide and gallium aluminum arsenide are also used Silicon diodes can be used from 1 4 K to 500 K From 25 K to 500 K a silicon diode has a nearly constant sensitivity of 2 3 mV K Below 25 K the sensitivity increases and is nonlinear The temperature response curve is shown in Figure 1 Diode temperature sensors from Lake Shore the DT 470 Series and DT 670 Series typically are mounted in a special semiconductor package SD package The semiconductor packaging is robust and allows for solder mounting for probes and circuits and easy installation and handling Silicon diode sensors are typically excited with a constant 10 pA current The output signal is fairly large 0 5 V at room Voltage V 180 200 250 3230 350 4090 450 Bo Temperature K Figure 1 Curve DT 670 O ees keeseleee D P 7100 temperature and 1 V at 77 K This can be compared to platinum where a 100 Q PRT with a 1 mA excitation has only a 100 mV signal at 273 K The straightforward diode thermometry instrumentation is shown in Figure 2 source p I 2 10 pA Figure 2 Typical diode sensor instrumentation schematic An important feature of silicon diodes is their interchange ability Silicon diodes from a particular manufacturer are interchangeable
91. be measured with another temperature sensor and that the capacitance sensor be employed as a control element only temperature value is initiated by disturbing the sensor thermally or by changing the voltage or frequency of excitation To compensate for this the sensor should be stabilized for one hour after initial cool down to desired operating temperature and whenever significant adjustments in control temperature are made After the one hour stabilization this short term drift is on the order of a few tenths of a millikelvin per minute at 4 2 K and several millikelvin per minute at 305 K The drift 1s always in the direction of decreasing capacitance consequently it corresponds to decreasing temperature below 290 K Typical CS Dimensionless Sensitivity Values lL Acht Amr Ts E DL Sg Eimer sionless sensitivity 1 lu b sll tenperatur EI e mail info lakeshore com Capacitance Sensors Hi LETT Range of Use Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Specifications g cuo ca emperature Errors AT T at B Standard curve Not applicable magnetic induction Nominal capacitance 6 1 nF CS 501GR 1 4K 290 K Nominal sensitivity 26 pF K Package Parallel to Field B Accuracy interchangeability Not applicable CS 501GR Accuracy calibrated Calibration should be performed in situ REM TM us Eu Recommended excitation 1 to 5 kHz 0 to 7 V 4 peak to peak or any other acceptable capacitance mea Leg P ji 1
92. be prima facie evidence that the shipment was delivered in good condition and in accordance with the terms of the agreement C All claims for damage apparent or concealed or partial loss of shipment must be made in writing within five 5 days from receipt of goods No goods may be returned for credit without prior written consent from Lake Shore Transportation charges between the factory or warehouse and delivery point are payable by the purchaser as a separate item unless otherwise set forth in the quotation and contract in writing Dangerous Goods Customer specified freight forwarders are often used for shipments However if the specified freight forwarder is not qualified to handle hazardous materials Lake Shore reserves the right to separate the dangerous goods from the rest of the shipment and send them directly to the customer via Best Way available International dangerous goods shipments are subject to U S Export Laws plus additional controls and laws imposed by the various destination countries These controls and laws constantly change therefore we cannot guarantee delivery of hazardous materials without conducting an investigation of each destination on a case by case basis Customers who have ordered dangerous goods then subsequently refuse to accept the shipment will be charged for shipping both ways and a restocking fee will also be assessed Exportation The purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the produ
93. be threaded into a mounting hole in the sample B he MT package is similar to the ET version except the SD package is mounted in a slot in the center of the hexagonal head and the stud is a 3 mm x 0 5 metric thread Note A light coating of vacuum grease on the threads further enhances the thermal contact between the sensor package and the sample m Used with Cernox Carbon Glass Rhodium lron Germanium and Rox sensors II Used only with Germanium sensors B AA canister sensor soldered into a flat copper bobbin with the sensor leads thermally anchored to the bobbin B Can be mounted to any flat surface with a 4 40 screw not supplied m Used with Cernox Carbon Glass Rhodium lron Germanium and Rox sensors 614 891 2244 Package material Adapter material Leads Lead Material Mass Limitation Adapter material Leads Lead material Mass Limitation Adapter material Leads Lead Material Limitation fax 614 818 1600 See SD package ET Gold plated copper SAE threaded screw head 6 32 MT Gold plated copper metric threaded screw head 3mm x 0 5 metric See SD package See SD package 1 5 g including SD package and screw head Indium solder limits the upper useful temperature of this configuration to 420 K Gold plated cylindrical copper canister BeO header Stycast epoxy Four 32 AWG x 15 cm 6 in long Rox Two 32 AWG x 15 cm 6 in long Phosphor bron
94. bottom of scale or manual Range 10 V Resolution 0 3 mV Accuracy 2 5 mV Min load resistance 100 Q short circuit protected www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 General Ambient temperature 15 C to 35 C at rated accuracy 10 C to 40 C at reduced accuracy Power requirement 100 120 220 240 VAC 6 10 50 or 60 Hz 120 VA Size 216 mm W x 89 mm H x 368 mm D 8 5 in x 3 5 in x 14 5 in half rack 4 8 kg 10 5 Ib CE mark Weight Approval Ordering Information Part number Description Standard temperature controllers a features included 331S Two diode resistor inputs 331S T1 One diode resistor input one thermocouple input 331S T2 Two thermocouple inputs Economy temperature controllers a l features of the 331S are included except IEEE 488 interface relays analog voltage output and a second control loop 331E Two diode resistor inputs 331E T1 One diode resistor input one thermocouple input 331E T2 Two thermocouple inputs Select a power configuration VAC 100 Instrument configured for 100 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 ALL Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord and universal Euro line cord and fuses for 220 240 VAC setting Instrument configured for 220 VAC with universal Euro line cord Instrument configured for 240 VAC with universal Euro line cord Other country line cords avail
95. but about 1000 times lower at liquid helium temperature The magnetic susceptibility is about that of non magnetic stainless steel www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Miscellaneous Accessories 19 pin Vacuum Feedthrough VFT19 VFT19 FMC 25 1n 6 35 mm 0 93 in 13 5 mm 4 4 40 0 98 in iles 25 mm UN 0 83 In alurminam 21 03 mm m block female 3 8 in NPT rear vie side with solder cup terminal connections side view mating adapter VFT19 MC VFT19 F 0 53 in 13 5 mm 1 0 25 1n 0 09 in 1 125 in 5 35 mm 2 4 mm B 28 0 mm rear view side wrth solder cup Lerminal conmneeLiars side view 44 45 mim 4 Lead Resistance Sample Holder B A pre tinned and drilled solder pads B Plug in convenience 4 pin plug B Mating socket included Front view Rear view www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Accessories 149 This hermetically sealed glass to metal electronic connector is designed to meet the dimensional requirements of MIL C 26482 and is furnished with a silicone o ring to seal against the mating connector plug shell It is commonly used to pass electrical signals into a vacuum chamber from the outside tms Note The VFT19 FMC Contacts High nickel reads should be iron alloy sealed with Teflon t
96. can be easily removed with methanol As long as the leads are electrically insulated with an enamel type coating such as Formvar see caution note or polyimide the varnished down leads provide a suitable thermal anchor thermal short Appendix C 167 to their surroundings Leads with heavy insulation such as Teflon minimize the potential for making a thermal short to the surroundings resulting in more thermal conduction down the leads into the sensing element Resulting temperature measurement errors can be significant Caution varnish can cause crazing of Formvar insulation One can make a separate thermal anchor to which the thermometer leads are attached A typical technique for producing a physically compact anchor uses small gauge wire 32 AWG insulated with Formvar polyimide or a similar coating The wire is wound around the sample in a bifilar manner or onto a separate bobbin and bonded with varnish For most applications a bonded length of 5 cm to 10 cm provides a sufficient thermal anchor unless poor practices elsewhere in the system permit excessive heat leaks down the leads Copper wire may require several meters for heat sinking Table 1 Wire Heat Sinking Length Required to Thermally Anchor to a Heat Sink at Temperature T to Bring the Temperature of the Wire to Within 1 mK of T lower sensor is as important as the mounting Heat sinking length mm for wire sizes of the sensor itself Th
97. cr xrz eT odre 3 el Rss rGzclter at A Tee caa EE succ ba va cF LA Fe cupid S z iite Tara 30 tetera aiaee aJt The rocr DaT ranp obze ranp sis ccm j 3Ja dzr spcla 2522 3 E op C l morsig IIET oe cect bor aT e Lrezrrz34zci o mriciacs EEIGTEEIS 6 Froq zm zEl2 cp cm E ko 2E ie dE Ge staidax hooves melde 2222 482 234 R 525 a M d j tz 73222 zrzl23 mio zc EL pr zz and pratzz ter m Jm eent ger Fer clrre pin lors or magit cherer How Lex Y ane chet k harn m I REJ Ni AN bidi Ent FA Tera pera tire EL de d Drier Hra Eed lantart IE Whare L i Pace biraci gr nis bi ie agave ele b eb bara dari nil las deer anian e diria Eurer d Ir lavage Tiri wal zt Waa 81 aliii oa bari Lid i4 rl TAMAS phirs eri Des Ir ut juga ag cePISA i sawd a Haeba Piah lassa quan unne Paalis 1 EE qp er anl eline br Ve UI avatene Jai og ager c i NNA eA I4 1g guinis Li e lU nae naan pimai y a niey uga neyi le naa de ad nin sie au liderar ciens sl kont pua pla elt ra iae af e ele anfi manii al very lis tanjek res Zil PE un ne HE lae Hierk ef crie tist malatia is seit Ajik cis Exc la Pe iiai Tara ar gni lanj eral re sana and i gr amer m dar a alila ieaie c iran eyalana T n e beyim pasa jelena malati Ile c r ii maaana iaa Pi vill amrtttan eral ag all au reps ans eras el lt sl rabia zeit ctor e mala AE AL S ob E CRISES ride ot el LEI RIAL rn Pace Parade crie et ly saagiga al Di pisem d sra asy al e
98. current excitation 1 mA can be used for the whole range Negative Temperature Coefficient NTC RTDs NTC resistors are normally semiconductors with a very strong temperature dependence of resistance which decreases with increasing temperature It is not uncommon for the resistance to change five orders of magnitude over their useful temperature range The three most common are germanium Cernox and ruthenium oxide Rox RTDs Carbon glass RTDs are still used but they are generally being replaced by Cernox for nearly all applications Cernox is the trade name for zirconium oxy nitride manufactured by Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc It is a sputter deposited thin film resistor Cernox shows good temperature sensitivity over a wider range 0 1 K to 420 K and is highly resistant to magnetic field induced errors and ionizing radiation Cernox can be packaged in the Same robust hermetically sealed SD package Figure 4 that is used for diode temperature sensors This makes Cernox more robust than other NTC RTDs Figure 4 CX SD Germanium and carbon glass Figures 5 and 6 have very large sensitivities but more narrow operating ranges than Cernox Germanium is very stable and is recognized as a secondary standard for T 30 K Both sensors are piezoresistive so the sensing element must be mounted in a strain free package which provides a very weak thermal link to their surroundings Both sensors are sealed in a helium
99. end later 50 um diameter gold wire Another way is to use silver loaded conducting epoxy Make sure the wire and the pads are clean Use a flexible wire 40 AWG or smaller so undue stress will not be applied to the pads Use a needle to apply small amounts of epoxy to the pads and to the ceramic substrate as well If the epoxy must be heated in order to cure a temperature of up to 200 C could be tolerated by the chip not Cernox This should be done before calibrating however since the calibration may shift slightly shift may amount to 1 of reading at temperatures above 50 K and 0 05 at 4 2 K and below Mounting Sensor Chips There are several means of attaching a chip to a substrate It is possible for strain induced shifts in calibration to occur Therefore keep in mind that the greater the expansion difference between the sensor substrate the bonding substance and the mating piece the more likely a strain induced shift in the calibration may occur If the joint is Stable this shift probably will be reproducible and an in situ calibration may remove the uncertainty The only substance we have found capable of relieving stress during use is pure indium This will only work with metallized substrates and in systems that can be heated if the joint is to be soldered If it is deemed advisable to use an indium solder joint for reasons of strain and the mating piece cannot be soldered a buffer layer o
100. excitation to output Common mode voltage can come from many sources including external noise coupling into the lead wires The Model 370 provides a unique 8 patented matched impedance current source as its first defense against common mode noise igne uus UNDC um Just as voltage input EH Si eae MN terminals for a differential reed SENS Lu ze s input have the same E ioe input impedance the two current source output terminals of the Model 370 have the same source impedance This matched impedance ensures that common mode voltages do not become normal mode voltages With this strategy the differential input remains truly differential for accurate resistance measurement To further reduce the effect of common mode voltage the Model 370 includes an active common mode reduction circuit This circuit dynamically adjusts the current source output operation point to minimize common mode voltage at the measurement input Active common mode reduction allows the Model 370 to operate in environments that would otherwise saturate the differential input amplifiers Optocouplers isolate the analog front end of the Model 370 from digital circuitry and the instrument chassis Optical isolation minimizes the effect of digital noise on the measurement and breaks ground loops For applications where lead length is greater than 10 ft or resistance is greater than 100 kO the Model 370 also includes four separate driven guards t
101. features Front panel curve entry display brightness control keypad lock out Interface Serial interface Electrical format RS 232C Max baud rate 300 or 1200 baud Connector RJ11 Reading rate To 1 reading per s Special interface features Model 320 command emulation mode Analog voltage output Scale User selected Update rate 1 reading s Data source Temperature and Sensor Units Range 0Vto 10V 1mA maximum Resolution 1 22 mV Accuracy 0 0496 of full scale output measurement accuracy General Ambient temperature 20 C to 30 C at rated accuracy 15 C to 35 C at reduced accuracy Power requirement 100 120 220 240 VAC 5 10 50 or 60 Hz 65 VA Size 216 mm W x 89 mm H x 318 mm D 8 5 in x 3 5 in x 12 5 in half rack Weight 2 7 kg 6 Ib www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Instruments 109 Ordering Information Part number Description 321 01 Autotuning temperature controller silicon diode 321 02 Autotuning temperature controller platinum 321 04 Autotuning temperature controller thermocouple Select a power configuration VAC 100 Instrument configured for 100 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 ALL Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord and universal Euro line cord and fuses for 220 240 setting Instrument configured for 220 VAC with universal Euro line cord Instrument configured for 240 VAC with u
102. flow is parallel to the magnetic field Diodes are strongly orientation dependent Capacitors are excellent for use in magnetic field environments as control sensors They can be used in conjunction with another type of sensor Cernox carbon glass germanium etc to control temperature The temperature is set using the other sensor before the field is turned on Control is then accomplished with the capacitor Table 3 page 162 shows magnetic field dependence for some Lake Shore sensors www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 OT Appendix B 161 Usefulness in Radiation Ionizing radiation refers to a broad class of energetic particles and waves The effects of radiation can produce temporary or permanent calibration shifts The exposure can be measured using standard dosimetry techniques but the actual absorbed dose will vary depending on the material Due to extensive work performed on the effects of radiation on biological tissue and Si semiconductor devices the dose is often expressed either in tissue equivalent dose or dose Si i e grays 1 gray 100 rad The data for neutron radiation is more difficult to interpret than gamma radiation data because effects occur due to both the neutrons and the associated background gamma radiation In both cases it is difficult to calculate or measure the actual absorbed dose The actual absorbed dose depends on dose rates energy of the radiation exposure dos
103. is AT AV dV dT Eqn 8 Table 5 illustrates potential temperature error due to the voltage measurement Table 5 Equivalent Temperature Offsets for the DT 470 Diode Temperature Sensor at Selected Voltmeter Uncertainties Temperature offset mK AV 0 01 AV 0 05 DT 470 0 51892 0 97550 1 08781 1 62602 100 40 Resistance temperature sensors for positive temperature coefficient resistors such as platinum or rhodium iron the potential temperature error AT is AT AR dR dT Eqn 9 AV T dR dT since from Ohm s law AV IAR But AV 100AV V therefore AT VAV 1001 dR dT Eqn 10 AV 9o R 100 dR dT AT AV 100 R dR dT and AT Al 100 R dR dT R The temperature offsets in Table 4 are calculated using both of the above equations This is not surprising as we are dealing with Ohm s Law and a linear system www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 e O O Appendix E 193 Self heating Any difference between the temperature of the sensor and the environment the sensor is intended to measure produces a temperature measurement error or uncertainty Dissipation of power in the temperature sensor will cause its temperature to rise above that of the surrounding environment Power dissipation in the sensor is also necessary to make a temperature measurement Minimization of the tempe
104. is not available as matched Other packaging available through special order consult Lake Shore To add length to sensor leads SMOD see page 28 Accessories available for sensors ECRIT Expanded interpolation table 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM COC SEN Certificate of conformance Accessories suggested for installation see Accessories section for full descriptions Stycast epoxy Apiezon grease 90 Pb 10 Sn solder Indium solder VGE 7031 varnish Phosphor bronze wire Manganin wire Packaging The Rox 202A 102A and 103A sensors are available in the Lake Shore standard copper AA canister and the 102B is available in the CB copper block package Two are available as bare chips for applications requiring a smaller sensor or a faster thermal response time The RX 102A BR is a bare chip version of RX 102A This bare chip features wrap around noble metal contacts that can be soldered to using standard lead tin solder The RX 103A BR is a bare chip version of the RX 103A This bare chip has wrap around pretinned contacts that can be soldered to using standard lead tin solder The pretinned contacts increase the sensor thickness from 0 25 mm to 0 41 mm Leads are not attached to these models so they are not available as matched or calibrated See the Specifications for details and individual dimensions www lakeshore com Lake Shore
105. is used as a strain relief to reinforce the leads at the bobbin assembly The difference between the CU package and the DI package is the connecting lead configuration Standard lead configuration for the CU is a 4 lead device Red I Green V Black Dark Blue V Clear 1 while standard lead configuration for the DI package is a 2 lead device Green Cathode Clear Anode www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Sensor Packaging and Installation Appendix C 173 Figure 4 CU amp DI Package DI Package 2 lead measurement scheme Q0 313 in E 0 030 in The leads used to measure the voltage are also the current carrying BEES SH leads The resulting voltage measured at the instrument is the sum of the CAEI ai ve pi AN temperature sensor voltage and the voltage drop within the two current d m E BC 009 in leads see Figure 3 v 80 127 mm CU Package 4 lead measurement scheme The current is confined to one pair of current leads with the sensor voltage measured across the voltage leads see Figure 3 0 171 i ex ii Nee Thirty six inches of lead wire is attached during the production process Ede uoi vrina If additional connection wire is required use the following instructions adn bod mm long General tolerance ef 9 005 in 20 127 mm unless otherwise noted 1 Prepare the sensor leads with an RMA rosin mildly active solde
106. it is much more difficult to heat sink Measurement Errors in Diode Thermometers due to AC Interference Wiring techniques are especially important when using diode thermometers in a measurement system Noise currents produce a shift in measurement Because diodes have a nonlinear voltage response to the changing current the shift is seen as www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 SO O Appendix E 191 a lower measured voltage corresponding to a higher measured temperature The temperature error in noisy systems can be as high as several tenths of a kelvin The following equation can be used to estimate the temperature shift with DT 470 silicon diodes over the range 0 lt Ne lt 40 mV and 30 T 300 K The temperature errors tend to decrease at temperatures below 30 K AT in K T in K and V in mV AT 2 7768 Tim v i Eqn 4 There are two simple techniques that can be used to determine if this problem is present in the measuring system The first is to connect a 10 uF capacitor in parallel with the diode to act as a shunt for any induced AC currents The capacitor must have low leakage current so it does not alter the DC current through the diode If the DC voltage reading across the diode increases with the addition of the capacitor AC noise currents are present The second method involves the measurement of the AC voltage across the diode While an oscilloscope is the logical choice for l
107. lron PTC RTD RF 800 4 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 RF 100T U 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 Cernox NTC RTD CX 1010 0 1 300 0 3 325 0 6 325 2 325 2 325 2 325 CX 1030 HT 0 3 420 0 3 420 1 420 3 5 420 3 5 420 3 5 420 CX 1050 HT 1 4 420 1 4 420 1 4 420 4 420 4 420 4 420 CX 1070 HT 4 2 420 4 2 420 4 420 15 420 15 420 15 420 CX 1080 HT 20 420 20 420 20 420 50 420 50 420 50 420 Germanium NTC RTD GR 200A 30 0 05 5 0 1 5 GR 200A 50 0 1 40 0 2 40 GR 200A 100 0 3 40 0 3 100 0 5 100 GR 200A 250 0 5 100 0 5 100 0 8 100 GR 200A B 500 1 4 100 1 4 100 1 4 100 GR 200A B 1000 1 4 100 1 4 100 1 4 100 2 2 100 2 2 100 2 2 100 GR 200A B 1500 1 4 100 1 4 100 1 4 100 2 6 100 2 6 100 2 6 100 GR 200A B 2500 1 4 100 1 4 100 1 6 100 3 1 100 3 1 100 3 1 100 Carbon Glass NTC RTD CGR 1 500 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 9 325 4 325 4 325 4 325 CGR 1 1000 1 4 325 1 7 325 2 2 325 5 325 5 325 5 325 CGR 1 2000 1 4 325 2 325 2 5 325 6 325 6 325 6 325 Ruthenium Oxide NTC RTD RX 102A 0 05 40 0 1 40 0 5 A0 1 4 A0 1 4 A0 1 4 40 RX 102B 0 01 40 0 1 40 0 5 40 1 4 A0 1 4 40 1 4 40 RX 103A 1 4 40 1 4
108. m K Thermal expansion coefficient K above 360 K 85 C 150 x 105 below 360 K 85 C 43 x 105 Volume resistivity Q cm at 298 K 25 C 0 0001 to 0 0004 Shelf life 25 C 298 K max 12 months Pot life 4 days about 1 day working time Cure schedule 323 K 50 C 12 h 353 K 80 C 90 min 393 K 120 C 15 min 423 K 150 C 5 min 448 K 175 C 45s om ees MM Ordering Information Part number Description Low temperature conductive epoxy 5 packets 2 g each ESF 2 5 ESF 2 10 Low temperature conductive epoxy 10 packets 2 g each EI ECH Specifications Maximum operating temperature 403 K 130 C Glass transition temperature 359 K 86 C Thermal conductivity 1 K 272 C 0 0065 W m K 4 2 K 269 C 0 064 W m K 300 K 27 C 1 3 W m K Thermal expansion coefficient 1 K 29 x 10 Volume resistivity Q m 298 K 25 C 5 x 10 394 K 121 C 2 1 x 10 Dielectric strength 14 4 kV mm 365 V mil Dielectric constant 1 MHz 5 01 Shelf life 25 C 298 K max 12 months Pot life 45 minutes about 20 minutes working time Vapor pressure at 298 K 25 C lt 13 3 Pa 0 1 torr Cure schedule 298 K 25 C 16 h to 24h 318 K 45 C 4h to 6 h 338 K 65 C 1hto 2h TML 0 25 CVCM 0 01 Ordering Information Part number Description ES 2 20 Stycast epoxy 20 packets 2 g each e EI eo e mail info lakeshore com 146 Acces
109. m 48 uK calibration 77K 14 33 Q 0 098 Q K 3 1 mK 140 mK 165 mK 6 2 mK 300 K 8 55 Q 0 0094 Q K 32 mK NK AK 64 mK Rox RX 102A AA 0 5 K 3701 Q 5478 O K 19 uK 0 7 mK 5 2 mK 38 uK with 0 3B 1 4K 2005 Q 667 Q K 45 uK 2 4 mK 7 4 mK 90 uK calibration 4 2 K 1370 Q 80 3 Q K 375 uK 16 mK 32 mK 750 uK 40 K 1049 Q 1 06 Q K 29 mK 1 1K 1 2 K 58 mK Thermocouple Type K 75K 5862 9 uV 15 6 uV K 26 mK 20 25 KE Calibration not available 52 mK 50 mV 300 K 1075 3 uV 40 6 uV K 10 mK 0 038 K from Lake Shore 20 mK 3464 600 K 13325 uV 41 7 uV K 10 mK x 0 184 K 20 mK 1505 K 49998 3 uV 36 006 uV K 12 mK SEHR 24 mK Capacitance CS 501GR 42K 6 nF 27 pF K 7 4 mK 2 08 K Calibration not available 14 8 mK 150 nF 77K 9 1 nF 52 pF K 3 9 mK 1 14K from Lake Shore 7 8 mK 3465 200 K 19 2 nF 174 pF K 1 mK 0 4K 2 mK 7 Typical sensor sensitivities were taken from representative calibrations for the sensor listed 8 Control stability of the electronics only in an ideal thermal system Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K 10 Accuracy specification does not include errors from room temperature compensation www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 340 Temperature Controller Specifications Input Specifications
110. mV RMS 2096 nominal Approaches 5 x 102 Q Range selection modes Manual Voltage Excitation Current Excitation and Autorange Scanner modes Manual or Autoscan Filter Settling times 1 s to 200 s Additional software features Max Min capture Linear equation user programmable pause on range and input change Temperature Conversion Supported sensors Any resistive sensor including NTC resistors e g Germanium Carbon Glass Cernox Ruthenium Oxide Rox and PTC resistors e g Rhodium lron RTD Requires calibrated sensor and a temperature response curve loaded into the instrument at the factory or by the user Temp coefficient Negative or positive Temp units K Low temperature Below 20 mK in a well designed system Temp resolution Sensor and temperature dependent see chart Curve memory Space for twenty 200 point curves Curve entry Entered via front panel computer interface or CalCurve option Curve format O K Log Q K Requirements www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Instruments 84 Temperature Control Control type High resolution digital PID Control modes Closed Loop PID Open Loop Tuning modes Manual PID Zones Setpoint units Q or K with temperature calibration curve Setpoint resolution Same as reading display resolution Control stability Below 10 mK p p at 50 mK system dependent Heater output type Variable DC current source Heater output isolation Optically
111. must not be turned over on gold wire bond side handle by edges of substrate or by 50 um diameter gold leads unencapsulated device must not be exposed to moisture or corrosive atmosphere DT 414M UN substrate is backside metallized Note upper temperature limit package dependent see Sensor Packages section Other packaging available by special order please uU hake aye SEN Certificate of conformance Accessories available for sensors Accessories suggested for installation SN CO C1 CO style sensor clamps for SD package 98 Accessories section for full descriptions ECRIT Expanded interpolation table penc 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM 90 Pb 10 Sn solder Indium solder VGE 7031 varnish Phosphor bronze wire Ts KE d h irir www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com TG 120 SD Features B Monotonic temperature response from 1 4 K to 500 K B Excellent sensitivity dV dT at temperatures below 50 K B Relatively low magnetic field induced errors B Rugged reliable Lake Shore SD package designed to withstand repeated thermal cycling and minimize sensor self heating BI Variety of packaging options TG 120 P Features B lemperature range 1 4 K to 325 K B Reproducibility at 4 2 K 10 mK TG 120 PL Features B Temperature range 1 4 K to 325 K B Small mass for rapid thermal response Patent 4 643 589 Feb 87 Thermometry
112. nW 20 mQ 3 0 UQ 10 nW 63 2 mo 10 uo 3 2 nW 200 mQ 30 uQ 1 0 nW 632 MQ 100 uQ 320 pW 2 00 300 uQ 100 pW 6 32 1 0 mQ 32 pW 20 O 3 0 MQ 10 pW 63 2 Q 10 mo 3 2 pW 200 Q 30 MQ 1 0 pW 632 Q 100 mQ 320 fW 2 0 kQ 300 MQ 100 fW 6 32 kQ 1 00 32 fW 20 KQ 4 0 0 10 fW 63 2 kQ 2910 3 2 fW 200 kQ 100 1 0 fW 632 KQ 600 320 aW 2 0 MQ 3 0 KQ 100 aW 6 32 MO 32 aW 20 MO 10 aW Precision Dominated by measurement temperature coefficient 0 0015 of reading 0 0002 of range C 6 32 uV 2 0 mo 1 0 uQ 10 nW 6 32 MQ 3 0 uc 3 2 nW 20 MQ 10 uQ 1 0 nW 63 2 MQ 30 uQ 320 pW 200 mo 100 uc 100 pW 632 mo 300 uQ 32 pW 2 00 1 0 mo 10 pW 6 32 Q 3 0 MQ 3 2 pW 209 10 mQ 1 0 pW 63 20 30 MQ 320 fW 200 Q 100 mQ 100 fW 632 Q 300 MQ 32 fW 2 0 kQ 1 00 10 fW 6 32 KQ 3 00 3 2 fW 20 KQ 160 1 0 fW 63 2 KQ 60 Q 320 aW 200 kQ 300 Q 100 aW 632 kQ 2 0 kQ 32 aW 6 32 MQ 3 2 aW 2 0 pV 2 0 mo 3 0 UQ 1 0 nW 6 32 MQ 10 uo 320 pW 20 mQ 30 uQ 100 pW 63 2 MQ 100 uQ 32 pW 200 mQ 300 uQ 10 pW 632 MQ 1 0 mo 3 2 pW 2 000 3 0 MQ 1 0 pW 6 32 Q 10 mo 320 fW 20 OQ 30 mo 100 fW 63 2 Q 100 mQ 32 fW 200 Q 300 MQ 10 fW 632 Q 1 00 3 2 fW 2 0 kQ 3 00 1 0 fW 6 32 kQ 10 0 320 aW 20 kQ 60 Q 100 aW 63 2 kQ 200 Q 32 aW 200 kQ 1 0 kQ 10 aW 2 0 MO 1 0
113. negligible at one or two points where it is likely to be most significant An easy way to check for self heating is to increase the power dissipation and check for an indicated temperature rise Unfortunately this procedure will not work with non linear devices such as semiconductor diodes An indication of the self heating error can be made by reading the diode temperature in both a liquid bath and in a vacuum at the same temperature as measured by a second thermometer not dissipating enough power to self heat significantly 2 Measure the thermal resistance in the temperature range of interest and calculate the optimum operating point Examination leads to the conclusion that an increase in the sensor output voltage will result in a decreasing temperature uncertainty so long as the voltage uncertainty remains constant This is possible with an ohmic sensor by increasing the excitation current Unfortunately a larger excitation will dissipate more power in the temperature sensor raising its temperature above the surroundings Temperature Measurement System The self heating depends on the excitation power according to the equation AT PR PRR V R R Eqn 11 where AT is the temperature rise due to self heating P is the power dissipated in the sensor I is the excitation current R is the electrical resistance and R is the thermal resistance between the sensor and its environment The thermal resistance is extremely
114. on Temperature October 21 24 2002 Chicago USA www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 o AppendixJ 217 Some Practical Solutions to Measurement Problems at Low Temperatures and High Magnetic Fields L G Rubin B L Brandt and H H Sample Stability of Cernox Resistance Temperature Sensors S S Courts and P R Swinehart Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 45 edited by Quan Sheng Shu Plenum Press NY 2000 pp 1841 1848 Presented at CEC ICMC 1999 July 12 15 1999 Montreal Canada Temperature Sensors for Cryogenic Applications John K Krause Philip R Swinehart and Jeffrey R Bergen Sensors February 1988 Helmers Publishing Thermal Anchoring of Wires in Cryogenic Apparatus J G Hust 1970 Thermal Resistance of Cryogenic Thermometers at Ultra Low Temperatures C J Yeager S S Courts and W E Davenport Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 47 amp 48 edited by P Shirron American Institute of Physics NY 2002 pp 1644 1650 Presented at the CEC ICMC 2001 17 20 July 2001 Madison WI Thermal Resistances of Cryogenic Temperature Sensors from 1 300 K S Scott Courts W E Davenport and D Scott Holmes in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 45 edited by Quan Sheng Shu Plenum Press NY 2000 pp 1849 1856 Presented at CEC ICMC 1999 July 12 16 1999 Montreal Canada Thermal Resistances of Mounted Cryogenic Temperature Sensors D Scott Holmes and
115. or a sink true 4 quadrant operation Two units can be paralleled for 120 A 5 V operation The Model 625 incorporates a 20 bit D A converter for internal current settings providing a resolution of 0 1 mA The settings can be made through the keypad computer interface or external analog input The internal current ramp offers ramp rates from 0 1 mA s to 99 999 A s compliance limited The integrated persistent switch heater output is programmable to supply from 10 mA to 125 mA Other standard features include IEEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces analog monitor outputs and protection during line loss or magnet quench Obsolete Products and Their Recommended Replacements Obsolete Product Replacement Model 330 Temperature Controller Model 332 Temperature Controller Model 331S Temperature Controller Model 331E Temperature Controller Model 200 Temperature Monitor Model 211 Temperature Monitor Model 201 Temperature Monitor Model 818 Temperature Monitor Model 819 Temperature Monitor Model 208 Temperature Monitor Model 218 Temperature Monitor Model 620 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply CS 401 Capacitance Sensor CS 501 Capacitance Sensor Thermox TX RTD DT 670 Platinum RTD Model 241 Liquid Level Monitor Liquid Helium Level Sensors www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Locate Downloa
116. policy to ANSI RAB OMS Consistently provide valued products and services that meet the current and future needs of our customers and suppliers 3110148227 Support each other in the daily use of quality systems processes and methods to improve every activity constantly and forever Continuously look for means to construct change which provides for significant improvements in quality beyond what can be achieved by continuous improvement methods alone Dr John M Swartz Company Founder Chairman of the Board www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e 8 Introduction The Lake Shore Website Ihe Lake Shore Website ien Lalo Y nes chee babe Wh RER G DO at s New Heris Tera pera tire Hagret rr eben Gallet Tagtaert IE Whar L i New Products He 5CC4 La Shere Temora w cre Kezeaacmo C32 YTS Cacia Hi SS err prr p Eda pial bea Wil Lake Shore lrntrnduccez Yow Superconducting Magnet Power supply Tiz Mads 325 gafccereiczia3 Magis Pow Epp CRAY SOS Chr adrezr other thir a ze Val ELE aee Dam rec aid reels Tre Sc cor dzgec 42 c Baja m CC 3b c i plerec v cerc oF Rech Eo 21525 e ICU 26 chat a sage 20 TK owt 7247 3223 Ki ee Ey SC maam cpersker Teg sats ccr at pzrad ce Rp S08 0 8 eperaker ac Haiz A bkIcatecth taz a Stout 2208 aad bd mcrecrke per ake T Zl
117. power of Ordering Information a cryogenic temperature controller to conduct Part number Description experiments above room temperature This diagram illustrates a practical way to increase the control 340 2 diode resistor inputs temperature controller output of the Model 340 to several hundred watts Select a power configuration A programming resistor R m is placed across the VAC 100 Instrument configured for 100 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 ALL Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord heater output current changes S changing voltage and universal Euro line cord and fuses for 220 240 VAC setting is generated across jo That voltage is used to VAC 220 Instrument configured for 220 VAC with universal program a large external power supply K should Euro line cord Euro line cord can be used The control output of loop 2 on the Other country line cords available consult Lake Shore Model 340 is a voltage thus it can be connected directly to the external power supply without R Accessories included Ge 106 009 Heater output connector dual banana jack 106 233 Two sensor mating connector 6 pin DIN plugs used for sensor inputs ge E accepts up to 12 AWG wire ANE 2001 4 wire RJ11 cable assembly 4 6 m 14 ft long 3 340 ONLY used with RS 232C interface Ba heater S 2003 RJ11 to DE 9 adapter adapts RJ11 receptacle to e E female DE 9 connector connects Model 340 to customer computer rear
118. ramping 0 1 K per min to 100 K per min User curves Room for 20 200 point CalCurves or user curves Safety limits Curve temperature power up heater off SoftCal Improves accuracy of DT 470 diode to 0 25 K and short circuit protection from 30 K to 375 K improves accuracy of platinum RTDs to 0 25 K from 70 K to 325 K stored as user curves Math Maximum minimum and linear equation Heater Output Mx B or M x B Filter Averages 2 to 64 input readings Heater output type Variable DC current source Variable DC voltage source Heater output D A resolution 18 bit 16 bit Sensor Input Configuration Max heater power 90W 10W Max heater output current 1A 1A Diode RTD Thermocouple Heater output compliance 90 V 10V Measurement 4 lead differential 2 lead room temperature Heater source impedance N A 0 1 O maximum type compensated See Tm uc Excitation Constant current with NA itid a A it SE ge dee l current reversal for RTDs Heater load type Resistive Resistive Supported Diodes Silicon GaAlAs Most thermocouple types Heater load range 10 Q to 100 Q 10 minimum sensors RTDs 100 Q Platinum recommended 1000 Platinum Germanium Heater load for max power 500 100 VAIO ness EE Heater noise 1 kHz RMS 50V 0 01796 of 0 3 mV Standard DT 470 DT 500D DT 670 Type E Type K Type T output voltage curves PT 100 PT 1000 RX 102A AuFe 0 0796 vs Cr isolati EAT N RX 202A AuFe 0 03 vs Cr solation pti
119. resolution Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table Proportional gain 0 to 1000 with 0 1 setting resolution Maximum update rate 10 readings s on each input except 5 readings s on input A Integral reset 1 to 1000 1000 s with 0 1 setting resolution when configured as thermocouple Derivative rate 1 to 200 with 1 resolution User curves Room for twenty 200 point CalCurves or user curves Manual output 0 to 100 with 0 01 setting resolution Soft al Improves accuracy of DT 470 diode to 0 25 K Zone control 10 temperature zones with P I D manual heater out from 30 K to 375 K improves accuracy of Platinum RTDs to and heater range 0 25 K from 70 K to 325 K stored as user curves Setpoint ramping 0 1 K min to 100 K min Math Maximum Minimum and Linear Equation Mx B or M x B Safety limits Curve temperature power up heater off short circuit protection Filter Averages 2 to 64 input readings Sensor Input Configuration Heater Output Diode RTD Thermocouple Measurement type 4 lead differential 2 lead room temperature Heater output type Variable DC Variable DC compensated current Source voltage source Excitation Constant current with NA Heater output D A resolution 18 bit 16 bit current reversal for RTDs Max heater power 90 W 1W Supported sensors Diodes Silicon GaAlAs Most thermocouple types Max heater output current 1A 0 1A RTDs 100 Q Platinum Heater output compliance 90 V 10 V 1000 Q Platinum Germanium dus di Carb
120. rn joli EN M Leva 4 J z ae ERIEIM D ERR B Supports silicon diode 8 8 C i88 B B B B e T d z 5 platinum RTD or IB Saipan Faea s M au CA d a ET thermocouple sensor e sn Autotuning A BR f B One 25 W autotuning control loop B RS 232C interface www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Product Description The Model 321 Temperature Controller provides a simple low cost solution to basic control needs It is most often used with systems that require only a single sensor low wattage heater and serial interface Sensor Input The Model 321 Temperature Controller includes one sensor input that supports a diode platinum RTD or thermocouple sensor This is factory configured and can not be changed in the field For a more accurate measurement the differential input of the Model 321 allows 4 lead measurement of the sensor The Model 321 includes several standard response curves and it has the ability to store one 97 point curve The accuracy of the Model 321 thermometry can be enhanced with the use of Lake Shore calibrated sensors and CalCurve or by the use of SoftCal The Lake Shore SoftCal algorithm for the DT 470 silicon diode is a good solution for applications that need more accuracy than a standard sensor curve but not traditional calibration SoftCal uses the predictability of a standard curve to improve the accuracy of an individual sensor around
121. sensor substrate and the true sample temperature thermal anchoring of the connecting wires is necessary to assure that the sensor and the leads are at the same temperature as the sample Connecting wires should be thermally anchored at several temperatures between room temperature and cryogenic temperatures to guarantee that heat is not being conducted through the leads to the sensing element If the connecting leads have a thin insulation such as Formvar or polyimide a simple thermal anchor can be made by winding the wires around a copper post bobbin or other thermal mass A minimum of 5 wraps around the thermal mass should provide enough of an anchor however additional wraps are recommended for good measure if space permits To maintain good electrical isolation over many thermal cycles it is good practice to first varnish a single layer of cigarette paper to the anchored area then wrap the wire around the paper and bond in place with a thin layer of VGE 7031 varnish Formvar wiring insulation has a tendency to craze with the application of VGE varnish Once VGE varnish is applied the wires cannot be disturbed until all solvents have evaporated and the varnish has fully cured typically 12 to 24 hours A final thermal anchor at the sample itself is a good practice to ensure thermal equilibrium between the Sample and temperature sensor Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc General Comments All of the possib
122. silver plated copper weld steel center conductor Thermal conductivity at low temperatures is dominated by the copper cladding around the center conductor B Robust the NbTi wire CryoCable m lype CYRC cores are strong and fatigue resistant and the cable overbraid of 304 stainless steel adds A robust 4 wire cable for use in cryogenic environments to room temperature is now available The cable is designed around 32 AWG 203 um diameter superconductive wires consisting of a NbTi core 128 um diameter and a Cu 10 Ni jacket Significant strength and The cable is constructed as follows crush resistance 1 4 superconductive wires are overcoated with 75 um 0 003 in thick Teflon PFA of the following colors white yellow green and black B Low heat leak due to all 2 4 lengths of Teflon jacketed wire one of each color twisted together with a twist pitch of about 25 mm 1 in Teflon PFA is extruded over the 4 wires to a total diameter of about metal alloy and Teflon 1 2 mm 0 048 in construction 3 Cable is overbraided with 304 stainless steel 5 x 36 AWG The overbraid 1s tight and presents ue complete visual coverage B Solderable the CuNi wire 4 Teflon PFA extruded over the entire cable for protection of the metal overbraid The total surface is easy to solder with finished cable is nearly round with a diameter of about 2 4 0 2 mm 0 094 0 008 in conventional rosin fluxes B Cryo compatible all Te
123. square wave excitation for NTC resistors eliminates the effect of thermal EMF Standard temperature response curves for silicon diodes platinum RTDs and many thermocouples are included Up to twenty capacitance and loop powered to 100 W thermocouple sensors 200 point CalCurves for Lake Shore calibrated sensors or user curves can be SR loaded into non volatile memory via a M Sensor excitation current reversal eliminates thermal EMF errors Two autotuning control loops 100 W and 1 W IEEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces analog outputs digital I 0 and alarm relays www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Sensor Inputs The Model 340 features two inputs with high resolution 24 bit analog to digital converter and low noise circuit design providing temperature readings with resolution as low as 0 1 mK at 4 2 K Sensors are optically isolated from other instrument functions for quiet and repeatable sensor measurements fax 614 818 1600 computer interface or the instrument front panel CalCurves can be installed at the factory when purchased with a Model 340 or they can be field installed using the data card slot A built in SoftCal algorithm can also be used to generate curves for silicon diodes and platinum RTDs for storage as user curves The Lake Shore SoftCal algorithm for silicon diode and platinum RTD sensors is a good solution for applications that need more acc
124. term reproducibility data 1s obtained by subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks from 305 K to 4 2 K Temperature Response Data Table typical CX 1010 dR dT Q K T R dR dT Cernox RTDs Range of Use Minimum Limit 0 10 K 0 10 K Cernox Cernox HT 3 Model dependent Calibrated Accuracy Typical sensor accuracy Long term stability 1 4K 5 mis 5 mK Bare chip sensors can only be calibrated after attaching gold wire leads the user must remove the ball bonded leads if they are not desired the bond pads are large enough for additional bonds Calibration uncertainty reproducibility for more information see Appendices B D and E 5 Long term stability data is obtained by subjecting sensor to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K CX 1030 dR dT Q K T R dR dT dR dT Q K Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T at B magnetic induction Cernox 1050 7 Excellent for use in magnetic fields depending on temperature range 72 K CX 1050 T R dR dT CX 1070 dR dT Q K T R dR dT CX 1080 dR dT Q K T R dR dT 4 2 10 1927 2 2141 ERI 20 938 93 46 553 0 99 6157 5 480 08 1 56 30 629 90 20 613 0 98 3319 7 165 61 1 50 77 35 248 66 3 150 0 98 836
125. term stability data is obtained by subjecting sana Geier dis ee sensor to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K shifts can occur at lower temperatures Gen A tourne o a de alc 1 eut dales others se ante without proper thermal conditioning W White Temperature Response Data Table typical Y Yellow RF 100 RF 800 4 Looking at epoxy seal R Q dR dT O K T RK dR dT R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT with leads toward user 1 4K 6 892 0 489 0 099 1 5204 0 178 0 16 4 2 K 8 2053 0 418 0 21 1 9577 0 135 0 29 20 K 11 858 0 137 0 23 3 1632 0 0461 0 29 71K 25 298 0 368 1 1 6 8341 0 0959 1 1 150 K 54 292 0 396 1 1 14 463 0 105 1 1 111 19 400 K 39 824 0 103 1 0 See Appendix G for expanded response table RF 800 1 354 il CP in 8 592 ml 7 22 320 mr Physical Specifications p m rm Lead Internal Materials een yy type atmosphere used Bare Chip 1 3mm wide x mg BR none NA Rhodium iron film chip with back l l BR BG 3 8 mm long x BG 4 gold side metallized with Mo Au if SEET amp BC 0 38 mm high BC 4 copper soldered attachment is desired no polarity only indium solder should be used long short leads RF 100 AA 3mmdiam x 416mg 4phosphor bronze with Helium 4 He Rhodium iron chip is mounted leads 8 5 mm long heavy build polyimide standard Strain free in a cylindrical Looking at end with attached with epoxy gold plated copper can leads
126. to reduce the temperature gradients in one cooling system rather than to run two different cooling systems The setpoint ramp feature allows smooth continuous changes in setpoint This feature permits faster experiment cycles since data can be taken as the system is changing in temperature It can also be used to make a more predictable approach to a setpoint temperature The zone feature can automatically change control parameter values for operation over a large temperature range Values for ten different temperature zones can be loaded into the instrument which will select the next appropriate zone value on setpoint change Q 29 0 WARHING Nc USER g Q es FEFER Pm ect INTERFACE ALi BPD DON DTO CO E1 SERIAL VO Line Input Assembly Data Card Heater Fuse Heater Output Option Slots Digital Lou www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc DIGITAL ya Q IFEE 488 Interface 9 Serial RS 232C 1 0 614 891 2244 Instruments 87 The Model 340 can run a set of instrument instructions called an internal program Each program represents the temperature changes needed to conduct a user s experiment The setpoint can be changed or ramped up and down and other controller parameters can be programmed For simple experiments the internal program eliminates the need for computer control It is also common for the internal program to be used along with the computer int
127. to 2000 Q 1 4K to 30K 2000 Q to 30000 40Kto30K 7 Upper calibration temperature limit is 100 K Temperature Response Data Table typical See Appendix G for expanded response table GR 200A 30 GR 200A 50 GR 200A 100 GR 200A 250 dR dT Q K T R dR dT dR dT Q K T R dR dT 0 05 K 34890000 l 0 1 K 2109 620000 2 8 146100 8430000 6 2 0 2K 346 3 3297 1 9 3099 67600 4 4 0 3 K 1 23 891 8 1 6 734 5 6930 2 8 23120 390000 5 2 0 5 K 85 69 205 4 1 2 244 5 801 1 6 3281 20700 3 2 29570 221000 3 1 0K 42 41 36 14 0 85 98 43 108 1 1 534 4 1150 2 1 3161 8450 2 1 4K 32 37 17 68 0 76 70 08 46 5 0 93 216 4 353 1 8 1376 2220 2 3 2 0K 29 69 7 316 0 5 01 43 20 9 0 82 154 1 116 1 5 660 1 624 1 9 4 2K 18 41 1 411 0 32 29 47 5 09 0 73 90 24 16 7 1 2 198 9 68 9 1 6 10K m 15 07 1 18 0 78 19 49 2 49 1 3 54 51 8 22 1 5 40 K 5 587 0 133 0 95 4 164 0 128 1 2 8 871 0 303 1 4 11 4K See emm 3 811 0 054 1 1 100 K Ss gem 2 969 0 025 0 84 GR 200A 500 GR 200A 1000 GR 200A 1500 GR 200A 2500 dR dT Q K T R dR dT dR dT Q K T R dR dT dR dT Q K T R dR dT dR dT Q K T R dR dT 1 4K l i 213000 l 2 0 K 2848 3900 2 1 66
128. transmitter with 230 VAC wall plug in power supply 234D Transmitter with single enclosure display and for use with gem d Carbon Glass Germanium and Cernox 234D 115 234D transmitter with 115 VAC 50 60 Hz wall 2308 12 Dem 234D 230 2003 Single Card Case part number 2308 1 The single card enclosure can hold 1 temperature transmitter Typical physical dimen sions of the Model 2308 1 Benchtop Enclosure are provided in the drawing A wall plug in power supply is required for the transmitter in this enclosure oee the ordering information for the model numbers of the transmitters with a wall mount power supply Multiple Card Enclosure part number 2308 12 The Model 2308 12 VME card case holds up to 12 temperature transmitters A 4 5 VDC power supply with universal input is provided with the case Wall mount power supplies are not necessary with a 2308 12 Card slots 12 Output voltage Output current 6 A max Input power Ambient temp range Enclosure mounting 4 5 VDC 100 mV peak to peak ripple Universal 85 to 265 VAC 47 to 440 Hz 60 W 15 C to 35 C 69 F to 95 F Bench or full 19 in rack Size 450 mm W x 178 mm H x 260 mm D 17 7 in x 7 in x 10 25 in Weight 5 5 kg 12 Ib Power Connections Lake Shore temperature transmitters are powered by a 5 VDC supply if the transmitter card is ordered without a rack or plug in supply The voltage must be regulated to within 0
129. up A still heater function can also supply up to 1 W of power into a still heater load nominal 100 2 by way of one of the instrument s analog outputs to enhance temperature control The best control stability is achieved using only one sensor but the Model 370 can control temperature based on one of multiple scanned sensors Because the Model 370 alternates control with scanned sensor readings and the alternating update rate is slower than operation based on a single sensor control stability may degrade in some systems when multiple sensors are in use Computer Interfaces The Model 370 includes IEEE 488 2 parallel and RS 232C serial interfaces Both use the instrument chassis as ground while measurement input is optically isolated from the chassis to minimize interface noise and ground loops Both interfaces can accommodate data transmission at the maximum reading rate of the Model 370 for automated data recording All instrument parameters all available status information and almost every instrument function including analog voltage outputs and relays can be accessed by computer interface Analog Outputs With two analog voltage outputs and two relays the Model 370 can perform functions that might otherwise require additional hardware and system complexity Configured for use as resistance monitors the analog voltage outputs provide a voltage proportional to measured resistance that can be used to monitor res
130. use of a relatively high melting point grease 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 z mme EE A APIEZON pm ee mS APIEZOR Specifications Apiezon grease Type N Type H Approx melting point 316 K 43 C 523 K 250 C Thermal conductivity 293 K 20 C 0 19 W m K 0 22 W m K 1 K 272 C 0 001 W m K 4 2 K 269 C 0 005 W m K 100 K 173 C 0 15 W m K 300 K 27 C 0 44 W m K Volume resistivity 2 x 1069m 4 6 x 105 0 m Thermal expansion coefficient K 0 00072 Vapor pressure at 293 K 20 C 2b x 10 Pa 3 60 x 10 Pa 2 x 10 torr 2 7 x 10 torr Hydrocarbons or chlorinated solvents 0 00072 Solvent system Ordering Information Description Apiezon N grease 25 g tube Part number GAN 25 GAH 25 Apiezon H grease 25 g tube EECH e mail info lakeshore com Varnish VGE 7031 Varnish Clear modified phenolic BI Can be air dried or baked mM Use up to 470 K for 1 hour to 2 hour maximum BI Varnish will not outgas after baking BI Can be used in vacuum 1 33 102 Pa 9 98 x 10 torr B Superior electrical properties B Excellent chemical resistance B May be applied by dipping roller coating brushing or spraying B Moderately good low stress adhesive B Enhances thermal contact www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Epoxy Grease amp Varnish VGE 7031 Insulating Varnish and Adhesive possesses electrical and bonding proper
131. used in conjunction with the alarms to alert the operator of a fault condition or perform simple on off control Relays can be assigned independently to any alarm or be operated manually When not being used for temperature control the loop 2 control output can be used as an analog voltage output It can be configured to send a voltage proportional to temperature to a data acquisition system The user may select the scale and data to be sent to the output including temperature sensor units or linear equation results Under manual control the analog voltage output can also serve as a voltage source for other applications 2 TER sl zc BH HT LITAT DR RELAYS lk i RELAY1 BEACH OUTAT m p f T ee DOM HQ l l SEH 1 ry E k i ad 1 1 HK LE S e ufa Weken C HUT 33 S0 00 ba AMVMALOK Model 332 Rear Panel Connections Line input assembly Serial RS 232C 1 0 DTE Heater output IEEE 488 interface Terminal block for relays and loop 2 analog output Q Sensor input connectors fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 96 Instruments Configurable Display The Model 332 includes a bright vacuum fluorescent display that simultaneously displays up to four readings Frequently used functions can be controlled with one or two keystrokes on the front panel Display data includes input and source annunciators for each reading All four display locations can be configured by the user Dat
132. with leads toward user Key Lead Color I Whit Temperature Response Data Table typical ge Gs V Yellow CGR 1 500 I Black CGR 1 1000 CGR 1 2000 dR dT O K T R dR dT dR dT O K T R dR dT dR dT Q K T R dR dT CD Package 14K 103900 520000 342900 1900000 1401600 8440000 Bd Dem o 42K 5846 4223 31 9674 802 8 3 5 2260 2060 3 8 Quad Lead M 20K 36 21 dq 0 98 3876 2483 A1 6657 4 05 49 di s phosphor 5 mm thick 77K 1433 0213 0 48 13 51 0 093 0 53 21 65 0 157 0 56 ae are 305K 8 55 0 0094 7 66 0 0090 11 99 0 015 See Appendix G for expanded response table sensor leads are anchored by a Stycast coating resistor Physical Specifications Lead type Internal Sensor materials used Atmosphere CGR AA Package Lim m r i l i7 EEO 13 35 mit CGR AA package 417 mg Helium 4 He iS JA 4 color coded phosphor bronze with heavy build polyimide insulation attached with epoxy strain relief at sensor CGR temperature sensing element fabricated from a carbon impregnated glass matrix mounted strain free in a cylindrical gold plated copper can eves Fa eranc oF n zT do ad 27 n selec therein mer www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Meee For information on ARMS mounting adapters av
133. 0 02 of rdg positive 0 Q to 5000 Q 1 mA x 0 3966 100 mo 20 MQ 0 06 Q 0 04 of rdg NTC RTD negative 0 Q to 7500 Q 10 uA 0 05 0 1 Q 0 04 of rdg Current source error has negligible effect on measurement accuracy V Current source error is removed during calibration Thermometry Thermometry continued Number of inputs 8 User curves Room for 8 1 per input 200 point CalCurves or user curves Input configuration Inputs separated into two groups of four each group must be the same sensor type inputs can be configured from the SoftCal Improves accuracy of DT 470 diode to 0 25 K front panel to accept any of the supported input types from 30 K to 375 K improves accuracy of platinum RTDs Input accuracy Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table to 0 25 K from 70 K to 325 K stored as user curves Measurement resolution Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table Math Maximum update rate 16 readings per s total Maximum minimum and linear equation Mx B or M x B Filter Averages 2 to 64 input readings www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 218 Temperature Monitor Sensor Input Configuration Diode RTD 4 lead differential Measurement type Excitation 8 constant current sources Supported sensors Diodes Silicon GaAlAs RTDs 100 Q Platinum 1000 Q Platinum Germanium Carbon Glass
134. 0 11 W m K 0 24 W m K 300 K 1 7 W m K 1 3 W m K 0 26 W m K 0 22 W m K 0 44 W m K Thermal expansion 1 K gt 360 K 150 x 10 29 x 10 0 00072 0 00072 360 K 43 x 105 Volume resistivity At 298 K 298 K 5 x 10 D m 2x 10 4 6 x 10 0 0001 to 0 0004 O cm 394 K 1 x 107 O m Om Q m Shelf life 298 K max 12 months 12 months Pot life 4 days 45 min 1 day working time 20 min working time Cure schedule 323 K 12h 298 K 16 to 24 h NA NA 5 min to 10 min 353 K 90 min 318 K 4 to 6 h drying time 393 K 15 min 338 K 1 to 2h 423 K 5 min 448 Ans Dielectric strength NA 14 4 kV mm 365 V um gt Dielectric constant NA 1 MHz 5 01 Vapor pressure NA 13 3 Pa 0 1 torr 2 67 x 107 Pa 3 60 x 10 Pa Partial at 298 K 2 x 10 torr 2 7 x 10 torr at 293 K at 293 K e mail info lakeshore com Epoxy Low Temperature Conductive Epoxy B Excellent low temperature thermal and electrical conductivity Low viscosity Thixotropic No resin bleed during curing Low weight loss Low volatility Stycast Epoxy 2850 FT Catalyst 9 BI Mixed and applied from two part flexible packets B Excellent low temperature properties BI Permanent mounting B Exceptional electrical grade insulation properties B Low cure shrinkage B Low thermal expansion M Resistance to chemicals and solvents www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Epoxy Grease a
135. 0 A operation When the units are properly configured either unit can detect a fault protect itself and issue a fault output signaling the other unit to automatically enter the proper protection mode Persistent Switch Heater Output The integrated persistent switch heater output is a controlled DC current source capable of driving most switch heaters It sources from 10 mA to 125 mA with a setting resolution of 1 mA and selectable compliance voltage of 12 V or 21 V The minimum load that the persistent switch heater can drive is 10 Q Persistent mode operation is integrated into the instrument firmware to prevent mis operation of the magnet Interfaces The Model 625 includes IEEE 488 and RS 232C computer interfaces that provide access to operating data stored parameters and remote control of all front panel operating functions In addition the Model 625 includes a trigger function that is used to start an output current ramp When the trigger is activated either by an external trigger or by computer interface command the power supply will begin ramping to the new setpoint The Model 625 provides two analog outputs to monitor the output current and voltage Each output is a buffered differential analog voltage representation of the signal being monitored The current monitor has a sensitivity of 1 V 10 A while the voltage monitor has a sensitivity of 1 V 2 1 V fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 625 Su
136. 0 Sn Pb solder is also available from most electronics supply warm to the melting point of the solder Remove heat aee stores both with and without RMA flux and allow sufficient time for the solder to solidify typically 2 to 3 seconds before removing it Stay Clean soldering flux Stay Silv white brazing flux and cadmium free silver solder are available from J W Harris Company Apiezon N Grease This is best used as a thermal Inc 10930 Deerfield Road Cincinnati OH 45242 conductor when the sensor is mounted in a hole or recess and when the sensor is intended to be removed The sensor should be surrounded with thermal grease and placed into the mounting position When the temperature is lowered the thermal grease will harden giving good support and thermal contact www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com weist di 1517F nT _ EAD d d L D e BISL mt CIE CELE BAM DAAT 5 55 Y al Ini Rabe re at CD CS be 3 27 reni Las berela nn bed TT Sensor Packaging and Installation Appendix C 171 Figure 2 SD Package Figure 3 2 Lead versus 4 Lead Measurements VGE 7031 Varnish Prepare varnish Lead Attachment and apply a thin layer on the d mounting surface Press the sensor firmly against the varnish during curing to ensure a thin bond layer and good thermal contact Varnish will air dry in 5 to 10 minutes Sufficient time must be al
137. 0 fW 32 fW 10 fW 3 2 fW 1 0 nA 63 2 kO 20 ka 6 32 KQ 2 0kQ 320 200 130 100 32 fW 10 fW 3 2 tW 1 0 fW 316 pA 200 ka 63 2 ka 20 KQ 6 32 ka 202 100 600 320 10 fW 3 2 fW 1 01W 320 aW 100 pA 632 KQ 200 ka 63 2 ka 20 ko 600 600 300 200 3 2 fW 1 0 fW 320 aW 100 aW 0 31 6 pA EE 0 03 2 0MQ 632 kO 200 ka 63 2 ka 40 059 ke 200 Q 200 Q 600 0 05 1 0 fW 320 aW 100 aW 32 aW 0 10 pA 0 1 632MO 20M9 632 kQ 200 ka 40 39 200 k resistance range i 600 Q 600 tv 400 0 resolution 320 aW 100 aW 32 aW 10 aW 3 16 pA 0 5 1 0 iW power x 632MO 20M2 632 KQ Resistance Range Full scale 32 aW 10 aW 3 2 aW didis resistance range nominal 20 reading over range 0 005 H SEH Resolution RMS noise with 18 s filter settling time approximates Range not available 3 s analog time constant Range available e TET E i hed Power Excitation power at one precision Dominated by measurement temperature coefficient ot specijie half full scale resistance o 4 0 0015 of reading 0 0002 of range C www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge Specifications Measurement type Number of inputs Measurement units AC 4 lead differential resistance 1 up to 16 with scanner O K with temperature response curve Resistance ranges 2 mQ to 2 MQ excitation dependent Reading rate 10 readings per s same range and channel
138. 00 e e 5 NA NA GaAlAs diode TG 120P 50 7 5 700 600 250 silicon diode DT 470 SD 20 200 1500 11000 18000 silicon diode DT 500P GR M 107 104 50 50 100 t Sensors were irradiated in situ at 4 2 K with a cobalt 60 gamma source at a dose rate of 3 000 Gy hr to a total dose of 10 000 Gy 1 x 10 rad Sensors were irradiated at room temperature with a cesium 137 gamma source at a dose of 30 Gy hr to a total dose of 10 000 Gy 1 x 10 rad Deviations smaller than calibration uncertainty www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 213 e mail info lakeshore com en 214 Appendix I Cryogenic Reference Tables Table 3 Vapor Pressure of Some Gases at Selected Temperatures in Pascals Torr Triple Point Temperature Water 1 33 x 10 107 273K Carbon dioxide 1 33 x 10 10 1333 10 217 K Argon 1 33 x 107 10 13 21332 160 h 84 K Oxygen 1 33 x 1079 10 13 19998 150 h 54 K Nitrogen 1 33 x 10 1071 97325 730 9 63 K Neon 4000 30 9 9 25 K Hydrogen 1 33 x 104 107 101 325 760 o 9 14K Note estimates useful for comparison purposes only 1 Torr 133 3 Pa e Solid and vapor only at equilibrium below this temperature no liquid f Less than 10 Torr 3 Greater than 1 atm Above the critical temperature liquid does not exist Table 5 Electrical Resistivity of Alloys in HQ cm rxEEPTTT Table
139. 03 AM LN Indium solder CryoCable ei m EX Ae Os in hd malu hie DIE m phas gn FT 10 k less JL m si B 11 3 mm KKK See the appendices for a Bal estar T et MA detailed description of 2 5 rex Self heating Installation Uncalibrated sensors SO Calibrated sensors CalCurve Sensor packages Greal Dod gione af aL ie LS erh cis ee reed www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Features BI Good long term stability 10 mK from 1 4 K to 325 K BI RF 800 offers a wide temperature range from 0 65 K to 500 K B Linear response above 100 K B Excellent resistance to ionizing radiation BI Small chip size available with extremely fast thermal response time PLEASE NOTE The RF 100U and RF 100T sensors have been discontinued and there is only a limited quantity available Please consult Lake Shore for remaining quantites Typical Rhodium Iron Resistance Values 100 RF 100 S 9 ES Wei 10 D RF 800 4 1 1 10 100 500 temperature K www lakeshore com Rhodium Iron RTDs Rhodium lron RTDs Rhodium iron temperature sensors offer a positive temperature coefficient monotonic response over a wide temperature range and high resistance to ionizing radiation RF 100 The Lake Shore thin film rhodium iron temperature sensor offers significant advantages over comparable wire wound resistance sensors The th
140. 098 0 48 14 32 37 17 68 0 76 100 12 75 0 055 0 43 2 25 69 7 316 0 57 150 10 85 0 027 0 37 3 20 93 3 081 0 44 200 9 79 0 017 0 34 4 2 18 41 1 411 0 32 250 9 08 0 012 0 33 5 17 5 0 885 0 25 300 8 55 0 009 0 33 Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT 0 1 146100 8430000 6 2 1 4 342900 1900000 7 8 0 2 3099 67600 4 4 4 2 967 4 802 77 3 5 0 3 734 5 6930 28 10 104 9 19 046 1 8 0 5 244 5 801 1 6 20 38 76 2 183 1 1 1 98 43 108 AA 30 25 88 0 760 0 88 1 4 70 08 46 5 0 93 50 17 51 0 233 0 66 9 51 43 20 9 0 82 17239 13 51 0 093 0 53 9 37 63 10 93 0 74 100 11 86 0 057 0 48 4 2 99 47 5 09 0 73 150 9 92 0 027 0 41 6 22 58 2 89 0 77 200 8 87 0 017 0 37 10 15 07 1 18 0 78 250 8 18 0 012 0 36 20 9 355 0 288 0 62 300 7 66 0 009 0 35 30 7 144 0 181 0 76 40 5 507 0 133 0 95 Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT Germanium GR 200A 100 14 1401600 8440000 8 4 T K R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT 4 2 2260 2060 3 8 0 3 23120 390000 5 2 10 196 7 39 1 1 9 0 5 3281 20700 32 20 66 57 4 05 1 2 1 534 4 1150 2 1 30 43 14 1 35 0 94 14 2764 353 1 8 50 28 47 0 401 0 70 S 154 4 416 415 77 35 21 65 0 157 0 56 3 88 02 379 43 100 18 91 0 094 0 49 12 58
141. 0A 1500 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK 16mK GR 200B 1500 GR 200A 2500 GR 200A 2500 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK 16mK WALI accuracies are 2 o figures calibration uncertainty reproducibility 5 for additional information please see Appendix D www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters Temperature sensors are available in a variety of packages to facilitate mounting Included are adapters that allow the sensor to be soldered in place screwed on bolted down inserted into a hole or inserted through a pressure seal in the form of a thermowell Gold plated copper bobbins are available for both diodes and resistors in order to heat sink leads The chart below summarizes the standard Lake Shore sensor and packaging configurations Appendix C Sensor Packaging and Installation discusses techniques for the correct installation of temperature sensors More specific installation notes are included for the bare chip sensors the SD package and the CU DI CY and CD adapters Special packaging is also available consult Lake Shore for custom orders Lake Shore Sensors Silicon Diode Platinum Rhodium ac Iron cea S r o dal sS SE O O BN o BB m 1 i SED
142. 1 35647 22 8 42 0 1 08436 1 72 230 0 0 68564 2 35 2 00 1 68786 20 7 13 0 1 34530 21 9 44 0 1 08093 1 72 240 0 0 66208 2 36 2 20 1 68352 22 7 BS 1 33453 21 2 46 0 1 07748 4 73 250 0 0 63841 2 37 2 40 1 67880 244 14 0 1 32412 20 5 48 0 1 07402 1 74 260 0 0 61465 2 38 2 60 1 67376 25 9 14 5 1 31403 19 9 50 0 1 07053 1 75 210 0 0 59080 2 39 2 80 1 66845 27 1 15 0 1 30422 19 4 52 0 1 06700 2 71 273 15 0 58327 2 39 3 00 1 66292 28 1 155 1 29464 18 9 54 0 1 06346 1 78 280 0 0 56690 2 39 3 20 1 65721 29 0 16 0 28527 18 6 56 0 1 05988 1 79 290 0 0 54294 2 40 3 40 1 65134 29 8 16 5 1 27607 18 2 58 0 1 05629 1 80 300 0 0 51892 2 40 3 60 1 64529 30 7 17 0 1 26702 18 0 60 0 1 05267 1 81 305 0 0 50688 2 41 3 80 1 63905 31 6 Is 1 25810 17 7 65 0 1 04353 1 84 310 0 0 49484 2 41 4 00 1 63263 32 7 18 0 1 24928 17 6 70 0 1 03425 1 87 320 0 0 47069 2 42 4 20 1 62602 33 6 E 1 24053 17 4 75 0 1 02482 1 91 330 0 0 44647 2 42 4 40 1 61920 34 6 19 0 1 23184 17 4 71 85 1 02032 1 92 340 0 0 42221 2 43 4 60 1 61220 35 4 19 5 1 22314 17 4 80 0 1 01525 1 93 350 0 0 39783 2 44 4 80 1 60506 36 0 20 0 1 21440 17 6 85 0 1 00552 1 96 360 0 0 37337 2 45 5 00 1 59782 36 5 21 0 1 19645 18 5 90 0 0 99565 1 99 370 0 0 34881 2 46 3 50 1 57928 37 6 22 0 1 17705 20 6 95 0 0 98564 2 02 380 0 0 32416 2 41 6 00 1 56027 38 4 23 0 1 15558 21 7 100 0 0 97550 2 04 390 0 0 29941 2 48 6 50 1 54097 38 7 24 0 1 13598 15 9 110 0 0 95487
143. 102A 1000 Q at room temperature is useful down to 50 mK and has better interchangeability than the RX 202A as well as low magnetic field induced errors below 1 K RX 102B CB The RX 102B CB 1000 Q at room temperature is useful down to 10 mK calibrations available down to 20 mK and monotonic from 10 mK to 300 K The unique package design maximizes thermal connection and minimizes heat capacity at ultra low temperatures The RX 102B CB is not interchangeable to a standard curve and not recommended for use in magnetic fields Typical Rox Sensitivity Values S dR dT whimsy caben sab dy quc 1 1 Ji e Lara krtau 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 ee ERTH M CB BR RX 202A The RX 202A 2000 Q at room temperature has a 4x improvement in magnetic field induced errors over other commercially available ruthenium oxide temperature sensors with similar resistances and sensitivities Most ruthenium oxide sensors have a maximum useful temperature limit well below room temperature where the sensitivity changes from negative to positive The RX 202A however is designed to have a monotonic response from 0 05 K up to 300 K RX AA RX 103A The RX 103A 10 000 Q at room temperature has a unique resistance and temperature response curve combined with low magnetic field induced errors and is the best choice for interchangeability from 1 4 K to 40 K Typical Rox Dimensionless Sensitivity Val
144. 2 08 400 0 0 27456 2 49 7 00 1 52166 38 4 25 0 1 12463 712 120 0 0 93383 2 12 410 0 0 24963 2 50 7 50 1 50272 37 3 26 0 1 11896 4 34 130 0 0 91243 2 16 420 0 0 22463 2 50 8 00 1 48443 35 8 27 0 1 111517 3 34 140 0 0 89072 2 19 430 0 0 19961 2 50 8 50 1 46700 34 0 28 0 15814232 2 82 150 0 0 86873 2 21 440 0 0 17464 2 49 9 00 1 45048 32 1 29 0 1 10945 2 53 160 0 0 84650 2 24 450 0 0 14985 2 46 9 50 1 43488 30 3 30 0 1 10702 2 34 170 0 0 82404 2 26 460 0 0 12547 2 41 10 0 1 42013 28 7 32 0 1 10263 2 08 180 0 0 80138 2 28 470 0 0 10191 2 30 10 5 1 40615 27 2 34 0 1 09864 1 92 190 0 0 77855 2 29 475 0 0 09062 2 22 11 0 1 39287 25 9 36 0 1 09490 1 83 200 0 0 75554 2 31 Partial conformances www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Silicon Diodes 0 Se information ov Ordering Intormation mounting adapters TOES ncalibrated sensor available for use with the SD Step 1 Choose diode series for example DT 470 DT 470 CU 13 1 4L package see page 25 Step 2 Choose package or mounting adapter if ordering Diode Th t adapter substitute the adapter suffix for the SD suffix for EE example DT 470 CU Diode Series Step 3 Choose tolerance band if applicable for example DT 470 CU 11 ius dA Tolerance Band Calibrated sensor CINES Step 1 Choose diode series for example DT 470 if applicable Step 2 Choose package or mounti
145. 20 K 77K 300K 400K 500K DT 670 SD CO 12mK 12mK 12mK x14 mK x22 mK x32 mK x45 mK 50 mK DT 670 CU CO LR CY ET BO x12mK z12mK 12mK 14mK 22mK x 32mK DT 414 12 mK 12 mK 14 mK x22 mK x32 mK DT 421 12 mK 12 mK 12 mK x14 mK x22 mK 32 mK DT 470 SD CO 12 mK 12 mK 12 mK x14 mK x22 mK x32 mK x45 mK x50 mK DT 470 BO BR CU CY ET LR MT x12mK z12mK 12mK 14mK 22mK 32mK DT 471 SD CO 12 mK 14 mK 22 mK x32 mK 45 mK 50 mK DT 471 BO BR CU CY ET LR MT 12mK 14mK 22mK 32mK GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P 12 mK 12 mK 12 mK x14 mK x22 mK x32 mK TG 120 PL 12 mK 12 mK 12 mK x14 mK x22 mK x32 mK TG 120 SD CO 12mK 12mK x12 mK x14 mK x22 mK x32 mK x45 mK 50 mK TG 120 CU 12mK 12mK 12mK x14 mK 22mK 32mK Cernox CX 1010 A
146. 200 Q K 14 uK 0 2 mK 4 2 A 28 uK with 1 4D 4 2 K 1377 668 Q K 51 uK 1 mK O mK 102 uK calibration 10K 238 1 OQ 50 5 O K 0 1 mK 2 1 mK 7 1 mK 0 2 mK 100 K 3 846 Q 0 033 Q K 9 mK 77 mK 93 mK 18 mK Germanium GR 200A 2500 2K 21190 Q 35200 Q K 23 uK 0 3 mK 4 3 mK 46 uK with 1 4D 4 2 K 2476 Q 1510 O K 30 uK 0 8 mK 5 mK 60 uK calibration 10K 212 4 Q 69 9 Q K 74 uK 1 4 mk 6 4 mK 148 uK 100 K 2 366 Q 0 015 O K 20 mK 130 mK 146 mK 40 mK Rox RX 102A AA 1 4K 2005 Q 667 O K 60 uK 1 4 mk 17 4 mK 120 uK with 1 4B 4 2K 13700 80 3 Q K 0 5 mK 8 1 mK 24 1 mK 1 mK calibration 10K 1167 Q 15 3 Q K 2 1 mK 37 mK Ee El 4 2 mK 40 K 1049 Q 1 06 Q K 29 mK 490 mK 252 MKE 58 mK Thermocouple Type K 75 K 5862 9 uV 15 6 uV K 26 mK 0 25 K Calibration not available 52 mK 50 mV 300 K 1075 3 uV 40 6 uV K 10 mK 0 038 K from Lake Shore 20 mK 600 K 13325 uV 41 7 uV K 10 mK 0 184 K 20 mK 1505 K 49998 3 uV 36 006 uV K 12 mK 0 73 K 24 mK Typical sensor sensitivities were taken from representative calibrations for the sensor listed 6 Control stability of the electronics only in an ideal thermal system 7 Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 8 NTC RTD range 75 Q 70 NTC RTD range 7500 Q NTC RTD range 750 Q NIC RTD range 75000 Q 1 Accuracy specification does not include
147. 25 VDC Each transmitter draws up to 500 mA from the supply 750 mA for 234D www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Accessories included 106 739 103 626 MAN 231 231P MAN 234 plug in power supply 234D transmitter with 230 VAC wall plug in power supply Sensor and output mating connector 900 Q 0 02 25 PPM output resistor Calibration certificate Model 231 and 231P user manual Model 234 and 234D user manual Options and accessories 2001 2002 2003 2308 1 2308 12 2308 BP 8001 8001 234 8002 231 8002 231P 8002 234 CAL 231 CERT CAL 231P CERT CAL 234 CERT 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 RJ11 4 m 14 ft modular serial cable RJ11 to DB25 adapter connects RJ11 cable to a 25 pin RS 232C serial port on rear of computer RJ11 to DB9 adapter connects RJ11 cable to a 9 pin RS 232C serial port on rear of computer VME single card enclosure VME rack and power supply holds up to 12 transmitters VME rack blank panel 231 231P CalCurve data factory installed 234 234D CalCurve data factory installed 231 CalCurve data field installed 231P CalCurve data field installed 234 234D CalCurve data field installed Instrument recalibration with certificate Instrument recalibration with certificate Instrument recalibration with certificate usp el ven SS e mail info lakeshore com www lakeshore com Model 100 amp Model 101 Features E Battery powered B 10 p
148. 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1080 HT 50K to 420K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Germanium GR 200A B 1000 2 2 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1500 2 6Kto 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 2500 3 1Kto 100K NotRecommended Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 4 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 5 K to 325 I T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 6 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Rox RX 102A 1 4 K to 40 Ko T 2K amp Bx10T www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 89 Instruments Silicon diodes are the best choice for general cryogenic use from 1 4 K to above room temperature Diodes are economical to use because they follow a standard curve and are interchangeable in many applications They are not suitable for use in ionizing radiation or magnetic fields Cernox thin film RTDs offer high sensitivity and low magnetic field induced errors over the 0 3 K to 420 K temperature range Cernox sensors require calibration Platinum RTDs offer high uniform sensitivity from 30 K to over 800 K With excellent reproducibility they are useful as thermometry standards They follow a standard curve above 70 K and are interchangeable in many applications Single excitation current may limit the low temperature range of NTC resistors 3 Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K Low temperature limited by input resistance range Low temperat
149. 36 Twisted lead wire 137 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 oO O O Index 231 e mail info lakeshore com akeShore Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Tel 614 891 2244 Fax 614 818 1600 info lakeshore com www lakeshore com C d lemperatt re Contr JUG rt il Temperature Monitors Temperature Iransmitters Current Sources Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Cryogenic Accessories Reference Materials
150. 370 offers seamless integration with existing cryogenic systems and is the most complete package on the market today Used with Lake Shore calibrated subkelvin resistance temperature sensors the Model 370 not only measures and displays but also controls temperature for dilution refrigerators and other cryogenic systems Model 332 Temperature Controller Designed to support the Cernox RTD over a greater portion of its useful temperature range the Model 332 automatically scales excitation current for resistance temperature sensors Excitation currents of 1 uA 10 uA 100 uA and 1 mA are available Scalable excitation current allows the Model 332 to support Cernox and other negative temperature coefficient NTC RTDs in temperature measurement and control applications to temperatures as low as 1 K The Model 332 includes a 50 W heater output on the first control loop and 10 W on the second for greater flexibility in applications that require a second heater The Model 332 supports diodes RTDs and thermocouples and includes current reversal for NTC and PIC positive temperature coefficient RTDs Autotuning PID control IEEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces alarms relays and analog voltage output are all standard with the Model 332 Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e New Products Introduction 11 New Products Model 331 Temperature Controller The Model 331 offers high performance
151. 4 Number of Relays 2 2 2 2 Analog Voltage Output 2 at x 10V 2 at X 10V 10V 10V 0 10V Number of Digital 1 0 5 Data Logging Yes Datacard Yes Number of Autotuning 1 2 2 2 1 2 Control Loops Maximum Heater Output Power Control Loop 1 1W 100 W 50 W 50 W 50 W 25W Control Loop 2 1W 10W 1W 2W Number of Heater Ranges 8 5 3 3 3 2 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Monitors 218E Instrument Selection Guide Transmitters 231P Number of Sensor Inputs 8 8 1 1 1 1 Number of User Curves 8 8 1 1 1 1 Minimum Operating Temperature 1 4K 1 4K 1 4K 100 mK 1 4K 1 4K Maximum Operating Temperature 800 K 800 K 800 K 420 K 800 K 900 K Temperature Range K silicon Diodes DT 670 SD 1 4 500 1 4 500 DT 670E BR 30 500 30 500 DT 414 1 4 375 1 4 375 DT 421 1 4 325 1 4 325 DT 470 SD 1 4 500 1 4 500 DT 471 SD 10 500 10 500 10 500 10 500 GaAlAs Diodes TG 120 P 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 TG 120 PL 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 TG 120 SD 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 Platinum PTC RTD PT 102 3 14 873 14 873 14 873 14 873 PT 111 14 673 14 673 14 673 14 673
152. 4 Thermal Contraction of Selected Materials Between 293 K and 4 K Brass E a Constantan 52 5 44 we Contraction per 10 CuNi 80 Cu 20 Ni 26 23 Teflon 214 Evanohm 134 133 Nylon 139 Manganin 40 43 Stycast 1266 115 Stainless steel 71 to 74 49 to 51 SP22 Vespel 63 3 otycast 2850FT 50 8 Stycast 2850GT 45 Al 41 4 Brass 65 Cu 35 Zn 38 4 Cu 32 6 Stainless steel 30 Quartz a axis 25 Quartz c axis 10 Quartz mean for typical transducer 15 Titanium 15 1 Ge 9 3 Pyrex 9 6 Si 2 2 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Cryogenic Reference Tables Appendix I 215 Table 6 Defining Fixed Points of the ITS 90 Temperature T K Substance awe Defining Instrument 0 65 to 3 He vapor pressure 3105 He V thermometer 13 8033 e He T 17 e He or He V or G 20 3 e He or He V or G 24 5561 Ne 54 3584 0 T 83 8058 Ar T Platinum 234 3156 Hg T resistance 273 16 H 0 T thermometer 302 9146 Ga M 429 7485 In F 505 078 Sn F 692 677 Zn F 933 473 Al F 1234 93 Ag F 1337 33 Au F Radiation SEIT Cu F All substances except 3He are of natural isotopic composition e H is hydrogen at the equilibrium concentration of the ortho and para molecular for
153. 4 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 118 Instruments 230 Series Temperature Transmitters 230 Series Temperature Features B Sensor input fully isolated Transmitters Monitors from power supply potential BI Different models support various sensor types B 4 lead differential measurement M Output range of 4 mA to 20 mA or 0 mA to 20 mA 0 V to 10 V B Available rack mount case holds up to 12 units Model 231 Features BI Operates from 1 4 K to 500 K with appropriate diode Model 231P Features BI Operates from 1 4 K to 800 K with appropriate PTC RTD Model 231 231P and 234 Model 234 Features W Operates from 100 mK The 230 Series Temperature to 420 K with appropriate Transmitters include three models NTC RTD Model 231 Model 231P and Model 234 Each model supports a B Includes serial interface different sensor type Model 234D Features BI Operates from 100 mK E lt NRR z to 420 K with appropriate L ns 2848 Tomperziurs Monitar j UE Model 234D B Includes serial interface B 6 digit LED display www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 230 Series Temperature Transmitters Model 231 The Model 231 operates with either silicon diode or gallium aluminum arsenide GaAlAs diode sensors Excited with a 10 pA current source from the Model 231 the sensors produce a voltage that depends on temperature A micro
154. 4 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com N Nichrome heater wire 138 Neutron radiation 163 164 0 Ostalloy solder 143 Overview of thermometry 154 P PID control 197 PLTS 2000 154 182 Phosphor bronze wire 135 Platinum PT resistance temperature device RID 58 157 Primary standard thermometer 154 Probe assemblies 29 30 69 Q Quad Lead cryogenic wire 137 Quad Twist cryogenic wire 137 R RF noise 191 Radiation 20 161 Recalibration 187 Repeatability 159 Reproducibility 20 159 Resistance measurements 77 189 Resistance temperature devices RTD 156 Carbon Glass 16 46 Cernox 15 43 Germanium 16 50 Platinum 15 58 157 Rhodium iron 16 61 Rox 16 54 Resolution 159 Rhodium iron RF resistance temperature devices RTD 61 ROX Ruthenium Oxide resistance temperature device RTD 54 S Self heating 193 196 Secondary standard thermometer 154 Sensitivity 159 Sensor Accuracy 22 23 158 179 192 Adapters 24 Calibration 23 179 182 185 Capacitance sensors 64 Characteristics 156 Diodes 15 32 36 40 156 Excitation 156 Heat sinking 172 174 176 Installation 166 171 172 174 176 216 218 Leads 28 189 Overview 154 Packages 24 Resistance temperature devices 15 43 47 50 54 58 156 Carbon Glass 16 46 Cernox 15 43 Germanium 16 50 Platinum 15 58 157 Rhodium iron 16 61 Rox 16 54 Reproducibility 20 159 Selection Gu
155. 4mK 5mK 5mK 5mK 6mK 9mK x16mK 40mK 65mK CX 1050 CO SD HT 5mK 5mK x6mK 9mK 16mK 40mK 65mK CX 1070 CO SD HT 5mK 6mK 9mK x16mK 40mK x65mK CX 1080 CO SD HT 9mK 16mK 40mK 65mK Carbon Glass id BW Jit CGR 1 500 CGR 1 500 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK x25mK z105 mK CGR 1 1000 CGR 1 1000 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK z25mK 105mK CGR 1 2000 CGR 1 2000 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK 25mK 105mK Rox a Ti RX 102A AA CD 3mk 35mK 4mK 45mK 5 5mK 5mK 16mMK 18mK 37 mK RX 103A AA CD 5mK 17mMK 22mK x38mK RX 202A AA CD 3mk 35mK 4mK 45mK 5 5mK 5mK 16mMK 18mK 37 mK Rhodium lIron RF 100T AA CD BC MC 11mK z11mK x12mK x14 mK x15 mK x25 mK RF 100U AA CD BC 11mK z11mK x12mK x14 mK x15mK x25 mK RF 800 4 7mK mK x8mK 10mMK x13mK 23mK x41mK 46mK Platinum Ma NEED So NEUE LENT CIE zi PT 102 10mK 12mK 23mK 40mK x46 mK PT 103 10mK 12mK 23mK 40mK x46 mK PT 111 10mK 12mK 23mK 40mK x46 mK Germanium GR 200A 30 GR 200A 30 CD 3mK 3 2mK x 3 7mK 43mK 4 8mK 4mK
156. 5 14 8257 19400 3 3 40 14 21 0 671 1 9 2 2848 3900 T 50 9 501 0 324 um 3 1047 775 29 77 4 5 011 0 078 AD 4 2 520 245 1 9 100 3 846 0 033 0 85 6 259 85 1 1 9 S SC E Germanium GR 200A 2500 30 9 534 0 581 1 8 a ES EDT Se T K R Q dR dT O K T R dR dT 50 3 985 RE 1 5 1 4 76450 213000 3 9 714 2 231 0 032 44 2 21190 35200 3 3 100 1 751 0 014 0 78 3 6088 5740 2 8 4 2 2476 1510 2 6 6 988 1 438 SF 10 212 4 69 9 33 30 11 59 0 727 1 9 40 6 959 0 283 1 6 50 4 938 0 141 1 4 714 2 917 0 036 0 96 100 2 366 0 015 0 63 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 204 Appendix G Rox RX 102A Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Rox RX 103A T K R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT 0 05 70020 5090000 3 6 1 4 3075 13570 0 62 0 1 19390 266000 14 2 25090 6550 0 52 0 2 8278 43000 4 6 3 20710 2940 0 43 0 3 5615 16600 0 89 4 2 18150 1560 0 36 0 5 3701 5478 0 74 6 16130 811 0 3 1 2381 1260 0 53 10 14060 315 0 22 14 2005 667 0 47 20 1229 103 0 17 2 1726 331 0 38 30 11550 52 4 0 14 3 1502 152 0 30 40 11150 ER 0 08 4 2 1370 80 3 0 25 6 1267 40 5 0 19 10 1167 15 3 0 13 Rox
157. 5 K to 375 K Mean temperature coefficient of magnetic sensitivity approximate 0 01 K 0 01 K Mean temperature coefficient of offset maximum I nominal control current 0 4 uV K 0 4 uV K Mean temperature coefficient of resistance maximum 0 6 K 0 6 K Leads 34 AWG copper with Teflon insulation 34 AWG copper with Teflon insulation Data HGCA 3020 225 dk diameter nnd mini i NM SW uem SE I Tas in l Gaussmeters Room temp 30 kG data supplied HGCT 3020 Lake Shore gaussmeters offer a straightforward and cost effective solution to measure magnetic fields Hall generators or factory calibrated probes connect to the gaussmeter rear panel and the sensor data is automatically uploaded into the instrument Lake Shore gaussmeters offer easy to make flux density measurements with high accuracy resolution and stability and are available with RS 232C and IEEE interfaces analog outputs relays and alarms Room temp 30 kG data supplied EN Lead Color Code thet nrapha Lead Color Key HecMOMCMOMOK Bet dc y EEN Black ale Blue N Yellow EU For more information call or visit www lakeshore com Model 475 Gaussmeter The industry s first commercial digital signal processor DSP based Hall effect gaussmeter www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Cryogenic Hall Generators and Probes Sensors 69 Cr
158. 51 0 0058 0 0060 0 095 Rox 202A 2 0 13 2 2 3 9 5 2 Recommended for use over the 0 05 K to 40 K j 0 18 0 68 2 3 7 temperature range Consistent behavior 4 0 77 0 046 1 8 3 2 between devices in magnetic fields 8 0 023 0 16 0 65 3 0 16 0 03 0 16 0 48 1 5 23 0 05 0 08 0 39 0 92 Platinum Resistors 20 20 100 250 Recommended for use when T gt 40 K PT series 40 0 5 3 6 8 8 87 0 04 0 4 1 1 7 300 lt 0 01 0 02 0 07 0 13 Rhodium lron 4 2 11 40 Not recommended for use below RF series 40 1 5 12 30 47 77 Kin magnetic fields 87 0 2 Re 4 6 300 lt 0 01 0 1 0 4 Capacitance CS 501 series AT T 0 015 at 4 2 K and 18 7 tesla Recommended for control purposes AT T 0 05 at 77 K and 305 K and 18 7 tesla Monotonic in C vs T to nearly room temperature Germanium Resistors 2 0 60 Not recommended except at low B owing to GR series 4 2 5 to 20 30 to 55 60 to 75 large orientation dependent temperature effect 10 4 to 15 25 to 60 60 to 75 20 3 to 20 15 to 35 50 to 80 Chromel AuFe 0 07 10 3 20 30 Data taken with entire thermocouple in field 45 1 D 1 cold junction at 4 2 K errors in hot junction 100 0 1 0 8 Type E Thermocouples 10 1 3 T Useful when T 2 10 K Chromel Constantan 20 1 2 4 Refer to notes for Chromel AuFe 0 07 455 1 lt 2 Sensor lype Notes silicon Diodes Strongly orientation dependent Junction parallel to field
159. 52 15 398 142 300 66 441 0 201 0 91 129 39 0 545 1 26 400 H 51 815 0 106 0 81 91 463 0 261 3114 420 HT See Appendix G for expanded response table Cernox sensors do not follow a standard response curve the listed resistance ranges are typical but can vary widely consult Lake Shore to choose a specific range www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Cernox RTDs Typical Calibration Shifts Neutrons and Gamma Rays Magnetic Field Dependence Data for Sample CX RTDs S N X184AP CA 1050 AA S N X245A4 X 1070 EG deviation AT T temperature shift mK magneti c field tesla Typical temperature reading errors for operation of CX 1050 sensors in magnetic fields at temperatures from 2 03 K to 286 K Low temperature thermometry in high magnetic DU 100 150 200 250 S00 temperature K fields VII Cernox sensors to 32 T B L Brandt D W Liu 4 10 30 50 100 200300 Typical calibration shift after 200 thermal shocks and L G Rubin Rev Sci Instrum Vol 70 No 1 1999 temperature K from 305 K to 77 K for a Model CX 1030 temperature pp 104 110 sensor AT 1 mK at 4 2 K and 10 mK at 100 K Physical Specifications Lead type Internal Sensor materials used me QC in 4 001 in 25 mo 3 02 mm ec Bare Chip 3 0 mg B
160. 55845 1 162797 0 986974 0 206758 1 55145 1 140817 0 968209 0 182832 1 54436 1 53721 15125923 1 119448 0 949000 0 929390 0 159010 0 135480 1 53000 1 115658 0 909416 0 112553 www lakeshore com E 1 112810 Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 0 889114 fax 614 818 1600 0 090681 e mail info lakeshore com packaging For information on JEHUNS mounting adapters available for use with the SD package see page 25 CO adapter spring loaded clamp for easy sensor interchangeability To add length to sensor leads SMOD see page 28 Upgrade Conversion Chart Sensor Band See the appendices for a detailed description of Installation Uncalibrated sensors SoftCal Calibrated sensors CalCurve Sensor packages Silicon Diodes Ordering Information Uncalibrated sensor DT 670A SD 1 4L Step 1 Choose diode series for example DT 670 T Step 2 Choose tolerance band if applicable p DPI Sei for example DT 670A Diode Series Step 3 Choose package or mounting adapter if ordering adapter substitute the adapter suffix for the SD suffix for example DT 670A CU Package Adapter Calibrated sensor SOS Step 1 Choose diode series for example DT 670 Step 2 Choose package or mounting adapter if ordering adapter substitute the adapter suffix for the SD suffix for example DT 670 CU
161. 56 10 indium disks 14 27 mm diameter x 0 127 mm 0 562 in diameter x 0 005 in EX ECH www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com High Temperature Solder B 90 Pb 10 Sn BI Good for connecting hardware BI Solidifies quickly Ostalloy 158 Solder BI Does not shrink but exhibits expansion upon solidification B Low melting temperature 343 K 70 C requiring only a simple melting pot and a gas or electric heat source B Reusable many times BI Oxide separated easily in hot water BI Solidifies quickly B Creates almost no dross because of its low melting temperature www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Solder Accessories 143 This solder has a higher lead content than normal electronics solder and can be used for connecting hardware for use at cryogenic temperatures Its higher melting point also makes it perfect for soldering leads to silicon diode platinum or rhodium iron temperature sensors for operation up to 500 K 227 C Specifications Solidus 548 K 275 C Liquidus 575 K 302 C Density 10 75 g cm Diameter 0 787 mm 0 031 in Ordering Information Part number Description SLT 10 90 Pb 10 Sn solder 3 m 10 ft EX ECH This is a low melting point solder nearly identical to what is commonly called Wood s Metal An alloy of bismuth tin lead and cadmium it is an eutectic all
162. 600 GR 200 series construction detail The epoxy holding the chip to the header is omitted for germanium devices designed for use below 1 K Yellow V Black I lt White I Looking at the wiring end with leads toward user Key Lead Color I White V Green V Yellow I Black CD Package 36 inch long Quad Lead d 36 AWG phosphor bronze wire Si sensor leads are anchored resistor by a Stycast coating GR 200A AA ic rmn 79 x5 IS rg pur i1 J iE 1 rel PILAA nun SCHT aere i faac eo SE ja aer e as m olere E ini GR 200B B Package Cv 1 JE nmt 15mm da uu kiwi o miw lr 1 an dz rwr di e mail info lakeshore com PAcKAcIHG For information on SEIBIPS the packages and mounting adapters available for germanium sensors see page 25 To add length to sensor leads SMOD see page 28 See the appendices for a detailed description of Self heating Installation Uncalibrated sensors Calibrated sensors CalCurve Sensor packages Germanium RTDs Ordering Information Uncalibrated sensor Specify the model number in the left column only for example GR 200A 30 Calibrated sensor Add the calibration range suffix code to the end of the model number for example GR 200A 30 0 05A Germanium RTD Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end A 6 K B 40 K D 100 K Model nu
163. 74 9930 2 9 8246 11900 2 9 21190 35200 3 3 4 2K 920 245 1 9 1054 526 2 1 1377 668 2 1 2476 1510 2 6 10K 88 41 19 5 2 2 170 9 38 4 2 2 238 1 50 5 2 1 212 4 69 9 3 3 40 K 5 723 0 243 1 7 8 289 0 399 1 9 14 21 0 671 1 9 6 959 0 283 1 6 11 4K 2 231 0 032 1 1 2 919 0 044 1 2 9 011 0 078 1 2 2917 0 036 0 96 0 015 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Germanium RTDs Proper Selection of GR 200A for Use Below 1 K Traditionally germanium resistance thermometers have been classified according to their 4 2 K resistance value However for devices to be used below 1 K there is no close correlation between the 4 2 K resistance and the suitability of the device as a thermometer As a result the Lake Shore low resistance germanium sensors GR 200A 30 GR 200A 50 GR 200A 100 and GR 200A 250 are classified according to their lowest useful temperatures not their 4 2 K resistance values The resistance vs temperature behavior for these devices is typical of all the germanium sensors As the temperature is lowered both the resistance and sensitivity dR dT increase logarithmically The lowest useful temperature is generally limited by the rapidly increasing resistance and the difficulties encountered in measuring high resistance values Physical Specifications Lead type The following recommendations are m
164. 8 8 mK 500 K 0 0907 V 2 12 mV K 4 8 mK 40 mK 90 mK 9 6 mK Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 13 1 4K 1 6981 V 13 1 mV K 0 8 mK 13 mK 25 mK 1 6 mK with 1 4H 77K 1 0203 V 1 92 mV K 5 2 mK 69 mK 91 mK 10 4 mK calibration 300 K 0 5189 V 2 4 mV K 4 2 mK 45 mK 77 mK 8 4 mK 475 K 0 0906 V 2 22 mV K 4 6 mK 38 mK 88 mK 9 2 mK GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 1 4K 5 391 V 97 5 mV K 0 2 mK 4 mK 16 mK 0 4 mK with 1 4H 77K 1 422 V 1 24 mV K 16 2 mK 122 mK 144 mK 32 4 mK calibration 300 K 0 8978 V 2 85 mV K 7 mK 44 mK 76 mK 14 mK 475 K 0 3778 V 9 15 mV K 6 4 mK 32 mK 82 mK 12 8 mK 100 Platinum RTD PT 103 30 K 3 660 Q 0 191 OK 10 5 mK 23 mK 33 mK 21 mK 500 Full Scale with 14J 77K 20 38 Q 0 423 Q K 4 8 mK 15 mK 27 mK 9 6 mK calibration 300 K 110 35 Q 0 387 Q K 5 2 mK 39 mK 62 mK 10 4 mK 500 K 185 668 Q 0 378 Q K 5 3 mK 60 mK 106 mK 10 6 mK Cernox CX 1050 CX 1050 SD HT 2K 11844 Q 11916 Q K 43 uK 0 5 mK E5 5 mk 86 uK with 1 4M 4 2K 3507 Q 1120 8 O K 50 uK sed dmn 6 4 mK 100 uK calibration TN 205 67 Q 2 411 Q K 2 mK 39 mK 55 mK 4 mK 420 K 45 03 Q 0 0829 Q K 3 7 mK 230 mK 295 mK 7 4 mK Cernox CX 1070 CX 1070 SD HT 4 2 K 5979 4 Q 2225 3 Q K 36 UK 1 1 mK 6 1 mK 72 uK with 4 2M 77K 248 66 Q 3 1498 O K 1 8 mK 35 mK 51 mK 3 6 mK calibration 300 K 66 441 Q 0 2013 O K 1 5 mK 137 mK 177 mK 3 mK 420 K 49 819 Q 0 0944 Q K 3 2 mK 222 mK 287 mK 6 4 mK Germanium GR 200A 1500 1 4K 25630 Q 64
165. 8000 8001 370 8000 05 370 CAL 370 CERT CAL 370 DATA RM 1 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 86 Instruments Model 340 Temperature Controller Model 340 Temperature Controller Schal Fomm me be um D Geer Tunina Alarm ST 4 E um Gi E E P l p a De fe s 1 i e 10 3401 12679 5 im um m m Ge RE Ei a aa Shemen Lenp Gel x Ap aan Dorian sete 18 3400 K 2 A CT em jam ue jum m Sa 8 Si d E S s arpun Kg Loap 2 SN Bea o prhuns Enler Seen Help 340 Temperature Controller Lee Le Lee o ES E oe um lum Features BI Operates down to 100 mK with appropriate NTC RTD sensors Two sensor inputs expandable to ten sensor inputs Supports diode RTD Product Description The Model 340 is our most advanced temperature controller and offers unsurpassed resolution accuracy and stability for temperature measurement and control applications to as low as 100 mK Operating with diodes platinum RTDs and negative temperature coefficient NTC resistor sensors the Model 340 is expandable to ten sensor inputs or to operate with thermocouple or capacitance sensors It has two control loops with the first Appropriate sensor excitation and input gain can be selected from the front panel An autorange mode keeps the power in NTC resistors low to reduce self heating as sensor resistance changes by many orders of magnitude Automatic current reversal with rounded
166. 9 989 0 423 1 40 30 3 5786 0 040 0 34 150 50 788 0 409 1 20 50 4 5902 0 064 0 71 200 71 011 0 400 1 10 774 6 8341 0 096 1 1 250 90 845 0 393 1 10 100 9 1375 0 106 12 300 110 354 0 387 1 10 150 14 463 0 105 1 1 400 148 640 0 383 1 00 200 19 641 0 102 1 0 500 185 668 0 378 1 00 250 24 686 0 101 1 0 600 221 535 0 372 1 00 300 29 697 0 101 1 0 700 256 243 0 366 1 00 350 34 731 0 101 1 0 800 289 789 0 360 1 00 400 39 824 0 103 1 0 Rhodium lron RF 100 Thermocouple Type E T 273 15 K T K R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K EMF uV dV dT uV K 14 6 892 0 489 0 10 3p 9834 9 1 59 4 2 8 2053 0 418 0 21 4 2 9833 0 2 09 10 10 072 0 245 0 24 10 9813 3 4 66 20 11 858 0 137 0 23 20 9747 0 8 51 30 13 130 0 131 0 29 30 9643 8 Li 50 16 724 0 242 0 72 40 9505 5 15 5 77 4 25 298 0 368 1 1 50 9334 2 18 7 100 34 123 0 403 12 75 8777 7 25 6 150 54 292 0 396 1 1 100 8063 4 31 4 200 73 692 0 381 1 0 150 6238 1 41 2 250 92 529 0 374 1 0 200 3967 4 49 3 300 111 19 0 373 1 0 250 1328 7 56 0 300 1608 0 61 1 350 4777 7 65 6 400 8159 8 69 6 500 15426 75 3 600 23138 78 6 670 28694 80 0 700 31100 80 4 800 39179 81 0 900 47256 80 4 1000 55247 79 3 1100 63119 78 1 1200 70842 76 3 1270 76136 75 2 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 206 Append
167. 98 4 3908 large 0 3052 4 2 92444 20 2851 6 100 317 44 300 68 949 very large fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 190 Appendix E Voltmeter Input Impedance The voltmeter input impedance is generally not a problem in 2 or 4 lead measurements It is not uncommon for today s voltmeters to have a 10 Q or 10 Q input impedance in the voltage ranges of interest which is large when compared to the temperature sensor resistance Consequently virtually no current will be shunted from the temperature sensor into the voltage measurement circuitry at these input impedance levels A voltmeter input impedance of 10 Q would produce only a 0 0001 error in a 1000 Q resistance measurement Current Source Output Impedance The output impedance of a good current source is also not ordinarily a problem in either 2 or 4 lead measurements for the same reason If the output impedance is not large compared to the sensor resistance then a known series resistor should be placed in one of the current paths and the current to the sensor should be measured by measuring the voltage across the known standard resistance Thermoelectric and Zero Offset Voltages Voltages develop in electrical conductors with temperature gradients when no current is allowed to flow Seebeck effect Thermoelectric voltages appear when dissimilar metals are joined and joints are held at different temperatures Typical thermoele
168. A CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 3mK 3 5mK 45mK 5mK 5mK 5mK 6mK 9mK 25mK 75mK CX 1010 BC 5mK 5mK 6mK Dm 25mK 75mK CX 1030 AA CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 3mK 4mK 5mK 5mK 5mK 6mK gt 9mK 25mK 75mK CX 1030 BC 5mK 5mK 6mK m 25mK 75mK CX 1050 AA BC CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 5mK x5mK 6mK 9mK x16mK 40mK CX 1070 AA BC CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 5mK x6mK 9mK x16mK 40mK CX 1080 AA BC CD CO CU LR ET MT SD 9mK 16mK 40mK CX 1030 CO CU SD HT 3mK x4mK 5mK x5mK 5mK pm 9mK 16mMK 40mK 65mK CX 1050 C0 CU SD HT 5mK 5mK 6mK 9mK 16mK 40mK 65mK CX 1070 CO CU SD HT 5mK 6mK 9mK 16mK 40mK 65mK CX 1080 CO CU SD HT 9mK x16mK 40mK 65mK Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 CGR 1 500 CD 4mK x4mK x5mK 8mK 25mK 10bmK CGR 1 1000 CGR 1 1000 CD 4mK x4mK 5mK 8mK 25mK 105mK CGR 1 2000 CGR 1 2000 CD 4mK x4mK x5mK 8mK 25mK 105mK Rox RX 102A AA CD 3mK 3 5mK x4mK 45mK 55mK 5mK 16mK 18mK c mk RX 102B CB 1 mK 2mK 3mK x35mK
169. A factory preset output current B Internally programmable from 1 pA to 1 mA B No AC line noise BI Choice of compliance voltages Model 100 2 5 V Model 101 5 V Model 102 Features B 10 pA factory preset output current B Internally programmable from 1 pA to 1 mA using a fixed program resistor B Compliance voltage of 8 V Model 110CS Features B 10 pA factory preset output current B Externally programmable from 1 pA to 10 mA B Compliance voltage of 11 V Model 120CS Features BI Switch selectable output current from 1 pA to 100 mA B Current reversal switch B External programming capability B Compliance voltage of 11 V to 50 mA Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 100 Series Current Sources 100 Series Current Sources Model 100 and Model 101 The Models 100 and 101 are battery powered DC current sources which provide a very stable output current without the noise commonly associated with AC line powered instruments They are well suited for field maintenance and periodic monitoring of sensors as well as operation in a highly noise sensitive environment The main difference between the 100 and 101 is their compliance voltage the Model 100 with a 2 5 V compliance voltage is well suited for silicon diode applications including Lake Shore DT 470 and 670 diodes The Model 101 has a compliance voltage of 5 V which is required for use with Lake Shore TG 120 GaAlAs diodes or if the user desires to connect
170. B Notes PT 103 1 Upper temperature of AL and AM packages is limited to 800 K 2 If your application requires more than one platinum resistor up to five platinum resistors can be matched with one another to within 0 1 K at liquid nitrogen temperature with the purchase of only To add length to sensor leads one calibration If absolute accuracy 1s required one of these matched RTDs can be calibrated For larger quantities or for different requirements consult Lake Shore At the time of order add SMOD see page 28 LN to the model number Example PT 102 14D LN is a PT 102 LN RTD with a calibration range of 14 K to 100 K that is matched with at least one other uncalibrated PT 102 to within 0 1 K at liquid nitrogen temperature PT 102 AL For metrological applications below 30 K use a germanium RTD PT 100 sensors are not useful below 14 K for metrology and are of limited use below 30 K for temperature control due to rapid Brake Q 19 ie decline in sensitivity DLE um pu em i mmi BLIT ia d een T aiken 2A e Abt ia For use above 500 K anneal at T 10 C for 4 hours 14 mm 1 IET Accessories available for sensors Accessories suggested for installation ECRIT Expanded interpolation table see Accessories section for full descriptions 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM Stycast epoxy VGE 7031 varnish COC SEN Certificate of conformance Apiezon grease Phosphor bronze wire 90 Pb 10 Sn solder Manganin wire PT 1
171. B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 14Kto500K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T Positive Temperature 100 Q Platinum PT 102 3 14Kto8 3K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T Coefficient RTDs 100 Q Platinum PT 111 14Kto6 3K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T Rhodium lron RF 800 4 1 4Kto 500 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Rhodium lron RF 100T U 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Negative Cernox CX 1010 2 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp BS lt 19T Temperature Cernox CX 1030 HT 3 5 Kto 420 K3 T gt 2K amp B lt S19T Coefficient RTDs Cernox CX 1050 HT 4 K to 420 K 5 T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1070 HT 15K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1080 HT 50 K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Germanium GR 200A B 1000 2 2 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1500 2 6 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 2500 3 1 K to 100 K Not Recommended Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 4 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 5 K to 325 IC T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 6 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Rox RX 102A 1 4 K to 40 Ko T gt 2K amp B lt 10T www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Silicon diodes are the best choice for general cryogenic use from 1 4 K to above room temperature Diodes are economical to use because they follow a standard curve and are interchangeable in many applications They are not suitable for use in ionizing radiation or magnetic fields Cernox thin film RTD
172. Cernox and Rox Standard curves DT 470 DT 500D DT 670 CTI C PT 100 and PT 1000 Input connector 25 pin D sub Front Panel Display 4 line by 20 character backlit LCD display Number of reading displays 1 to 8 Display units K C V and Q Reading source Temperature sensor units max min and linear equation Display update rate All displayed inputs twice in 1 s Temp display resolution 0 001 from 0 to 99 999 0 01 from 100 to 999 99 0 1 above 1000 Sensor units display resolution Sensor dependent to 5 digits Display annunciators Remote operation alarm data logging max min and linear Keypad Membrane keypad 20 key numeric and specific functions Front panel features Front panel curve entry and keypad lock out Interface IEEE 488 2 interface 218S Features SH1 AH1 T5 L4 SR1 RL1 PPO DC1 DTO CO E1 Reading rate Software support Serial interface To 16 readings per s LabVIEW driver Electrical format RS 232C Max baud rate 9600 baud Connector 9 pin D sub Reading rate Printer capability To 16 readings per s at 9600 baud Support for serial printer through serial interface port used with data log parameters Alarms Number 16 high and low for each input Data source Temperature sensor units and linear equation Settings Source high setpoint low setpoint deadband latching or non latching and audible on off Actuators Display annunciator beeper and relays 2185 R
173. Conductivity of Selected Materials 10000 sapphire 1000 100 ie E 10 2 g o P ET 0 1 0 01 0 001 Lol i I i piil l 1 i i 11 31 t i 1 3 5 7 10 30 50 70 100 200 300 temperature kelvin www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com een 212 Appendix I Cryogenic Reference Tables Figure 2 Thermal Conductivity Integral of Selected Materials 1000000 l l l l l l l l I l l sapphire cae ea RRR 400 LL 100000 E E 10000 1000 I L rz L 7 B CS I jo 100 RS E E fe L g L E WE B E F t E E kl E 8 iL S F E E n E es c FN 0 0 01 0 001 1 3 d T 10 30 50 7D 100 200 300 temperature kelvin www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Table 1 Thermodynamic Properties for Various Cryogenic Liquids Cryogenic Reference Tables UU Appendix I Temperature K Pressure E Latent Heat of Vaporization Triple point Normal boiling Critical point Triple point Critical point Critical density L Density point kPa kPa kg m J g g ml Helium 2 1768 4 222 5 1953 5 048 221 46 69 64 20 6 0 13 Hydrogen 13 8 20 28 32 94 7 042 1283 8 31 36 441 0 07 Neon 24 5561 27 09 44 44 43 35 2 03 483 23 86 1 20 Nitrogen 53 15 77 36 126 26 12 46 3399 313 11 199 0 81
174. ED EG EN BIB ss Packaging Y Y S o 9 d E 8 E X oan oa 8 Installation see individual sensor pages for additional details EE IEEE SM IEEE fo Je EN oc ENDE I IK Instructions Common Bare Chip Sensors BC Bare chip with 2 copper leads 42 AWG E E Appendix C BG Bare chip with 2 or 4 gold leads B a m Appendix C Hermetically Sealed Package SD Appendix C Mounting Adapters for SD CO Clamp ET Screw in MT Screw in metric CU Copper bobbin small 4 lead DI Copper bobbin small 2 lead CY Copper bobbin large 2 lead LR Half rounded cylinder BO Beryllium oxide heat sink block Appendix C Order from Lake Shore Order from Lake Shore Appendix C Appendix C Order from Lake Shore Order from Lake Shore Appendix C Platinum Mounting Adapters AL Order from Lake Shore AM Order from Lake Shore Copper Canister Package AA E NH NM HN E Appendix C B Bj Appendix C CD Copper bobbin BH NH NM HN E Appendix C E Order from Lake Shore www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Unique Packages See individual sensor specifications Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters Packages 1 F d SN CU jd r FS I d Fg E Germanium Rox Rhodium Iron and Carbon Glass Packages d Rox Rhodium Iron and Carbon Glass Silicon Diode Packages AA and CD only
175. EW is a trademark of National Instruments Corporation Lemo is a registered trademark of Lemo USA Inc MasterCard and the Distinctive Interlocking Circles Design are registered trademarks of MasterCard International Incorporated Ostalloy is a registered trademark of Umicore Pyrex is a registered trademark of Corning Incorporated Scotch is a registered trademark of 3M Company Stay Silv is a registered trademark of J W Harris Co Inc Stycast is a registered trademark of Emerson amp Cuming Swagelok is a registered trademark of Swagelok Company UL is a registered trademark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc Visa and the Visa Comet Design Mark are registered trademarks of Visa All other trademarks or service marks noted herein are either property of Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc or their respective companies www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Contents 14 18 24 29 32 36 40 43 47 50 54 58 61 64 66 67 72 71 86 94 100 106 110 114 118 124 127 www lakeshore com Introduction Company Overview The Lake Shore Website New Products Sensors Sensor Selection Guide Sensor Characteristics Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters Temperature Probe Selection Guide DT 670 Silicon Diodes DT 400 Series Silicon Diodes GaAlAs Diodes Cernox RTDs Carbon Glass RTDs Germanium RTDs Ruthenium Oxide Rox RTDs PT 100 Series Platinum R
176. Electronic Accuracy CalCurve and Calibrated Sensor 38 mK 1 4mK 126 mK 130 mK GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD with 1 4H calibration 9 391 V 1 422 V 0 8978 V 0 3778 V 97 5 mV K 1 24 mV K 2 85 mV K 3 15 mV K 100 Platinum RTD 500 Full Scale PT 103 with 1 4J calibration 3 66 Q 20 38 Q 110 35 Q 185 668 Q 0 19 Q K 0 42 Q K 0 39 Q K 0 378 Q K Cernox CX 1050 SD HT with 4M calibration 3507 2 Q 205 67 Q 59 467 Q 45 03 Q 1120 8 Q K 2 4116 Q K 0 1727 Q K 0 0829 Q K Germanium GR 200A 1000 with 1 4D calibration 6674 Q 1054 Q 170 9 Q 2 29 42 9930 Q K 526 Q K 38 4 Q K 0 018 Q K Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 with 4L calibration 2260 Q 21 65 Q ESSO 2060 Q K 0 157 Q K 0 015 Q K Typical sensor sensitivities were taken from representative calibrations for the sensor listed Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K Specifications Input Specifications Electronic Accuracy Measurement Resolution Excitation Current Sensor Input Display Temperature Resolution Coefficient Range Diode negative 0 V to 2 5 V 10 uA 0 05 100 uV 20 uV 160 uV 0 01 of rdg negative 0 Vto 7 5 V 10 uA 0 05 100 uV 20 uV 160 uV 0 02 of rdg PTC RTD positive 0 Q to 250 Q 1 mA x 0 3966 10 MQ 2 MQ 0 004 0 02 of rdg positive 0 Q to 500 Q 1 mA x 0 3966 10 MQ 2 MQ 0 004
177. Equation Settings Source High and Low Setpoint Latching or Non Latching and Audible On Off Actuators Display annunciator beeper and relays Relays Number 2 Contacts Normally open NO normally closed NC and common Contact Rating 30 VDC at 2 A Operation Activate relays on high or low alarms for any input or manual off on Connector Detachable terminal block Analog voltage outputs when not used as control loop 2 output Number 2 Scale User selected Update rate 20 readings per s Data source Temperature Sensor Units and Linear Equation Settings Input Source Top of Scale Bottom of Scale or Manual Range 10 V Resolution 1 25 mV Accuracy 2 5 mV Max output power 1 W Min load resistance 100 short circuit protected Source impedance 20 01 Q Digital 1 0 5 inputs and 5 outputs TTL voltage level compatible Data card PC card Type Il slot used for curve transfer setup storage and data logging General Ambient temp range 20 C to 30 C 68 F to 86 F for specified accuracy 15 C to 35 C 59 F to 95 F for reduced accuracy Power requirements 100 120 220 240 VAC 4 596 10 50 or 60 Hz 190 VA Size 432 mm W x 89 mm H x 368 mm D 17 in x 3 5 in x 14 5 in full rack 8 kg 17 6 Ib approx CE mark Weight Approval fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 340 Temperature Controller Extending Temperature Controller Heater Power It is often necessary to extend the heater
178. I AI Egn 6 V T 1 AI T R AI I where I is the current setting AI is the variation from that setting and AR RAT I The temperature error AT due to current source uncertainty AI 1S AT AR dR dT Eqn 7 R AI I dR dT AT AI 100 R dR dT where AI 100 AI I All Lake Shore resistance current sources are typically set to 0 01 For example Table 4 temperature errors for a platinum resistance sensor near room temperature due to the current source can approach 36 mK and diminish to less than 10 mK below 100 K Table 4 Equivalent Temperature Offsets for Selected Resistance Sensors at Selected Voltmeter and Current Source Uncertainties Temperature offset mK dV 0 01 dV 0 05 d1 0 01 d1 0 05 PT 100 5 5 CGR 1 1000 300 6 21021 100 9 66389 40 16 8227 4 2 964 19 CX 1050 100 40 4 2 100 40 4 2 GR 200A 1000 4 95987 0 0469 e 18 7191 0 844 981 026 451 3 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Temperature Measurement System Effect of Voltage Measurement Accuracy Diode temperature sensors The effect of voltage measurement accuracy on resultant temperature measurement is not difficult to calculate provided that diode sensitivity is known for the temperature of interest The potential temperature error AT
179. Information Magnetic Field Sensors Model number Description HGCA 3020 Cryogenic axial Hall generator HGCT 3020 Cryogenic transverse Hall generator MCA 2560 WN Cryogenic axial gaussmeter probe MCT 3160 WN Cryogenic transverse gaussmeter probe Room temperature Hall sensors also available consult Lake Shore uso IEN vse SB www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Locate Download and Order from www lakeshore com B locate Lag ne product and support information Le INE S quickly with helpful dropdown menus u NM ele R I Xia TER and improved web pages easily access application notes product overviews HEN eem technical details manuals software SC HM FE I 1 hT H a H 1J E s Eo ouium de tnm I d c news releases product registration and T se iB hme rrid d an IR CH H SO much more im ur len nbn oam mam ed mom nom omn Ine ma ror L A ILE s ust od Poth e vgtsnbhiv IH E HH US di xy h Get local dealer and representative listings customer support and repair Ee Gett services all in one comprehensive site sarmenta f pos I Download ll A NETUS helpful application notes installation Umm TUORUM instructions specifications curve loading software and manuals I CH es kt cde l H 75 bL va zia i ca Fil und lu m Tal IHl lanri Or dns Bc Kat d EEN E ER 1 megir er
180. K to 325 I T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Rox RX 102 0 1 K to 40 K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T Rox RX 103 1 4 K to 40K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T Rox RX 202 0 1 K to 40 K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T Thermocouples Type K 9006 006 3 2 Kto 1505 K Not Recommended 3464 Type E 9006 004 3 2 K to 934 K Not Recommended Chromel AuFe 0 07 9006 002 1 2 K to 610 K Not Recommended Capacitance CS 501 1 4Kto 290 K Not Recommended 3465 Diodes Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T 3468 Silicon Diode DT 670E BR 30 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 414 1 4 K to 375 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 421 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 471 SD 10 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P 1 4Kt0325K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 PL 1 4Kt0o 325K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 1 4Kto500K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T Positive Temperature 100 Platinum PT 102 3 14Kto 800K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T Coefficient RTDs 100 Platinum PT 111 14Kto6 3K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T 3468 Rhodium Iron RF 800 4 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Rhodium lron RF 100T U 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Negative Cernox CX 1010 2 K to 325 K5 T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Temperature Cernox CX 1030 HT 3 5 Kto 420 K3 T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Coefficient RTDs Cernox CX 1050 HT 4 K to 420 K368 T gt 2K amp B lt 19T 3468 Cernox CX 1070 HT 15K to420K T gt
181. KandB lt 5T Platinum NA Recommended for NA T gt 40KandB lt 2 5T Carbon Glass NA NA Recommended for T gt 2KandB lt 19T Germanium NA NA Not recommended Cernox NA NA Recommended See Appendix F for sample calculations of typical sensor performance www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 230 Series Temperature Transmitters 234 234D Output Number of outputs 1 1 1 Output type Current source isolated from power source output or sensor can be grounded but not both all models Output range 4 mA to 20 mA or 0 mA to 20 mA for 0 V to 10 V with provided 500 0 02 25 ppm resistor all models Output compliance 10 V 500 Q max load 10 V 500 Q max load 10 V 500 Q max load Output temperature ranges Range 1 0 K to 20K 0 K to 20 K 0Kto10K Range 2 0 K to 100 K 0 K to 100 K 0K to 20K Range 3 0 K to 200 K 0 K to 200 K 0 Kto 100 K Range 4 0 K to 325 K 0 K to 325 K 0 K to 200 K Range 5 0 K to 475 K 0 K to 475 K 0 K to 300 K Range 6 0 K to 1000 K 0 K to 1000 K 75 K to 325 K 4 mA to 20 mA output Output resolution Current 1 22 uA 0 006 of full scale 1 22 uA 0 006 of full scale 1 22 uA 0 006 of full scale Temperature equivalence Range 1 1 5 mK Not used 0 8 mK Range 2 7 6 mK 7 6 mK 1 5 mK Range 3 15 3 mK 15 3 mK 7 6 mK Range 4 24 8 mK 24 8 mK 15 3 mK Range 5 36 2 mK 36 2 mK 22 9 mK Range 6 76 3 mK 76 3 mK 19 1 mK Outpu
182. Q 2 4116 O K 20 8 mK 75 6 mK 91 6 mK calibration 300 K 59 467 Q 0 1727 O K 290 mK 717 mK 757 mK 420 K 45 03 Q 0 0829 Q K 604 mK 1 43 K OK Germanium GR 200A 1000 2K 6674 Q 9930 Q K 5 uK 0 3 mK 4 3 mK with 1 4D 4 2 K 1054 Q 526 O K 95 uK 10 mK 14 mK calibration 10K 170 90 38 4 Q K 1 3 mK 4 4 mK 9 4 mK 100 K 2 251 Q 0 018 Q K 2 18 K 5 61 K 5 77 K Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 4 2 K 2260 Q 2060 Q K 25 uK 0 5 mK 4 5 mK with 4L 77K 21 650 0 157 O K 319 mK 692 mK 717 mK calibration 300 K 11 99 Q 0 015 Q K 3 33 K K TAEK 6 Typical sensor sensitivities were taken from representative calibrations for the sensor listed 7 Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K Specifications Input Specifications Electronic Accuracy Measurement Resolution Sensor Input Excitation Display Temperature Range Current Resolution Coefficient Diode negative 0Vto2 5V 10 uA 0 05 100 uV 20 uV 160 uV 0 01 of rdg negative OVO OV 10 uA 0 05 100 uV 20 ON 160 ON 0 02 of rdg PTC RTD positive 0 0 to 250 0 1 mA x 0 390 10 mo 2 mo 0 004 0 02 of rdg positive 09 to 500 Q 1 mA x 0 390 10 mo 2 mo 0 004 0 02 of rdg positive 0 to 5000 Q 1 mA 0 3 100 mo 20 mo 0 06 Q 0 04 of rdg NTC RTD negative 0 O to 7500 Q 10 uA 0 05 0 1 Q 0 04 of rdg 8 Current source error has negligible effect on measurement accuracy Current source error is removed during cali
183. R none Ceramic oxynitride gold pads and 045 ir NE BC BG BG two 2 mil sapphire substrate with Au Pt Mo AR pmm i 25 mm long wires BC two 95 mil 1 553 mm O25 mm 42 AWG bare copper Ub ir 0 201 in 25 mm long wires 0 152 nm 40 028 mm Hermetic x40mg 2 gold plated copper Vacuum Chip mounted on sapphire base with L dw i Ceramic alumina body and lid Mo Mn with nickel o denm C Package SD and gold plating on base and lid General tolerance cf 20 005 In 20 127 rim up ees otherwise noted gold tin solder as hermetic lid seal 60 40 SnPb solder used to attach leads Copper 390 mg 4 phosphor bronze Helium 4 Chip mounted in a gold plated 3 008 in Canister with HML heavy build He is cylindrical copper can Package AA insulation attached with standard epoxy strain relief at Sensor near m 0 9 mii AA Package Wires with the General tolerarze o 20 005 in amp 2 227 mm Lplaes otherwise noted same color code are connected to E m the same side dd Feet 452 40 26 55 mn of the sensor Em looking at 3 048 m epoxy seal with m EUN leads toward user 10 032 am 0 203 wa General tolerance af D 005 in 40 127 mir unless othe wise noted www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Cernox RTDs PACKAGING For information on the Ordering Information USD m VISA ries packages and mounting adapters available for Cernox sensors see page 25
184. RS 232C serial port Calibration certificate MAN 340 Model 340 user manual 3003 Heater Output Conditioner The heater output conditioner is a passive filter which iens and sies Mt o DB 25 adapter further reduces the already low Model 340 heater output 2003 RJ11 to DE 9 adapter noise The typical insertion loss for the Model 3003 is 20 dB 3003 Heater output conditioner at or above line frequency and gt 40 dB at or above double 3462 2 channel card for additional standard sensors line frequency A 144 mm W x 72 mm H x 165 mm D 3464 2 channel card for thermocouple sensors 5 7 in x 2 8 in x 6 5 in panel mount enclosure houses this PM Laer Mc uk p 3468 8 channel scanner card for silicon diodes option and it weighs 1 6 kg 3 5 lb PTC and NTC RTD sensors 3507 2SH Cable assembly for 2 sensors and 1 heater 8001 340 CalCurve factory installed the breakpoint table from a Calibrated sensor stored in the instrument 8072 IEEE 488 computer interface interconnect cable assembly CAL 340 CERT Instrument calibration with certificate CAL 3462 CERT 3462 card recalibration with certificate CAL 3464 CERT 3464 card recalibration with certificate CAL 3465 CERT 3465 card recalibration with certificate CAL 3468 CERT 3468 card recalibration with certificate HTR 25 25 Q 25 W cartridge heater HTR 50 50 Q 50 W cartridge heater RM 1 Rack mounting kit mm DESS mmm mm FROM CONTROLLER TO HEATER CAUTION THIS Hi TERMI HI C ai
185. Recommended for control purposes suring method 2T 7 monotonic in C vs T to nearly room temperature Egis ial ga r6 Lt rw dace dcr e roi frequency dependent Dissipation at recommended excitation Not applicable Expected long term stability 1 0 K yr Thermal response time Minutes dominated by elec tronic setting time ae F Sp Physical Specifications Radiation effects Not available Magnetic fields See table on right dene Lead type Internal Reproducibility See shaded box on previous page for atmosphere detailed discussion CS 501GR 3 0 mm x 260 mg 2 phosphor bronze Air 8 5 mm long with heavy build polyimide attached with epoxy strain relief at sensor PACKAGING For information on SEIBIPS capacitance sensor packaging see page 25 Ordering Information Capacitance Sensor Uncalibrated sensor Specify model number CS 501GR Model number CS 501GR Accessories suggested for installation see Accessories section for full descriptions Stycast epoxy VGE 7031 varnish Apiezon grease Phosphor bronze wire 90 Pb 10 Sn solder Manganin wire Indium solder CryoCable Te HLF o h rie To add length to sensor leads SMOD see page 28 See the appendices for a detailed description of Self heating Installation Uncalibrated sensors SoftCal Calibrated sensors CalCurve option Sensor packages www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818
186. Remote inhibit input Type TTL or contact closure Connector Shared 25 pin D sub Trigger input Type TTL or contact closure Connector Shared 25 pin D sub General Ambient temperature 15 C to 35 C Cooling air cooled with internal 2 speed fan Warm up 30 minutes at output current setting Line power 100 120 220 240 VAC 6 10 single phase 50 or 60 Hz 850 VA Size 483 mm W x 178 mm H x 520 mm D 19 in x 7 in x 20 5 in rack mount integrated rack mount ears Weight 21 2 kg 60 Ib Approval pending CE mark low voltage compliance to EN6101 0 3 EMC compliance to EN55022 1 Calibration schedule 1 year Ordering Information Part number Description 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply 625 DUAL Two Model 625s one 6263 dual supply interconnect cable kit Select a power configuration VAC 100 B Instrument configured for 100 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 B Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 BC Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord and universal European power cord and fuses for 220 240 setting extra charge for this option VAC 220 C Instrument configured for 220 VAC with European power cord VAC 240 C Instrument configured for 240 VAC with European power cord Other country line cords available consult Lake Shore Accessories included 6271 Model 625 user manual 6241 Two front handles 6242 Two rear handles protectors 6243 Output shorting bar and terminal fasteners
187. Robustness Compatibility with harsh environments magnetic fields ionizing radiation ultra high vacuum UHV vibration mechanical shock thermal shock temperatures above 323 K Easily measured signal Compatibility with sources of error e thermal EMFs e self heating e noise pickup High sensitivity High accuracy High repeatability long and short term Low power dissipation Interchangeability Ease of use Low cost Available accessories Available instrumentation The use of the terms accuracy and uncertainty throughout this catalog are used in the more general and conventional sense as opposed to following the strict metrological definitions For more information see Appendix B Accuracy versus Uncertainty 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Unfortunately you can t have it all in one sensor The most stable and accurate temperature sensors are very large have slow response times and are extremely fragile The sensors with the highest sensitivity and resolution have the smallest range Choosing the appropriate sensor for a particular application necessitates prioritizing the requirements for that application The sensors described in this catalog are manufactured for the rigors of cryogenic environments and are designed with specific applications in mind For much of its 35 year history Lake Shore has focused on cryogenic sensors used for the precise measurement of temperatures from near absolute ze
188. S Scott Courts Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 41 edited by P Kittel Plenum Press NY 1996 pp 1699 1706 Presented at CEC 1995 Columbus OH Thermal Response Times of Some Cryogenic Thermometers D Linenberge E Spellicy and R Radebaugh American Institute of Physics 1982 Use of Cooled IR Sources Improves Detector Calibration Jeff Bergen Photonics Spectra September 1991 Laurin Publishing Co fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 218 Appendix J Application Notes and Sensor Installation Instructions Sensor Installation Instructions download at www lakeshore com Silicon Diode Temperature Sensors DT 414 Unencapsulated Silicon Diode DT 421 HR Silicon Diode DT 470 471 670 BO Package Silicon Diode DT 470 471 670 CO Package Silicon Diode DT 470 471 670 CU and DI Package Silicon Diode DT 470 471 670 CY Package Silicon Diode DT 470 471 670 ET and MT Package Silicon Diode DT 470 471 670 LR Package Silicon Diode DT 470 471 670 SD Package Silicon Diode DT 670 Standard Curve SoftCal and DT 470 Series Temperature Sensors GaAlAs Diode Temperature Sensors TG 120 Series Sensor Calibration Report Description TG 120 CO Package GaAlAs Diode TG 120 CU Package GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P Package GaAlAs Diode TG 120 PL Package GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD Package GaAlAs Diode Cernox Temperature Sensors CX 10XX AA Package Cernox Resistance CX 10XX BO Package Cernox Resistance CX 10XX CO Pa
189. T Cernox CX 1030 normal or HT T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT 0 1 21389 558110 2 70 0 3 21912 357490 3 43 0 2 4401 6 38756 1 76 0 4 13507 89651 2 65 0 3 2322 4 10788 1 39 0 5 1855 7 34613 2 20 0 4 1604 7 4765 9 1 19 1 2395 3265 2 1 39 0 5 1248 2 2665 2 1 08 1 4 1540 1 1264 9 1 15 1 662 43 514 88 0 78 2 1058 4 509 26 0 96 1 4 518 97 251 77 0 68 d 140 78 199 11 0 81 2 413 26 124 05 0 60 4 2 574 20 97 344 0 71 9 320 95 58 036 0 53 6 451 41 48 174 0 64 4 2 211 32 32 209 0 49 10 33107 19 042 0 57 6 234 44 17 816 0 46 20 225 19 6 258 0 56 10 187 11 8 063 0 43 30 179 12 3 453 0 58 20 138 79 3 057 0 44 40 151 29 2 249 0 59 30 115 38 1 819 0 47 50 132 34 1 601 0 61 40 100 32 1 252 0 50 T35 101 16 0 820 0 63 50 89 551 0 929 0 52 100 85 940 0 552 0 64 17 35 70 837 0 510 0 56 150 65 864 0 295 0 67 100 61 180 0 358 0 59 200 04 228 0 184 0 68 150 47 782 0 202 0 63 200 46 664 0 124 0 67 200 39 666 0 130 0 66 300 41 420 0 088 0 64 200 34 236 0 090 0 66 390 37 621 0 065 0 61 300 30 392 0 065 0 65 400 34 779 0 050 0 57 Cernox sensors do not follow a standard response curve the listed values are 420 33 839 0 045 0 55 OPi DU CGI VR WIARE CONSI LONG OMONE EE Cernox sensors do not follow a sta
190. T LR MT DT 414 Unencapsulated Silicon Diodes The Model DT 414 uses the DT 400 bare chip Silicon Diode mounted on a flat substrate This chip level sensor offers minimal thermal mass and minimal physical size Die attachment is with silver epoxy and the chip is unencapsulated leaving the fragile SES gold wires exposed nu Ar cell A A JC jn dE Sg CH ghi ck GU OH tampana tc Au ein 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 The Lake Shore SD Package The Most Rugged Versatile Package in the Industry The SD package with direct sensor to sapphire base mounting hermetic seal and brazed Kovar leads provides the industry s most rugged versatile sensors with the best sample to chip connection Designed so heat coming down the leads bypasses the chip it can survive several thousand hours at 500 K depending on model and is compatible with most ultra high vacuum applications It can be indium soldered to samples If desired the SD package is also available without Kovar leads DT 421 Miniature Silicon Diode The DT 421 miniature Silicon Diode temperature sensor is configured for installation on flat surfaces The DT 421 sensor package exhibits precise monotonic temperature response over its useful range The sensor chip is in direct contact with the epoxy dome which causes increased voltage at 4 2 K and prevents full range Curve 10 conformity For use al below 20 K calibration oc is required
191. TDs Rhodium Iron RTDs Capacitance Temperature Sensors Thermocouple Wire Cryogenic Hall Generators and Probes Instruments Instrument Selection Guide Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge Model 340 Temperature Controller Model 332 Temperature Controller Model 331 Temperature Controller Model 321 Temperature Controller Model 218 Temperature Monitor Model 211 Temperature Monitor 230 Series Temperature Transmitters Monitors 100 Series Current Sources Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 134 135 139 142 145 146 147 148 154 156 166 179 188 197 200 207 210 216 222 224 225 228 230 614 891 2244 Accessories Cryogenic Accessories Wire Cable Solder Epoxy Grease Varnish Miscellaneous Accessories Appendices Appendix A Overview of Thermometry Appendix B Sensor Characteristics Appendix C Sensor Packaging and Installation Appendix D Sensor Calibration Accuracies Appendix E Temperature Measurement System Appendix F PID Temperature Control Appendix G Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Appendix H Common Units and Conversions Appendix I Cryogenic Reference Tables Appendix J Application Notes and Sensor Installation Instructions ustomer Service Ordering Information Lake Shore Limited Warranty Sales Offices Magnetic and Electronic Specialty Catalogs Index Index fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 6 Introduc
192. TENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT WILL LAKE SHORE OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AFFILIATES OR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES INCLUDING LOST PROFIT LOST DATA OR DOWNTIME COSTS ARISING OUT OF THE USE INABILITY TO USE OR RESULT OF USE OF THE PRODUCT WHETHER BASED IN WARRANTY CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER OR NOT LAKE SHORE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Your use of the Product is entirely at your own risk Some countries states and provinces do not allow the exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation may not apply to you EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW THE TERMS OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY STATEMENT DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THE PRODUCT TO YOU www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sales Offices North America United States Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Tel 614 891 2244 Fax 614 818 1600 e mail sales lakeshore com West Coast Sales CA OR and WA Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Long Beach CA Contact Vaden West Tel 562 366 9382 e mail vwest lakeshore com Western Region Sales AK AZ CO HI ID MT NM NV UT WA and WY Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc
193. Temperature Measurement and Control Catalog SIE Ede mug mue wig Cu Bue ue Cryogenic Sensors Instruments and Accessories akeShore A Message trom the CEO Welcome to the new Temperature Measurement and Control Catalog from Lake Shore Cryotronics This catalog features technical data performance characteristics product descriptions and a comprehensive reference section It is designed to assist you our valued customer in finding the most appropriate solution to your specific cryogenic applications As you browse through our catalog I invite you to spend some time with the New Products and Specialty Catalogs sections You will see the results of our commitment to provide innovative cryogenic and magnetic sensors and instruments Featured products include silicon diode and low temperature Cernox sensors temperature controllers an AC resistance bridge and a Superconducting magnet power supply To make it easier for you to work with us we provide detailed technical information in our catalog and on our website For a more in depth discussion about your needs Lake Shore stands ready with a trained international distribution network staffed with knowledgeable engineers and scientists For over 35 years Lake Shore has served the international research community whose application needs require high performance measurement and control of cryogenic temperatures We are committed to our ISO 9001 quality syst
194. The last column gives the difference in millikelvin 0 001 K between the measured value and the calculated value A root mean square RMS deviation is given as an indication of the overall quality of the fit and as an indication of the accuracy with which the equation represents the calibration data Chebychev polynomial fits are provided for all resistance temperature sensor calibrations Cubic Spline Fit Some device types e g GaAlAs diode thermometers have either a fine structure that is undesirably smoothed by a Chebycheb polynomial fit or else a rapidly varying response with temperature For these devices a cubic spline fit is provided A cubic spline fit creates a cubic equation for each interval between calibration points At each calibration point the method requires that the cubic equations on either side of the calibration point match in value first derivative slope and second derivative curvature at the calibration point For this fit method a table is provided listing temperature T forward voltage V and curvature C for each calibration point In use the voltage V is measured at the unknown temperature T Using the provided table the bracketing calibration points V k and V k 1 are determined and the following quantities are defined dV V k 1 V k dT 1 k 1 1 k dx V V k Egn 5 from which S 0 T k Eqn 6 S 1 dT dV dV 2 C k C k 1 6 Eqn 7 S 2 C k 2 and Eqn 8 3 C k 1 C k 6 d
195. UA E EAA nut SM ae ae P E opt ibi icr PC _ E DIS Za reri T Physical Specifications M mrmE khat r ALTTI 12747 TES Garde rane rrii type atmosphere used 2 PT 111 PT 102 250 mg 2 platinum Solid Platinum winding partially supported by a P high temperature alumina powder inside a ii aerar eid PT 103 120 mg 2 platinum Solid ceramic tube platinum lead wires i PT 111 52mg 2 platinum coated Solid One platinum band wound onto a glass tube nickel which is protected from the environment by a layer of glaze platinum coated nickel lead wires ah CR a LER eh p 23 263b i 2810 mp iaa Z2 E oz nx www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 60 Sensors Platinum RTDs aae For information on i 1 JEHUNS the different platinum Orde Js Information p Uncalibrated sensor Specify the model number in the left column only for example PT 103 sensors see page 25 Calibrated sensor Add the calibration range suffix code to the end of the model number for example PT 103 14L Platinum RTD Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end D 100 K L 325 K H 500 K J 800 K Model number l 14L PT 102 l E PT 102 AL E PT 103 B PT 103 AM o Bl Ww e K PT 111 DR ADD LN Matching PT sensors to 0 1 K at 77
196. V are derived Eqn 9 Finally the temperature is calculated as T S 0 S 1 dx S 2 dx S 3 dx Eqn 10 A major difference between the Chebychev polynomial fit and the cubic spline fit is that the cubic spline fit provides no smoothing The curve fit produced by this method passes through each calibration point exactly so there are no error terms to report www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Sensor Calibration Accuracies 5 Interpolation Table A complete interpolation table is provided over the calibration range of the sensor This table lists the temperature the resistance resistance sensors or voltage diode sensors the sensitivity dR dT or dV dT and in the case of resistors a normalized dimensionless sensitivity d log R d logT T R dR dT The interpolation table lists resistance or voltage as a function of temperature which is the reverse of the curve fit which gives temperature as a function of sensor units A cubic spline routine is used to calculate the resistance or voltage at a predetermined set of temperatures For resistors the interpolation table is calculated from the smoothed data produced by the Chebychev curve fit For diodes however the interpolation table is calculated from the raw data in order to maintain the fine structure of the sensors temperature response Consequently slight differences between the polynomial equations and the interpolation table a
197. WEE Re A Electrons the majority carrier most often used in practice drift in the conductor when under the influence of an external driving electric field When exposed to a magnetic field these moving charged particles experience a force perpendicular to both the velocity and magnetic field vectors This force causes the charging of the edges of the conductor one side positive with respect to the other This edge charging sets up an electric field which exerts a force on the moving electrons equal and opposite to that caused by the magnetic field related Lorentz force The voltage potential across the width of the conductor is called the Hall voltage This Hall voltage can be utilized in practice by attaching two electrical contacts to the sides of the conductor Ic green or black The Hall voltage can be given by the expression V y B sind where V Hall voltage mV Y Magnetic sensitivity mV kG at a fixed current B Magnetic field flux density kG Angle between magnetic flux vector and the plane of Hall generator As can be seen from the formula above the Hall voltage varies with the angle of the sensed magnetic field reaching a maximum when the field is perpendicular to the plane of the Hall generator Using a Hall Generator A Hall generator is a 4 lead device The control current 1 leads are normally attached to a current source such as the Lake Shore Model 120CS The Model 120CS provides several fixe
198. a few known temperature reference points 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Temperature Control Control software in the Model 321 compares the measured value of the control sensor to the desired control setpoint and acts with the three term PID function to minimize the difference Control parameters can be entered manually or the Autotuning feature of the Model 321 can automate the tuning process Two heater ranges with the high providing 25 W and the low 2 5 W allow for a variety of cryogenic cooling systems The power output of the Model 321 is a quiet variable DC current ensuring as little noise coupling as possible between the heater and experiment The setpoint ramp feature allows smooth continuous changes in setpoint and can also make the approach to a setpoint temperature more predictable The zone feature can automatically change control parameter values for operation over a large temperature range Values for ten different temperature zones can be loaded into the instrument which will select the next appropriate value on setpoint change e mail info lakeshore com 9 Line input assembly Heater output l da AHUSLDE OUTST ma o Model 321 Temperature Controller Analog output Sensor inputs Serial RS 232C interface Sensor Selection Sensor Temperature Range sensors sold separately Interface The built in serial interface provides remote access to data and stored
199. a from either input may be assigned to any of the four locations The user s choice of temperature sensor units maximum minimum or linear equation results can be displayed Heater range and control output as current or power can also be continuously displayed numerically or as a bar graph for immediate feedback on control operation Model 332 Temperature Controller Normal Default Display Configuration The display provides four reading locations Readings from each input and the control setpoint can be expressed in any combination of temperature or sensor units with heater output expressed as a percent of full scale current or power LI E i LI LI IN i CLT Flexible Configuration Reading locations can be configured by the user to meet application needs The character preceding the reading indicates input A or B or setpoint S The character following the reading indicates measurement units or the math function in use Sensor Selection Sensor Temperature Range sensors sold separately bid ee Silicon diodes are the best choice for general Diodes Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 14Kto500K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T cryogenic use from 1 4 K to above room Silicon Diode DT 670E BR 30 Kto 500K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T temperature Diodes are economical to use EN Ki AEE Een becuse they flaw a standard ave and ar Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 14K
200. able Type C SC SS Ultra miniature coaxial cable is Normal attenuation dB m B Very flexible for use when a strong and flexible cable is needed Type C and SC are 1 MHz Lo iex Im recommended when low conductor 9 MHz B Available in three resistance is a prime consideration E Go configurations Type SC and type SS are mechanically 20 wie C solid copper center the most flexible due to their braided 50 MHz Eon cio EE d construction Type SS is recommended bs ike SC ae for use when both shielding and low z aluminized polyester shield thermal losses are important us SC stranded copper 5 GHz conductors P ud i M ee Type C has a bandwidth to at least 3 GHz SS C SC and SR see page 139 above that the aluminum polyester becomes a less effective shield SS stranded 304 stainless steel conductors Thermal Conductivity of Copper Units are W m K Ordering Information Ak Part number Description RRR 20 122 719 870 502 CC C 25 Solid copper 7 6 m 25 ft RRR 100 460 2460 2070 533 397 CC C 50 Solid copper 15 m 50 ft CC C 100 Solid copper 30 m 100 ft CC C 500 Solid copper 152 m 500 ft CC SC 25 Stranded copper 7 6 m 25 ft R CC SC 50 Stranded copper 15 m 50 ft TI RRR CC SC 100 Stranded copper 30 m 100 ft m CC SC 500 Stranded copper 152 m 500 ft CC SS 25 Stranded stainless 7 6 m 25 ft CC SS 50 Stranded stainless 15 m 50 ft CC SS 100 Stranded s
201. able consult Lake Shore VAC 220 VAC 240 Accessories included 106 009 106 233 106 739 Heater output connector dual banana jack sensor input mating connector 6 pin DIN plugs Terminal block 8 pin Calibration certificate MAN 331 Model 331 user manual Options and accessories 4005 1 m 3 3 ft long IEEE 488 GPIB computer interface cable assembly includes extender required for simultaneous use of IEEE cable and relay terminal block CalCurve factory installed the breakpoint table from a calibrated sensor stored in the instrument extra charge for additional sensor curves CalCurve field installed the breakpoint table from a calibrated sensor loaded into a nonvolatile memory for customer installation Instrument recalibration with certificate Instrument recalibration with certificate and data Kit for mounting one 1 2 rack temperature controller in a 482 6 mm 19 in rack 90 mm 3 5 in high Kit for mounting two 1 2 rack temperature controllers in a 482 6 mm 19 in rack 135 mm 5 25 in high 8001 331 8002 05 331 CAL 331 CERT CAL 331 DATA RM 2 RM 2 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 106 Instruments Model 321 Temperature Controller Model 321 Temperature Controller Features BI Operates down to 1 2 K with appropriate sensor Lakeshore Tussgsralure Donirnlar BI One sensor input Kat Tampsesnum Meier Range we mr es
202. ade concerning the optimum temperature range for using these devices GR 200A 30 0 05 K to 1 0 K GR 200A 50 0 10 K to 1 2 K GR 200A 100 0 3 K to 1 6 K GR 200A 250 0 5 K to 2 0 K The upper temperature listed is the approximate temperature where a 0 1 resistance measurement translates into the equivalent temperature uncertainty of 1 mK Increasingly better temperature resolution is achievable at lower temperatures At the lowest temperature listed the resistance of the sensor will fall in the range of approximately 1 kQ to 100 kQ In general do not purchase a device which has a lower temperature limit than required since some sensitivity dR dT will be sacrificed at the higher temperatures For example a GR 200A 100 will have more sensitivity at 1 K than either a GR 200A 50 or a GR 200A 30 Internal Materials atmosphere used GR 200A 395 mg 4 color coded Helium 4 He Doped germanium chip mounted AA package phosphor bronze at 2500 Q strain free in a gold plated with heavy build air at 500 Q cylindrical copper can polyimide attached with epoxy strain relief at sensor GR 200B 197 mg 4 color coded Helium 4 He Doped germanium chip mounted B package phosphor bronze 2500 Q strain free in a gold plated with heavy build air at 500 Q cylindrical copper can polyimide attached with epoxy strain relief at sensor www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1
203. ailable for use with carbon glass sensors see page 25 To add length to sensor leads SMOD see page 28 See the appendices for a detailed description of Self heating Installation Uncalibrated sensors Calibrated sensors CalCurve Sensor packages Carbon Glass RTDs Ordering Information Uncalibrated sensor Specify the model number in the left column only for example CGR 1 500 Calibrated sensor Add the calibration range suffix code to the end of the model number for example CGR 1 500 1 4L Carbon Glass RTD Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end B 40 K D 100 K L 325 K Model number CGR 1 500 CGR 1 1000 CGR 1 2000 CGR 1 500 CD CGR 1 1000 CD CGR 1 2000 CD In standard AA package Accessories available for sensors Accessories suggested for installation SN CO C1 CO style sensor clamps for SD package see Accessories section for full descriptions ECRIT Expanded interpolation table otycast epoxy 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM Apiezon grease COC SEN Certificate of conformance Indium solder VGE 7031 varnish Phosphor bronze wire Manganin wire oo eo www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Features M Recognized as a Secondary Standard Thermometer B High sensitivity provides
204. akeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Characteristics Sensor Packages and Characteristics Sensor type packages Temperature range Physical size Typical Dimensionless Sensitivity S 1 low high 4 2K 20 K 77 4 K 295 K DT 670 SD 14K 500K 1 08mmhigh x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mmlong 37 mg 0 01 0 08 0 26 0 13 1 19 7 5 DT 670E BR 30K 500K 0 178 mm x 0 432 mm x 0 406 mm 72 ug 0 01 0 08 0 26 0 13 1 19 S DT 414 14K 375K 0 5 mm high x 0 635 mm x 1 524 mm long 3 mg 0 01 0 09 0 29 0 15 1 3 S DT 421 14K 325K 0 762 mm high x 1 27 mm dia 23 mg 0 01 0 09 0 29 0 15 1 3 DT 470 SD 14K 500K 1 08 mm high x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mm long 37 mg 0 01 0 09 0 20 0 15 1 3 11 6 DT 471 SD 10 K 500 K 1 08 mm high x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mm long 37 mg 0 29 0 15 1 3 11 6 24 TG 120 P 14K 325K 2 794 mm long x 3 048 mm dia 79 mg 0 03 0 19 0 77 0 07 0 9 4 0 E S T6 120 PL 14K 325K 13352 03175 mm long x 1 333 0 3175 mm thick 20 mg 0 03 0 19 0 77 0 07 0 9 4 0 SS 1TG 120 SD 14K 500K 1 08mmhigh x 1 905 mm wide x 3 175 mmlong 38mg 0 03 0 19 0 77 0 07 0 9 4 0 CX 1010 BC 01K 325K 0 152 0 025mm x 0 940 mm x 1 143 mm 3 0mg 0 68 0 49 0 44 0 56 0 65 CX 1010 SD 01K 325K 1 08 mm high x 1
205. alibrate commercial thermometers Each step introduces an uncertainty which depends on the instrumentation used in the calibration and the specific temperature dependent characteristics of the sensor type calibrated Other considerations such as calibration block uniformity and stability must also be accounted for As a result the calibration accuracy varies with both temperature range and sensor type Table 3 summarizes the uncertainties associated with the raw data for Lake Shore calibrations Note The values are the expanded uncertainty based upon a 95 2 confidence limit with respect to ITS 90 In practice however the uncertainty of subsequent measurements performed with a calibrated sensor should include an additional uncertainty related to the short term reproducibility of the sensor A summary of total calibration uncertainty for selected Lake Shore sensors at specific temperatures is given in Table 5 Errors in each case are expressed in millikelvin deviation from ITS 90 or PLTS 2000 The values in this table reflect the combination of all calibration uncertainties and the short term reproductibility upon temperature cycling It should be noted that at a given temperature uncertainties are highest for sensors with lowest normalized sensitivity 1 R dR dT or T R dR dT due to the low signal to noise ratio Table 3 Calibration Uncertainty for Lake Shore Calibration for Selected Sensors
206. all European countries not listed Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Contact Nelson Chen Tel 614 891 2243 Ext 107 Fax 614 818 1600 e mail nchen lakeshore com e mail info lakeshore com 228 Customer Service Magnetic and Electronic Specialty Catalogs Magnetic and Electronic Specialty Catalogs Lake Shore combined the technical advantages of digital signal processing DSP with over a decade of experience in precision magnetic field measurements to produce the first commercial DSP based Hall effect gaussmeter the Model 475 Creating a solid foundation for accurate stable and repeatable field measurement DSP technology also enables the gaussmeter to offer an unequaled set of useful measurement features The Model 475 is intended for the most demanding DC and AC applications and in many cases can provide the functions of two or more instruments in a field measurement system Designed for use across a wide range of applications in science and industry Lake Shore gaussmeters offer the easiest flux density measurement the most stable readings and the highest resolution of Hall effect gaussmeters on the market today The Lake Shore Electromagnetic Field Meters are designed for low magnitude high volume AC field measurements Lake Shore also offers over a hundred standard transverse and axial Hall probes across a measurement range from 10 G to 300 kG for use with Lak
207. ally this scale is maintained on a set of germanium and rhodium iron resistance thermometers calibrated at the U S National Institute of Standards and Technology Great Britain s National Physical Laboratory or Germany s Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt PTB Working standard thermometers are calibrated against and routinely intercompared with these secondary standards along with a nuclear orientation thermometer and superconducting fixed points sets Calibration Method Lake Shore performs comparison calibrations measuring the resistance or forward voltage of both the sensor under test and the working standard thermometer All measurements are performed in a four lead fashion to eliminate lead resistance The sensors to be calibrated are mounted along with appropriate known standards in a copper block designed to accommodate a variety of sensor styles This block is enclosed within a quasi adiabatic copper radiation shield which in turn is thermally isolated within an outer vacuum jacket www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc B Polynominal fit equation and fit comparisons temperature as a function of resistance or voltage E Interpolation table resistance or voltage as a 614 891 2244 WR Breakpoint interpolation table Instrument breakpoint table Constant temperature of the block is achieved by an appropriately mounted heater and precision temperature controller The electrical mechanical and thermal des
208. an Republic of China Contact C H Huang Tel 886 2 22198008 Fax 886 2 22198266 e mail info lihyuan com tw www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Sales Offices India Con Serv Enterprises B 203 Ani Raj Tower Near GKW L B S Road Bhandup W Mumbai 400 078 Contact Dr D K Navalkele Tel Fax 91 22 25948607 e mail conserv vsnl com Japan Toyo Corporation 1 6 Yaesu 1 chome Chuo ku Tokyo 103 8284 Japan Tel 81 3 3279 0771 Fax 81 3 5205 2030 General information mizuta toyo co jp Temperature hasegawa toyo co jp Magnetics kawauchi toyo co jp For Hall Effect Systems in Japan Sanyo Trading Co Ltd 2 11 5F Kanda Nishikicho Chiyoda ku Tokyo Japan 101 0054 Contact Kent Fujiyasu Tel 81 3 3233 5841 Fax 81 3 3233 5945 e mail k fujiyasu sanyo trading co jp Malaysia APP Systems Services Pte Ltd 11 Toh Guan Road East 03 01 APP Enterprise Building Singapore 608603 Contact Sebastian Yeo Tel 6425 6611 Fax 6560 6616 e mail sebastian yeo appsystems com sg S Korea ASK Corporation RM 1702 Anyang Trade Center 1107 Bisan dong Dongan Ku Anyang City Kyunggi do Korea 431 817 Contact Henry Kim Tel 82 31 451 5600 Fax 82 31 451 5605 e mail ask askcorp co kr 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Thailand Singapore APP Systems Services Pte Ltd 11 Toh Guan Road East 03 01 APP Enterprise Building Singapore 608603 Contact Sebastian Yeo
209. an order of magnitude over sensitivities at higher temperatures The slope dV dI of the I V curves Table 2 stays relatively constant Both characteristics further reduce the effect of any change in forward bias current on temperature measurement accuracy Table 2 Approximate dV dI Values for the DT 470 Sensor Approximate dV dI Q Table 3 Equivalent Temperature Offsets for the DT 470 Diode Temperature Sensors at Selected Current Source Uncertainties Temperature offset mK d1 0 05 di 0 1 Lake Shore diode current sources are typically set to 10 pA 0 1 or better and have a low pass filter to minimize the effect of AC pickup in the current leads Resultant errors due to current source inaccuracy are on the order of 10 mK or less for diode sensors If the output from a current source is not precisely 10 uA the resultant error in temperature can be calculated using this relationship between the dV dT and dV dI values dV dI dV dT AI Eqn 5 Note dV dI and dV dT values are derived at the same temperature T In the above expression R dV dI and R V I are the dynamic and static resistances of the temperature sensor Note that the dynamic and static resistances of an ohmic sensor are equal Results shown in Table 3 Resistance temperature sensors for resistance sensors an error in current measurement is inversely related to the resultant measurement error of resistance R AR V
210. and easy integration for benchtop and systems applications from 1 4 K to over 1000 K The Model 331 has two sensor inputs and p be ep p m Ad supports diodes NTC RTDs PTC RTDs and thermocouple sensors The Model 331 is 3 S i SE mmm available in two versions the Model 331S and Model 331E The Model 331S has two B e i PID control loops with heater outputs of 50 W and 1 W The Model 331S also includes RS 232C and IEEE 488 interfaces and relays The Model 331E has one PID control loop with 50 W heater output and an RS 232C interface wi al al Model 211 Temperature Monitor The Model 211 provides the accuracy resolution and interface features of a benchtop instrument in an easy to use compact instrument The Model 211 supports diodes NTC RTDs and PTC RTDs and with the appropriate sensor the Model 211 measures from 1 4 K to 800 K Temperature measurements are available in K C F V and Q Alarms relays user configurable analog voltage or current output and a serial interface are included The Model 211 along with the Model 218 8 channel Temperature Monitor replace Lake Shore Models 200 201 208 818 and 819 X See plua tcs sid Tauco MuE Muy Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply The Model 625 offers a linear rather than a switch mode output stage to minimize noise and ripple The Model 625 can deliver up to 60 A at a compliance voltage of 5 V with the supply acting as either a source
211. anical properties such as abrasion resistance and flexibility The film will withstand excessive elongation without rupture when stressed during winding Formvar has a tendency to craze upon contact with solvents such as toluol naptha and xylol It should be given an annealing preheat prior to varnish application The Formvar insulation can be removed mechanically or chemically during terminal preparation Phosphor bronze wire is readily available in multifilar form with 2 or 4 wires In bifilar form the wires are twisted to minimize noise pickup In quadfilar form the wires are either straight or 2 twisted pairs twisted together The latter form is most useful for standard 4 lead measurements The wires are bonded together for ease in heat sinking while the twisting helps minimize noise pickup Straight Quad Lead wire can be bonded together with the help of VGE 7031 varnish The bonding agent is soluble in alcohol Other types of common cryogenic wires include nichrome wire which has a very high electrical resistivity making it excellent for heater windings Ultra miniature flexible coaxial cables with 304 stainless steel or copper conductors are available for providing shielded leads when necessary For low resistance heavy duty lead wires and multifilar silver plated twisted copper wire are available Constantan wire is another copper alloy having just a little more copper content than manganin As such its resistivity is a little lower
212. ape and tubing G 10 Mylar epoxies varnishes cigarette paper used under VGE 7031 varnish and greases The most common varnish for cryogenic work is VGE 7031 varnish It has good chemical resistance bonds to a variety of materials and has a fast tack time It may be air dried or baked VGE 7031 varnish is compatible with cotton Dacron polyester fiber nylon glass tapes laminates Mylar9 polyester film mica products polyester products vinyl products wire enamels paints rayon plastics and metals The solvents in VGE 7031 varnish will attack Formvar insulation causing it to craze but in most cases this will not be a problem after drying thoroughly Stycast 2850FT and GT are composed of a black epoxy resin filled with silica powder to give them a lower thermal expansion coefficient The FT is roughly matched to copper while the GT is roughly matched to brass The result is a material that is very strong adheres well to metals and tolerates brief exposure up to 200 C for soldering The drawbacks are that it is essentially unmachinable has a non negligible magnetic susceptibility and a temperature dependent dielectric constant at low temperatures and is somewhat permeable to helium at room temperature Another useful insulator is Kapton tape It is a polyimide tape with a thin coating of Teflon FEP on either or both sides of the film to provide adhesion The principal advantages of this severed tape insulation
213. ape or epoxy if a vacuum seal is important Finish Fused tin over cadmium Ordering Information Part number Description VFT19 19 pin vacuum feedthrough VFT19 F 19 pin vacuum feedthrough in flange VFT19 FMC Mating adapter for mounting VFT19 F to 3 8 NPT hole pipe feedthrough Mating connector plug to VFT19 and VFT19 F EECH VFT19 MC Specifications Temperature range 4 2 K to 373 K 269 C to 100 C Current 1 A at 100 VDC Insertion force 227 g 8 oz per pin Dimensions 5 1 mm wide x 27 9 mm long 0 2 in wide x 1 1 in long Hole diameter 0 8 mm 0 03125 in Hole spacing 2 5 mm 0 1 in between holes 1 amp 2 and 3 amp 4 15 2 mm 0 6 in between holes 1 amp 4 and 2 amp 3 Mating connector Black thermoplastic Sockets Phosphor bronze with gold over nickel Socket diameter 0 41 mm to 0 51 mm 0 016 in to 0 020 in square Socket depth 2 03 mm to 6 35 mm 0 080 in to 0 25 in Ordering Information Part number Description 700RSH 4 lead resistance sample holder and mating connector 200 cycle minimum when used below room temperature e ER eo e mail info lakeshore com 150 Accessories Miscellaneous Accessories Cartridge Heaters 6 248 mm x 0 076 mm Lake Shore cartridge heaters can be used with all of our B Precisi EMI 0 246 in 0 003 in temperature controllers Heaters have wattage ratings in dead el Ms air In cryogenic applications these cartridge heaters can handle
214. ar is rated to 3525 Note At Lake Shore we strip both Formvar VAC for 32 AWG 2525 VAC for 36 AWG and polyimide mechanically using an Eraser Rush Model RT 2 mechanical stripper Single Strand Cryogenic Wire SL 32 SL 36 BI Phosphor bronze wire Lake Shore non magnetic NM single lead SL wire is a phosphor bronze W Non ferromagnetic CuSnP alloy wire This wire has a Ordering Information Nd relatively low temperature dependence Part number Description ud of its resistance from room temperature WSL 32 100 32 AWG 30 m 100 ft to helium temperatures WSL 32 250 32 AWG 76 m 250 ft B 32 and 36 AWG i P WSL 36 500 36 AWG 152 m 500 ft EE E SL 32 can be used for sensor installations B Polyimide insulation requiring stronger and more rugged leads uso ER ve SS SL 32 SL 36 wire is recommended for general sensor installation Formvar insulation clear SL 36 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Duo Twist Cryogenic Wire DI 32 DI 36 Quad Twist Cryogenic Wire QT 36 Quad Lead Cryogenic Wire QL 32 QL 36 B Phosphor bronze wire BI Four color coded leads B Polyimide insulation www lakeshore com Phosphor bronze wire Non ferromagnetic Single twisted pair 2 wires Color coded cathode green anode clear Minimizes pickup noise 32 and 36 AWG Polyimide insulation Phosphor bronze
215. are a number of fluxes that are used with these solders Rosin Mildly Activated RMA soldering flux is an electronic grade rosin flux typically used for soldering wires to temperature sensors Keep Clean flux is a mild acid flux used when RMA flux is not effective It is strong enough to clean the oxidation off the surface and the solder to promote a good joint It is very useful in situations where joints are repeatedly made and broken Stay Clean flux is a corrosive acid flux used when neither of the above are useful It is commonly used with stainless steel and platinum Due to its highly corrosive nature it must be cleaned off with methanol or water or it will continue to corrode the material Stay Silv9 flux is a high temperature flux for use with high temperature solders such as silver solder It is not useful on aluminum magnesium or titanium It is often difficult to make electrical connection to many of the materials used for electrical leads in cryogenic applications These lead materials include Kovar copper gold phosphor bronze manganin constantan platinum stainless steel and nichrome Soldering these materials can be problematic The small diameter wire complicates the problem by making it difficult to heat the wire uniformly allowing the solder to flow Choosing a proper flux and solder for the wire is crucial to making a reliable electrical connection with minimal effort Most of the sensors shipped by Lake Shore have un
216. arge GR series 42 9 to 20 30 to 55 60 to 75 orientation dependent temperature effect 10 4 to 15 25 to 60 60 to 75 20 3 to 20 15 to 35 50 to 80 Chromel AuFe 0 0796 10 3 20 30 Data taken with entire thermocouple in field 49 1 5 7 cold junction at 4 2 K errors in hot junction 100 0 1 0 8 Type E Thermocouples 10 1 3 P Useful when T 2 10 K Chromel Constantan 20 1 2 4 E Refer to notes for Chromel AuFe 0 0796 455 1 1 2 Sensor type T K Er Notes Silicon Diodes 4 2 200 900 350 400 500 Strongly orientation dependent Junction parallel to field 20 10 20 29 30 40 DT series 40 4 6 8 10 12 60 0 5 1 2 3 3 5 80 0 1 0 5 0 8 1 1 1 5 300 lt 0 1 lt 0 1 lt 0 1 lt 0 lt 0 Silicon Diodes 4 2 8 9 11 15 20 Strongly orientation dependent Junction perpendicular to field 20 9 9 9 10 DT series 40 1 5 3 4 5 60 0 5 1 2 3 80 0 1 0 3 0 5 0 6 300 0 1 0 2 0 5 0 6 GaAlAs Diodes 4 2 2 9 3 8 d d 2 8 Shown with junction perpendicular package base TG series 30 0 2 0 2 0 3 0 3 parallel to applied field B When junction is parallel 78 lt 0 1 lt 0 1 0 17 0 16 to B induced errors are typically less than or on the 300 0 1 lt 0 1 lt 0 1 SS order of those shown www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Characteristics Typical Accuracy Interchangeability Uncalib
217. as hermetic seal Silicon chip with aluminum metallization DT 414 3 mg 2 gold Positive lead on left DT 414 alumina base with top metallization with chip up and leads 0 1 um of molybdenum 0 2 um gold towards user DT 414M metallization on top and bottom DT 421 23 mg 2 platinum Positive lead is right hand Sensing element is mounted to a platinum ribbon with ribbon with platinum disk disk and covered with a dome of Stycast tinned 60 40 down and leads towards 2850 epoxy onPb solder user www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T 96 at B magnetic induction Package Base Parallel to Field B 5T To minimize magnetic field induced temperature errors the sensor should be oriented so that the package base is perpendicular to the magnetic field flux lines this results in the diode current being parallel to the magnetic field DT 470 471 SD 125 im p 675 in 1 405 rar _ E0015 in v 0381 mn m oe in i 0 498 mm i H i 0 730 in 20 066 mm i if 0X4 n IO 09 mu Gen Lolerarice ef 40 005 in 10 1297 mmm vnless bierw ise raket 0 060 in 1 524 mm 0 025 in 0 635 mm LU 0 015 in 0 384 mm O 010 in 0 254 mm 0 98 in 0 20 in D in 25 mm 5 mm 0 mm General tolerance of 40 005 30 127 unless otherwis
218. atinum RTD 300 Full Scale PT 103 with 1 4J calibration 110 35 Q 185 668 Q 0 191 Q K 0 423 O K 0 387 Q K 0 378 O K 115 mK 7 2 mK 195 mK 299 mK 125 mK 84 mK 218 mK 345 mK Model 321 04 Thermocouple 45 mV Typical sensor sensitivities were taken from representative calibrations for the sensor listed Control stability of the electronics only in an ideal thermal system Chromel vs AuFe 0 0796 All thermocouple data is for uncompensated inputs Accuracy specification does not include errors from room temperature compensation www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 5292 uV 597 44 uV 7470 7 pV 10 1 pV K 22 4 uV K 23 4 uV K 614 891 2244 658 mK 192 mK 331 ml fax 614 818 1600 Calibration not available from Lake Shore e mail info lakeshore com 108 Instruments Model 321 Temperature Controller Specifications Input Specifications Sensor Input Excitation Display Measurement Electronic Electronic Temperature Range Current Resolution Resolution Accuracy Control Coefficient Stability Diode negative 0 V to 2 5 V 10 uA 0 05 0 1 mV lt 2V 0 04 mV 0 2 mV 0 02 of rdg 0 08 mV 1mVz2V PTC RTD positive 0 Q to 300 Q 900 uA 0 01 0 01 Q lt 200 Q 5 MQ 0 02 Q 0 05 of rdg 10 mo 0 1 02 200 Q Thermocouple positive 45 mV NA 2 UV 1 5 uV 4 uV 0 05 of rdg 3 uV 6 Control stability of the electronic
219. ature Monitor r SS Bl 2i x Frog A F ria Tetera Es _ JP KT GO Ji z E 1 S D a i Lx Foam A ah T ru 1 2 sf Ft ch 1m il i at d j d Product Description The Model 218 is our most versatile temperature monitor With eight sensor inputs it can be used with nearly any diode or resistive temperature sensor It displays all eight channels continuously in K C V or Q The measurement input was designed for the demands of cryogenic temperature measurement however the monitor s low noise high resolution and wide operating range make it ideal for noncryogenic applications as well Sensor Input Reading Capability The Model 218 has eight constant current sources one for each input that can be configured for a variety of sensors The inputs can be configured from the front panel or via a computer interface and are grouped in two sets of four Each set of four inputs is configured for the same sensor type De all 100 Q platinum or all silicon diodes 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Two high resolution A D converters increase the update rate of the Model 218 It can read sensor inputs more quickly than other scanning monitors because it does not have to wait for current source switching The result is 16 new readings per second allowing all inputs to be read twice each second Inputs can be turned off to obtain a higher reading rate on fewer sensors Temperature
220. because they follow a standard curve and are interchangeable in many applications They are not suitable for use in ionizing radiation or magnetic fields Platinum RTDs offer high uniform sensitivity from 30 K to over 800 K With excellent reproducibility they are useful as thermometry standards They follow a standard curve above 70 K and are interchangeable in many applications Typical Sensor Performance see Appendix F for sample calculations of typical sensor performance Example Lake Shore Sensor Temp Nominal Typical Resistance Sensor Voltage Sensitivity Measurement Resolution Temperature Equivalents Electronic Control Stability Temperature Equivalents Electronic Accuracy Temperature Equivalents Temperature Accuracy including Electronic Accuracy CalCurve and Calibrated Sensor Model 321 01 DT 670 CO 13 1 4K 1 644 V 12 49 mV K 3 3 mK 42 4 mK 54 4 mK 6 6 mK Silicon Diode with 1 4H 77K 1 028 V 1 73 mV K 23 1 mK 234 mK 246 mK 46 2 mK calibration 300 K 0 5597 V 2 3 mV K 17 4 mK 135 mK 167 mK 34 8 mK 500 K 0 0907 V 2 12 mV K 18 9 mK 103 mK 153 mK 37 8 mK Model 321 01 DT 470 SD 13 1 4K 1 6981 V 13 1 mV K 3 1 mK 41 2 mK 53 2 mK 6 2 mK Silicon Diode with 1 4H 77K 1 0203 V 1 92 mV K 20 8 mK 210 mK 232 mK 41 6 mK calibration 300 K 0 5189 V 2 4 mV K 16 7 mK 127 mK 159 mK 33 4 mK 475 K 0 0906 V 2 22 mV K 18 0 mK 98 3 mK 148 mK 36 0 mK Model 321 02 100 Pl
221. before the device is installed into the probe at this time Lake Shore does not perform recalibrations on probes Contact Lake Shore for custom probe availability www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Temperature Probe Selection Guide Calibration range suffix codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end B2 40K D 100 K L 325 K H 500 K Silicon Diodes GaAlAs Diodes Uncalibrated S01 DT 471 SD S02 DT 470 SD 11 S07 DT 670A SD Uncalibrated G01 TG 120 SD S03 DT 470 SD 11A S08 DT 670B SD S04 DT 470 SD 12 S09 DT 670C SD Calibrated TG 120 SD 1 4B S05 DT 470 SD 12A S10 DT 670D SD TG 120 SD 1 4D S06 DT 470 SD 13 TG 120 SD 1 4L TG 120 SD 1 4H Calibrated DT 471 SD 2S S16 DT 470 SD 13 2S DT 670 SD 1 4D TG 120 SD 4B DT 471 SD 10L S17 DT 470 SD 13 3S DT 670 SD 1 4L TG 120 SD 4D DT 471 SD 10H 18 DT 470 SD 13 1 4D DT 670 SD 1 4H TG 120 SD 4L DT 471 SD 70L S19 DT 470 SD 13 1 4L DT 670 SD 4D TG 120 SD 4H DT 471 SD 70H S20 DT 470 SD 13 1 4H DT 670 SD 4L TG 120 SD 70L S21 DT 470 SD 13 4D DT 670 SD 4H S22 DT 470 SD 13 4L 23 DT 470 SD 13 4H 24 DT 470 SD 13 70L 25 DT 470 SD 13 70H Cernox RTDs Uncalibrated C01 CxX 1010 SD C02 CxX 1030 SD C03 CX 1050 SD C04 CxX 1070 SD C05 CxX 1080 SD Calibrated CX 1010 SD 0 1B 14 CX 1030 SD 0 3B CX 1050 SD 1 4B 29 CX
222. bine a standard SD sensor with a gold plated copper mounting bobbin The mounting bobbin of these packages each has a hole designed for mounting with a 444 40 screw The CD package is shown in Figure 6 1 A threaded hole in your mounting surface is necessary for mounting the sensor package The hole in the sensor package will accommodate a 4 40 screw A brass screw is recommended due to the thermal contractions expansions of the final assembly 2 The threaded hole and surrounding surface should be cleaned with a solvent such as acetone followed by an isopropyl alcohol rinse Allow time for the solvents to evaporate before sensor mounting 3 Apply a small amount of Apiezon N grease to the threads of the screw To ensure good thermal contact between the sensor and mounting surface use an indium washer preform or a thin layer of Apiezon9 N grease between the mounting surface and the sensor package Note An overabundance of grease will increase the thermal barrier Keep the thickness to 0 05 mm or less 4 Insert screw through sensor mounting bobbin and tighten screw firmly enough to hold sensor in place Avoid overtightening torque of 3 to 5 in oz 0 2 to 0 35 N m should be sufficient Lead Attachment The SD sensor has been attached to the mounting bobbin and encapsulated in Stycast epoxy The 0 92 m 36 in Polyimide ML insulated sensor leads are 36 AWG phosphor bronze wire which are thermally anchored to the bobbin Teflon tubing
223. bration Thermometry Number of inputs 1 Input configuration Input can be configured from the front panel to accept any of Sensor Input Configuration Diode RTD the supported input types Measurement type 4 lead differential Isolation Measurement is not isolated from chassis ground Excitation Constant current A D resolution 24 bit Supported sensors Diodes Silicon GaAlAs Input accuracy Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table Measurement resolution Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table Maximum update rate 7 rdg s User curve One 200 point CalCurve or user curve in non volatile memory RTDs 100 Platinum 1000 Q Platinum Carbon Glass Cernox and Rox DT 470 DT 670 CTI C PT 100 and PT 1000 Shared 25 pin D sub Standard curves Input connector www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Front Panel Display Number of reading displays Display units Reading source Display update rate Temp display resolution Sensor units display resolution Display annunciators Keypad Front panel features Interface Serial interface Model 211 Temperature Monitor 5 digit LED 1 K C F V and Q Temperature and sensor units 2 rdg s 0 001 from 0 to 99 999 0 01 from 100 to 999 99 0 1 above 1000 sensor dependent to 5 digits K C F and V O 4 full travel keys numeric a
224. bration schedule Power requirement Size Weight Approval Tracks reading error DR using linear equation or use as still heater BNC User selects one of several analog voltage diagnostic points must remain isolated BNC Phase sensitive detector reference must remain isolated 0 Vto 4 5 V nominal Square wave BNC 15 C to 35 C at rated accuracy 5 C to 40 C at reduced accuracy 1 year 100 120 220 240 VAC 6 10 50 or 60 Hz 50 VA 432 mm W x 89 mm H x 368 mm D 17 in x 3 5 in x 14 5 in full rack 5 9 kg 12 9 Ib CE mark 3716 L and 3708 Scanners Size 135 mm W x 66 mm H x 157 mm D 5 2 in x 2 6 in x 6 2 in Weight 1 kg 2 1 Ib www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge Ordering Information Part number 3708 370L 370U 370N 3716 3716L 3708 3708 ARW Description AC resistance bridge with 3716 scanner AC resistance bridge with 3716L scanner AC resistance bridge with 3708 scanner AC resistance bridge only 16 channel scanner for Model 370 Low resistance 16 channel scanner for Model 370 Ultra low resistance 8 channel preamp scanner for Model 370 Ultra low resistance 8 channel preamp scanner for Model 370 includes 370 upgrade for instruments with main version 9 27 2005 and input version 1 3 or earlier firmware Select a power configuration VAC 100 Instrument configured for 100 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 Instrument co
225. cal isolation between one IW output and other circuits SEH EH EU Heater connector Dual banana Detachable terminal block www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 332 Temperature Controller Loop 1 Full Scale Heater Power at Typical Resistance Heater Range Low Med High Heater Resistance Heater Power Low Med High Low Med High Front Panel Display 2 line by 20 character 9 mm character height vacuum fluorescent display Number of reading displays 1 to 4 Display units K C V mV and Q Reading source Temperature sensor units max min and linear equation Display update rate All readings twice per s Temp display resolution 0 001 from 0 to 99 999 0 01 from 100 to 999 99 0 1 above 1000 Sensor units display resolution Sensor dependent to 5 digits Other displays Setpoint heater range and heater output user selected Setpoint setting resolution Same as display resolution actual resolution is sensor dependent Heater output display Numeric or graphical display in percent of full scale for power or current Heater output resolution numeric or 2 graphical Display annunciators Control input remote alarm tuning ramp max min and linear Keypad 20 full travel keys numeric and specific functions Front panel features Front panel curve entry display brightness control and keypad l
226. ce reading rate is slower during input changes resulting in Longer filter settling times and a longer sample period for temperature control The Model 370 can be used with third party scanners however access to integrated features is lost The Model 3716 Scanner The Model 3716 mirrors the single input of the Model 370 that is optimized for low residual DC bias current Low bias provides the lowest available resistor self heating when excitation currents are in the range of 1 pA to 30 pA It also provides the best available accuracy when resistances are above 200 kQ The tradeoff for these performance features is a slightly greater noise figure 33 nV VHz than the Models 3716L and 3708 Unused leads are connected to measurement common to reduce noise pickup a persistent problem when measuring large resistances Performance of the Model 3716 scanner is so nearly identical to the Model 370 that they share specifications for resistance range accuracy and resolution noise 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 The Model 3716L Low Resistance Scanner The Model 3716L is optimized for low input noise figure 4 nV VHz and can achieve measurement resolution to 20 nQ The scanner s lower noise figure actually improves the measurement resolution of a standalone Model 370 over much of its range It is the best choice for general measurement applications that do not require excitation current below 100 pA and resistance above
227. ce bridge combines a full range of design strategies which optimize resolution and minimize measurement uncertainty in low power resistance measurement The Model 370 uses 4 lead AC measurement for the best possible accuracy with the lowest possible excitation current AC coupling at each amplifier stage reduces offsets for higher gain and greater sensitivity than DC techniques allow Phase sensitive detection an AC filtering technique used in lock in amplifiers reclaims small measurement signals from environmental noise A low excitation frequency of 13 7 Hz reduces the effect of lead capacitance on measurement These features in conjunction with innovative lead shielding U S Patent 46 501 255 Dec 2002 Differential current source with active comnifan Me eege Lace Shores Qvo css o and active noise reduction circuitry significantly reduce measurement noise and resistor self heating www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 78 Instruments The Model 370 current excitation source provides stable reliable low power excitation current Twenty one AC current levels from 3 16 pA to 31 6 mA RMS offer low noise with no significant DC component to contribute to sensor self heating Two operating modes provide excitation control options to meet user and application needs Performance Enhancement Innovative features enhance the performance of the Model 370 from
228. citation for each sensor A microprocessor on the card manages the A D and communication with the Model 340 Allows the Model 340 to read four sensors and use any of them as a control sensor 3464 Dual Thermocouple Input Option Card Adds two new thermocouple inputs to the Model 340 appearing on the display as C and D The card has separate A Ds and excitation for each sensor A microprocessor on the card manages the A D and communication with the Model 340 Thermocouple inputs range from cryogenic temperature to 1000 C with built in room temperature compensation Curves for thermocouple types E K and AuFe 0 07 vs Cr are included The user can add other types 3465 Single Capacitance Input Option Card Adds a new capacitance input to the Model 340 appearing on the display as C The card has separate A D and excitation for the sensor A microprocessor on the card manages the A D and communication with the Model 340 The 3465 is intended to control temperature in strong magnetic fields using a Lake Shore Model CS 501 capacitance temperature sensor 3468 Eight Channel Input Option Card Adds eight sensor inputs to the Model 340 The optional inputs are broken into two groups of four and appear on the display as C1 C4 for Input C D1 D4 for Input D The 3468 includes two A D converters one for each group of four inputs and individual excitation for each sensor Each input group must use the same sensor type but the two groups can be dif
229. ckage Cernox Resistance CX 10XX CU Package Cernox Resistance CX 10XX LR Package Cernox Resistance CX 10XX SD Package Cernox Resistance Carbon Glass Temperature Sensors CGR 1 XXX Package Carbon Glass RTD Sensor CGR 1 XXX BG Package Bare Chip Installation Germanium Temperature Sensors GR 200A B Germanium RTD Sensor GR 200A 30 Germanium RTD Sensor Calibration GR 200 XXX BG Bare Chip Installation www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Rox Temperature Sensors Rox Curves RX 102A RX 103A RX 202A Rox Ruthenium Oxide RTD Installation Instructions Platinum Temperature Sensors IEC 751 Temperature Resistance Table for Platinum Sensors PT 102 103 111 Platinum Resistance Thermometers SoftCal and PT 100 Series Platinum Resistance Rhodium Iron Temperature Sensors RF 100 Series Rhodium Iron Resistance Sensor RF 100T AA and RF 100U AA Package Rhodium Iron Capacitance CS 401 501 Capacitance Temperature Sensor Thermocouple Temperature Sensors Chromel versus Gold Iron Thermocouple Response Curve Type E K and T Thermocouple Response Curve Miscellaneous 4040 Handle Carrying Kit Installation 8002 05 Precision Calibration Option Calibration Report Description Gamma Probe Instructions Hall Generator Application Guide HALLCAL EXE Program Instructions Low Temperature Calibration Service Mounting a Bare Chip Reference Magnet Instructions Standard Curve 10 Temperature Sensor in CD Package Type C Ult
230. confined to one pair of current leads with the sensor voltage measured across the voltage leads see Figure 3 Lead polarity for the silicon diode and for the GaAlAs diode when viewed with the base down the base is the largest flat surface and the leads toward the observer the positive lead anode is on the right and the negative cathode is on the left For Cernox there is no polarity Strip the insulation from the connecting wires by scraping delicately with a razor blade fine sand paper or steel wool Phosphor bronze or manganin wire in sizes 32 or 36 AWG is commonly used as the connecting lead wire These wires have low thermal conductivity and high resistivity which help minimize the heat flow through the leads Typical wire insulation is polyvinyl formal Formvar or polyimide ML Formvar insulation has better mechanical properties such as abrasion resistance and flexibility Polyimide insulation has better resistance to chemical solvents heat and radiation Prepare the connecting wire ends with an RMA rosin mildly active soldering flux and tin them with a minimal amount of 60 Sn 40 Pb solder Use a low wattage soldering iron which does not exceed 200 C 5 Clean off residual flux with rosin residue remover The sensor leads can be prepared in an identical manner Join one sensor lead with two of the connector wires Apply the soldering iron to the connector wire above the joint area until the s
231. controller reads the voltage through an A D converter and translates it into temperature using a temperature response curve The Model 231 includes two standard curves for DT 470 and DT 670 diode sensors It also supports a single CalCurve option for calibrated sensors TG 120 diodes require a CalCurve Model 231P The Model 231P uses a PT 100 Series platinum sensor The Model 231P excites the sensor with a 500 UA current to produce a measurable signal Either the standard platinum curve IEC 751 or a CalCurve is used for temperature conversion Model 234 The Model 234 operates with Cernox carbon glass germanium or other negative temperature coefficient NTC resistance temperature sensors The Model 234 excites the sensor with a constant voltage of 10 mV or less to minimize the effects of sensor self heating at low temperatures The Model 234 employs an analog control circuit to maintain a constant voltage signal across the sensor A series of reference resistors convert the resulting sensor current to a voltage A microcontroller reads the voltage with an A D converter calculates sensor resistance and converts the resistance to temperature by table interpolation requires a CalCurve for temperature conversion The sensor excitation voltage is reversed each reading to compensate for thermal voltages and offsets www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Once one of the 230 Series obtai
232. converter for smooth continuous control The user can set the PID values or the Autotuning feature of the Model 331 can automate the tuning process Heater output for Model 331S and Model 331E is a well regulated variable DC current source Heater output is optically isolated from other circuits to reduce interference and ground loops Heater output can provide up to 50 W of continuous power to a resistive heater load and includes two lower ranges for systems with less cooling power Heater output is short circuit protected to prevent instrument damage if the heater load is accidentally shorted Interface Features of Model 331S and Model 331E 3315 ILE Numeric keypad E E Front panel curve entry Alarms RS 232C interface IEEE 488 interface Second control loop Analog voltage output Two relays Feature www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 The setpoint ramp feature allows smooth continuous changes in setpoint and can also make the approach to a setpoint temperature more predictable The zone feature can automatically change control parameter values for operation over a large temperature range Values for ten different temperature zones can be loaded into the instrument which will select the next appropriate value on setpoint change Interface The Model 331 is available with both parallel IEEE 488 331S only and serial RS 232C computer interfaces In addition to data gathering nearly every funct
233. correspond to approximate decade changes in power with a resistive load For odd current values a programming resistor may be connected to the terminal block on the unit s rear panel This source is ideally suited for use with resistance sensors where resistance may vary with temperature by as much as 6 orders of magnitude The current reversal switch allows compensation for thermal EMF important when measuring resistors at low voltage AC line voltage is jumper selected inside the unit Desired line voltage should be specified when ordering but the setting can be changed at any time by the user 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 100 Series Current Sources Output Output current Internally Internally Internally Externally 1 uA 3 uA 10 uA 30 uA 10 pA factory preset programmable programmable programmable programmable 100 uA 300 uA 1 mA from 1 uA to 1 mA from 1 uA to 1 mA from 1 uA to 1 mA from 1 uA to 10 mA 3 mA 10 mA 30 mA 100 mA switch selectable externally programmable from 1 uA to 100 mA Accuracy at 10 pA 0 0596 of output 0 0596 of output 0 0596 of output 0 0596 of output 0 0596 of output 0 196 on all other switched ranges Temperature coefficient 0 005 of output per C 0 005 of output per C 0 005 of output per C 0 0196 of output per C 0 0196 of output per C output C ambient Compliance voltage 2 9 V 5V 8 V 11V 11 V up to 50 mA 10 V up to 100 mA Line regulatio
234. ctor material to which the four contacts are made This is normally called a Hall plate The Hall plate is in its simplest form a rectangular shape of fixed length width and thickness Due to the shorting effect of the current supply contacts most of the sensitivity to magnetic fields is contained in an area approximated by a circle centered in the Hall plate with a diameter equal to the plate width Thus when the active area is given the circle as described above is the common estimation Specifications Description Cryogenic axial phenolic package HGCT 3020 Cryogenic transverse ceramic package Active area approximate 0 030 in 0 762 mm diameter 0 040 in 1 016 mm diameter Input resistance approximate 1Q 10 Output resistance approximate 10 1Q Nominal control current Icy 100 mA 100 mA Maximum continuous current non heat sunk 300 mA 300 mA Magnetic sensitivity at ley 0 55 mV kG to 1 05 mV kG 0 55 mV kG to 1 05 mV kG Magnetic sensitivity change with temperature 0 7 at 200 K 0 8 at 100 K 1 0 at 3 8 K 0 7 at 200 K 0 8 at 100 K 1 0 at 3 8 K Maximum linearity error sensitivity versus field 1 0 RDG 30 kG to 30 kG 2 0 RDG 150 kG to 150 kG 1 0 RDG 30 kG to 30 kG 2 0 RDG 150 kG to 150 kG Zero field offset voltage maximum I nominal control current 200 uV 200 uV Operating temperature range 1 5 K to 375 K 1
235. ctric voltages in cryogenic measurement systems are on the order of microvolts This effect can be minimized by a few steps The same material should be used for conductors whenever practical and the number of connections or joints in the measurement circuit should be minimized Low thermal EMF solder can also be used cadmium tin solder has a lower thermal EMF than tin lead solder by a factor of ten In addition to thermal offset the instrumentation can have a zero offset the signal value measured with no input to the measuring instrument The zero offset can drift with time or temperature and is usually included in the instrument specifications The total offset voltage can be measured by reversing the current When reading the voltage with the current in the forward direction the voltmeter will read Vt Vo Vae Eqn 1 where V is the actual voltage reading of the sensor and V is the lead thermal EMFs When the current is reversed the voltmeter will read V V Va Egn 2 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Temperature Measurement System When the current is reversed the voltage due to the sensor reverses sign while the thermal EMFs do not The true voltage V across the sensor is V VF V 2 V Eqn 3 By averaging the forward and reverse current voltage measurements the error in the voltage measurement due to thermal EMFs is eliminated Diode measurements do not allow
236. cts are subject to U S export control laws and regulation The purchaser agrees to abide by all U S export deemed export and re export control laws and regulations Accordingly the purchaser makes the following certifications 1 the purchaser is not a national of nor will make this product available to a national of any country or group under a U S trade embargo or restriction 2 the purchaser is not nor will make the products available to a company or individual prohibited from receiving U S origin items such as but not limited to a party listed on the U S Department of Commerce s Denied Persons List Entities List or any other published U S Government denial list 3 the purchaser will not use the product nor make the product available to anyone who will use it to design develop produce or stockpile weapons of mass destruction including nuclear chemical and biological weapons and the missiles to deliver such weapons www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 UU Customer Service 223 Installation The purchaser warrants that the site where the products are to be used is in all respects suitable for the safe and lawful installation and operation of the products The purchaser shall obtain any certificates or other approvals required in good time before installation and shall inform Lake Shore of all relevant safety building and electrical codes and other requirements relevant t
237. curacies Understanding What s Available Uncalibrated Good SoftCal Better Calibrated Best The accuracy of a sensor relates to how closely the measurement of resistance or voltage can be converted to temperature relative to the recognized international temperature scales ITS 90 and PLTS 2000 Understanding how the accuracy of temperature sensors is specified begins with the definition of the response curve e g voltage vs temperature resistance vs temperature for a particular sensor Temperature sensors either follow a known standard response within a given tolerance or they must be calibrated against known standards Details on calibration procedure are defined in this section More information on the measurement system and uncertainty analysis is found in Appendix E Temperature Measurement System Sensor Calibration Accuracies It is convenient to have temperature sensors that match a standard curve and do not need an individual calibration Such sensors are interchangeable Interchangeable sensors follow the same response curve to within a given accuracy and can be interchanged routinely with one another Some cryogenic temperature sensors exist currently which are interchangeable within several tolerance bands The Lake Shore DT 470 series silicon diodes are one example These conform to five defined accuracy bands about a single curve Curve 470 and can be ordered by simply specifying the t
238. current reversal The value of the offset voltage can be estimated by shorting the leads at the diode and measuring the offset voltage with zero excitation current at operating temperature Thermal EMFs in the sensor leads and connections do not have as big an effect on diode measurements as they do on resistance measurements since the diode signal levels are much larger typically a few tenths of a volt at room temperature to several volts at 4 2 K Grounding Signal grounding is important to the stability and repeatability of measurements A measurement system that includes sensors instruments cabling and possibly computer interfacing requires careful grounding Improper grounding of instruments or grounding at multiple points can allow current flows which result in small voltage offsets The current flow through ground loops is not necessarily constant resulting in a fluctuating voltage Current can flow in the ground loop as it acts as a large aperture for inductive pickup Also current can result if there is a potential difference due to multiple grounds As each instrument handles grounding differently it is important to carefully read your instrument manual for grounding Suggestions The grounding and isolation is handled differently in the Model 370 than in other Lake Shore instruments since it is used for ultra low temperature measurements Ideally there should be one defined ground for the measurement and the cryostat
239. d DT 670 SD CTE CELE D Web Dh e vente H E iari BA AT gt ie v 1 Inca Rabe tz at D CS be 3 27 reni tnam ez horde nz bed DT 670E BR ec das i cniin Cani IC wun dn in WS rm uua in Bag 2 1nz nei n a in wade mr e e u mma Lea bottom of ze alld mme a e mail info lakeshore com Silicon Diodes DT 670 Temperature Response Curve Curve DT 670 Tolerance Bands 1 8 3 1 6 Average 670A slope ER 2 0 ToO PI IA 22 6 mv K MK 670B 1 2 H 670 i Sun 670D a e d E EN TOURS F 7 Sin e D ZOE E Q 3 T l gt 0 6 1 Average af gie SS 0 2 2 1 mv K 0 100 200 400 00 Temperature K 305 400 500 200 temperature K DT 670 Series Expanded Temperature Response Data Table T Voltage dV dT T Voltage dV dT T Voltage dV dT T Voltage dV dT K H mV K K V mV K K V mV K K V mV K 1 4 1 644290 12 5 6 0 1 51541 36 7 28 0 1 110421 2 25 160 0 0 868518 2 07 15 1 642990 13 6 6 5 1 49698 36 9 29 0 1 108261 2 08 170 0 0 847659 2 10 1 6 1 641570 14 8 7 0 1 47868 36 2 30 0 1 106244 1 96 180 0 0 826560 2 12 1 640030 16 0 T5 1 46086 35 0 31 0 1 104324 1 88 190 0 0 805242 2 14 1 8 1 638370 24721 8 0 1 44374 33 4 32 0 1 102476 1 82 200 0 0 783720 2 16 1 9 1 636600 18 3 8 5 1 42747 817 33 0 1 100681 1 77 210 0 0 762007 2 18 2 0 1 634720 19
240. d and Order from www lakeshore com B locate Lag ne product and support information Le INE S quickly with helpful dropdown menus u NM ele R I Xia TER and improved web pages easily access application notes product overviews DEE KC technical details manuals software D HM FE I 1 hT ifa H 1J E s Do ouium ee dnm I d c news releases product registration and T se iB hme rrid d an IR CH H SO much more im ur len ka oam mam ed mom rahm nomm Ine ma ror L A ILE AS usted Poth e vgtsnbhiv IH E HH US di xy h Get local dealer and representative listings customer support and repair rub Gett services all in one comprehensive site sarmenta f pos I Download ll A NETUS helpful application notes installation Umm TUORUM instructions specifications curve loading software and manuals I CH es kt cde l H 75 bL va zia i ca Fil und lu m Tal IHl lanri Or dns Bc Kat d EEN E ER 1 megir er Lake Shore temperature controllers temperature monitors temperature sensors temperature transmitters 4 AC resistance bridge current sources cryogenic accessories power supplies gaussmeters fluxmeters Hall Effect sensors and probes all in a few easy clicks fast and convenient www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com LA 18 24 29 32 36 40 43 4 50 54 58 61 64 66 67 13
241. d back plane VME end panel and back plane VME end panel and back plane transmitters do not use transmitters do not use transmitters do not use electrical bus format only its electrical bus format only its electrical bus format only its physical shape and power physical shape and power physical shape and power Size 100 mm H x 160 mm D 100 mm H x 160 mm D 234 100 mm H x 160 mm D x 30 5 mm W x 30 5 mm W x 30 5 mmW 234D 43 18 mm H x 228 6 mm D x 139 7 mm W Weight 0 25 kg 0 5 Ib 0 25 kg 0 5 Ib 0 25 kg 0 5 Ib www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com E Drog Jatu 230 Series Temperature Transmitters EI mcm NE Kazu largh 1n aks Ordering Information Part number Description 231 Transmitter card for use with Silicon Diode 2001 231 115 231 transmitter with a 115 VAC 50 60 Hz wall KR plug in power supply n E y 231 230 231 transmitter with 230 VAC wall plug in power supply pu ia qv x i 231P Transmitter for use with Platinum Resistor E jl B8 i F sd F S 231P 115 231P transmitter with 115 VAC 50 60 Hz wall EE Es plug in power supply ara ay ai EL B gt 231P 230 231P transmitter with 230 VAC wall plug in power supply 2308 1 TE 234 Transmitter for use with Carbon Glass Germanium and Cernox 234 transmitter with 115 VAC 50 60 Hz wall plug in power supply 234 115 234 230 234
242. d copper leads provides the industry s most rugged versatile sensors with the best sample to chip connection Designed so heat coming down the leads bypasses the chip it can survive several thousand hours at 420 K depending on model and is compatible with most ultra high vacuum applications It can be indium soldered to samples without sensor calibration shift Typical Cernox Dimensionless Sensitivity e mail info lakeshore com Specifications Standard curve Not applicable Recommended excitation 20 uV 0 1 K to 0 5 K 63 uV 0 5 K to 1 K 10 mV or less for T gt 1 2 K Dissipation at recommended excitation Typical 10 W at 300 K 107 W at 4 2 K 10 8 W at 0 3 K model and temperature dependent Thermal response time BC BR BG 1 5 ms at 4 2 K 50 ms at 77 K 135 ms at 273 K SD 15 ms at 4 2 K 0 25 s at 77 K 0 8 s at 273 K AA 0 4 s at 4 2 K 2 s at 77 K 1 0 s at 273 K Use in radiation Recommended for use in radiation envi ronments see Appendix B Use in magnetic field Recommended for use in magnetic fields at low temperatures The magneto resistance is typically negligibly small above 30 K and not significantly affected by orientation relative to the magnetic field see Appendix B Reproducibility 3 mK at 4 2 K 1 Recommended excitation for T lt 1 K based on Lake Shore calibration procedures using an AC resistance bridge for more information refer to Appendix D and Appendix E Short
243. d current values compatible with various Hall generators The Hall voltage leads may be connected directly to a readout instrument such as a high impedance voltmeter or can be attached to electronic circuitry for amplification or conditioning Device signal levels will be in the range of microvolts to hundreds of millivolts The Hall generator input is not isolated from its output In fact impedance levels on the RCM MS order of the input resistance are all that aux generally exist between the two ports To ap prevent erroneous current paths which can cause ON large error voltages the current supply must be isolated from the output display or the downstream electronics A Typical Hall Effect Measurement Scheme Digital Voltmeter Load resistor required for optimum linearit if specified 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 68 Sensors Configurations Cryogenic Hall Generators and Probes Hall generators come in two main configurations axial and transverse Transverse devices are generally thin and rectangular in shape They are applied successfully in magnetic circuit gaps surface measurements and general open field measurements Axial sensors are mostly cylindrical in shape Their applications include ring magnet center bore measurements solenoids surface field detection and general field sensing Active Area The Hall generator assembly contains the sheet of semicondu
244. d de Mexico Mexico Contact Fis Ramiro Orduna Tel 5 619 3559 Fax 5 610 6317 e mail ramiro valleyresearch com 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 UU Customer Service 225 South America South America except Brazil Valley Research Corporation 3100 Manchaca Rd Austin TX 78704 5940 Contact Dr Rodolfo Carrera Tel 512 453 0310 Fax 512 453 0547 e mail rodolfo valleyresearch com or lab valleyresearch com Brazil Globalmag Transdutores Magneticos Ind Com Ltda R Nazira 72 06708 150 Cotia SP Brazil Tel 55 11 4777 0759 Fax 55 11 4612 4387 e mail info globalmag com br e mail info lakeshore com ee 226 Customer Service Africa Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Tel 614 891 2244 Fax 614 818 1600 e mail sales lakeshore com Asia People s Republic of China East Changing Technology Inc Room 304 No 7 Jingiu Jiayuan Luozhuang Beili Haidian District Beijing 100088 PR China Contact Yang Fan Tel 86 10 51668833 Fax 86 10 82357817 e mail fyang eastchanging com Republic of China Omega Scientific Taiwan 13F 3 No 415 Sec 4 Sinyi Rd Taipei 115 Taiwan Republic of China Contact Steve Wang Tel 886 2 8780 5228 Fax 886 2 8780 5225 e mail omega001 ms3 hinet net For Hall Effect Measurement Systems in the Republic of China Lih Yuan Enterprise Co Ltd 2nd Fl No 46 20 Chang Road Hsien Tien Taipei Taiw
245. d discharge magnets up to a 5 V rate True 4 quadrant operation eliminates the need for external switching or operator intervention to reverse the current polarity significantly simplifying system design The transition through zero current is smooth and continuous allowing the user to readily control the magnetic field as polarity changes At static fields output current drift is also kept low by careful attention in the analog control circuits and layout The high stability and low noise of the Model 625 make it possible in many situations to run experiments without going into persistent mode This can help to reduce the time necessary to gather data The Model 625 output architecture relies on low noise linear input and output stages The linear circuitry of the Model 625 permits operation with less electrical noise than switch mode superconducting magnet power supplies One key benefit of this architecture is CE compliance to the electromagnetic compatibility EMC directive including the radiated emissions requirement rk O88 p FH fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Output Programming The Model 625 output current is programmed internally via the keypad or the computer interface externally by the analog programming input or by the sum of the external and internal settings For the more popular internal programming the Model 625 incorporates a proprieta
246. d in Table 6 page 195 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 194 Appendix E Thermal Johnson Noise Thermal energy produces random motions of the charged particles within a body giving rise to electrical noise The minimum root mean square RMS noise power available is given by P 4kT Af where k is the Boltzmann constant and Af is the noise bandwidth Peak to peak noise is approximately five times greater than the RMS noise Metallic resistors approach this fundamental minimum but other materials produce somewhat greater thermal noise The noise power is related to current or voltage noise by the relations I P R and V P RjJ The noise bandwidth is not necessarily the same as the signal bandwidth but is approximately equal to the smallest of the following e 2 times the upper 3 db frequency limit of the analog DC measuring circuitry given as approximately 1 4 R C where Ris the effective resistance across the measuring instrument including the instrument s input impedance in parallel with the sensor resistance and wiring and C is the total capacitance shunting the input e 0 55 t where t is the instrument s 10 to 90 rise time e 1 Hz if an analog panel meter is used for readout e one half the conversion rate readings per second of an integrating digital voltmeter Calibration Uncertainty Commercially calibrated sensors should have calibrations traceable to international standards
247. d polyester Braided gold plated copper 304 braided stainless 304 stainless steel Drain wire Silver plated copper NA NA NA Jacket material FEP Teflon FEP Teflon FEP NA Jacket color Blue Gold Gray NA Electrical Properties Resistance m C ft Center conductor at 293 K 20 C 0 541 0 165 0 282 0 086 23 62 7 2 4 30 1 31 Shield at 296 K 23 C NA 0 085 0 026 3 61 1 1 0 63 2 63 Drain wire at 296 K 23 C 0 541 0 165 NA NA NA Center conductor max DC voltage 150 V 600 V 600 V 700 V Center conductor max DC current 150 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA Temperature range 10 mK to 400 K 1Kto 400 K 10 mK to 473 K 10 mK to 400 K Characteristic impedance 90 e50 35 Q at 10 MHz 40 Q at 10 MHz 90 Q 2 Q Capacitance at 5 kHz 94 pF m 24 pF ft nominal 154 2 pF m 47 pF ft 173 9 pF m 53 pF ft 95 14 pF m 29 pF ft 765 strands of 50 AWG 64 strands of 50 AWG 304 SS wire Silver plated copper clad carbon steel 0 103 mm outer diameter carbon steel covered by 0 0057 mm thick copper cladding covered by 0 001 mm thick silver plating Aluminized polyester laminated tape spirally applied at a 40 50 overlap aluminum side in 12 x 3 matrix of 42 AWG wire 6 12 x 4 matrix of 44 AWG wire 7 A seamless tubular metal jacket serves as the outer conductor shield www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 140 Accessories Cable Ultra Miniature Coaxial C
248. de current being parallel to the magnetic field TG 120 P nux 2 73 nl 122 on Ax Ies quum J eral Tanne o7 WE n 10 227 nire amiss cb reri rekor TAIE i pA S z 275 nn 1 175 nm Bun tn 3c Cp nn du Seele Ae T re i Lit hi i SD ren i n I E il 175 mim TG 120 PL HELPER EUR DI FE E12227 cwn 42 2175 r3 LESE GalL LIZ mm ILE er Rail eee CP ee dre f rm irar zie nn cb TG 120 SD mass n F BR nn p ese 47 i L D nrsal hilasras ce Ff ALUS ir eth 22 vm uneer ettet cathe e mail info lakeshore com Meee For information on mounting adapters available for use with GaAlAs sensors see page 25 OPTIONS CO adapter SD package adapter is a spring loaded clamp allowing easy sensor interchangeability To add length to sensor leads SMOD see page 28 See the appendices for a detailed description of Self heating Installation Uncalibrated sensors Calibrated sensors Sensor packages www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc GaAlAs Diodes Ordering Information Uncalibrated sensor Specify the model number in the left column only for example TG 120 P Calibrated sensor Add Calibration Range Suffix Code to the end of the model number for example TG 120 P 1 4L GaAlAs Diode Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end B 40 K D 100 K L 325 K H 500 K Model
249. de with improper installation and or poor shielding and measurement techniques fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Characteristics Repeatability of the measurement The exact definition of repeatability is the closeness of the agreement between the results of successive measurements of the same measurand carried out under the same conditions of measurement repeatable conditions Repeatability is a measure of how well a sensor repeats its measurement under the same conditions This is often thought of as measurement performed over a period of time seconds minutes hours at the same temperature This property is often called precision or stability of the measurement This value is primarily an instrumentation specification The sensors themselves are very stable under successive measurements The stability of the instrument used to measure the sensor needs to be included Reproducibility The definition of reproducibility is the closeness of agreement between the results of the measurements of the same measurand carried out under changed conditions of measurements Often the changed conditions are thermal cycling or mounting or unmounting of the sensors Temperature sensors are complex combinations of various materials bonded together Aging thermal cycling mechanical shock from handling etc all affect the reproducibility Lake Shore quantifies the reproducibility under thermal cycling in two manners S
250. del 218S includes two analog voltage outputs The user may select the scale and data sent to the output including temperature sensor units or linear equation results Under manual control the analog voltage output can also serve as a voltage source for other applications Sensor Selection Sensor Temperature Range sensors sold separately Line input assembly RS 232C or printer interface Kr uem bak vi d Ki EI Sas Set T d SIIRETENGYNE mammen e d Terminal block with relays and analog voltage outputs 2185 only IEEE 488 interface 218S only Sensor inputs Display The eight display locations on the Model 218 are user configurable Sources for readout data are temperature units sensor units and results of the math function Input number and data source are always displayed for convenience The display is updated twice each second emp e kass Diodes Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 670E BR 30 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 414 1 4 K to 375 K T260K amp Bx3T Silicon Diode DT 421 1 4Kto 325 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 471 SD 10 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 PL 1 4Kto325K T gt 42K amp
251. dergone testing to ensure proper operation Their electrical leads have been tinned For these sensors a standard electronic grade RMA flux is appropriate This flux is also appropriate for Kovar gold and copper leads that have not been tinned For other wire types a more corrosive acid flux is needed Stay Clean flux is recommended for untinned wire consisting of constantan manganin phosphor bronze platinum nichrome or stainless steel Note Care must be taken to thoroughly clean the residual Stay Clean flux off with water or methanol after use to prevent further corrosion www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 UU Appendix C 169 Typically standard 60 40 Sn Pb solder can be used for applications ranging from 0 05 K to 350 K liquidus point of 461 K and solidus point 456 K This solder can be used with any of the above material types after tinning If the application requires a higher temperature then use 90 10 Pb Sn solder liquidus point of 575 K and solidus point 548 K For very high temperatures up to 800 K use Stay Silv flux with cadmium free silver solder liquidus point of 922 K solidus point of 891 K Insulating Materials When installing electrical leads at low temperatures it is important to know what insulation materials can be used Insulating materials that work well at cryogenic temperatures include ceramics temporary masking tape polyester film tape Kapton film Teflon t
252. difficult to calculate for all but the simplest cases and is best determined experimentally using the following procedure 1 mount the sensor as it will be used on a temperature controlled block or directly in liquid 2 record the output voltage as a function of excitation current I V curve until significant self heating is observed when R V I is no longer constant replot the data as sensor temperature reading versus power dissipated T versus P 4 fit the data with a linear equation of the form T T R P to find the thermal resistance R Thermal resistance values determined from some commercial resistance temperature sensors in common mounting configurations are shown as a function of temperature in Figure 4 The thermal resistance varies with the environment in and around the sensor package vacuum gas liquid sensor mounting solder grease clamp pressure epoxy etc and details of sensor construction The thermal resistances shown in the figure should be used only as a guide with reference to the source papers and preferably measurement on the actual sensor in the temperature range and environment of use See page 216 for additional notes and papers Figure 4 Thermal resistance data for various sensors as a function of T H W GL ZEN jt m eh CN o i i a E h 8E E fA 2 n X INN E a ES L4 CR 204 1200 EL Se a m z e Ko LAS ilios tn is kg T ti
253. e detailed information See Appendix G for thermocouple curve data Ordering Information Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T 95 at B magnetic induction Chromel AuFe 0 0796 1 Data taken with entire thermocouple in field cold junction at 4 2 K errors in hot junction temperature Useful when T 2 10 K Refer to comments for Chromel AuFe 0 0796 Chromel AuFe 0 0796 1 2K Type E 3 15 K Type K 3 15 K Upper limit dependent on wire size to achieve higher than 473 K insulation must be removed Range of Use 610 K 953 K Thermocouple Wire 36 AWG 0 005 in 0 127 mm diameter wire excluding insulation 30 AWG 0 010 in 0 254 mm diameter wire excluding insulation All thermocouple wire is Teflon insulated 76 2 um wall Model number Type Wire gauge 9006 001 Chromel Gold Iron 0 07 30 AWG 9006 002 Chromel Gold Iron 0 07 9006 003 Type E 36 AWG 30 AWG 9006 004 Type E 36 AWG 9006 005 Type K 30 AWG 9006 006 Type K Minimum order 1 5 m 5 ft length Minimum order 3 m 10 ft length 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 36 AWG e mail info lakeshore com Features B Low temperature dependence B Low resistance low power dissipation B Low linearity error 150 kG to 150 kG BI Axial and transverse configurations available B Small active area Attaching Hall Generators to
254. e material being irradiated etc Figures 7a 7e pages 163 164 show data for various sensors Usefulness in Ultra High Vacuum Systems The bakeout procedure performed in most ultra high vacuum systems can be damaging to the materials used in the construction of a temperature sensor Even if the sensor withstands the high bakeout temperature the sensor s calibration may shift Without the bakeout and possibly with it some materials in the sensor Stycast for example may interfere with the high vacuum by acting as a virtual leak There can be a considerable outgassing from various types of epoxies and ceramics and some of these materials would not survive the high temperature bake With proper packaging diodes Cernox rhodium iron and platinum RTDs can be easily used in ultra high vacuum systems that require a high temperature bake out Specific factors to be aware of in an ultra high vacuum environment are e Check the compatibility of construction materials of the sensor with ultra high vacuum before using it in such an environment This includes thermal grease epoxies and solders eg Apiezon N grease cannot be used in these systems due to vapor pressure e Solders may not be compatible Welding may be required e Typical insulation used for cryogenic wire may be incompatible with high temperature bakeouts and ultra high vacuums due to thermal ratings and outgassing The Lake Shore SD package for diodes is co
255. e Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 UU Appendix B 165 Signal Size For resistors values lie between approximately 10 Q and 100 000 Q Resistance measurements outside this range become more difficult to perform especially at ultra low temperatures Keep in mind that for carbon glass Cernox and germanium sensors there are several resistance ranges available to suit the appropriate temperature range s Because of their rapidly changing resistance and use at ultra low temperature it is necessary to use a small excitation current The resulting voltage measurement can be in the nanovolt range in some cases At these low voltages a variety of noise sources begin to affect the measurement Diode temperature sensors have a relatively large output about 1 V and a fixed current excitation of 10 pA This allows for simple instrumentation compared to NTC RTDs like Cernox Packaging Sensors come in various packages and configurations Apart from the size considerations discussed previously there are practical considerations as well A cylindrical package is obviously better suited for insertion into a cylindrical cavity than a flat or square shaped package Lake Shore offers a variety of sensor packages and mounting adaptors as well as probe assemblies The most common package is the SD package It is a robust and reliable hermetically sealed flat package With a metallized and insulated bottom the SD package can be indium solde
256. e Sensors CS capacitance sensors are ideally suited for use as temperature control sensors in strong magnetic fields because they exhibit virtually no magnetic field dependence Displacement current is not affected by magnetic fields Consequently temperature control fluctuations are kept to a minimum when sweeping magnetic field or when changing field values under constant temperature operation Temperature stability temperature transfer accuracy Capacitance sensors will provide very stable control conditions for long periods of time at operating temperature but because an operational aging phenomenon exists care must be taken to account for this occurrence in their use The vanation in capacitance temperature characteristics 1s likely the result of the time dependence of the dielectnc constant and the dielectric loss or aging that all ferroelectric dielectrics exhibit This time dependence which occurs as a short term drift minutes to hours in capacitance Typical CS Sensitivity Values UE Sp S Alf uc E E L I d i z SG Qn15 af ono nu d E i i i 1 10 14 217 Lenrperalure IK 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 CS 501GR Because small variations in the capacitance temperature curves occur upon thermal cycling calibrations must be transferred to the capacitor from another sensor after cooling for the best accuracy It is recommended that temperature in zero field
257. e Shore gaussmeters An advanced tool designed primarily for use in industrial and measurement systems settings the Lake Shore Model 480 Fluxmeter measures total flux from which B flux density and H magnetic field strength can be determined The Model 480 is valuable for magnetizing manual and automated magnet testing and sorting and as the main component in BH loop or hysteresis measurement systems applications The Lake Shore line of standard and custom fluxmeter sensing coils includes 2 5 in 6 in and 12 in Helmholtz coils and 30 cm and 100 cm search coils www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Lake Shore s true 4 quadrant and linear bipolar DC magnet power supplies provide high current power for the charge and discharge of electromagnets and superconducting magnets under closed or open loop control B SKI SN e M Zuw tseh Lake Shore s variable air gap variable field electromagnets provide superior field strength stability and homogeneity for a wide range of laboratory and magnetic characterization systems applications The new Lake Shore series of Hall effect Measurement Systems HMS combines a wide resistance range high voltage capability high magnetic field and broad temperature range to provide the most capable electronic transport measurement systems available today The new series of HMS feature hardware with electromagnet and superconducting magnet based
258. e com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Excellent 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Sensor Types Silicon Diodes Silicon Diodes are the best choice for general purpose cryogenic use The sensors are interchangeable they follow a standard curve and are available in robust mounting packages and probes Silicon Diodes are easy and inexpensive to instrument and are used in a wide variety of cryogenic applications such as cryo coolers laboratory cryogenics cryo gas production and space satellites Cernox Cernox sensors can be used from 100 mK to 420 K with good sensitivity over the whole range They have a low magnetoresistance and are the best choice for applications with magnetic fields up to 30 T for temperatures greater than 2 K Cernox are resistant to ionizing radiation and are available in robust mounting packages and probes Because of their versatility they are used in a wide variety of cryogenic applications such as particle accelerators space satellites MRI systems cryogenic systems and research science Platinum Platinum RTDs are an industry standard They follow an industry standard curve from 73 K to 873 K with good sensitivity over the whole range Platinum RTDs can also be used down to 14 K Because of their high reproducibility they are used in many precision metrology applications Platinum RTDs have limited packaging options but they are inexpensive and require simple in
259. e flexibility of Lake Shore sensors make them ideal candidates for incorporating into various probes and thermowells The individualized nature of applications usually demand customized designs Standard Probe Mounts 0 25 in diameter Lake Shore offers a wide variety of probes 304 stainless steel for many applications Following are configurations of probes that can be Detoronics connector purchased from Lake Shore DTO2H 12 10PN If you don t find a design that fits your application please call us and let our engineers assist you in customizing a probe for your application Design considerations include allowable heat leak down the probe and the type of atmosphere on the warm end of the probe 304 stainless steel 1 125 in x 1 125 in x 0 80 in CF flange 304 stainless steel 1 33 in diameter x 0 28 in thick weld joint 0 25 in or 0 125 in diameter 304 stainless steel epoxy filled sensor Swagelok fitting j Probes can be easily attached copper adapter to a system using the Swagelok fitting When ordering probes with a Swagelok fitting please specify the type of fitting bored through thermal grease www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Temperature Probe Selection Guide Specify probe P a bcd e f g where a probe length in inches offered in whole inch increments from 1 to 28 inches b tube diameter 2 1 8 in 4 1
260. e for general cryogenic use from 1 4 K to above room temperature Diodes L ine sees D i SC 2 C d e Diodes are economical to use because they follow E e E a standard curve and are interchangeable in many Seon mode dps 5 uk 2 Gi e 3 l applications They are not suitable for use in ionizing Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 14Kto500K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T radiation or magnetic fields Silicon Diode DT 471 SD 10Kto500K T gt 600K amp B lt 3T m GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P 14Kto325K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T Cernox thin film RTDs offer high sensitivity and low GaAlAs Diode TG 120 PL 14Kto325K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T magnetic field induced errors over the 2 K to 420 K GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 14Kto500K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T temperature range Cernox sensors require calibration Positive Temperature 100 Q Platinum PT 102 3 14Kto873K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T f T Coefficient RTDs 100 Platinum PT 111 14Kto673K T gt 40K amp B lt 257 Platinum RTDs offer high uniform sensitivity from Rhodium lron RF 800 4 1 4K to 500 K 30 K to over 800 K With excellent reproducibility Rhodium lron RF 100T U 14K to 325K they are useful as thermometry standards They follow Negative Cernox CX 1010 2K10325K46 T gt 2K amp B lt 19T a standard curve above 70 K and are interchangeable Temperature Cernox CX 1030 HT 3 5 K to 420 K6 T gt 2K amp B lt 19T in many applications Coefficient RTDs Cerno
261. e may be several ohms A 10 Q lead resistance would result in a positive 26 K error in this temperature range 10 2 0 385 Q K 26 K The effect of lead resistance becomes even greater as the temperature decreases since the temperature sensitivity dR dT of platinum sensors decreases with decreasing temperature Additionally it is not uncommon for the internal lead resistance of the current leads parasitic resistance of a germanium or carbon glass sensor to be as much as 10 to 20 or more of the sensor 4 lead resistance Consequently the 4 lead calibrated resistance temperature data is of little use for a 2 lead measurement and the temperature error associated with www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc ir Ther re 614 891 2244 o Appendix E 189 2 lead resistance measurements for germanium and carbon glass is almost always extremely large The parasitic resistance for Cernox temperature sensors due to having common current and voltage contact is extremely small Even still the low temperature error due to lead resistance can be at least 3 mK for 100 Q of lead resistance Since lead wire has its own temperature dependence the error could be much larger Table 1 shows typical error with 2 lead measurement In order to eliminate the effects of lead resistance a 4 lead measurement Figure 2 is normally used Two of the leads I and I supply current to the sensor while the other two leads V and V a
262. e noted DT 421 80 050 in 81 270 mm D 010 in 10 254 mm 1 009 in 0 030 in 25 400 mm 0 762 mm D 002 in I 5 051 mm 4d Fs Platinum ribbon General tolerance of 40 005 in 40 127 mm unless otherwise noted e mail info lakeshore com 38 Sensors Silicon Diodes DT 400 Series Curve 10 Temperature Response Curve Standard Curve 10 Tolerance Bands for DT 470 471 Silicon Diodes L6 Average slope Ai 12 MES ER i Wi as s Band 124 c i Band 114 1 0 gr s i Eu cur Ha CG m Eh ER 0 6 EE l acl Average 0 4 x diel slope u 2 34 mWv K 1 0 0 2 SC po i on ii 0 100 200 300 400 m zn ae W We nn temperature EK temperature K DT 400 Series Expanded Temperature Response Data Table All DT 470 DT 471 DT 414 and DT 421 Silicon Diodes follow the same Curve 10 standard temperature response curve which means they can be interchanged with one another routinely in any application utilizing this response curve Voltage dV dT T Voltage dV dT T Voltage dV dT V mV K K V mV K K V mV K 1 40 1 69812 13 1 es 1 38021 24 8 38 0 1 09131 SE 210 0 0 73238 2 32 1 60 1 69521 15 9 12 0 1 36809 23 40 0 1 08781 1 74 220 0 0 70908 2 34 1 80 1 69177 18 4 12 5
263. e range variable DC voltage source that can vary from 0 V to 10 V The output can source up to 1 A of current providing a maximum of 10 W of heater power The setpoint ramp feature allows smooth continuous changes in setpoint and also makes the approach to a setpoint temperature more predictable The zone feature can automatically change control parameter values for operation over a large temperature range Values for ten different temperature zones can be loaded into the instrument which will select the next appropriate zone value on setpoint change The Lake Shore SoftCal algorithm for silicon diode and platinum RTD sensors is a good solution for applications that need more accuracy than a standard sensor curve but not traditional calibration SoftCal uses the predictability of a standard curve to improve the accuracy of an individual sensor around known temperature reference points www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Interface The Model 332 includes both parallel IEEE 488 and serial RS 232C computer interfaces In addition to data gathering nearly every function of the instrument can be controlled via computer interface Also included is a Model 330 command emulation mode that makes the Model 332 interchangeable with the older Model 330 in software controlled systems Each input has a high and low alarm which offer latching and non latching operation The two relays on the Model 332 can be
264. e range 1 4Kto 475 K 30 K to 800 K 1 4 K to 325 K Standard curve Lake Shore Curve 10 IEC 751 Requires calibrated sensor and CalCurve Typical sensor sensitivity 30 mV K at 4 2 K 0 19 Q K at 30 K 700 Q K at 4 2 K 1 9 mV K at 77 K 0 42 O K at 77 K 24 O K at 10 K 2 4 mV K at 300 K 0 39 Q K at 300 K 0 15 Q K at 77 K 0 34 Q K up to 800 K 0 02 Q K at 300 K Measurement resolution Sensor units 76 3 uV 4 8 MQ Range dependent Temperature equivalence 2 5 mK at 4 2 K 22 mK at 30 K 0 04 mK at 4 2 K 40 mK at 77 K 11 mK at 77 K 0 12 mK at 30 K 32 mK at 300 K 13 mK at 300 K 6 6 mK at 77 K 14 mK up to 800 K 67 mK at 300 K Electronic measurement accuracy Sensor units 75 uV 0 01 of reading 0 05 Q 0 05 of reading Range dependent see table on page 119 Temperature accuracy 0 07 K at 4 2 K 0 2 K at 30K 2 mK at 4 2 K 0 16 K at 77 K 0 15 Kat GC 8 mK at 10 K 0 12 K at 300 K 0 3 K at 300 K 18 mK at 77 K 0 7 K up to 800 K 1 2 K at 300 K Measurement temperature coefficient Sensor units of reading C ambient 0 0006 of resistance rdg C 0 002 of resistance rdg C 0 0125 of resistance rdg C Temperature equivalence 3 mK C at 4 2 K 0 4 mK C at 30 K 0 18 mK C at 4 2 K 3 mK C at 77 K 1 mK C at 77 K 0 8 mK C at 10 K 1 2 mK C at 300 K 6 mK C at 300 K 18 mK C at 77 K 18 mK C at 800 K 100 mK C at 300 K Magnetic field use Silicon diode Recommended for NA NA T260KandBz3T GaAlAs diode Recommended for NA NA T gt 4 2
265. ead polarity SoftCal Accuracy 30Kto 60Kto 345Kto 375Kto 60K 345K 375K 475K x025K 015K 0 25K 10 85 05K 0 25K 0 15K 0 25K 1 0K 25 77 K and 305 K DT 470 SD DT 471 SD and DT 421 35 4 2 K 77 K and 305 K DT 470 SD only DT 421 SoftCal has a low end temperature limited to 40K Standard Curve 10 Tolerance Bands for DT 400 Series Silicon Diodes wm EOCEEN Band 11 0 25K 0 5K 1 0K Band 11A 0 25 K 1 0ftemp 1 of temp Band 12 0 5K 10K 20K Band 12A 05K 1960ftemp 1 oftemp Band 13 1 0K 1 oftemp 1 of temp Type 1 4Kto10K 10 Kto 375K DT 471 Not 1 5 K or 1 5 of temp recommended whichever is greater DT 414 1 5 K or 1 5 of temp Not whichever is greater recommended Type DT 421 2 5 K or 1 5 of temp whichever is greater Temperature Response Data Table typical DT 470 471 414 V volts dV dT mV K 14 1 698 13 1 4 2 1 626 33 6 1 789 36 10 1 42 28 7 Uf 1 0203 1 75 1 02 0 507 2 4 See Appendix G for expanded response table DT 471 useful range gt 10 K Sensor materials used DT 470 37 mg 2 gold and Positive lead on right Sapphire base with alumina body and lid 471 SD nickel plated with package lid up and Molybdenum manganese metallization Kovar leads towards user on base and lid top with nickel and gold plating Gold tin solder
266. eads are not properly heat sunk they will introduce a heat load into the sensor This affects the sensor s measurement and can also affect the sample It can bias the reading of temperature as well as directly affect the temperature if the heat leak is great enough Other interactions include thermal radiation magnetic fields and radiation www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 3 Operation and Instrumentation Errors Does the instrumentation introduce errors to the measurement Instrumentation is a crucial component to the total quality of the measurement The choice of 2 lead or 4 lead measurements excitation currents instrument resolution and accuracy all affect the measurement Additionally grounding errors RF noise coupling and thermal EMFs can introduce noise to the measurement Error terms can be classified into two classes Type A or random Errors that can be evaluated by statistical methods Type B or systematic Errors that can be evaluated by other means Most random errors are the result of instrumentation uncertainty in the current source and voltage measurements Other random errors are the actual assignment of a temperature transferring ITS 90 or PLTS 2000 and interpolation errors Design installation and environmental errors are systematic For example sensors in magnetic fields will create an offset to the measurement This offset can be estimated from prior informatio
267. eal thermal system 14 Current source error has negligible effect on measurement accuracy 1 Diode input excitation current can be set to 1 mA refer to the Model 331 user manual for details Thermometry Control Number of inputs 2 Control loops 2 Input configuration Each input is factory configured as either Control type Closed loop digital PID with manual heater output or open loop diode RTD or thermocouple Tuning Autotune one loop at a time manual PID zones Control stability sensor dependent to 2x measurement resolution in an ideal thermal system PID control settings Proportional gain Integral reset Derivative rate Manual output Zone control Isolation sensor inputs optically isolated from other circuits but not from each other 24 bit sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table 10 readings per s on each input with the following exceptions 5 readings per s when configured as 75 KQ NTC RTD with reversal on 5 readings per s on input A when configured as thermocouple A D resolution Input accuracy Measurement resolution Maximum update rate 0 to 1000 with 0 1 setting resolution 1 to 1000 1000 per s with 0 1 setting resolution 1 to 200 with 1 setting resolution 0 to 100 with 0 001 setting resolution 10 temperature zones with P D manual heater out and heater range Autorange Automatically selects appropriate NTC RTD range Setpoint
268. easurement Calculation Examples DT 470 SD 11 CX 1050 AA TT Appendix E 195 References ISO TAG 4 WG 3 Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement First Edition Geneva Switzerland International Organization for Standardization 1992 S Rabinovich Measurement Errors College Park Maryland American Institute of Physics 1993 Temperature T 80 K 42K Mounting environment N greased to block vacuum liquid helium Static Electrical Resistance R 101 525 Q static R V I 4920 Q static H Wi Dynamic Electrical Resistance R 1000 Q dynamic R aV d1 4920 Q dynamic R dV d1 Excitation current J 10 uA 1 uA Output voltage H 1 01525 V 4 92 mV Dimensionless temperature sensitivity 0 1521 1 71 Value Temperature Value Temperature Used Uncertainty Used Uncertainty u T PPM u T PPM Uncertainties due to Measurement instrumentation Keithley Instruments 2000 DVM Meter range full scale FS 10 00000 V 100 0000 mV Voltage accuracy specification ppm 30 5 FSV 521 50 35 FS V 445 Sensor self heating Thermal resistance R 1000 KW 127 R 3500 KW 4 1 Excitation uncertainty Lake Shore Model 120 CS Current accuracy specification u I 0 05 32 u I 0 1 909 Thermal noise 0 02 0 2 Thermal voltages and zero drift 10 uV 65 00 0 Electromagnetic noise 2 mV 1040 00 0 Calibration uncertainty 0 250 K 3130 4 mK 952 Interpolation uncertainty 313 95 2 Combined
269. ebychev polynomials is no more complicated than the use of the regular power series and they offer significant advantages in the actual fitting process The first step is to transform the measured variable either R or V into the normalized variable using equation 2 Equation 1 is then used in combination with equation 3 or 4 to calculate the temperature An interesting and useful property of the Chebychev fits is evident in the form of the Chebychev polynomial given in equation 4 The cosine function requires that t X 1 so no term in equation 1 will be greater than the absolute value of the coefficient This property makes it easy to determine the contribution of each term to the temperature calculation and where to truncate the series if the full accuracy of the fit is not required fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Sensor Calibration Accuracies Appendix D 185 Table 5 Calibrated Sensors Typical Accuracy Model number 0 0 Tt A00 D0 Silicon Diode DT 670 SD CO 12mK 12mK 12mK x14mK 22mK 32mK 45mK 50mK DT 670 CU CO LR CY ET BO 12mK 12mK x12mK x14 mK x22 mK x32 mK DT 414 12mK 12mK 14mK 22mK 32 mK DT 421
270. echniques used for the various temperature ranges Calibration Method 1 2 K to 330 K Temperatures from 1 2 K to 4 2 K are achieved by filling a He4 subpot attached to the copper sensor block and pumping on the subpot through a vacuum regulator valve Temperatures above 4 2 K are achieved by applying controlled power to a heater while the entire probe assembly remains immersed in liquid helium In either case the sensors themselves are maintained in a vacuum fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Calibration Accuracies Extreme care is taken to ensure that the sensor block is thermally stable before calibration data is collected The computer examines successive and interposed measurements of both the known standards and the sensors being calibrated at each data point to verify temperature stability Once temperature has stabilized an appropriate DC excitation current is applied to the thermometer and the resulting voltage is measured In the case of resistance sensors currents from 0 01 mA to 5 mA are selected as required Sensor voltage is maintained between 1 mV and 3 mV for Cernox carbon glass germanium and Rox elements up to 300 kW Higher resistances are measured using a fixed current of 0 01 mA Sensor power is held between 1 mW and 10 mW for platinum and rhodium iron resistors For resistors successive voltage readings taken with the current applied in opposite polarities are averaged together to el
271. ed 3 2 mm 0 125 in diameter by 8 5 mm 0 335 in deep minimum for the copper can 2 Surface area should be cleaned with a solvent such as acetone followed by an isopropyl alcohol rinse Allow time for the solvents to evaporate before sensor positioning 3 A small amount of Apiezon N grease should be applied around the mounting surface and the sensor to enhance thermal contact p Position the copper can so that it is fully submerged in the mounting hole Figure 7 Copper AA Package with im m Cernox sensor shown While internal 0 120 in connections are different for the other sensors the overall package dimensions are the same 7 A G d Ta e EEN PRETT ZS a A Gold plated copper enclosure B Current contact zone C Phosphor bronze leads 0 20 mm 0 008 in diameter D Gold leads 0 05 mm 0 002 in diameter E Sensing element F Epoxy heat sink G Beryllium oxide base e O O Sensor Packaging and Installation Appendix C 175 Extra Lead Attachment If extra long leads are to be attached then it is recommended that a 4 lead measurement scheme be used with this sensor Attaching four connecting wires to the sensor leads is recommended Refer to Table 2 to determine sensor lead polarity Lead Configurations Four leads are attached with strain relief at the sensor For Cernox germanium and rhodium iron sensors each lead is 32 AWG 0 20 mm diameter phosphor bronze wire
272. ee application notes and sensor installation instructions from our website Finally many of the documents on this list are included on the Lake Shore Sensor CD which is included with the purchase of a calibrated sensor Phone 614 891 2243 Fax 614 890 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Website www lakeshore com Effects of Packaging on Thermal Resistance Below 1 K for Cryogenic Temperature Sensors S Scott Courts and C J Yeager to be published in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 49 American Institute of Physics NY July 2004 Presented at the CEC 2003 23 26 September 2003 Anchorage AK Fundamentals for Usage of Cryogenic Temperature Controllers J M Swartz and L G Rubin 1985 Gamma Radiation Induced Calibration Shifts In Four Cryogenic Thermometer Models S Scott Courts and C J Yeager to be published in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 49 American Institute of Physics NY July 2004 Presented at the CEC 2003 23 26 September 2003 Anchorage AK High Power Heater Application Cryogenic Temperature Controller with Extended Heater Power V West 2001 Installation and Operation of DT 470 Series Temperature Sensors 1980 Long Term Stability of a Cryogenic Diode S S Courts and P R Swinehart Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 47B edited by P Shirron American Institute of Physics NY 2002 pp 1636 1643 Presented at CEC ICMC 2001 16 20 July 2001 Madison WI Long Term S
273. el 211 can be configured for the type of sensor in use from the instrument front panel Ensuring high accuracy and 5 digit measurement resolution are 4 lead differential measurement and 24 bit analog to digital conversion The Model 211 converts voltage or resistance to temperature units based on temperature response curve data for the sensor in use Standard temperature response curves for silicon diodes and platinum RTDs are included in instrument firmware The Model 211 also provides non volatile memory for one 200 point temperature response curve which can be entered via the serial interface e mail info lakeshore com Interface Model 211 Temperature Monitor With an RS 232C serial interface and other interface features the Model 211 is valuable as a stand alone monitor and is easily integrated into other systems Setup and every instrument function can be performed via serial interface or the front panel of the Model 211 Temperature data can be read up to seven times per second over computer interface the display is updated twice each second High and low alarms can be used in latching mode for error limit detection and in non latching mode in conjunction with relays to perform simple on off control functions The analog output can be configured for either 0 to 10 V or 4 to 20 mA output Display The Model 211 has a 6 digit LED display with measurements available in temperature units K C F or senso
274. elays 218S Number 8 Contacts Normally open NO normally closed NC and common C Contact rating 30 VDC at5 A Operation Each input may be configured to activate any or all of the eight relays relays may be activated on high low or both alarms for any input or manually Connector Detachable terminal block Analog voltage output 218S Number 2 Scale User selected Update rate To 16 readings per s Data source Temperature sensor units and linear equation Range 10V Resolution 1 25 mV Accuracy 32 5 mV Min load resistance 1 kQ short circuit protected Data logging Channels 1 to 8 Operation Data log records can be stored in memory or sent to the printer Stored data may be displayed printed or retrieved by computer interface Data memory Maximum of 1500 single reading records non volatile www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc General Ambient temperature 15 C to 35 C at rated accuracy 10 C to 40 C at reduced accuracy Power requirement Size Weight Approval Ordering Part number 2188 218E Select a powe VAC 100 VAC 120 VAC 120 ALL VAC 220 VAC 240 100 120 220 240 VAC 6 10 50 or 60 Hz 18 VA 216 mm W x 89 mm H x 318 mm D 8 5 in x 3 5 in x 12 5 in half rack 3 kg 6 6 Ib CE mark Information Description Standard Temperature Monitor 8 inputs IEEE 488 and serial interface alarms relays corrected analog output data logging Economy Temperature Monitor 8
275. em along with our large Ongoing investment in new product development With these enrichments in personnel and technology we strive to remain the premier cryogenics manufacturer Thanks to your support and dedication 2003 was a very successful year We look forward to building on this foundation by continuously making significant improvements and developing products that you our customer value EAT Zi fi e A _ Michael S Swartz CEO www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 2004 Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc All rights reserved The technical and pricing information contained herein 1s subject to change at any time CalCurve SoftCal Duo Twist Quad Twist Quad Lead Cernox and Rox are all trademarks of Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc American Express and the American Express Box Logo are registered trademarks of American Express Company Apiezon is a registered trademark of M amp I Materials Ltd CryoCable is a trademark of Omega Engineering Inc Dacron Kapton Mylar Teflon and Vespel are registered trademarks of E I Du Pont de Nemours amp Co Evanohm is a registered trademark of Carpenter Technology Corp Fair Rite is a registered trademark of Fair Rite Products Corp Gel Pak is a registered trademark of GEL PAK LLC Kester 1s a registered trademark of Litton Systems Inc Kynar is a registered trademark of Atochem North America Inc LabVI
276. emperature Controller Standard temperature response curves for silicon diodes platinum RTDs and many thermocouples are included Up to twenty 200 point CalCurves for Lake Shore calibrated sensors or user curves can be loaded into non volatile memory via a computer interface or the instrument front panel A built in SoftCal algorithm can also be used to generate curves for silicon diodes and platinum RTDs for storage as user curves Temperature Control For the greatest flexibility in temperature control the Model 332 has two independent proportional integral derivative PID control loops that drive two heater outputs of 50 W and 10 W A PID control algorithm calculates control output based on temperature setpoint and feedback from the control sensor Wide tuning parameters accommodate most cryogenic cooling systems and many small high temperature ovens Control output is generated by a high resolution digital to analog converter for smooth continuous control The user can set the PID values manually or the Autotuning feature of the Model 332 can automate the tuning process The Loop 1 heater output is a well regulated variable DC current source The output is optically isolated from other circuits to reduce interference and ground loops The output can provide up to 50 W of continuous power to a resistive heater load and includes two lower ranges for systems with less cooling power The second control loop heater output is a singl
277. emperature sensor with a voltmeter connected to the current leads as shown in Figure 1 The current source can be represented as an ideal current source I in parallel with a shunt resistance R The voltmeter normally a digital multimeter DMM can be modeled as an ideal voltmeter V in parallel with an input impedance R DUT IF dinzes ag td Ri py Figure 1 2 Lead Resistance Measurement The dominant source of error in a 2 lead resistance measurement is usually the resistance of the lead wires connecting the current source to the temperature sensor In a cryogenic environment the flow of heat down the leads of the cryostat is of critical concern due to the potential for sensor element heating Normally wire of small diameter and significant resistance per unit length is preferred to minimize this heat flow Consequently the resulting lead resistance can become a significant percentage of the resistance measured The wire also has its own temperature sensitivity of resistance The equivalent error the lead resistance represents depends on the sensor type and sensor sensitivity The 100 platinum RTD has a nominal resistance of 100 Q at 273 15 K 0 C The IEC 751 standard for the temperature sensitivity for platinum RTDs is 0 385 Q K between 273 15 K and 373 15 K 0 C to 100 C Both the magnitude of the resistance and the temperature sensitivity are relatively small numbers especially when the lead resistanc
278. en instrumentation constraints e g legacy installations cost prevent the use of Cernox www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Sensor Selection Guide Rhodium Iron Rhodium Iron temperature sensors can be used over a wide temperature range and are resistant to ionizing radiation Wire wound capsule versions RF 800 have excellent stability and are widely used as secondary temperature standards by many national standards laboratories Thin film Rhodium Iron sensors have various packaging options including the SD package and bare chip They require similar instrumentation as a Platinum RTD and are used in applications when packaging size and temperature range prevent the use of Platinum or Cernox sensors Carbon Glass Carbon Glass resistance temperature sensors are highly sensitive and reproducible and can be used from 1 4 K to 100 K in magnetic fields up to 20 T The magnetoresistance of Carbon Glass is less than Cernox Physical construction of the CGR also limits the number of packaging options For most cryogenic applications requiring high sensitivity in magnetic fields Lake Shore recommends the Cernox sensor 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Thermocouples Thermocouples can be used over an extremely wide range and in harsh environmental conditions and follow a standard response curve Less accurate than other sensors special techniques must be employed when using thermocou
279. endence above 30 K platinum ae Recommended for use when T 2 30 K sensors are useful as control elements in magnetic Calibrations All other field applications when some error can be tolerated to 800K calibrations see Appendix B 30 K 10mK 10 mK Temperature Response Data Table typical Reproducibility 5 mK at 77 K Jw 12mK x12mK x10mK PT 100 i pod reproducibility iid i 305 K 23 mK 23 mK R 9 S Q K T R dR dT subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K BEEN Omk 41 mk 20K 2 2913 0 085 0 74 BENI mb 26m C 50K 9 3865 0 360 1 90 20 es 77K 20380 0 423 1 60 Ranae of Use Calibration uncertainty reproducibility 5 g for more information see Appendices B D and E e E Uus 120 f not heated above 475 K long term 300 K 110 354 0 387 1 10 stability data is obtained by subjecting sensor 600 K 221 535 0 372 1 00 PT 102 14K 873 K to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K 289 789 0 360 100 PT 103 14K 873 K l l l See Appendix G for expanded response table PT 111 14K PT 100 Series Interchangeability DAZ n aia iu Tae nm g 70 mr P POE e eel Mdh CENE SESE pi du Ban E Pe EE bs E eas RES ES E EE zy A e ES ate Is Fee een eee Sep EN S Est Ge wae uM 5 a 2 39 nr m n Hole Hstnn 8 WEE EES AE hen l ketir l texrzdze zb iz d nn 1d JE pre ES Erb i ro CG PT 103 r i Dect pa Zone E 30 51 BUN Ju 2 1 GRO JU al DA bE AC
280. ensor Measurement Resolution Temperature Example Temp Nominal Typical Lake Shore Resistance Sensor Sensor Voltage Sensitivity Equivalents Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 13 1 4K 1 644 V 12 49 mV K 0 8 mK 13 mK 25 mK 1 6 mK with 1 4H TUK 1 028 V 1 73 mV K 5 8 mK 76 mK 98 mK 11 6 mK calibration 300 K 0 5597 V 2 3 mV K 4 4 mK 47 mK 79 mK 8 8 mK 500 K 0 0907 V 2 12 mV K 4 8 mK 40 mK 90 mK 9 6 mK Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 13 1 4K 1 6981 V 13 1 mV K 0 8 mK 13 mK 25 mK 1 6 mK with 1 4H 77K 1 0203 V 1 92 mV K 5 2 mK 69 mK 91 mK 10 4 mK calibration 300 K 0 5189 V 2 4 mV K 4 2 mK 45 mK 77 mK 8 4 mK 475 K 0 0906 V 2 22 mV K 4 6 mK 39 mK 89 mK z 9 2 mK GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 1 4K 5 391 V 97 5 mV K 0 2 mK 7 mK 19 mK 0 4 mK with 1 4H Tas 1 422 V 1 24 mV K 16 2 mK 180 mK 202 mK 32 4 mK calibration 300 K 0 8978 V 2 85 mV K 7 mK 60 mK 92 mK 14 mK 415K 0 3778 V 3 15 mV K 6 4 mK 38 mK 88 mK 12 8 mK 100 Q Platinum RTD PT 103 30K 3 660 Q 0 191 Q K 10 5 mK 23 mK 33 mK 21 mK 500 Q Full Scale with 1 4J 77K 20 38 Q 0 423 Q K 4 8 mK 15 mK 27 mK 9 6 mK calibration 300 K 110 35 Q 0 387 Q K 5 2 mK 39 mK 62 mK 10 4 mK 500 K 185 668 Q 0 378 Q K 5 3 mK 60 mK 106 mK 10 6 mK Cernox CX 1050 SD HT 4 2 K 3507 2 Q 1120 8 Q K 36 uK 1 4 mK 6 4 mK 72 uK with 4M ak 205 67 Q 2 4116 Q K 16 6 mK 76 mK 92 mK Be 2 calibration 300 K 59 467 Q 0 1727 Q K 232 mK 717 mK 757 mK 464 mK 420 K
281. ent the current leads should be twisted together and the voltage leads should be twisted together Third put a conductive shield around all the leads to divert electric field signals and prevent capacitive coupling into the leads Tie the shield to the ground closest in potential to the measurement Many Lake Shore instruments provide a shield pin on the sensor connector for this purpose The shield should be tied only at the instrument Attaching at any other point can cause ground loops that were previously discussed In cases where shielding is not enough filtering the unwanted signals can be considered It is very difficult to add a filter to a measurement system without changing the measurement One type of filter that has proven to work is a ferrite bead see the Accessories section The bead will act like a high impedance to unwanted high frequency signals and not affect the slow moving desired signals being measured The Lake Shore 2071 ferrite bead can be clamped around existing wiring The greatest concern relates to leads external to the cryostat Ideally the cryostat itself acts as the shield for all wiring internal to it However it is still possible for cross talk between different signal leads In this application Lake Shore recommends Quad Twist cryogenic wire which has two twisted pairs of phosphor bronze wire that minimize noise pickup and allow proper heat sinking In extreme cases coaxial cable may be needed although
282. ept negligible compared to the temperature of interest For diodes a fixed excitation current of 10 LA is a compromise between power dissipation and noise immunity The power dissipated is the product of voltage times current Since the voltage increases with decreasing temperature power also increases resulting in a practical lower temperature limit for diode thermometers of slightly above 1 K Resistors on the other hand have a linear I V relationship that allows at a fixed temperature the measurement of resistance at many different currents and voltages Since positive temperature coefficient resistance temperature sensors vary relatively linearly with temperature they can normally be measured by utilizing a fixed current chosen such that self heating over the useful temperature range is minimized In the case of negative temperature coefficient resistance temperature sensors such as Cernox or germanium RTDs resistance can vary by as much as five orders of magnitude To keep the joule heating low their resistance must be measured either at a fixed voltage or with a variable current selected to keep the resulting measured voltage between 1 mV and 15 mV Table 2 gives some typical values of appropriate power levels to use with various temperature sensors in various ranges These power dissipation levels should keep the temperature rise below 1 mK Table 2 Power W Cernox Carbon Glass Germanium
283. eration In current E WEN mode the Model 370 provides the pe appropriate voltage gain when the Ke resistance range and a fixed excitation mmu current are selected The instrument changes gain when the resistance range is changed In current mode the actual excitation current is continuously displayed D firmware simulates voltage excitation In voltage mode the instrument changes the current to maintain the voltage limit when the resistance range is changed Because voltage is limited in voltage mode excitation power decreases as resistance increases and temperature decreases when negative temperature coefficient NTC resistance materials are measured As a result voltage mode provides a convenient way to limit excitation power and resistor self heating for NTC resistance temperature sensors In voltage mode the upper input voltage limit but not the actual voltage is continuously displayed Autorange and Manual Range The autorange and manual range selection functions of the Model 370 are available for use with both current excitation mode and voltage mode The autorange function increases or decreases the resistance range when measured resistance exceeds or falls below the range in use In current mode the autorange function modifies the voltage gain In voltage mode autorange modifies the current setting fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Manual range selection provides the option of full user control With
284. erature transmitter Cryogenic wire 135 168 Current sources 124 Curve 10 38 Curve 670 34 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc D DC current sources 124 Dimensionless sensitivity 18 159 Diode temperature sensors 15 156 Silicon 32 36 Gallium Aluminum Arsenide 40 Duo Twist cryogenic wire 137 E Electronic accuracy 199 Electrical tape 150 Epoxy 144 Stycast epoxy 2850 Ft catalyst 9 145 171 Low temperature conductive 145 F Fernte bead 150 Fixed temperature points 155 Four lead measurements 189 Four lead resistance sample holder 149 Four quadrant superconducting magnet power supply 127 G Gallium Aluminum Arsenide diode 40 Gamma radiation 163 164 213 Gaussmeters 228 Germanium resistance GR temperature device RTD 50 Grease 146 170 Grounding 190 H Hall generators 67 Hall probes 67 Heat sink bobbin 148 Heater output conditioner 93 Heavy duty lead wire 138 High Temperature Cernox 43 I IEC 751 157 ISO Certification 3 ITS 90 154 182 215 Indium foil 142 Installation Sensor 166 216 Instrument Selection Guide 72 Interchangeability 20 165 Interpolation table 186 L Lead length 28 M Magnetic field 19 20 21 161 162 Magnetic field Hall sensors 67 Manganin wire 138 Measurement uncertainty 158 183 194 Monitors temperature 75 76 110 114 See also temperature transmitter Mounting adapters 24 614 891 224
285. erface so the computer is not slowed down by temperature control overhead Several math features are included to improve usability and aid in setting up experiments It is often useful to have reading filters and maximum and minimum calculations easily available on the front panel The Model 340 also computes a linear equation on reading data to allow flexibility in how the display represents experimental inputs Interface The Model 340 can be fully involved in computer controlled experiments It is equipped with IEEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces Either interface can send settings to the Model 340 and collect reading data from it Even the analog outputs relays and Digital I O can be controlled by computer interface The Model 340 has several features to make it more valuable as part of a larger measuring system Two analog voltage outputs can be used to report a voltage that is proportional to the temperature of an input The outputs can be controlled manually as a voltage source for any other application Two relays can be used with the alarm setpoints in latching mode for error detection or in nonlatching mode for simple on and off control Digital I O can be used with an external scanner or manually 34122 i S RELAYS LD Hi He NG Wee HO Relays Analog Outputs Q Standard Sensor Inputs fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 88 Instruments Model 340 Temperature Controller Configurable Disp
286. ermal contact to the active element in a cryogenic sensor Tupper 0 21mm ai mm 0 013 mm 0 005 mm K 24 AWG 32 AWG 36 AWG 40 AWG Copper 300 80 160 57 33 19 TIP Maintain Electrical Isolation 300 4 688 233 138 80 To maintain good electrical isolation over Phosphor bronze 300 80 32 T 6 4 many thermal cycles a single layer of cigarette paper can be varnished to the 300 4 38 13 T 4 thermal anchor first and the wire then Manganin 300 30 21 4 4 9 wound over the paper and varnished down The actual sensor leads are then 300 20 7 4 2 soldered to this thermally anchored lead 304 SS 300 30 17 e 3 9 wire after the sensor body is mounted For a more permanent installation 5 3 2 replace the VGE 7031 varnish with a suitable epoxy such as Stycast 2850 FT Note values are calculated assuming wires are in a vacuum environment and the thermal conductivity of the adhesive is given by the fit to the thermal conductivity of VGE 7031 varnish www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 168 Appendix C What You May Need Wire v Phosphor bronze v Manganin v Nichrome v Copper Constantan v Stainless steel coaxial cable Solders 60 40 Lead Tin v 90 10 Lead Tin v Silver v Ostalloy 158 Wood s Metal Indium Silver v Indium Fluxes RMA Keep Clean flux Stay Clean flux Stay Silv flux Insulating Materials Ceramics Mask
287. ernox sensors do not follow a standard response curve the listed values are typical but can vary widely consult Lake Shore to choose a specific range Cernox CX 1070 normal or HT T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT 4 2 9979 4 2225 3 1 56 6 Jof 1 5 794 30 1 33 10 1927 2 214 11 1 11 20 938 93 46 553 0 99 30 629 90 20 613 0 98 40 474 89 11 663 0 98 50 381 42 7 490 0 98 71 35 248 66 3 150 0 98 100 193 29 1 899 0 98 150 129 60 0 854 0 99 200 97 626 0 477 0 98 250 18 723 0 299 0 95 300 66 441 0 201 0 91 390 57 955 0 143 0 86 400 91 815 0 106 0 81 420 49 819 0 094 0 80 Cernox sensors do not follow a standard response curve the listed values are typical but can vary widely consult Lake Shore to choose a specific range www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 202 Appendix G Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 Germanium GR 200A 30 T K R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K R 9 dR dT Q K T R dR dT 14 103900 520000 6 9 0 05 25670 3489000 6 8 42 584 6 422 3 BA 0 095 2109 62000 28 10 85 64 13 39 1 6 0 2 346 3 3297 1 9 20 36 21 1 77 0 98 0 3 103 891 8 16 30 25 46 0 653 3177 0 5 85 69 205 4 Ae 50 18 05 10 013 0 59 1 42 41 36 14 0 85 71 35 14 33 0
288. errors from room temperature compensation fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Specifications Input Specifications Sensor Input Excitation Display Measurement Electronic Electronic Temperature Range Current Resolution Resolution Accuracy Control Coefficient Stability Diode negative 0 V to 2 5 V 10 uA 0 05 14 5 100 uV 10 uV 80 uV 0 005 of rdg 20 uV negative 0Vto 7 5V 10 uA 0 05 1415 100 pV 20 uV 80 uV 0 01 of rdg 40 ON PTC RTD positive 0 Oto 250 Q 1 mA 10 mo 2 mo x 0 004 0 01 of rdg 4mo positive 09 to 500 Q 1 mA 10 mo 2 mo x 0 004 0 01 of rdg 4mo positive 0 o to 5000 Q 1 mA 6 100 mo 20 mQ 0 04 QO 0 02 of rdg 40 mQ NTC RTD negative 0Qto 75 O0 1 mA 6 1 mo 0 3 MOQ 0 001 0 04 of rdg 0 6 mQ 0 00096 of rdg negative 09 to 750 Q 100 OAI 10 mo 3 mo 0 01 Q 0 04 of rdg 6 mQ 0 001 of rdg 0 002 of rdg negative 0 Q to 7500 Q 10 uA 100 mo 20 MOQ 0 1 Q 0 04 of rdg 40 mQ 0 001 of rdg 0 002 of rdg negative 0 Q to 75000 Q 1 pA 19 0 15 Q 1 0 Q 0 04 of rdg sis D 0 00396 of rdg 0 006 of rdg Thermocouple positive 25 mV NA 1 uV 0 4 ON 1 uV 0 05 of rdg 0 8 uV positive 50 mV NA 1uV 0 4 uV 1 uV 0 05 of rdg x 0 8 uV 16 Current source error is removed during calibration 17 Accuracy specification does not include errors from room temperature compensation 13 Control stability of the electronics only in an id
289. esolution B Linear regulation minimizes noise B Ripple lt 0 007 of maximum current into a 1 mQ load B 1 mA per hour stability M Parallel operation to 120 A C compliant to both the low voltage directive and the electromagnetic compatibility EMC directive which includes the radiated emissions requirements www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Model 625 Superconducting F Introduction The Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply is the ideal supply for small to medium sized superconducting magnets used in high sensitivity materials research applications The Model 625 is a practical alternative to both the larger one size fits all superconducting magnet supplies and the endless adaptations of generic power supplies By limiting output power Lake Shore was able to concentrate on the performance requirements of the most demanding magnet users The resulting Model 625 provides high precision low noise safety and convenience Precision in magnetic measurements is typically defined as smooth continuous operation with high setting resolution and low drift Achieving these goals while driving a challenging load such as a superconducting magnet requires a unique solution The Model 625 delivers up to 60 A at a nominal compliance voltage of 5 V with the supply acting as either a source or a sink in true 4 quadrant operation Its current source output architecture
290. et too high the load may have very large temperature changes that take a long time to settle out Delicate loads can even be damaged by too much power Often there is little information on the cooling power of the cooling system at the desired setpoint If this is the case try the following allow the load to cool completely with the heater off Set manual heater output to 50 while in Open Loop control mode Turn the heater to the lowest range and write down the temperature rise if any Select the next highest heater range and continue the process until the load warms up through its operating range Do not leave the system unattended the heater may have to be turned off manually to prevent overheating If the load never reaches the top of its operating range some adjustment may be needed in heater resistance or an external power supply may be necessary to boost the output power of the instrument www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc PID Temperature Control The list of heater range versus load temperature is a good reference for selecting the proper heater range It is common for systems to require two or more heater ranges for good control over their full temperature Lower heater ranges are normally needed for lower temperature Tuning Proportional The proportional setting is so closely tied to heater range that they can be thought of as fine and coarse adjustments of the same setting An appropriate hea
291. etter SoftCal WR An abbreviated calibration 2 point 77 K and 305 K 3 point 4 2 K 77 K and 305 K or 3 point 77 K 305 K and 480 K which is available for 400 Series silicon diodes and platinum sensors Best Calibration B All sensors can be calibrated in the various temperature ranges Lake Shore has defined calibration ranges available for each sensor type The digits represent the lower range in kelvin and the letter corresponds to high temperature limit where A 6K B 40K D 100K L 825K M 420 K The use of the terms accuracy and uncertainty throughout this catalog are used in the more general and conventional sense as opposed to following the strict metrological definitions For more information see Appendix B Accuracy versus Uncertainty www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 H 500 K fax 614 818 1600 J 800 K e mail info lakeshore com en 180 Appendix D Silicon Diodes B Curve 10 data DT 470 B Curve 670 data DT 670 Platinum Installation instructions B Standard IEC 751 data Installation instructions Sensor Calibration Accuracies Uncalibrated Good With the purchase of an uncalibrated sensor you will receive Ruthenium Oxide B Curve data 102 103 or 202 B Installation instructions Thermocouple B Reference data Table 1 Uncalibrated Sensors Typical Accuracy Interchangeability Cernox Germanium GaAlAs Carbon Glass Capacitance
292. f metallized BeO or Sapphire can be used Solder the chip to the buffer with indium and use Stycast 2850FT catalyst 9 or equivalent epoxy to attach the buffer to the mating piece www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Sensor Packaging and Installation Stycast 2850FT or another low expansion nonconducting epoxy can be used for direct mounting as well If epoxy is used to completely encapsulate the chip stress induced calibration shifts of up to 0 5 K can occur at lower temperatures If a greased mounting is desired Apiezon N or equivalent the sensor could be inserted into a hole lined with cigarette paper or tied to a greased surface with thread or dental floss with paper over it to avoid abrasion The leads must be insulated with plastic Sleeving fiberglass sleeving epoxy or other technique VGE 7031 varnish is also a good mounting adhesive and is more easily removed than epoxy It can be soaked into cigarette paper for a more reliable insulating layer for the leads The substrate of the sensor is already insulating Attaching Cable Wires to Sensor Leads The lead wires on a chip sensor are necessarily small in diameter 50 um diameter gold wire has a break strength of about 25 g and 62 um 42 AWG copper wire has a rated tensile strength of about 150 g but the actual break Figure 8 active sensor area substrate lower jaw removed tape adhesive side down Figure 9 leads opposed n
293. face and the sensor will touch only at its corners It also has a shallow sloped surface and the rinse liquids can be easily decanted Finish with a rinse of pure isopropyl alcohol Decant the liquid and dry under a light bulb 50 C For chips with leads hold the sensor by the leads and immerse it in isopropyl alcohol for a few seconds CO snow cleaning can also be very effective as can ultraviolet ozone treatments Attaching Leads There are several ways to apply electrical leads to the contact pads which are gold over contact metal not wetted easily with solder In all cases clamp the sensor chip by the edges and if possible do not rely on hand control to position and attach the wires A clamp can be made from a small smooth jawed alligator clip Figure 8 by cutting off the jaw on the side to which the wire is normally soldered and then fastening that side of the clip to a plate Another method uses tape to hold the sensors Figure 9 Kapton tape and its adhesive will withstand epoxy cure temperatures 165 C and the adhesive will not come off on the chip Do not use Scotch tape 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com The best way by far to connect the chip is to use a thermosonic gold ball bonder The bonding is clean uses no flux and can be done at or near room temperature The ball attachment at the pad also provides a robust way of making a flying lead that can be attached at the other
294. ferent The multiplexed inputs provide new readings for all eight inputs twice each second The 3468 inputs are not recommended for temperature control because the reading rate is too slow to allow good stability A variety of sensor types are supported by the Model 3468 but not as many as the standard inputs Diode and platinum configurations have similar specifications to the standard inputs reduced only slightly to account for multiplexing However the NTC RTD configuration is quite different than the standard inputs The option has a limited resistance range of 7 5 KQ with a fixed current excitation of 10 uA This limitation significantly reduces the low temperature range of the inputs The option also does not support current reversal to reduce the effect of thermal EMF voltages The original standard inputs remain fully functional allowing the Model 340 to measure 10 sensors when the option is installed 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 340 Temperature Controller Sensor Temperature Range sensors sold separately Model Useful Range Magnetic Field Use Diodes Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T 340 3462 Silicon Diode DT 670E BR 30 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 414 1 4 K to 375 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 421
295. g pressure thermometer MPT For the best realization of PLTS 2000 an MPT with an absolute pressure standard is used This is a costly and time consuming method Another method is to use the MPT as an interpolating instrument in conjunction with superconducting fixed points Few if any individuals or laboratories can afford the expense of maintaining the equipment necessary for achieving the ITS 90 and PLTS 2000 It is more customary to purchase thermometers calibrated by a standards laboratory Even then this thermometer is typically two or three times removed from primary thermometers fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Overview of Thermometry Normally the temperature scale once defined is transferred from the primary thermometers to secondary thermometers maintained by government agencies such as the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST the National Physical Laboratory NPL or the Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt PBT The most common of these secondary thermometers is the resistance thermometer which is normally a high purity platinum or a high purity rhodium iron alloy Standards grade platinum resistance thermometers are referred to as standard platinum resistance thermometers SPRT while rhodium iron resistance thermometers are referred to as RIRTs Both materials are highly stable when wire wound in a strain free configuration These standards grade resistance thermometers are maintai
296. g sensor installation to provide wire has a much lower thermal excellent thermal contact with the conductivity and higher electrical sample 90 10 Pb Sn solder is used resistivity than copper wire for applications requiring a higher temperature liquidus point of 575 K The most common type of cryogenic and solidus point 458 K Ostalloy 158 wire is phosphor bronze This wire is solder is used as a seal for demountable available in one two and four lead vacuum cans and electric feedthroughs configurations Four lead configurations in cryogenic systems are available as Quad twist two twisted pairs or Quad lead ribbon Wire gauge is 32 or 36 AWG with polyimide Varnish Thermal Grease and Epoxy or polyvinyl formal Formvar used to Thermal greases and epoxies are used insulate the wires to install and fasten sensors while providing thermal contact and or Other common cryogenic wires and electrical insulation with the sample coaxial cables include manganin Epoxy can be used for mechanical nichrome heater wire and HD 30 heavy attachment and joints duty copper wire For high frequency signals Lake Shore provides various coaxial cables ultra miniature coaxial cables and semi rigid coaxial with a stainless steel center conductor The most common varnish for cryogenic installations is VGE 7031 varnish It has good chemical resistance bonds to a variety of materials and has a fast tack time Stycast 2850FT is comp
297. ge is plotted as a function of the temperature A straight line interpolation is shown between the data points as a visual aid to the behavior of the sensor Table 4 Number of Calibration Data Points Typical number of data points Interpolation calibration printout interval 0 050 0 100 6 0 005 0 100 0 300 9 0 010 0 300 0 500 5 0 020 0 500 1 00 7 1 00 2 00 18 2 00 5 00 5 00 10 0 40 10 0 30 0 30 0 40 0 40 100 100 300 28 300 380 340 480 silicon diodes 10 340 480 platinum and rhodium iron resistors 15 9 0 400 K upper limit 480 800 platinum 2 5 sensors only 3 Calibration Data Plot This table contains the actual calibration data recorded during the calibration of the temperature sensor The indicated temperatures are those measured using the standard thermometers maintained by Lake Shore while the voltage or resistance values are the measurements recorded on the device being calibrated 4 Curve Fit A curve fit is given for each sensor allowing temperature to be calculated from the measurement of the forward voltage diodes or the resistance One of two curve fit types are used the first curve fit type is a polynomial equation based on the Chebychev polynomials the second curve fit type is based on a cubic spline routine Cubic spline routines are preferred when fitting a rapidly varying function or when smoothing is not desired In general the differences between the sp
298. ge of being insensitive to magnetic fields but they commonly experience calibration shifts after thermal cycling and the SrTiO capacitors have been known to drift over time while at low temperatures Phase shifts in the ferroelectric materials are probably the cause of the thermal cycling shifts The time response of capacitance sensors is usually limited by the physical size and low thermal diffusivity of the dielectric material The capacitance is measured by an AC technique Thermocouples Thermocouples are only useful where low mass or differential temperature measurements are the main consideration They must be calibrated in situ because the entire length of the wire contributes to the output voltage if it traverses a temperature gradient Errors of 5 K to 10 K can easily occur fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 158 Appendix B Sensor Selection The most important question to ask when selecting a temperature sensor and instrumentation system is What needs to be measured A simple question but it can be surprisingly easy to answer incorrectly Some processes need extremely high resolution over a narrow temperature range Other systems need only a gross estimate of the temperature but over a very wide range Design requirements dictate the choice of temperature sensor and instrumentation Not all applications require the same choice Even within an application different temperature sensors can be required Selec
299. ges Cernox HT RTD Model number Uncal 0 1B 0 1L 0 3B 0 3D 0 3L 0 3M 1 4B 1 4D 1 4L 1 4M 4B 4D 4L 4M 20L 20M CX 1010 BG BR HT mi CX 1010 CO CU SD HT m m m m CX 1030 BG BR HT Ww CX 1030 CO CU SD HT m BH NH BH HN E NH CX 1050 BG BR HT m CX 1050 CO CU SD HT im HN NH CX 1070 BG BR HT m CX 1070 CO CU SD HT m E NH CX 1080 BG BR HT m CX 1080 CO CU SD HT m E NH ADD P Add spot welded platinum leads to the SD package for Cernox sensors only Accessories available for sensors Accessories suggested for installation SN CO C1 CO style sensor clamps for SD package see Accessories section for full descriptions ECRIT Expanded interpolation table Stycast epoxy VGE 7031 varnish 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM Apiezon grease Phosphor bronze wire COC SEN Certificate of conformance 90 Pb 10 Sn solder Manganin wire Indium solder CryoCable www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Features B Low magnetic field induced errors BI For use in magnetic fields up to 20 tesla B Reproducible in the 1 4 K to 100 K range BI Monotonic R vs T and dR dT vs T response curves B High sensitivity provides submillikelvin control at 4 2 K and below BI Usable sensitivity over the broad range of 1 4 K to 325 K BI Good resistance to ionizing radiation at low temperat
300. han the digital display resolution fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 160 Appendix B Experimental Design Range of Use Two factors limit the useful range of a sensor First the physical phenomena responsible for the temperature dependence of the property being measured must occur at a measurable level in both absolute signal and sensitivity to temperature change Second the materials used in construction of the temperature sensor must be appropriate to the temperature range of use Materials such as epoxies solders and insulators that are very useful at low temperatures can break down at higher temperatures Exposure to extreme temperatures either high or low can induce strains in the sensor due to changes in the packaging materials or in the leads the resulting strain can cause a shift in the low temperature calibration for that sensor Physical Size Construction and Thermal Response Times As a general rule larger sensors will be more stable but they may have a longer thermal response time and may not fit into many experimental schemes This can be somewhat deceptive however because the actual thermal response time depends integrally upon the physical construction of the sensor De the temperature sensing element and its associated packaging Strain free mounting of sensor elements inside the package necessarily makes for poor thermal connection and longer thermal response times The choice of package mate
301. hat follow the voltage on each lead to provide the lowest possible voltage difference between the lead and its shield Driven quards reduce the effect of cable capacitance and provide the best possible shielding Driven guards are not available for scanned inputs www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc T 2 a SS ki ess e B IM 3 I REN m T xd gro PEE EI nt k E IMam EEEE 2 keem ce Heen ST Lae 1 bet kee mg A E wa m o SE T ZS 3 l M T L d 614 891 2244 Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge To accommodate conversion of changing output from phase sensitive detection to a stable signal the Model 370 operates with a 200 ms minimum filter time constant While this is adequate for measurement of small resistance values with large excitation the Model 370 software provides additional filtering to ensure good resolution as resistance increases and excitation decreases Linear filtering or averaging offers the best possible settling time with selections from 1 s to 200 s Excitation Modes The Model 370 provides full scale resistance ranges from 2 mQ to 2 MQ The selected resistance range tm is continuously displayed excitation M power dissipated in the resistor is also continuously calculated and displayed The Model 370 includes both a current excitation mode and a voltage mode for resistor excitation Current ontro excitation is the instrument s primary irm mode of op
302. he leads bypasses the chip it can survive several thousand hours at 500 K depending on model and is compatible with most ultra high vacuum applications It can be indium soldered to samples Typical GaAlAs Diode Sensitivity Values Canin I I ANE I I LELEN I I i 10 l oe g e S E LE i E T 120 w ES S Su ET a i gM r E E I Kg I Er Li 1 lc EIU emperatiura Ko e mail info lakeshore com Specifications Standard curve Not applicable Recommended excitation 10 uA 0 1 Maximum reverse voltage diode 2 V Maximum forward current diode 500 mA Dissipation at recommended excitation Typical 50 uW max at 4 2 K 14 uW at 77 K 10 uW at 300 K Thermal response time typical P and PL 100 ms at 4 2 K 250 ms at 77 K 3 s at 305 K SD 10 ms at 4 2 K Use in radiation Recommended for use only in low level radiation see Appendix B Use in magnetic field Low magnetic field dependence when used in fields up to 5 tesla above 60 K see Appendix B Reproducibility 10 mK at 4 2 K Short term reproducibility data is obtained by subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks from 305 K to 4 2 K Physical Specifications Lead type Internal Lead atmosphere polarity GaAlAs Diodes Range of Use Minimum Limit TG 120 P TG 120 PL TG 120 SD 1 4K 1 4K 325 K Calibrated Accuracy Typical sensor accuracy Long term stability 14K 12 mK 12 mK
303. helium measurements are quite accurate but depend slightly on atmospheric pressure e mail info lakeshore com eg 182 Appendix D Sensor Calibration Accuracies Calibrated Best Lake Shore calibrations include the following B Certificate of calibration B Calibration data plot B Calibration test data E function of temperature Lake Shore provides precision temperature calibrations for all sensor types and Lake Shore calibrations are traceable to internationally recognized temperature scales Above 0 65 K calibrations are based on the International Temperature Scale of 1990 ITS 90 The ITS 90 scale became the official international temperature scale on January 1 1990 it supersedes the International Practical Temperature Scale of 1968 IPTS 68 and the 1976 Provisional Temperature Scale EPT 76 Internally this scale is maintained on a set of germanium rhodium iron and platinum standards grade secondary thermometers calibrated at the U S National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST or Great Britain s National Physical Laboratory NPL or another recognized national metrology laboratory Working standard thermometers are calibrated against and routinely intercompared with these secondary standards For temperatures below 0 65 K Lake Shore calibrations are based on the Provisional Low Temperature Scale of 2000 PLTS 2000 adopted by the Comit International des Poids et Mesures in October 2000 Intern
304. hore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Boulevard Westerville OH 43082 USA K Vargason and Y C Kao Intelligent Epitaxy Technology Inc 201 East Arapaho Rd Ste 200 Richardson TX 75081 USA I Vurgaftman and J R Meyer Code 5613 Naval Research Lab Washington DC 20375 USA Compound Semiconductors Electronic Transport Characterization of HEMT Structures B J Kelley B C Dodrill J R Lindemuth and G Du Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Westerville OH J R Meyer Naval Research Lab Washington DC L Faraone Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering The University of Western Australia Nedlands Australia Characterizing Multi Carrier Devices with Quantitative Mobility Spectrum Analysis and Variable Field Hall Measurements Gang Dut J R Lindemuth B C Dodrill R Sandhu M Wojtowicz Mark S Goosky I Vurgaftman J R Meyer Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 575 McCorkle Boulevard Westerville OH 43082 USA TRW One Space Park Redondo Beach CA 90278 USA Dept of Material Science and Engineering UCLA Los Angeles CA 90095 USA Code 5613 Naval Research Lab Washington DC 20375 USA Extraction of Low Mobility Low Conductivity Carriers from Field Dependent Hall Data Jeffrey Lindemuth Brad Dodrill Jerry Meyer and Igor Vurgaftman Lake Shore Cryotronics 575 McCorkle Blvd Westerville OH 43082 Code 5613 Naval Research Lab Washington DC 202375 fax 614 818 1600 e
305. hort term reproducibility Changes in response values under repeated successive cycles from ambient to liquid helium 4 2 K Long term stability Changes in response after 200 thermal shocks in LN2 77 K Calibrations are performed prior to and after the thermal cycles Actual long term stability for a specific sensor depends on the treatment of the sensor in terms of handling and thermal cycling A single mechanical shock can cause an immediate calibration shift Users should include the short term reproducibility value in their total uncertainty estimates www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 UU Appendix B 159 Sensitivity and Resolution Sensitivity can be presented in a variety of ways Typically it is given in terms of the signal sensitivity which is the change in a measured parameter per change in temperature Q K or V K These sensitivities can be a very strong function of temperature Diodes have sensitivities that range from 2 mV K to 180 mV K Resistor sensitivities can range from less than 0 001 Q K to 1 000 000 Q K depending upon the device type and temperature For resistors the above signal sensitivity dR dT is geometry dependent i e dR dT scales directly with R consequently very often this sensitivity is normalized by dividing by the measured resistance to give a sensitivity S in change per kelvin S 1 R dR dT Eqn 1 where T is the temperature in kelvin and R i
306. ial Adapter material CU Leads DI Leads Lead material Mass Limitation Package material Adapter material Leads Lead material Mass Limitation Package material Adapter material Leads Lead material Mass Limitation Package material Adapter material Leads Lead material Mass Limitation fax 614 818 1600 oee SD package Gold plated copper nickel strike oee SD package See SD package 1 8 g including SD package and clamp The useful upper temperature limit of this configu ration is 500 K oee SD package Gold plated copper bobbin SD indium soldered to adapter and wrapped in Stycast epoxy Four 91 cm 36 in 36 AWG color coded Quad Lead 91 cm 36 in 36 AWG color coded 2 lead ribbon cable Phosphor bronze alloy 1 1 g including SD package and bobbin excluding leads The epoxy limits the upper useful temperature of this configuration to 378 K 420 K with high temperature Cernox See SD package Gold plated copper bobbin SD indium soldered to adapter and wrapped in Stycast epoxy Two 91 cm 36 in 30 AWG Teflon coated leads Stranded copper 4 3 g Including SD package and bobbin excluding leads The epoxy limits the upper useful temperature of this configuration to 400 K See SD package Gold plated flat cylindrical copper disk SD indium soldered to adapter See SD package See SD package 0 2 g Including SD package and disk
307. ice The price for an order is determined by the price prevailing at the time the order is received Therefore any prices included with this catalog are intended only for budgetary information To obtain destination prices formal quotations pro forma invoices or other information before ordering contact Lake Shore or a local representative Product Changes Product information and illustrations in this catalog were current as of press time Lake Shore in a continuing effort to offer excellent products reserves the right to change specifications designs and models without notice A list of obsolete products and their recommended replacements can be found on page 11 of the Introduction Please visit www lakeshore com for the most updated information on products and services www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Ordering Information Terms and Conditions of Sale Payment Inside the U S Unless otherwise stated in writing full payment must be received within 30 days of invoice date Net 30 payment terms begin on the date of shipment of the product or on the date of installation of the product if the product is installed by Lake Shore provided that if you schedule or delay the Lake Shore installation for more than 30 days after shipments the Net 30 payment terms will begin on the 31st day after shipment Outside the U S Payment terms acceptable to Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc are as follows A
308. ide 14 Self heating 193 196 Sensitivity 159 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc SoftCal 22 179 181 Stability 20 Standard curve 179 180 Temperature response data tables 200 Silicon diode temperature sensors 32 36 Single strand cryogenic wire 136 SoftCal 22 179 181 Solder 142 169 Indium 142 90 Pb 10 Sn 143 Ostalloy 158 solder 143 Standard curve 179 180 Stycast epoxy 2850 FT 145 171 Superconducting magnet power supply 127 T Temperature controllers 73 74 86 94 100 106 PID 197 Selection guide 72 Temperature conversion 207 Temperature monitors 75 76 110 114 See also temperature transmitter Temperature probes 29 30 Temperature response data table 200 Temperature sensors see Sensors Temperature transmitter 75 76 118 Terms and conditions of sale 222 Thermal conductivity 210 Thermal EMF 156 190 Thermal noise 194 Thermal response time 160 Thermocouple wire 66 157 Transmitter see Temperature transmitter Two lead measurement 189 U Uncertainty 158 183 194 Units Common and conversions 207 V Varnish 147 171 Vacuum 20 161 Feedthrough 149 Vacuum grease 146 170 W Warranty 224 Wire 135 168 Coaxial cable 139 Semi rigid 141 Ultra miniature 140 Copper heavy duty lead 138 CryoCable 141 Manganin 138 Nichrome heater 138 Phosphor bronze 135 Duo Twist 137 Quad Lead 137 Quad Twist 137 Single strand 1
309. igital signal processor DSP gaussmeter linear magnet power supply and Hall measurement system Lake Shore serves a worldwide network of customers including university and national laboratories aerospace and other industries as well as many of the premier companies around the world Lake Shore physicists material scientists and engineers continue to dedicate themselves to the development of tomorrow s technology today Committed to customer satisfaction and continuous improvement Lake Shore first received ISO 9001 1994 Certification in 1998 and obtained ISO 9001 2000 Certification in 2003 One recent tribute to the Lake Shore vision is found in the latest McGraw Hill Dictionary of Scientific and Technical Terms Fifth Edition where cryotronics is defined as The branch of electronics that deals with the design construction and use of cryogenic devices David Swartz first coined this term in 1968 when he and his brother John named their new company Lake Shore Cryotronics The growth of the company has mirrored the acceptance of the concept of cryogenic electronics www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Company Overview Introduction 7 aq Era es Lake Shore Quality Policy e aw x Wn 4 I Daa e IU K M ed mE tesi Quality is the heart of our business and E une key to our goal of total customer satisfaction e Therefore it is our
310. igns of the calibration probe provide extremely stable and uniform temperatures within the copper block The calibration process above 4 2 K is computer controlled and the calibration data collected automatically Data points are usually not at integer temperatures since the primary concern is temperature stability near a data point rather than the specific value The precise temperature for each data point is subsequently determined The typical number of data points collected is listed in Table 4 page 184 Calibration data is provided for each calibration together with a calibration data plot and polynomial fits to that raw data along with a computer generated smoothed interpolation table which is listed as a function of temperature For resistance sensors the raw data is given as temperature T and resistance R the interpolation table shows T R dR dT and dimensionless sensitivity d log R d log T For diode sensors the raw data is given as forward voltage V and temperature T and the interpolation table presents T V and dV dT The specific techniques for generating and controlling calibration temperatures vary depending on the temperature involved Calibrations performed over a wide temperature span frequently entail the consecutive use of a variety of procedures and equipment In these cases data points are routinely overlapped to assure integrity of the calibration The sections that follow describe the specific t
311. ime of any silicon diode on the market today This is an important advantage for applications where size and thermal response time are critical including focal plane arrays and high temperature superconducting filters for cellular communication PACKAGING H BO BR CO CU CY ET LR MT Typical DT 670 Diode Voltage Values Erat keli vida 2 rol sibi NW ze Wa hi dt u ai na cw c e Exmpzrat rz keen 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 DT 670 SD The Lake Shore SD Package The Most Rugged Versatile Package in the Industry The SD package with direct sensor to sapphire base mounting hermetic seal and brazed Kovar leads provides the industry s most rugged versatile sensors with the best sample to chip connection Designed so heat coming down the leads bypasses the chip it can survive several thousand hours at 500 K depending on model and is compatible with most ultra high vacuum applications It can be indium soldered to samples without shift in sensor calibration If desired the SD package is also available without Kovar leads Typical DT 670 Diode Sensitivity Values Sat IT TL Hie 2 DE E ere SE E C oc Ju 1x 20 z50 Ak lo cji 3453 EI tzunpa heb e mail info lakeshore com Specifications Standard curve Curve DT 670 see next page Recommended excitation 10 uA 0 1 Max reverse voltage 60 V Max current before damage 1 mA continuous or 100 mA pulsed
312. iminate thermal EMFs from the data The resistance of the sensing element is determined and reported to five significant figures at each temperature Diode thermometers are normally excited with a 10 mA current 40 1 and the resulting forward voltage reported to five significant figures Calibration Method below 1 2 K Calibration temperatures below 1 2 K are produced in a dilution refrigerator Techniques similar to those for higher temperatures are followed to ensure reliable calibration data The need for increased care at these lower temperatures however requires greater involvement on the part of a skilled system technician and less reliance on automation Sensors are measured with a Lake Shore Model 370 AC resistance bridge operated at 13 7 Hz Germanium and Rox ruthenium oxide sensors are maintained at a nominal excitation voltage of 20 uV RMS 0 05 K to 0 1 K or 63 pV RMS 0 1 K to 1 2 K o Appendix D 183 Cernox sensors are maintained at a nominal excitation voltage of 20 uV RMS from 0 1 K to 0 5 K and 63 pV RMS from 0 5 K to 1 2 K Accuracy Considerations The uncertainty associated with a sensor calibration is the net result of each step in the calibration process A temperature scale disseminated by national standards laboratories is transferred to secondary thermometers maintained by Lake Shore Those thermometers are used to calibrate in house working standard thermometers which are then used to c
313. in film sensors feature a smaller package size which makes them useful in a broader range of experimental mounting schemes and they are available at a much lower cost Additionally they have proven to be very stable over repeated thermal cycling and under extended exposure to ionizing radiation Furthermore the thermal time constant of thin film rhodium iron temperature sensors bare chip is on the order of milliseconds while the thermal time constant of wire wound resistors is on the order of seconds AA CD BC BG BR Typical Rhodium Iron Sensitivity Values sensitivity Q K RF 800 4 S dR dT 10 temperature K RF 100 AA RF 800 RF 800 The RF 800 rhodium iron resistance sensor features monotonically decreasing resistivity from 500 K to 0 65 K although sensitivity dR dT falls off in the region of 30 K From 100 K to 273 K the resistance changes linearly with temperature to within 1 K RF 800 4 sensors also exhibit monotonic response at higher temperatures hence their adaptability for use over the broad range from 1 4 K to 500 K Typical Rhodium Iron Dimensionless Sensitivity Values S 1 R dR dT dimensionless sensitivity 1 10 100 500 temperature K Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Rhodium Iron RTDs Specifications Calibrated Accuracy Unpackaged chip Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Standard curve N
314. ing All four display locations can be configured by the user Data from either input may be assigned to any of the four locations the user s choice of temperature sensor units maximum minimum or linear equation results can Model 331 Temperature Controller aie CT Ate Flexible Configuration Reading locations can be configured by the user to meet application needs The character preceding the reading indicates input A or B or setpoint S The character following the reading indicates measurement be displayed Heater range and control output as current units or the math function in use or power can also be continuously displayed for immediate feedback on control operation d im Nx Eu _ nnn mmm m D m SACH et TL aua vj IE n JL NZ diis AER hebes e Curve Entry The Model 331 display offers the flexibility to support curve SoftCal and zone entry Curve entry may be performed accurately and to full resolution via the display and keypad as well as computer interface Normal Default Display Configuration The display provides four reading locations Readings from each input and the control setpoint can be expressed in any combination of temperature or sensor units with heater output expressed as a percent of full scale current or power Sensor Selection Sensor Temperature Range sensors sold separately Model Useful Range Magnetic Field Use Silicon diodes are the best choic
315. ing tape v Polyester tape Kapton films Teflon tape Heat shrink tubing G 10 Mylar polyester film Fiberglass sleeving v Epoxies v VGE 7031 varnish v Stycast 2850 FT epoxy Cigarette paper v Greases Apiezon N amp H Conducting Materials v Silver filled epoxy Silver conductive paint v Indium foil Fasteners Dental Floss v Clamps Screws bolts v VGE 7031 varnish v Stycast 2850 FT epoxy Heat Sinking v Copper bobbins v Metallized ceramic chips Other Accessories v Vacuum feedthroughs v Cartridge heaters v Lake Shore stocks these accessories as a convenience to our customers Sensor Packaging and Installation Cryogenic Accessories for Installation Cryogenic Wire Cryogenic wire is different from normal wire due to its low thermal conductivity and high electrical resistivity The most common types of cryogenic wire are phosphor bronze and manganin Phosphor bronze is a nonmagnetic copper alloy Manganin wire has a lower thermal conductivity a factor of about 3 and higher resistivity compared to phosphor bronze wire Both are readily available in small gauges ranging from 32 to 42 AWG Either polyimide or polyvinyl formal Formvar9 is used to insulate the wires The polyimide is a resin with a 220 C thermal rating It has exceptional resistance to chemical solvents and toxic heat It also is unaffected by exposure to varnish solvent Formvar is a vinyl acetate resin rated at 105 C Tt has excellent mech
316. inputs serial interface alarms data logging r configuration Instrument configured for 100 VAC with U S power cord Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord and universal Euro line cord and fuses for 220 240 VAC setting Instrument configured for 220 VAC with universal Euro line cord Instrument configured for 240 VAC with universal Euro line cord Other country line cords available consult Lake Shore Accessories Included G 106 253 G 106 264 106 772 MAN 218 Two 25 pin D sub plugs used for sensor input connector Two 25 pin D sub shells used for sensor input connector Two 14 pin connectors used for relays amp analog outputs 2185 only Calibration certificate Model 218 user manual Options and accessories 4005 8000 8001 218 8002 05 218 CAL 218 CERT RM 2 RM 2 614 891 2244 1 m IEEE 488 GPIB computer interface cable assembly includes extender which allows connection of IEEE cable and relay terminal block simultaneously The CalCurve breakpoint table from a calibrated sensor loaded on a CD ROM for customer uploading The breakpoint table from a calibrated sensor stored in the instrument The breakpoint table from a calibrated sensor stored in a NOVRAM for installation at the customer location Instrument recalibration with certificate Kit to mount one 1 2 rack temperature monitor in a 482 6 mm 19 in rack Kit t
317. int Setting the integral allows the control algorithm to gradually eliminate the difference in temperature by integrating the error over time Figure 1d A time constant that is too high causes the load to take too long to reach the setpoint A time constant that is too low can create instability and cause the load temperature to oscillate Note The integral setting for each instrument is calculated from the time constant The exact implementation of integral setting may vary for different instruments For this example it 1s assumed that the integral setting is proportional to time constant This is true for the Model 370 while the integral setting for the Model 340 and the Model 331 are the inverse of the time constant Begin this part of the tuning process with the system controlling in proportional only mode Use the oscillation period of the load that was measured above in seconds as the integral setting Enter the integral setting and watch the load temperature approach the setpoint If the temperature does not stabilize and begins to oscillate around the setpoint the integral setting is too low and should be doubled If the temperature is stable but never reaches the setpoint the integral setting is too high and should be decreased by half To verify the integral setting make a few small 2 to 5 degree changes in setpoint and watch the load temperature react Trial and error can help improve the integral setting by optimizing for ex
318. ion of the instrument can be controlled via computer interface Also included is a Model 330 command emulation mode that makes the Model 331 interchangeable with the older Model 330 in software controlled systems Each input has a high and low alarm which offer latching and non latching operation The two relays on the Model 331S can be used in conjunction with the alarms to alert the operator of a fault condition or perform simple on off control Relays can be assigned independently to any alarm or be operated manually When not being used for temperature control the loop 2 control output can be used as an analog voltage output It can be configured to send a voltage proportional to temperature to a strip chart recorder or data acquisition system The user may select the scale and data sent to the output including temperature sensor units or linear equation results Under manual control the analog voltage output can also serve as a voltage source for other applications Model 331S Rear Panel Connections Line input assembly IEEE 488 interface Serial RS 232C I 0 DTE amp Terminal block for relays Heater output and analog output Q Sensor input connectors fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Configurable Display Both versions of the Model 331 include a bright vacuum fluorescent display that simultaneously displays up to four readings Display data includes input and source annunciators for each read
319. is its uniform pinhole free covering and thermal stability for continuous use up to 240 C It has exceptional cut through resistance under extreme temperature and pressure conditions This Kapton insulation offers excellent moisture protection and because it is smooth and thin has a space advantage over glass Dacron glass paper and fiber over film constructions It is compatible with all standard varnishes and is highly resistant to solvent attack fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e 170 Appendix C Sensor Packaging and Installation Conducting Materials 1 Sometimes it is desired to make electrical contact between SD Package Installation Three aspects of using a cryogenic temperature sensor are critical to its optimum performance The first involves the proper mounting of the sensor package the second relates the proper joining of sensor lead wires and connecting wires the final concern is the thermal anchoring of the lead wires Although the sequence in which these areas should be addressed is not fixed all elements covered under each aspect should be adhered to for maximum operating capabilities of the sensor materials The solders previously mentioned are electrically conducting as are certain epoxies silver filled and silver conductive paint Fasteners A variety of materials are suitable for fastening sensors at low temperatures These include dental floss Dacron fiber screws bolts pins spring
320. is the Kelvin scale Tt defines the triple point of water as the numerical value of 273 16 1 e 273 16 K The unit of temperature in this scale is the kelvin K Another scale is the Rankine scale where the triple point of water is defined as the value 491 688 R degrees Rankine On the Rankine scale temperature is 9 5 the Kelvin temperature The Kelvin and Rankine scales are both thermodynamic however other non thermodynamic scales can be derived from them The Celsius scale has units of C degrees Celsius with the size of the unit equal to one Kelvin T C T K 273 15 Eqn 1 While the Fahrenheit scale is defined as T F T R 459 67 Egn 2 Additionally ROC F 32 0 9 Eqn 3 Both Celsius and Fahrenheit are non thermodynamic temperature scales i e the ratio of temperature is not related to thermodynamic properties a 50 F day is not two times hotter than a 25 F day These scales are used for their pragmatic representation of the range of temperature that is experienced daily www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 At the most basic level a thermometer is a device with a measurable output that changes with temperature in a reproducible manner If we can explicitly write an equation of state for a thermometer without introducing any unknown temperature dependent quantities then we call that thermometer a primary thermometer These include the gas thermometer acou
321. is the best choice Realistically however there are many instruments wiring and pumps attached to the cryostat Each instrument may have its own ground Simply attaching ground straps may create more ground loops Books on grounding and shielding can help to identify and eliminate both ground loops and electromagnetic noise fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Temperature Measurement System Reducing AC Signal Interference RF Noise Signal leads and cables are very susceptible to interference from unwanted AC signals in the RF frequency range They act like antennas and pick up noise from computers monitors instrumentation radio broadcasts and other sources Signals are either inductively coupled or capacitively coupled The induced signals circulate as noise current in the measurement leads and distort measurements There are other concerns when diodes are used as the sensing element as discussed in the next section There are several ways to reduce the effect of AC signals First when possible remove or shield the source of unwanted signals Second make each pair of signal leads as bad an antenna as possible This can be accomplished by keeping them short and using twisted leads Twisting reduces loop area to make leads that are prone to picking up noise smaller targets to electromagnetic signals Twisting also helps to cancel unwanted signals in leads that are prone to transmit noise In a typical 4 lead measurem
322. isolated from chassis and measurement ground Output D A resolution 18 bit Heater output ranges 100 mA 31 6 mA 10 mA 3 16 uA 1 uA 316 uA 100 uA 31 6 uA Heater output compliance 10V Max power of output ranges 1 W 100 mW 10 mW 1 mW 100 uW 10 uW 1 uW and 0 1 uW nominal 100 Q Heater type Resistive Heater resistance range 19 to 100 KQ 100 Q for maximum power Heater output gain accuracy 1 of setting Heater output offset at 096 0 02 of range Max heater noise current 0 00596 of range PID Control Parameters Proportional 0 001 to 1000 Integral 0 sto 10 000 s Derivative 0 s to 10 000 s Manual output PID zone settings 0 to 100 resolution 0 00196 10 zones that include setpoint heater range PID relays and analog outputs still Up to 1 W of power available using analog output 2 Short circuit protected disabled with a relay on power up defaults to off range on power up selectable heater range limit open circuit detection Control with scanned input is supported with reduced stability Still output Heater protection Scanner support Front Panel Display type Graphic 8 line by 40 character vacuum fluorescent display Number of reading displays 1t08 Reading display units mO Q ko MQ mK K Display resolution 4 5 or 6 digit user selected Display update rate 2 readings per second Reading display options O K Max Min Linear Other displays Channel number units
323. istance error AR temperature or temperature error Analog outputs can be controlled manually from the front panel by computer interface and for some functions by the internal operating modes of the Model 370 Closed loop control is not available for analog output functions Configurable Display The Model 370 includes an eight line by forty character vacuum fluorescent display Input readings can be displayed in MQ Q kQ MQ mK or K Model 370 Rear Panel Connections Line power and fuse assembly 89 RS 232C connector DE 9 IEEE 488 2 connector Relay terminal block 6 pin screw terminal www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Analog output 2 BNC Analog output 1 BNC Heater output BNC Monitor output BNC 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 O Reference output BNC Scanner control and power DA 15 Sensor input connectors two 6 pin DIN e mail info lakeshore com 80 Instruments Scanners for the Model 370 Three custom scanners are available with the Model 370 the Model 3716 3716L and the 3708 These are designed specifically to increase the Model 370 input capability from 1 to either 8 or up to 16 resistors without sacrificing measurement performance Fach scanner is housed in a separate enclosure and can be mounted directly on the cryostat so leads carrying the most sensitive low voltage signals are as short as possible The scanner also a
324. itrogen and room temperature If the sensors are not calibrated at Lake Shore they must be calibrated by the user www lakeshore com Cernox Carbon Glass Germanium With the purchase of these uncalibrated resistance sensors Lake Shore provides resistance readings at helium nitrogen and room temperature If these sensors are not calibrated at Lake Shore they must be calibrated by the user Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Capacitance Sensors Capacitance sensors are only sold uncalibrated Lake Shore provides capacitance readings at helium nitrogen and room temperature with the purchase of capacitors fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com With the purchase of SoftCal you will receive B Curve 10 data silicon diodes only Sensor Calibration Accuracies SottCal Better SoftCal is only available with DT 470 silicon diodes and platinum resistors The temperature characteristics of Lake Shore temperature sensors are extremely predictable and exhibit excellent uniformity from device to device The SoftCal feature sensor specific interpolation extrapolation techniques allows an abbreviated calibration based on two or three calibration points to generate a resistance versus temperature or voltage versus temperature curve over the useful range of selected sensors with remarkable accuracy In the case of the Lake Shore platinum re
325. ix G Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Thermocouple Type K T 273 15 K Thermocouple Type T T 273 15 K Thermocouple Type Chromel AuFe 0 03 T K EMF uV dW dT ag T K EMF uV gur vK Ur 6457 7 0 743 3 2 6257 5 1 03 T K EMF uV dV dT uV K 4 2 6456 9 0 916 4 2 6256 2 1 40 ar 46714 16 1 10 6448 5 2 01 10 6242 9 3 12 42 4660 1 16 0 10 5 6447 4 2 12 20 6199 2 5 58 10 4570 7 14 9 20 6417 8 4 15 30 6131 3 7 99 20 4427 2 13 9 30 6365 1 6 39 40 6040 0 10 2 E 42907 135 40 6290 0 8 61 50 5927 7 122 40 4156 0 13 5 50 6193 3 10 7 75 5573 6 16 0 50 4020 0 137 75 5862 9 15 6 100 5131 2 19 4 E 36647 148 100 5417 6 19 9 150 4004 3 25 6 100 3281 4 15 9 150 4225 5 27 5 200 2575 3 31 4 150 2430 8 18 1 200 2692 8 33 5 250 872 57 36 6 200 1480 7 19 8 250 897 60 38 0 300 1067 4 40 8 250 471 53 20 4 300 1075 3 40 6 350 3215 5 45 0 300 544 06 20 2 350 3135 8 41 5 400 5560 2 48 7 350 1554 9 20 4 400 5200 0 40 8 500 10735 54 6 400 2589 5 21 0 500 9215 6 40 3 600 16437 99 2 600 13325 4 7 670 20677 61 7 670 16264 42 2 I 1 I C Thermocouple Type Chromel AuFe 0 15 ia Ge SC Thermocouple Type Chromel AuFe 0 07 EA
326. ize 95 mm W x 33 mm H 95 mm W x 33mmHx 95mmW x 33mmHx 106mmW x 41 mmHx 106 mm W x 41 mmH x x 158 mm D x 158 mm D x 158 mm D x 164 mm D x 164 mm D 3 7 in x 1 3 in 3 7 in x 1 3 in 3 7 in x 1 3 in 4 2 in x 1 6 in 4 2 in x 1 6 in x 6 2 in x 6 2 in x 6 2 in x 6 5 in x 6 5 in Weight 0 3 kg 0 7 Ib 0 3 kg 0 7 Ib 0 3 kg 0 7 Ib 0 5 kg 1 1 Ib 0 5 kg 1 1 Ib CE mark approval Yes Yes NO NO NO 1 Programming resistor determines accuracy when used www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Ordering Information Part number Description 100 Battery powered current source 2 5 V compliance El 3keShere pic Su m 101 Battery powered current source 5 V compliance 102 115 DC current source 8 V compliance with 90 to 140 VAC wall mount power supply 102 230 DC current source 8 V compliance with Model 100 101 200 to 250 VAC wall mount power supply 110C 115 DC current source 11 V compliance with 90 to 125 VAC line input 110C 230 DC current source 11 V compliance with 210 to 250 VAC line input 120C 115 DC current source 11 V compliance up to 50 mA 10 V above with 90 to 125 VAC line input 120CS 230 DC current source 11 V compliance up to 50 mA 10 V above with 210 to 250 VAC line input CURRENT ud a e Lakeshore 4109 Curae Sauree Accessories included with Model 100 and Model 101 Model 102 Four AA batteries Model 100 on
327. ke BS 400 200 32 pW 10 pW 3 2 pW 1 0 pW 320 fW 316 pA i 63 2 MO 20 MO 6 32 MO 2 0 MQ SS 100 Q 320 fW 100 fW 100 pA 20 MQ 6 32 MO BE 0 03 ii i 100 fW 32 fW o 31 6 pA 0 05 63 2 MQ 20 MQ re l B kk 0 1 32 fW 10 fW 10 pA 0 3 63 2 MQ 3 0 59 o 200 k2 resistance range ie 100 resolution SEH 3 16 pA 1 0 1 0 iW power Aca reenter el ER reading over range dc i 0 005 of range TOI Tang Resolution RMS noise with 18 s filter settling time approximates Range NOE GNE le 3 s analog time constant Range available Power Excitation power at one not specified half full scale resistance www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 200 pV 200 kQ 109 100 fW 632 KQ 60 Q 32 fW 2 0 MO 400 Q 10 fW 6 32 MQ 3 2 fW 20 MQ 1 0 fW 63 2 MQ 320 aW 63 2 uV 2 0 mo 100 nQ 1 0 uW 6 32 mo 300 nQ 320 nW 20 mo 1 0 uQ 100 nW 63 2 mo 3 0 uQ 32 nW 200 mo 10 uQ 10 nW 632 MQ 30 uQ 3 2 nW 200 100 uQ 1 0 nW 6 32 Q 300 uQ 320 pW 200 1 0 mQ 100 pW 63 2 Q 3 0 MQ 32 pW 200 Q 10 mo 10 pW 632 Q 30 MQ 3 2 pW 2 0 kQ 100 mo 1 0 pW 6 32 KQ 300 mQ 320 fW 20 kQ LOO 100 fW 63 2 KQ 6 00 32 fW 200 kQ 40Q 10 fW 632 kQ 200 Q 3 2 fW 2 0 MO 1 0 KQ 1 0 fW 6 32 MQ 320 aW 20 MO 100 aW 63 2 MQ 32 aW fax 614 818 1600 20 uV 2 0 mo 300 nQ 100 nW 6 32 mo 1 0 uQ 32
328. l 8002 05 breakpoint table from a calibrated sensor loaded into a nonvolatile memory Also Available With Lake Shore Calibrations Model ECRIT Expanded Calibration Report Interpolation Table Lake Shore calibrations are provided with a standard number of points in the interpolation table If a customer requires more points within a specific range the Expanded Calibration Report Interpolation Table can be ordered Model SCR Second Calibration Report A calibration report is supplied with every calibrated sensor that is shipped to the customer An SCR is needed only when the customer requires a second copy Specify sensor model and serial numbers when ordering Calibration data is kept on file for two years only Model COC SEN Certificate of Conformance Sensors Model COC INS Certificate of Conformance Instruments fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 188 Appendix E Temperature Measurement System Appendix E Temperature Measurement System The goal is to measure the temperature of some system The ability to do so accurately and with the required resolution depends on a variety of factors The calibration report from Lake Shore or any calibration facility is only the first step in determining the accuracy of the temperature measurement in the end user s system A more quantifiable term than accuracy is total uncertainty of the measurement This is simply the measurement itself and an estimate of all
329. lay The Model 340 includes a graphic LCD with fluorescent backlight display that is fully configurable and can display up to eight readings RanmP Hl art Eos w i ENTIS This shows a variation of the display with a large loop 1 heater output graphic bar where the PID parameters are not displayed but the heater output is more prominent The user can display 1 to 8 readings from any of the available inputs The units available are the sensor units of mV V Q kQ nF or temperature units of C or K Results of the math feature can also be selected npuii THE UTS SE TUE Erigsk les OH Taped Lernos Therm Come OF Serisar Unit Les Laer es Excitation kanges FEE i The user can select the sensor type and the controller will automatically select the sensor units excitation and range If special type is selected the user can choose any available excitation and input range www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Additional Inputs Available For Model 340 The following optional inputs are available for the Model 340 Only one can be installed at a time and the standard inputs stay in the instrument and remain fully functional Calibration for the option is stored on the card so it can be installed in the field without recalibration 3462 Dual Standard Input Option Card Adds two standard inputs to the Model 340 appearing on the display as C and D The card has separate A Ds and ex
330. le permutations for mounting the chips have not been thoroughly tested Also in order to avoid possible adverse effects on stability and thermal mass heat capacity thermal response times etc chips also are not protected by a coating over the active film The customer must therefore assume some risk of damaging the chips during installation The sensor and contact films on the Cernox chips however are refractory materials and difficult to scratch The material presented below includes the best techniques we know to help assure the successful application of unencapsulated chips a Use good fine point tweezers Grasp the chip by the edges at one end at a contact pad end if possible This way if the tweezers should scrape across the chip the resistor will not be damaged Alternately the wires may be grasped with fingers or tweezers In the latter case the operator must develop a very light touch so the wires are not cut or damaged b If it is necessary to apply pressure to the chip do so with a cotton swab over the contact area or with harder objects only outside the patterned area Do not rub the chip c Some dirt particles will not hurt the sensor reading but conducting particles and moisture may especially if halogen e g chlorine etc contaminants are present If it is deemed necessary to clean the chips place a few into a watch glass and rinse with appropriate solvents A watch glass is used because it has a curved sur
331. line technique and the polynomial fits will be considerably less than the measurement uncertainties www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Sensor Calibration Accuracies Chebychev Polynomial Fits A polynomial equation based on the Chebychev polynomials has the form T X at X Eqn 1 where T X represents the temperature in kelvin t X is a Chebychev polynomial a represents the Chebychev coefficient and the summation is performed from 0 to the order of the fit The parameter X is a normalized variable given by X Z Z Z Z Z Z Eqn 2 For diodes Z is simply the voltage V For resistors Z is either the resistance R or Z log R depending on the behavior of the resistance with temperature Z and Z designate the lower and upper limit of the variable Z over the fit range The Chebychev polynomials can be generated from the recursion relation t X 2Xt X t X Eqn 3 where t X 1 t X X Alternately these polynomials are given by t X cos n arccos X Eqn 4 All the necessary parameters for using equations 1 through 4 to calculate temperatures from either resistance or voltage are given in the calibration report This includes the Chebychev coefficients Z and Z and also the definition of Z Depending on the sensor being calibrated and the calibration range several different fit ranges may be required to span the full temperature range adequately The use of Ch
332. lland BV Hogebrinkerweg 5 Postbus 3870 Hoevelaken Holland Contact Jurgen Tomassen Tel 31 33 253 7210 Fax 31 33 253 5274 e mail info hositrad nl www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Sales Offices Israel WeisScientific Ltd 1 Karel Netter St Rishon Le Zion 75750 Israel Contact Arie Weiss Tel 972 3 966 9391 Fax 972 3 965 6781 e mail weis netvision net il Poland Cryo Tech International 05 077 Warszawa Wesola 4 PO Box No 19 Poland Contact Zbigniew Joachimiak Tel 48 22 773 1847 Fax 48 22 773 1602 e mail cryotech polbox pl Sweden Alvetec AB Fakturavagen 6 SE 17562 JARFALLA Sweden Contact Boris Hostman Tel 46 8 445 76 61 Fax 46 8 445 76 76 e mail info alvetec se Italy Slovenia Spain Switzerland TECO Ren Koch Chemin des Laurelles 56 CH 1196 Gland Switzerland Contact Ren Koch Tel 41 22 364 83 20 Fax 41 22 364 83 22 e mail info teco rene koch com 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e Customer Service 227 Turkey Global Analitik Lab 8 Cadde 32 3 06460 Asagi Ovecler Ankara Turkey Contact Mr Akan Sahin Tel 90 312 472 53 90 91 Fax 90 312 472 53 92 e mail eacikalin globalanalitik com tr U K Ireland Elliot Scientific Ltd 3 Allied Business Centre Coldharbour Lane Harpenden Hertfordshire AL5 4UT UK Contact Ian Perry Tel 44 0 1582 766300 Fax 44 0 1582 766340 e mail ian perry elliotscientific com For
333. llows extension of the Model 370 shield to all resistor leads A preamplifier in the scanner amplifies measurement signals before they travel through the longer leads to the Model 370 Different preamplifiers in the 3716 3716L and 3708 optimize them for different applications The Model 370 supplies power and control to the scanner eliminating additional noise from AC power lines ground loops and computer interface connections Scanner operation is fully integrated so most of the Model 370 hardware and firmware features can be used with the scanner Supported hardware features include matched impedance current source and ground isolation The scanners provide up to four 25 pin D sub connectors for resistance inputs Each connector accommodates four inputs with four signal and two shield lines for each input Guarding is supported between the instrument and scanner only Interface cables from the Model 370 to the scanner are included with the scanner www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge Supported firmware features include temperature conversion math functions linear equations and in some applications temperature control The Model 370 can store measurement range and temperature conversion data for each resistor Appropriate parameter values are automatically recalled with input changes reducing interface overhead and settling time As with any scanner the resistan
334. lowed for the solvents in the varnish to evaporate There is a small probability of ionic shunting across the sensor during the full cure period of the varnish typically 12 to 24 hours Stycast 2850FT Epoxy Prepare epoxy and apply a thin layer on the mounting surface Press the sensor firmly into the epoxy during curing to assure a thin bond layer and good thermal contact Epoxy will cure in 12 hours at 25 C or in 2 hours at 66 C Note When using an electrically conductive adhesive or solder it is important that the excess does not creep up the edges of the sensor or come in contact with the sensor leads There is a thin braze joint 4 around the sides of the SD package that is electrically connected to the sensing element Contact to the sides with any electrically conductive material will cause a short 3 Follow manufacturer s instructions for 6 adhesive curing schedule Never heat the sensor above 200 C 147 C for Cernox 7 Although the SD sensor package Figure 2 is a 2 lead device measurements should preferably be made using a 4 wire configuration to avoid uncertainties associated with lead resistance 2 lead measurement scheme The leads used to measure the voltage are also the current carrying leads The resulting voltage measured at the instrument is the sum of the temperature sensor voltage and the voltage drop across the 2 leads see Figure 3 4 lead measurement scheme The current is
335. lution 24 bit analog to digital converter and separate current source for each input Sensors are optically isolated from other instrument functions for quiet and repeatable sensor measurements The two sensor inputs included in the Model 332 can be configured to measure and control nearly any diode RTD and thermocouple temperature sensor 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Sensor inputs for both versions of the Model 332 are factory configured and compatible with either diode RTDs or thermocouple sensors The purchaser s choice of two diode RTD inputs one diode RTD input and one thermocouple input or two thermocouple inputs must be specified at time of order and cannot be reconfigured in the field Software selects appropriate excitation current and signal gain levels when sensor type is entered via the instrument front panel With NTC RTD sensors at temperatures as low as 500 mK and with resistance being as high as 75 kQ the Model 332 automatically provides an excitation current down to 1 pA This minimizes sensor self heating induced errors At higher temperatures when resistance is low and concern for sensor self heating is minimal the Model 332 provides an excitation current up to 1 mA for a better signal to noise ratio and high measurement resolution The Model 332 also uses current reversal to eliminate thermal electromotive force EMF errors for all resistive sensors e mail info lakeshore com Model 332 T
336. ly One 9 V battery Model 101 only 106 009 Double banana plug Model 102 only Calibration certificate MAN 100 101 User manual Accessories available for Model 100 Model 101 and Model 102 CAL 100 CERT Model 100 recalibration with certificate CAL 101 CERT Model 101 recalibration with certificate CAL 102 CERT Model 102 recalibration with certificate Accessories included with Model 102 Model 110CS and Model 120CS 106 009 Double banana plug Model 102 only 115 006 Detachable 120 VAC line cord 110CS and 120CS only Instrument recalibration with certificate MAN 102 Model 102 user manual MAN 110 Model 110CS user manual MAN 120 Model 120CS user manual Accessories available for Model 110CS and Model 120CS 1090 Mounting adapter for four sources in a 483 mm H x 44 mm W 19 in x 1 75 in rack space 2090 Mounting adapter for 1 4 panel EIA installation CAL 110 CERT Model 110 recalibration with certificate CAL 120 CERT Model 120 recalibration with certificate LE nme Peak E a lice Som em LP mecibsrdm 4 ran H pG ee sii 4 Hec vk rri Far Model 120 rear panel Terminal block Program adjust Current I adjust O Line input Model 2090 Mounting Adapter www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Features B 60 A 5 V bipolar true 4 quadrant output B 0 1 mA output setting r
337. ly recalibration before important experiments would be advisable www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 187 Model 8000 CalCurve The Model 8000 CalCurve on CD ROM is provided free of charge at the time of order to any customer who orders a calibrated sensor The Model 8000 consists of calibration breakpoint interpolation data stored on a CD ROM Also on the CD is a PC executable program to load the data into a Lake Shore instrument by the IEEE 488 or RS 232 interface Once the data is loaded into the instrument the user can calculate and display temperature with the data The following information is included with the Model 8000 CalCurve Raw data Coefficients Interpolation table Instrument breakpoints A program for installing curves into instrument Instructions describing all file formats and contents There is a charge to load previously stored calibration curves Model 8001 8002 CalCurve A Lake Shore CalCurve provides users with a convenient method of storing sensor calibrations within Lake Shore instruments Calibration data breakpoint interpolation table for a specific sensor is stored into a nonvolatile memory The breakpoint data improves combined sensor instrument accuracy to within 0 1 K or better over the calibrated temperature range of the sensor Factory installed Model 8001 breakpoint table from a calibrated sensor stored in the instrument Field installed Mode
338. mail info lakeshore com 230 Index Index Model 100 124 Model 101 124 Model 102 124 Model 110 124 Model 120 124 2 lead measurement 189 Model 211 75 76 114 Model 218 75 76 110 Model 231 75 76 118 Model 231P 75 76 118 Model 234 75 76 118 Model 321 73 74 106 Model 331 73 74 100 Model 332 73 74 94 Model 340 73 74 86 Model 370 73 74 77 4 lead measurement 189 Model 625 127 A AC Resistance Bridge 73 77 Accessories 134 168 Accuracy 22 23 158 179 192 Calibrated 23 179 182 185 SoftCal 22 179 181 Uncalibrated 22 179 180 Adhesive 144 Application notes 216 Beryllium oxide heat sink chip 148 Bipolar superconducting magnet power supply 127 C Cable 139 Coaxial 139 Semi rigid 141 Ultra miniature 140 CryoCable 141 CalCurve 182 Calibrated 182 Calibration report 182 Calibration uncertainty 183 194 Capacitance CS temperature sensors 64 157 Carbon Glass CGR resistance temperature device RTD 16 47 Cartridge heaters 150 Cernox CX resistance temperature device RTD 15 43 Certificate of calibration 184 Chebychev Polynomial Fits 184 Closed loop control 197 Conductive epoxy 145 Controllers temperature 73 74 86 94 100 106 CryoCable 141 Cryogenic Hall generators 67 Cryogenic Hall probes 69 Cryogenic temperature controllers 73 74 86 94 100 106 Cryogenic temperature monitors 75 76 110 114 See also temp
339. manganese 4 nickel Electrical resistivity 11 ucm 1 7 ux cm 120 u xcm 48 uO cm at 293 K Thermal 0 1K NA 9 NA 0 006 conductivity 0 4 K NA 30 NA 0 02 W m K 1K 0 22 70 NA 0 06 4K 1 6 300 0 25 0 5 10K 4 6 700 0 7 E 20K 10 1100 2 6 3 3 80 K 25 600 8 13 150 K 34 410 9 5 16 300 K 48 400 12 22 Specifications Resistance Q m Fuse Fuse Insulated Insulation Insulation Insulation 4 2K 77K 305K current current diameter type thermal breakdown air A vacuum A mm rating K voltage VDC Phosphor 1 9L 32 0 241 Polyimide Bronze 32 3 34 3 45 4 02 0 203 4 2 3 1 2 DI 32 0 241 Polyimide 493 400 4 QL 32 0 241 Polyimide 1 SL 36 0452 Formvar 368 250 2 DT 36 0 152 Polyimi 4 4 36 8 56 883 103 0127 26 14 2o ae 4 QT 36 0 152 Formvar 368 250 QL 36 0 152 Polyimide 493 400 Nichrome 32 33 2 33 44 234 0 203 2 5 1 8 1 NC 32 0 241 Polyimide 493 400 Copper 30 0 003 0 04 0 32 0 254 10 2 0 8 1 HD 30 0 635 Teflon 473 250 34 0 0076 0 101 0 81 0 160 5 1 4 4 2 CT 34 0 254 Teflon 413 100 Manganin 30 8 64 9 13 9 69 0 254 4 6 l Heavy Formvar 32 13 5 14 3 15 1 0 203 3 8 i Heavy Formvar 36 34 6 36 5 38 8 0 127 2 6 l Heavy Formvar www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 136 Accessories Wire Phosphor Bronze Wire Phosphor bronze wires QL QT DT and NM are suitable for almost all cryogenic applications The low magne
340. manual range selection the user selects excitation as well as resistance range ranges do not change automatically If input resistance exceeds the range an overload message appears With both autorange and manual range selection the excitation current source is shorted inside the Model 370 during range changes to minimize transients Temperature Conversion The temperature conversion function of the Model 370 converts measured resistance to temperature for calibrated resistance thermometers Temperature as well as resistance values can be displayed temperature and resistance values are also available for interface query Conversion is based on temperature response curve data loaded into the instrument for each calibrated resistance thermometer in use Up to twenty 200 point curves can be entered into nonvolatile memory via computer interface or the instrument front panel Lake Shore CalCurves are available for Lake Shore calibrated sensors users can also generate their own curves as desired Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge Temperature Control The Model 370 provides all of the circuitry and software for digital proportional integral derivative PID control Heater output is a variable DC current source with multiple power ranges from 0 1 uW to 1 W to drive a resistive heater nominal 100 Heater output is designed for low noise with circuits to eliminate power surges during range changes or at instrument start
341. mber al DIR 0 3B GR 200A 30 GR 200A 50 BEEN 8 GR 200A 100 E GR 200A 250 GR 200A 500 GR 200A 1000 GR 200A 1500 GR 200A 2500 GR 200A 30 CD GR 200A 50 CD GR 200A 100 CD GR 200A 250 CD GR 200A 500 CD GR 200A 1000 CD GR 200A 1500 CD GR 200A 2500 CD GR 200B 500 GR 200B 1000 GR 200B 1500 GR 200B 2500 GR 200 50 BG GR 200 100 BG GR 200 250 BG GR 200 500 BG GR 200 1000 BG GR 200 1500 BG GR 200 2500 BG NOTE The GR 200A 30 0 05A calibration is not useful above 5 K Other packaging available through special order consult Lake Shore CAUTION The BG configuration is an unencapsulated chip and is extremely fragile and difficult to handle because of its small size Lake Shore recommends that a standard package be used unless there 1s a size restriction that requires the smaller sensor Lake Shore does not warrant mechanical damage to germanium sensors with the BG package Accessories available for sensors Accessories suggested for installation SN CO C1 CO style sensor clamps for SD package see Accessories section for full descriptions ECRIT Expanded interpolation table Stycast epoxy Phosphor bronze wire 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM Apiezon grease Manganin wire COC SEN Certificate of conformance Indium solder CryoCable VGE 7031 varnish
342. mended Germanium GR 200A B 2500 3 1 K to 100 K3 Not Recommended Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 4 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 5 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 6 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Rox RX 102A 1 4 K to 40 K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Silicon diodes are the best choice for general cryogenic use from 1 4 K to above room temperature Diodes are economical to use because they follow a Standard curve and are interchangeable in many applications They are not suitable for use in ionizing radiation or magnetic fields Cernox thin film RTDs offer high sensitivity and low magnetic field induced errors over the 2 K to 420 K temperature range Cernox sensors require calibration Platinum RTDs offer high uniform sensitivity from 30 K to over 800 K With excellent reproducibility they are useful as thermometry standards They follow a standard curve above 70 K and are interchangeable in many applications 1 Single excitation current may limit the low temperature range of NTC resistors Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K 3 ow temperature limited by input resistance range Low temperature specified with self heating error 5 mK Low temperature specified with self heating error 12 mK e mail info lakeshore com Model 211 Temperature Monitor
343. ment uncertainty 2 change the units of all uncertainties to temperature and 3 combine all of the uncertainties using the root sum of squares method described later Examples of source of measurement uncertainties affecting the accuracy but not the precision of a measurement include offset voltages and calibration uncertainties The expected uncertainty of a measurement is expressed in statistical terms As stated in the Guide to the Expression of Uncertainty in Measurement The exact values of the contributions to the error of the measurement arising from the dispersion of the observations the unavoidable imperfect nature of the corrections and incomplete knowledge are unknown and unknowable whereas the uncertainties associated with these random and systematic effects can be evaluated the uncertainty of a result of a measurement is not necessarily an indication of the likelihood that the measurement result is near the value of the measurand it is simply an estimate of the likelihood of nearness to the best value that is consistent with presently available knowledge The uncertainty is given the symbol u and has the same units as the quantity measured The combined uncertainty u arising from several independent uncertainty sources can be estimated by assuming a statistical distribution of uncertainties in which case the uncertainties are summed in quadrature according to Both random and systematic uncertainties are treated i
344. mp Varnish This epoxy is used to permanently attach test samples or temperature sensors to sample holders It is a 100 solid two component low temperature curing silver filled epoxy which features very high electrical and thermal conductivity combined with excellent strength and adhesive properties Note Epoxy must be cured at a minimum of 50 C for 12 hours to achieve proper electrical and physical properties Curing at 175 C for 45 seconds will achieve optimum properties Stycast is the most commonly used highly versatile nonconductive epoxy resin system for cryogenic use The primary use for Stycast is for vacuum feedthroughs or permanent thermal anchors Lake Shore uses this product in vacuum tight lead throughs with excellent thermal cycle reliability Stycast is an alternative to Apiezon N grease when permanent sensor mounting is desired Can place stress on sensor see Appendix C Note Can be chemically removed with methylene chloride several hour soak A commercially available stripper 1s supplied by Miller Stephenson Co at phone 203 743 4447 or fax 203 791 8702 part number MS 111 Classified as a hazardous chemical by the U S Government International orders air freight only U S UPS Ground only 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 145 Accessories Specifications Maximum operating temperature 573 K 300 C Thermal conductivity 300 K 27 C 1 7 W
345. mperature K Teflon9 PFA insulation is heat strippable for ease of preparation Ordering Information Part number Description Wire resistance per wire O m E CRYC 32 25 CryoCable 7 6 m 25 ft Overbraid resistance Q m CRYC 32 50 CryoCable 15 m 50 ft CRYC 32 100 CryoCable 30 m 100 ft Thermal conductivity entire cable assembly W m K naanin G A www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 142 Accessories Solder Solder EET TN High temperature solder Ostalloy Melting point 430 K solidus 548 K 343 16 K Liquidus 575 K Electrical thermal 84 W m K at 293 K 35 W m K at 293 K 18 6 W m K at 293 K conductivity Resistivity 9 x 10 Q m at 293 K 204 x 10 Q m at 293 K Tensile strength 2 61 MPa to 3 55 MPa 30 MPa Density 7 3 g cm 10 75 g cm 9 67 g cm Composition 99 99 pure Indium 90 Pb 10 Sn 49 5 Bi 27 3 Pb 13 196 Sn 10 196 Cd Indium Foil Solder Indium can be used to create solder bumps for microelectronic chip B roi Fu konn attachments and also as gaskets for wer E Exceptional pressure seal pressure and vacuum sealing purposes BS When used as a washer between B Extremely malleable a silicon diode or other temperature sensors and refrigerator cold stages i 99 99 pure indium foil increases the thermal contact area and prevents the sensor S
346. mpere turn cm 0 1 1 2 540 1 257 ampere turn in 3 937 x 10 0 3937 1 0 4947 ampere turn m 0 001 0 01 2 540 x 107 1 257 x 10 oersted 0e 7 958 x 107 0 7958 2 021 1 1 Oe 1 Gi 1 ESU 2 655 x 10 ampere turn m 1 praoersted 4x ampere turn m Energy Work Heat British thermal unit 1 1 055 x10 1055 252 0 2 930 x 10 erg 9 481 x 10 1 107 2 389 x 10 2 78 x 10 joule J 9 481 x 10 107 1 0 2389 2 118 x 107 calorie cal 3 968 x 10 4 186 x 10 4 186 1 1163 xX 10 gt kilowatt hour kW h 3413 36 x 10 8 601 x 10 1 1 electronvolt eV 1 602 x 10 7 joules J www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Common Units and Conversions Appendix H 209 Heat Flow Rate 1 watt W 3 413 Btu h 1 British thermal unit per hour Btu h 0 2930 W Fundamental Physical Constants Quantity Symbol Value Unit speed of light in a vacuum C C 299 792 458 mea magnetic constant H dn x 107 NA 12 566370614 x 107 electric constant 1 1 c E 8 854 187817 x 10 Fm characteristic impedance of vacuum v4 e u c Z 376 30313 461 Q Planck constant h 6 6260693 11 x 10 J s ineV s 4 135667 43 35 x 1075 eV s h 2n h 1 05457168 18 x 10 J S in eV s 6 58211915 56 x 10716 eV s elementary charge e 1 60217653 14 x 107 C magnetic flux quant
347. ms J For complete definitions and advice on the realization of these various states see Supplementary Information for the ITS 90 the symbols have the following meanings V Vapor pressure point T Triple point G Gas thermometer point M Melting point F Freezing point Table 7 Saturated Vapor Pressure of Helium 3 211600 3 4 41590 1 7 1128 5 196000 3 3 36590 1 6 746 4 4 9 181000 3 2 32010 1 5 471 5 48 167000 3 1 2 840 14 282 0 47 154300 3 24050 1 3 197 9 4 6 141900 2 9 20630 eon 130 7 4 5 130300 2 8 17550 1 24 107 3 4 4 119300 all 14810 1 21 87 42 4 3 108900 2 6 12370 1 18 70 58 4 2 99230 25 10230 1 15 56 45 4 1 90140 2 4 8354 el 44 68 4 81620 2 3 6730 1 09 34 98 3 9 73660 22 5335 1 06 21 07 3 8 66250 2 1 4141 1 03 20 67 3 09350 2 3129 1 15 97 3 6 92960 T9 2299 3 5 47040 1 8 1638 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 216 Appendix J Appendix J Application Notes and Sensor Installation Instructions Application Notes A Comparison of Physical Property and Performance Characteristics of Lake Shore Cernox Resistance Temperature Sensors with Commercially Available Thick Film Resistors 1993 A New Cryogenic Diode Thermometer S Scott Courts P R Swinehart and C J Yeager Advances in Cryogenic Engineeri
348. n cutout 0 45 kg 1 Ib CE mark RoHS compliant Power Supply 109 132 Power requirements 100 240 VAC 50 or 60 Hz 0 3 A max Output 5Vat1 2A Size 40 5 mm W x 30 mm H x 64 mm D 1 6 in x 1 2 in x 2 5 in Weight 0 15 kg 0 33 Ib E E a l W SELECT ENTER LakeShore 211 Temperature Monitor a SS SE neg A a5 3 Sg egg Se A v SELECT ENTER LakeShore 211 Temperature Monitor ae Ke Fa A Y SELECT ENTER LakeShore 211 Temperature Monitor 2111 Single 1 4 DIN 2112 Dual 1 4 DIN panel mount adapter panel mount adapter 105 mm W x 132 mm H 105 mm W x 132 mm H 4 1 in x 5 2 in 4 1 in x 5 2 in Ordering Information Part number Description 2118 Model 211 temperature monitor single channel 211N Model 211S with no power supply Accessories Included with 211S 109 132 100 240 V 6 W power supply universal input interchangeable input plugs G 106 253 Sensor input mating connector DB 25 G 106 264 Shell for sensor input mating connector Calibration certificate MAN 211 Model 211 user manual Options and accessories 2111 single 1 4 DIN panel mount adapter 2112 Dual 1 4 DIN panel mount adapter 8000 CalCurve CD ROM included with calibrated sensor 8001 211 CalCurve factory installed CAL 211 CERT Instrument recalibration with certificate CAL 211 DATA Instrument recalibration with certificate and data Ve E www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 61
349. n 110 at 25 MHz 225 at 100 MHz thermometer to appear as an offset Impedance with wire passed twice through bead or by transmitting through the system 440 Q at 25 MHz 900 Q at 100 MHz wiring to pollute the experimental clamp SE halves of a ferrite bead held y a plastic clamp environment A ferrite bead will Overall dimensions 22 1 mm x 23 4 mm x 32 3 mm reduce the effect of RF pickup on 0 87 in x 0 92 in x 1 27 in instrument leads by acting like a Cable opening diameter 10 2 mm 0 4 in high impedance resistance to high hole for wire tee H Ee frequency noise DC and slow moving HERE signals are not affected The bead can be clamped around existing wiring for ease of installation Ordering Information Part number Description 2071 Ferrite bead www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 152 Locate Download and Order from www lakeshore com B Locate product and support information Lake Sshnne chet be mam 7 ii J e quickly with helpful dropdown menus BER Deeg TUTENETTIT and improved web pages easily access application notes product overviews technical details manuals software D E Cao EE news releases product registration and so much more V WIRES SE U S And Canada oni ehlpping bn u ey is been non
350. n NA NA Less than 0 01 change Less than 0 01 change Less than 0 01 change in output for 10 change in output for 10 change in output for 10 change in line voltages within in line voltages within in line voltages within specified voltage range specified voltage range specified voltage range see power see power see power Load regulation Less than 0 01 change Less than 0 01 change Less than 0 01 change Less than 0 01 change Less than 0 01 change in output current from 1 to 100 compliance voltage in output current from 1 to 100 compliance voltage in output current from 1 to 100 compliance voltage in output current from 1 to 100 compliance voltage in output current from 1 to 100 compliance voltage AC current ripple NA NA Less than 0 01 of scale 1 nA RMS in a Less than 0 01 of scale 1 nA RMS in a Less than 0 01 of scale 40 uV RMS in a property shielded system property shielded system property shielded system General Ambient temperature range 15 C to 35 C 15 C to 35 C 15 C 16 95 b 15 C to 35 C 15763029 D Power 4 AA alkaline batteries One 9 V alkaline battery 12 VAC 3 V 90 to 125 or 90 to 125 or wall mount supply 210 to 250 VAC 210 to 250 VAC selected for AC 50 or 60 Hz 3 VA 50 or 60 Hz 3 V power required Battery life 1 year 6 months NA NA NA Enclosure type Plastic benchtop Plastic benchtop Plastic benchtop Benchtop Benchtop S
351. n mildly active soldering flux tin them with a minimal amount of 60 Sn 40 Pb solder Use a low wattage soldering iron that will not exceed 200 C I White White GE White Yellow White Black Black Black 4 Clean off residual flux with rosin residue remover The sensor lead can be prepared Black Green in an identical manner The Rox ruthenium oxide RTD uses the copper AA 5 package but is a 2 lead only device The leads have no specific polarity While the Rox is built as a 2 lead device the sensor should be operated in a 4 lead measurement scheme to eliminate errors due to lead resistance which can be significant 6 Attach one sensor lead with the connector wire and apply the soldering iron above the joint area until the solders melt then remove the iron immediately Repeat for the other set of connector wires and the other sensor lead Avoid putting stress on the device leads and leave enough slack to allow for the thermal contractions that occur during cooling that could fracture a solder joint or lead This can be achieved with heat shrink tubing www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 176 Appendix C Sensor Packaging and Installation Heat Sinking Thermal Anchoring 1 Since the heat flow through the Bare Chip Installation www lakeshore com connecting leads can create an offset between the
352. n or directly measured by other means isothermal measurements with and without field RF noise can also cause both random errors adds to current noise and systematic errors since at ultra low temperatures the added noise can self heat the sensors causing a systematic offset Installation 2 lead vs 4 lead installations can lead to significant measurement errors Even with a properly installed temperature sensor poor thermal design of the overall apparatus can produce measurement errors Installation issues are addressed in Appendix C Sensor Packaging and Installation along with detailed installation instructions for specific Lake Shore sensors Environmental Concerns Temperature sensors can be affected by changes in the environment Examples include magnetic fields ionizing radiation or changes in the pressure humidity or chemistry of the environment The most common are magnetic field and radiation induced errors These effects have been discussed previously These environmental effects will create a systematic bias in the temperature measurement fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Temperature Measurement System Instrumentation 2 Lead versus 4 Lead The measurement of resistance and diode temperature sensors requires passing a current through the temperature sensor to produce a sensor voltage that can be measured The simplest resistance or voltage measurement configuration is a current source connected to the t
353. n the same way Note that both sides of Equation 11 can be divided by the measurement quantity to express the measurement uncertainty in relative terms Finding statistical data suitable for addition by quadrature can be a problem instrument and sensor specifications sometimes give maximum or typical values for uncertainties Two approaches may be taken when dealing with maximum uncertainty specifications The conservative approach is to use the specification limit value in the combined uncertainty calculation The less conservative approach is to assume a statistical distribution within the specification limits and assume the limit is roughly three standard deviations in which case one third of the specification limit is used in fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Temperature Measurement System uncertainty calculations The manufacturer may be able to supply additional information to help improve uncertainty estimates Practical recommendations and procedures for problems related to the estimation of measurement uncertainties are discussed in greater detail by Rabinovich Table 6 gives examples of uncertainty calculations for two types of temperature sensors the DT 470 SD silicon diode sensor and the CX 1050 AA Cernox sensor When Lake Shore accounts for uncertainties in calibration measurements all the above issues are taken into consideration and their contributions are estimated Table 6 Combined Temperature M
354. nce band specially designed for applications greater than 25 K and is also available as a bare die that has the fastest thermal response time and smallest size of any diode temperature sensor The DT 670 is available in the robust Lake Shore SD package giving researchers more flexibility in sensor mounting The DT 670 is ideal for general purpose cryogenic thermometry across a wide range of applications CX 1010 Cernox RTD The CX 1010 is the first Cernox designed to operate down to 100 mK making it an ideal replacement for Germanium RTDs Unlike Germanium all Cernox models have the added advantage of being usable to room temperature with good sensitivity over the whole temperature range In addition Cernox can be purchased in the incredibly robust Lake Shore SD package offering researchers more flexibility in sensor mounting Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge The Model 370 is designed for precise accurate low noise low excitation power AC resistance measurement Its primary application is the measurement of resistance materials in cryogenic environments from 20 mK to 1 K Fully integrated the Model 370 includes features to reduce and control noise at every step of the resistance measurement process A unique patented matched impedance current source and active common mode reduction circuitry minimize noise and self heating errors With sixteen channels IEEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces and closed loop temperature control the Model
355. nce of moisture and chemical agents such as salts this includes integrated circuits and other electronics mM Electrical stress electromagnetic interference EMI electrostatic discharge ESD There are no specific published regulations or guidelines that establish requirements for the frequency of recalibration of cryogenic temperature sensors There are certainly military standards for the recalibration of measuring devices However these standards only require that a recalibration program be established and then adhered to in order to fulfill the requirements Many highly regarded manufacturers of more complex measuring devices such as voltmeters recommend that such instruments be recalibrated every six months Temperature sensors are complex assemblies of wires welds electrical connections dissimilar metallurgies electronic packages seals etc and hence have the potential for drift in calibration Like a voltmeter where components degrade or vary with time and use all of the components of a temperature sensor may also vary especially where they are joined together at material interfaces Degradation in a sensor materials system is less apparent than deterioration in performance of a voltmeter Lake Shore sensor calibrations are certified for one year Depending upon the sensor type and how it is used it is recommended that sensors be recalibrated in the Lake Shore Calibration Service Department periodically Certain
356. nctions of the power supply are accessed using a single button press The keypad can be locked to either lock out all changes or to lock out just the instrument setup parameters allowing the output of the power supply to be changed Isolation Output optically isolated from chassis to prevent ground loops Parallel operation 2 units can be paralleled for 120 A 5 V operation Protection Quench line loss low line voltage high line voltage output over voltage output over current over temperature and remote inhibit on critical error conditions magnet discharges at 1 V nominal Output Programming PSH Org d ml Internal current setting Resolution 0 1 mA 20 bit Current and voltage settings current and voltage readings ramp rate Settling time 600 ms for 196 step to within 0 1 mA into a resistive load voltage sense and persistent switch heater status and instrument status Accuracy 10 mA 0 05 of setting displayed simultaneously Operation Keypad computer interface Protection Current setting limit Internal current ramp Ramp rate 0 1 mA s to 99 999 A s compliance limited C Z BEREE CG Update rate 27 7 increments s Dut put A 1346 Ramp segments 5 U Limit cu MRE Operation Keypad computer interface and trigger input io Laense ud pos Protection Ramp rate limit External current programming PSH Ore 44 mo Sensitivity 6V 60A Resolution Analog The instrument can be set up to show calculated field along wi
357. nd specific functions Display brightness control keypad lock out Electrical format RS 232C Max baud rate 9600 baud Connector 9 pin D sub Reading rate Up to 7 rdg s Alarms Number 2 high and low Data source Temperature Settings High setpoint Low setpoint Dead band Latching or Non latching Actuators Display message relays Relays Number 2 Contacts Normally Open NO Normally Closed NC and Common C Contact rating 30 VDC at 1 A Operation Activate relays on high or low input alarm or manual Connector Shared 25 pin D sub Analog output Isolation Output is not isolated from chassis ground Update rate 7 readings per s Data source Temperature Vollage Current Range 0Vto 10V 4 mA to 20 mA Accuracy 1 25 mV 2 5 UA Resolution 0 3 mV 0 6 uA Min load resistance 500 Q NA Compliance voltage NA 10 V Load regulation NA 0 02 of reading 0 to 500 Q Scales Temperature Sensor units fixed by type 0 K to 20K Diodes 1V 1V 0 K to 100 K 100 Q Platinum 1 V 100 Q 0 K to 200 K 1000 Q Platinum 1 V 1000 Q 0 K to 325 K NTC Resistor 1 V 1000 Q 0 K to 475 K 0 K to 1000 K Settings Voltage or current scale Connector Shared 25 pin D sub General Ambient temperature Range Power requirements Size Mounting Weight Approvals 15 C to 35 C at rated accuracy 10 C to 40 C at reduced accuracy Regulated 5 VDC at 400 mA 96 mm W x 48 mm H x 166 mm D 3 8 in x 1 9 in x 6 5 in Panel mount into 91 mm W x 44 mm H 3 6 in x 1 7 i
358. ndard response curve the listed values are typical but can vary widely consult Lake Shore to choose a specific range www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Appendix G 201 Cernox CX 1050 normal or HT Cernox CX 1080 normal or HT T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT T K R Q dR dT Q K T R dR dT 1 4 26566 48449 2 55 20 6157 5 480 08 1 56 2 11844 11916 2 01 30 3319 7 165 61 1 50 5733 4 3042 4 1 59 40 2167 6 79 551 1 47 4 2 3507 2 1120 8 1 34 50 1565 3 45 401 1 45 2252 9 432 14 1 15 13 35 036 52 15 398 1 42 10 1313 5 128 58 0 98 100 581 14 8 213 1 41 20 692 81 30 871 0 89 150 328 75 3 057 1 40 30 482 88 14 373 0 89 200 220 93 1 506 1 36 40 3 311 8 392 0 90 250 163 73 0 863 1 32 90 305 19 5 507 0 90 300 129 39 0 545 1 26 17 35 205 67 2 412 0 91 350 106 98 0 368 1 20 100 162 81 1 488 0 91 400 91 463 0 261 1 14 150 112 05 0 693 0 93 420 86 550 0 231 1 12 200 85 800 0 397 0 92 Cernox sensors do not follow a standard response curve the listed values are 250 69 931 0 253 0 90 typical but can vary widely consult Lake Shore to choose a specific range 300 99 467 0 173 0 87 390 52 142 0 124 0 83 400 46 782 0 093 0 79 420 45 030 0 089 0 77 C
359. ndent sensors it is the range that the GR 200A sensors cover as a group Germanium Thermal response time 200 ms at 4 2 K 3 s at 77 K Use in radiation Recommended for use in ionizing radia tion environments see Appendix B Calibrated Accuracy Use in magnetic field Because of their strong magneto e resistance and associated orientation eh SS effect germanium sensors are of very limited accuracy stability use in magnetic fields see Appendix B 14K me Reproducibility 0 5 mK at 4 2 K 42K 4 mK 1 mK 1 Recommended excitation for T lt 1 K based 35 mK 6 Long axis of thermometer parallel to applied field Typical Resistance Values GR 200 Typical resistance Suggested A or B at 4 2 K useful range on Lake Shore calibration procedures using an 30 20 O to 40 O 0 05 Kto1K AC resistance bridge for more information refer E mem E T to Appendix D and Appendix E l 4 Calibration uncertainty reproducibility oa ae 2 Short term reproducibility data is obtained by for more information see Appendices B D and E 100 50 Q to 150 Q 0 3 Kto 1 6K subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks 5 Long term stability data is obtained by subjecting 250 100010350Q 05Kto20K from 305 K to 4 2 K sensor to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K 500 390 Q to 750 Q 1 0 K to 30 K 1000 750 Q to 1300 Q 1 4 K to 30 K 1500 1300 Q
360. ndix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Appendix H Appendix I Appendix J Overview of Thermometry Sensor Characteristics Sensor Packaging and Installation Sensor Calibration Accuracies Temperature Measurement System PID Temperature Control Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Common Units and Conversions Cryogenic Reference Tables Application Notes and Sensor Installation Instructions eg 154 Appendix A Overview of Thermometry Appendix A Overview ot Thermometry General Thermometry and Temperature Scales Thermodynamically speaking temperature is the quantity in two systems which takes the same value in both systems when they are brought into thermal contact and allowed to come to thermal equilibrium For example if two different sized containers filled with different gasses at different pressures and temperatures are brought into thermal contact after a period of time the final volumes pressures entropies enthalpies and other thermodynamic properties of each gas can be different but the temperature will be the same Thermodynamically the ratio of temperature of two systems can always be determined This allows a thermodynamic temperature scale to be developed since there is an implied unique zero temperature Additionally it allows the freedom to assign a value to a unique state Therefore the size of a temperature unit is arbitrary The SI temperature scale
361. ned for calibrating customers thermometers in a convenient manner A standards laboratory would maintain a temperature scale on a set of resistance thermometers calibrated by that government agency This is extremely expensive and time consuming Thus primary standards would not be used in day to day operation Instead the standards laboratory would calibrate a set of working standards for that purpose These are the standards used to calibrate thermometers sold to customers Each step in the calibration transfer process introduces a small additive error in the overall accuracy of the end calibration In addition to the sensor calibration process there is also a class of sensors where the manufacturing process is highly reproducible All of these sensors have a similar output to temperature response curve to within a specified tolerance Industrial grade platinum thermometers and silicon diodes are examples of sensors that are interchangeable 1 e their output as a function of temperature R vs T or V vs T is so uniform that any sensor can be interchanged with another without calibration and the temperature reading will still be accurate The level of accuracy is specified by tolerance bands With silicon diodes it is possible for a sensor to be interchangeable to within 0 25 K References Schooley James F Thermometry Boca Raton Florida CRC Press Inc 1986 Quinn T J Temperature Academic Press 1983 Callan H B Therm
362. nfigured for 120 VAC with U S power cord VAC 220 Instrument configured for 220 VAC with universal Euro line cord Instrument configured for 240 VAC with universal Euro line cord Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord and universal Euro line cord and fuses for 220 240 setting Other country line cords available consult Lake Shore VAC 240 VAC 120 ALL Accessories included with the Model 370 106 233 Input mating connector 2 included 106 737 Terminal block mating connector Calibration certificate MAN 370 Model 370 user manual Accessories included with the preamps scanners 106 253 106 264 107 379 112 374 DB 25 plug 4 included DB 25 hood 4 included Mounting bracket 3 m 10 ft cable from scanner to Model 370 Options and accessories 4005 1 m 3 3 ft IEEE 488 GPIB computer interface cable assembly includes extender required for simultaneous use of IEEE cable and relay terminal block CalCurve CD ROM calibrated sensor breakpoint table on a CD ROM for customer upload CalCurve factory installed calibrated sensor breakpoint table factory installed into nonvolatile memory CalCurve field installed calibrated sensor breakpoint table loaded into nonvolatile memory for customer installation Instrument recalibration with certificate Instrument recalibration with certificate and data Kit for mounting one Model 370 in a 482 6 mm 19 in rack mount cabinet EXPRESS mm
363. ng Vol 47B edited by P Shirron American Institute of Physics NY 2002 pp 1620 1627 Presented at the CEC 2001 17 20 July 2001 Madison WI A Review of Cryogenic Thermometry and Common Temperature Sensors C J Yeager and S Scott Courts IEEE Sensors Journal 1 4 pp 352 360 December 2001 Chapter 4 Cryogenic Instrumentation D Scott Holmes and S Scott Courts Handbook of Cryogenic Engineering edited by J G Weisend II Taylor amp Francis Philadelphia PA 1998 pp 203 258 Cryogenic Heat Flow Calculations R L Garwin 1956 Cryogenic Thermometry An Overview S Scott Courts D Scott Holmes Philip R Swinehart and Brad C Dodrill Applications of Cryogenic Technology Vol 10 pp 55 69 Plenum Press New York 1991 Demystifying Cryogenic Temperature Sensors John K Krause and Philip R Swinehart Photonics Spectra August 1985 pp 61 68 Laurin Publishing Co DT 470 Series Temperature Sensors Installation and Operation 1986 Effects of Cryogenic Irradiation on Temperature Sensors S Scott Courts and D Scott Holmes Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 41B edited by P Kittel Plenum Press NY pp 1707 1714 1996 Presented at CEC ICMC 1995 Columbus OH www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Application Notes and Sensor Installation Instructions Receive free copies of the following application notes by calling faxing or e mailing Lake Shore Download fr
364. ng adapter if ordering adapter substitute the adapter suffix for the SD suffix for example DT 470 CU 13 Step 3 Specify the calibration range suffix code after the model number and package suffix for example DT 470 CU 13 1 4L Note When ordering a DT 470 only Band 13 sensors are calibrated CO adapter spring loaded clamp for easy sensor interchangeability DT 400 Series Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end S SoftCal D 100 K L 325 K H 500 K To add length to sensor leads Model number Uncal 2S 3S 14D 14L 14H 4D 4L 4H 10L 10H 70L 70H SMOD see page 28 DI 414 UN m E s DT 414M UN m m DT 421 HR RS E E NH DT 470 SD 11 a DT 470 SD 11A m See the appendices for a DT 470 SD 12 m detailed description of DT 470 SD 12A m DT 470 SD 13 m NH NH E NB NH HN HN BH HB Installation DT471 D m E E E E E Uncalibrated sensors SoftCal Mounting adapters are available for use with the SD package replace SD suffix with mounting adapter suffix Calibrated sensors CO Hf E E E E BH E HB NB HEH HB NB CalCurve CU ER CY EF Sensor packages MT BO E E HM E amp E E B DT 470 DI 3 BR Lake Shore does not warrant mechanical damage to the DT 414 DT 414 handling fragile assembly
365. niversal Euro line cord Other country line cords available consult Lake Shore VAC 220 VAC 240 Accessories Included 106 233 sensor mating connector 106 009 Heater output connector Calibration certificate MAN 321 Model 321 user manual Options and accessories 2001 RJ11 4 m 14 ft modular serial cable 2002 RJ11 to DB25 adapter connects RJ11 cable to the RS 232C serial port on rear of computer 2003 RJ11 cable to DB9 connector adapter 3003 Heater output conditioner 8001 321 8271 20 CalCurve requires calibrated sensor Sensor heater cable assembly for diode and platinum sensors CAL 321 CERT Instrument recalibration with certificate RM Kit for mounting one Model 321 82 60 mm 19 in rack RM 2 Kit for mounting two Model 321S 82 60 mm 19 in rack HTR 25 25 Q cartridge heater 25 W 6 35 mm x 25 4 mm long 0 25 in diameter x 1 in long HTR 50 90 Q cartridge heater 25 W 6 35 mm x 25 4 mm long 0 25 in diameter x 1 in long uso EM visa ka fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Features M Operates down to 1 4 K with appropriate sensor M 8 sensor inputs BI Supports diode and RTD sensors BI Continuous 8 input display with readings in K C V or Q B IFEF 488 and RS 232C interfaces analog outputs and alarm relays B Available in two versions Model 218S and 218E www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Model 218 Temperature Monitor Model 218 Temper
366. nn ihn ak om Cl Uni eha e ns EE ua a Wsu bss nal on FOE sat s ll quae ca tba genet Us on fe quad IN 1 nm Tae dei ke ch usus on je gd ou anon 1 ORG mn n S ts oar gola an I hp a uch vu Sl er Tc Ld m hp cu TH y rritarteenkanbwclpnHntddtandra etstan Co Wo DI TL E pede Jashma sls d gl zreczuc pager cor lees H 3 end mzcarrzi ar modded Get local dealer and representative yos CARE E listings customer support and repair dinis az services all in one comprehensive site Zizcr deres mpo Z 5 Lakeshore Ki i va Waben PE i d P rr petal mu ua E Download Ri i Edo PR EEMOL helpful application notes installation Include Product Option Quantity Price instructions specifications curve NONE MENGE AC M ME LC CN loading software and manuals DT 3 232s zL ziur2a0 D 2325 lT n Mi cic Uizaleratsd 1 PE REL be ee Total i z cc Ter data Aa rrij anger OU frij re ha 4 au E Order Lake Shore temperature controllers temperature monitors temperature sensors temperature transmitters e AC resistance bridge current sources ES REES LEE cryogenic accessories power supplies gaussmeters fluxmeters Hall Effect sensors and probes all in a few easy clicks fast and convenient www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 154 156 166 179 188 197 200 207 210 216 153 Appendices Appendix A Appe
367. ns due to its low magnetoresistance 614 891 2244 Accessories 137 Ordering Information Part number WDT 32 25 WDT 32 100 WDT 32 500 WDT 36 25 WDT 36 100 WDT 36 500 Description 32 AWG 7 6 m 25 ft 32 AWG 30 m 100 ft 32 AWG 152 m 500 ft 36 AWG 7 6 m 25 ft 36 AWG 30 m 100 ft 36 AWG 152 m 500 ft ts o Ordering Information Part number WQT 36 25 WAQT 36 100 WAQT 36 500 Description 36 AWG 7 6 m 25 ft 36 AWG 30 m 100 ft 36 AWG 152 m 500 ft ES n D j Note The Quad Lead wires are formed into a ribbon cable using polyvinyl butyral bonding film For wire separation this bonding film is easily dissolvable by using either isopropyl or denatured alcohol The Polyimide individual wire insulation is not affected by either solvent Ordering Information Part number WQL 32 25 WQL 32 100 WQL 32 500 WQL 36 25 WQL 36 100 WQL 36 500 fax 614 818 1600 Description 32 AWG 7 6 m 25 ft 32 AWG 30 m 100 ft 32 AWG 152 m 500 ft 36 AWG 7 6 m 25 ft 36 AWG 30 m 100 ft 36 AWG 152 m 500 ft e mail info lakeshore com 138 Accessories Wire Nichrome Heater Wire NC 32 This high resistance wire is typically used for heater requirements The relatively large wire size provides sufficient surface Note We have had poor experience with heaters made using wire smaller than 32 AWG and supplying 25 W or more power A possible B N
368. ns temperature data it transmits a current of 4 mA to 20 mA The current output changes linearly with sensor temperature Output scale depends on the selected temperature range Several switch selected ranges are available Highest accuracy and sensitivity are achieved when the output is set for a narrow temperature band A 0 mA to 20 mA output is also available to convert output to a voltage scaled from zero A 500 Q 0 02 output load resistor produces the maximum full scale output of 10 V Circuitry for the Model 230 Series is powered by a single 5 VDC supply applied either from the front panel connector or the power pins on the VME bus connector The outputs are isolated so several transmitters can be run off the same supply without interference Mechanical mounting is easy because the 230 Series is built on a standard size VME card It fits directly into a single height 3U VME card holder The transmitter does not use the electrical bus format only its physical shape and power supply The Model 234 and the Model 234D both include a serial interface In addition to the Model 234 features the Model 234D also provides local display of the temperature or resistance of a single sensor via a 6 digit LED display It maintains full transmitter capabilities serial interface commands and curve format of the standard Model 234 The display is updated at one half the rate of the transmitter output Model 234 Measurement Scales Excitation
369. nsidered UHV compatible A special package exists for the Cernox sensor that uses spot welded platinum leads A useful website with more information on outgassing properties of materials is found at http outgassing nasa gov fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 162 Table 3 Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T at B magnetic induction Sensor lype T K Notes Cernox 1050 2 L 3 1 3 9 5 Best sensor for use in magnetic field CX series 4 2 0 1 0 15 0 85 0 8 T gt 1 K 10 0 04 0 4 1 1 1 5 20 0 04 0 02 0 16 0 2 30 0 01 0 04 0 06 0 11 T1 0 002 0 022 0 062 0 11 300 0 003 0 004 0 004 0 006 Carbon Glass Resistors 4 2 0 5 2 3 4 9 6 6 CGR series 10 0 2 1 1 2 6 3 8 25 0 02 0 22 0 54 0 79 45 0 07 0 48 1 32 2 2 88 0 05 0 45 1 32 2 3 306 lt 0 01 0 22 0 62 1 1 Rox 102A 2 1 4 7 9 13 17 Recommended for use over the 0 05 K to 40 K 3 1 5 7 14 18 temperature range Consistent behavior 4 0 56 6 7 14 18 between devices in magnetic fields 8 1 3 6 1 13 21 16 0 40 3 4 9 6 16 23 0 31 2 2 6 2 11 Rox 103A 2 0 58 1 5 dd 2 0 Excellent for use in magnetic fields from 3 0 44 1 1 1 7 2 0 1 4 K to 40 K Predictable behavior 4 0 27 0 95 1 4 Lf 0 0 1 0 49 0 71 0 80 16 0 018 0 076 0 089 0 040 23 0 00
370. number TG 120 P TG 120 PL TG 120 SD T6 120 CO TG 120 CU Below 10 K calibration is valid in vaccuum only Other packaging available by special order please consult Lake Shore Accessories available for sensors ECRIT Expanded interpolation table 8000 Calibration report on CD ROM COC SEN Certificate of conformance de o birir 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Accessories suggested for installation see Accessories section for full descriptions otycast epoxy Apiezon grease 90 Pb 10 Sn solder Indium solder VGE 7031 varnish Phosphor bronze wire Manganin wire CryoCable e mail info lakeshore com Features B Low magnetic field induced errors B Temperature range of 100 mK to 420 K model dependent B High sensitivity at low temperatures and good sensitivity over a broad range B Excellent resistance to ionizing radiation BI Bare die sensor with fast characteristic thermal response times 1 5 ms at 4 2 K 50 ms at 77 K BI Broad selection of models to meet your thermometry needs B Excellent stability BI Variety of packaging options Patent 5 363 084 Nov 1994 Film Resistors Having Trimmable Electrodes and 5 367 285 Nov 1994 Cernox Metal Oxy nitride Resistance Films and Methods of Making the Same Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Typical Cernox Resistance www lakeshore com
371. o installation and shall indemnify Lake Shore against any liability or expense resulting from failure to do so If Lake Shore is to effect or supervise the installation the purchaser shall prepare the site in good time and provide all services including labor for efficient installation failing which Lake Shore may charge for lost time of it s personnel Upon completion of installation Lake Shore may issue and purchaser shall within 10 days review and if accurate accept a certificate that verifies conformity of the Goods and Services Acceptance of the certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the Goods conformity with the contract Failure to respond to the certificate within the time allotted shall constitute acceptance by the purchaser Cancellation The purchaser may cancel orders for catalog items only upon payment of a restocking charge See Returned Goods below Orders for custom fabricated or non catalog products are not subject to cancellation under any condition Returned Goods Goods may not be returned except with prior written authorization from Lake Shore Authorized returned goods are subject to a 15 restocking charge 50 00 Domestic 60 00 International minimum on sensors and other temperature transducers plus any additional expense required to return material to first class salable condition Minimum Billings There is a 75 minimum for orders placed with a purchase order PO and a 5000 minimum for orde
372. o mount two 1 2 rack temperature monitors in a 482 6 mm 19 in rack GE fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Features BI Operates down to 1 4 K with appropriate sensor BI One sensor input BI Supports diode and RTD sensors B OoVtoi10Vor 4 mA to 20 mA output B Large 5 digit LED display B RS 232C serial interface and alarm relays www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Model 211 Temperature Monitor Model 211 Temperature Monitor Noi Product Description The Lake Shore single channel Model 211 Temperature Monitor provides the accuracy resolution and interface features of a benchtop temperature monitor in an easy to use easily integrated compact instrument With appropriate sensors the Model 211 measures temperature from 1 4 K to 800 K including temperatures in high vacuum and magnetic fields Alarms relays user configurable analog voltage or current output and a serial interface are standard features on the Model 211 It is a good choice for liquefied gas storage and monitoring cryopump control cryo cooler and materials science applications and for applications that require greater accuracy than thermocouples allow 614 891 2244 SELECT ENTER LakoShore 211 Temperature Monitor fax 614 818 1600 Sensor Input Reading Capability The Model 211 Temperature Monitor supports diode temperature sensors and resistance temperature detectors RTDs The Mod
373. ock out Interface IEEE 488 2 interface Features SH1 AH1 T5 L4 SR1 RL1 PPO DC1 DTO CO E1 Reading rate To 10 readings per s on each input Software support LabVIEW driver Serial interface Electrical format RS 232C Max baud rate 9600 baud Connector 9 pin D sub Reading rate To 10 readings per s on each input at 9600 baud Special interface features Model 330 command emulation mode Alarms Number 4 high and low for each input Data source Temperature sensor units and linear equation Settings Source high setpoint low setpoint deadband latching or non latching and audible on off Actuators Display annunciator beeper and relays Relays Number S Contacts Normally open NO normally closed NC and common C Contact rating 30 VDC at 5 A Operation Activate relays on high low or both alarms for either input or manual Connector Detachable terminal block Analog voltage output when not used as control loop 2 output Scale User selected Update rate 10 readings per s Data source Temperature sensor units linear equation Settings Input source top of scale bottom of scale or manual Range 10 V Resolution 0 3 mV Accuracy 2 5 mV Max output power 1 W jumper selected Min load resistance 100 Q short circuit protected Source impedance 0 01 Q www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Instruments 99 General Ambient temperature 15 C to 35 C at rated accuracy 10 C to 40 C a
374. od way to put constant heating power into a load when needed The manual output term can also be added to the PID output Some users prefer to set an output value near that necessary to control at a setpoint and let the closed loop make up the small difference NOTE Manual output should be set to O when not in use Typical Sensor Performance Sample Calculation Model 331S Temperature Controller Operating on the 2 5 V Input Range used with a DT 670 Silicon Diode at 1 4 K B Nominal voltage typical value taken from Appendix G Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables B Typical sensor sensitivity typical value taken from Appendix G Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables B Measurement resolution in temperature equivalents Equation Instrument measurement resolution typical sensor sensitivity 10 pV 12 49mV K 0 8 mK The instrument measurement resolution specification is located in the Input Specifications table for each instrument B Electronic accuracy in temperature equivalents Equation Electronic accuracy nominal voltage typical sensor sensitivity 80 uV 0 005 1 644 V 12 49 mV K 13 mK The electronic accuracy specification is located in the Input Specifications table for each instrument B Temperature accuracy including electronic accuracy CalCurve and calibrated sensor Equation Electronic accuracy typical sensor accuracy at temperature point of interest 13 mK 12 mK 25 mK The typical sens
375. odynamics and an introduction to Thermostatistics Second Edition New York Wiley 1985 Mangum B W and G T Furukawa Guidelines for Realizing the International Temperature Scale of 1990 ITS 90 NIST Technical Note 1265 1990 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 TT Appendix A 155 Fixed Points Repeatable temperature points are referred to as fixed points These are simply points that occur reproducibly at the same temperature There are numerous examples of fixed points These include boiling points freezing points triple points superconducting transition points and superfluid transition points Figure 1 shows a typical pressure temperature phase diagram Matter can exist in three states solid liquid and gas The pressure temperature diagram intuitively makes sense If we heat matter to a high enough temperature it becomes gaseous If we subject matter to a high enough pressure it becomes a solid At combinations of pressure and temperature in between these limits matter can exist as a liquid The boundaries that separate these states of matter are called the melting or freezing curve the vaporization or condensation curve and the sublimation curve The intersection of all three curves is called the triple point All three states of matter can coexist at that pressure and temperature When we say the freezing point or boiling point of a substance is reproducible it is implied tha
376. oint It is best to do this by pushing or training the leads into place See Figure 11 Grasping the wire while trying to solder it is inviting wire damage It is unnecessary to twist the sensor leads around the cable wires Slack can be built into the leads by using two pairs of tweezers to put an s curve into the wire before soldering Cryogenic Accessories Recommended for proper installation and use of Lake Shore sensors see Accessories section for more information Stycast Epoxy 2850FT Permanent attachment excellent low temperature properties electrical insulator low cure shrinkage Apiezon N Grease Low viscosity easy to use solidifies at cryogenic temperatures excellent lubricant VGE 7031 Varnish Nonpermanent attachment excellent thermal con ductor easy to apply and remove Indium Solder 99 99 pure excellent electroplating material foil form 90 Pb 10 Sn Solder Greater lead content for higher temperature applica tions greater than 200 C Soldering Flux Variety of types Phosphor Bronze Wire Available in single dual and quad strands no mag netic attraction low thermal conduction Manganin Wire Low thermal conductivity high resistivity no mag netic attraction Heat Sink Bobbin Gold plated oxygen free high conductivity OFHC copper bobbins www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Appendix D Sensor Calibration Ac
377. olders melt then remove the iron Repeat for the other set of connector wires and the other sensor lead Heat sinking the SD sensor with a flat jaw alligator clip is good practice to eliminate heat buildup at the sensor element Avoid putting stress on the device leads and leave enough slack to allow for the thermal contractions that occur during cooling which could fracture a solder joint or lead Some epoxies and shrink tubing can put enough stress on lead wires to break them www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 172 Appendix C Heat Sinking Thermal Anchoring 1 Since the area being measured is read through the base of the sensor heat flow through the connecting leads creates less of an offset between the sensor chip and the true sample temperature than with other types of packages However thermal anchoring of the connecting wires is necessary to ensure that the sensor and the leads are at the same temperature as the sample 2 Connecting wires should be thermally anchored at several temperatures between room temperature and cryogenic temperatures to guarantee that heat is not being conducted through the leads to the sensing element Two different size copper bobbins are available from Lake Shore for heat sinking leads 3 If connecting wires have a thin insulation such as Formvar or polyimide a simple thermal anchor can be made by winding the
378. olerance band required for the experimental accuracy required In this case individual calibrations are not performed but additional accuracy can be obtained by using SoftCal an abbreviated calibration TT Appendix D 179 In addition to diodes both platinum and ruthenium oxide sensors also follow a standard curve of resistance versus temperature Platinum sensors follow an industry standard curve IEC 751 Lake Shore offers platinum available in Class B tolerance band If greater temperature accuracy is required these sensors can be individually calibrated or a SoftCal can be utilized to increase the accuracy of the temperature measurement Ruthenium oxide RTDs are also interchangeable Like silicon diodes they are interchangeable within a manufacturer lot Two tolerance bands for ruthenium oxide are defined by Lake Shore Table 1 Table 2 and Table 5 summarize Lake Shore temperature sensor accuracies They are categorized into Good Better and Best for each sensor type The following pages explain the advantages of investing in SoftCal or a full calibration from Lake Shore to obtain improved accuracy Good Uncalibrated MW Silicon diodes follow standard curve m Platinum resistors follow standard curve B Ruthenium oxide Rox resistors follow standard curve BI GaAlAs diode carbon glass Cernox germanium and rhodium iron sensors can be purchased uncalibrated but must be calibrated by the customer B
379. ominal 80 nickel 20 chromium area to dissipate the heat generated alternative is one of the Lake Shore cartridge BI Non ferromagnetic within the wire with only a moderate rise heaters see page 150 in wire temperature W 32 AWG P m Polyimide insulation Ordering Information Part number Description WNC 32 100 32 AWG 30 m 100 ft WNC 32 250 32 AWG 76 m 250 ft e BEI es Twisted Lead Wire CT 34 These low resistance twisted pair wires are ideal for extending the lead length of Orderin Information W 5ilver plated copper 34 AWG Lake Shore cryogenic Hall generators Part lc Description B Teflon insulation WCT YB 34 25 Yellow blue 7 6 m 25 ft WCT YB 34 50 Yellow blue 15 m 50 ft WCT YB 34 100 Yellow blue 30 m 100 ft WCT RB 34 25 Red black 7 6 m 25 ft WCT RB 34 50 Red black 15 m 50 ft WCT RB 34 100 Red black 30 m 100 ft uso ES s GS Heavy Duty Lead Wire HD 30 This more rugged wire is useful as a lead wire to resistance heaters in cryogenic Ordering Information environments where low resistance to the Part number Description BI Seven 38 AWG silver plated heater is required or desired WHD 30 100 30 AWG 30 m 100 ft twisted copper strands SS WR Black etched Teflon for uso ES vs OS adhesion to epoxy B 30 AWG Manganin Wire MW 30 MW 32 MW 36 Lake Shore manganin wire is often used for cryostat wiring or heater requirements Orderin Information B A 9 Ade Nominal
380. on Glass Cernox Heater output ranges 3 decade steps in power 1 and Rox Heater load type Resistive Resistive Standard curves DT 470 DT 500D DT 670 Type E Type K Type T Heater load range 10 Qto 100 Q 100 Q minimum PT 100 PT 1000 AuFe 0 0796 vs Cr recommended i 0 i a E SC E w Heater load for max power 50 Q 100 Q Input connector 6 pin DIN Ceramic isothermal block Heater noise lt 1 kHz RMS 50 uV 0 01 of lt 0 3 mV output voltage Isolation Optical isolation between None output and other circuits Heater connector Dual banana Detachable terminal block www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 331 Temperature Controller Loop 1 Full Scale Heater Power at Typical Resistance Heater Range Low Med High Heater Power Heater Resistance Low Med High Low Med High Front Panel Display 2 line by 20 character 9 mm character height vacuum fluorescent display Number of reading displays 1 to 4 Display units K C V mV Q Reading source Temperature sensor units max min and linear equation Display update rate All readings twice per s Temp display resolution 0 001 from 0 to 99 999 0 01 from 100 to 999 99 0 1 above 1000 Sensor units display resolution Sensor dependent to 5 digits Other displays Setpoint Heater Range and Heater Output user selected Setpoint setting resolution Same as display resolution
381. onduction across significant temperature differences should be calculated using thermal conductivity integrals Note that the thermal conductivity and the thermal conductivity integral of a material can depend strongly on composition and fabrication history Without verification the data in the accompanying figures should be used only for qualitative heat flow calculations Calculating the heat conduction through a body with its ends at greatly different temperatures is made difficult by the strong temperature dependence of the thermal conductivity between absolute zero and room temperature The use of thermal conductivity integrals called thermal boundary potentials by Garwin allows the heat flow to be calculated as Q 6G 0 0 Eqn 2 where O is the integral of the temperature dependent thermal conductivity K calculated as f KdT Eqn 3 and G is a geometry factor calculated as d I dx Eqn 4 G A where A x is the cross sectional area at position x along the path of heat flow Note that G A L in the case of a body of length L and uniform cross sectional area A Equation 1 is only applicable to bodies within which a common thermal conductivity integral function applies Reference R L Garwin Rev Sci Instrum 27 1956 826 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O O Cryogenic Reference Tables Appendix I 211 Figure 1 Thermal
382. onformance to standard Curve 10 temperature response curve B Useful above 60 K in magnetic fields up to 5 T B The rugged reliable Lake Shore SD package designed to withstand repeated thermal cycling and minimize sensor self heating BI Variety of packaging options DT 471 SD Features BI Lower priced version of DT 470 with a temperature range of 10 K to 500 K DT 414 Features B lemperature range Ee calibration up to 325 K BI Small mass for rapid thermal response B Non magnetic package DT 421 Features B Temperature range 1 4 K to 325 S E Non magnetic package E Exposed flat substrate for surface mounting Calibrated to 500 K uncalibrated Curve 10 to 475 K Calibrated down to 1 4 K Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Silicon Diodes DT 400 Series Silicon Diodes e DT 470 471 Hermetically Sealed Silicon Diode The DT 470 471 Silicon Diode temperature sensors incorporate remarkably uniform sensing elements that exhibit precise repeatable monotonic temperature response over a wide range The elements are mounted into rugged hermetically sealed packages that have been specifically designed for proper thermal behavior in a cryogenic environment The result is a family of sensors with temperature characteristics so predictable tightly grouped and stable that the sensors in most applications are routinely interchangeable with one another PACKAGING acres BO CO CU CY DI E
383. onvolatile memory Instrument recalibration with certificate Instrument recalibration with certificate and data Kit for mounting one 1 2 rack temperature controller in a 482 6 mm 19 in rack 90 mm 3 5 in high RM 2 Kit for mounting two 1 2 rack temperature controllers in a 482 6 mm 19 in rack 135 mm 5 25 in high EXPRESS mg 8001 332 8002 05 332 CAL 332 CERT CAL 332 DATA RM 2 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 100 Instruments 331S Features BI Operates down to 1 2 K with appropriate sensors BI Two sensor inputs BI Supports diode RTD and thermocouple sensors BI Sensor excitation current reversal eliminates thermal EMF errors in resistance sensors B Two autotuning control loops 50 W and 1 W B IFEE 488 and RS 232C interfaces analog outputs and alarm relays 331E Features mM Same as 3315 except IEEE 488 interface relays analog output and a second control loop are not included www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Model 331 Temperature Controller Model 331 Temperature Controller na lt i mm Im imm im m m m Product Description The Model 331 Temperature Controller combines the easy operation and unsurpassed reliability of the Model 330 with improved sensor input and interface flexibility including compatibility with negative temperature coefficient NTC resistance temperature detectors RTDs Backed by the Lake Shore tradition of e
384. ooking at AC signals many do not have the sensitivity required and often introduce unwanted grounds into the system and compound the problem An AC voltmeter should be used Lake Shore instrumentation includes a 1 uF capacitor across the current source in order to minimize the effects of noise related to power line frequency A 0 1 pF capacitor in parallel with a 30 pF to 50 pF capacitor at the voltage measurement input are used to minimize the effects of AC coupled digital noise The obvious disadvantage of the addition of AC filtering is that it slows down the response time of the measurement system ATI 5X 0 1 1 10 100 rme npieg voltage mv Figure 3 Calculated temperature reading shifts due to voltage noise across a Lake Shore model DT 470 Silicon Diode temperature sensor fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 192 Appendix E Temperature Measurement System Effect of Current Source Accuracy Diode temperature sensors Measurement accuracy of diode sensors is not as strongly dependent upon the current source accuracy as is the case with resistance temperature sensors Diode sensors possess a nonlinear forward current voltage characteristic Consequently the forward voltage variation with changing current for diodes is smaller than for resistance temperature sensors which have linear current voltage characteristics Below 30 K the sensitivity dV dT of Lake Shore diode temperature sensors increases by
385. or Packaging and Installation Figure 10 epoxy wire anchor N folded ridge for lead current ANNAN aN Se E voltage Mee EE V NEZ WEZ current ARIS Kee Le SST p gt voltage anchored Sensor uninsulated sensor leads epoxy or varnish soaked cigarette paper Figure 11 1st pair of tweezers sensor chip sensor leads 2nd pair of tweezers push wire to bend mounting solder do not grasp with or epoxy tweezers Attachment The two most important requirements are that the attachment points of the fine sensor wires should be immobile under all operating conditions and the sensor leads should have some slack to take up contraction upon cooling If the leads are connected to a cable the cable should be attached so it cannot twist at the end 4 wire kelvin cabling schemes down to the sensor leads are preferred for resistance sensors The lower the resistance of the sensor the more necessary this becomes The following sequence is usually the best 1 Fix the end of the wire or cable in place with the ends pretinned 2 Apply an insulating layer on the mounting surface if it is a conductor The uninsulated sensor leads can be kept separate using small Teflon sleeving or by making channels out of the cigarette paper Kapton film etc used for the insulator See Figure 10 3 Mount the sensor as desired 4 Adjust the sensor leads into contact with the proper cable wire and solder the j
386. or accuracy specification is located in the Accuracy table for each instrument B Electronic control stability in temperature equivalents applies to controllers only Equation Up to 2 times the measurement resolution 0 8 mk 2 1 6 mK fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 200 Appendix G Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables Appendix 6 Sensor Temperature Response Data Tables T K V volts dV dT mV K T K V volts dV dT mV K T K V volts dV dT mV K 14 1 64429 12 49 14 1 6981 13 1 14 5 3909 97 5 42 1 57848 31 59 4 2 1 6260 33 6 4 2 4 7651 214 10 1 38373 26 84 10 1 4201 28 7 10 3 7521 148 20 1 19775 15 63 20 1 2144 17 6 20 2 5341 97 5 30 1 10624 1 96 30 1 1070 2 34 30 1 8056 48 2 50 1 07310 1 61 50 1 0705 1 75 50 1 4637 2 82 71 35 1 02759 1 73 77 35 1 0203 1 92 77 35 1 4222 1 24 100 0 98697 1 85 100 0 9755 2 04 100 1 3918 1 48 150 0 88911 2 05 150 0 8687 2 19 150 1 2985 2 25 200 0 78372 2 16 200 0 7555 2 31 200 1 1738 2 64 250 0 67346 2 24 250 0 6384 2057 250 1 0383 LR 300 0 55964 2 30 300 0 5189 yy 300 0 8978 2 85 350 0 44337 2 34 350 0 3978 2 44 350 0 7531 2 99 400 0 32584 2 36 400 0 2746 2 49 400 0 6066 2 97 450 0 20676 2 39 450 0 1499 2 46 450 0 4556 3 08 500 0 09068 2 12 415 0 0906 2 22 475 0 3778 3 15 Cernox CX 1010 normal or H
387. or curve matched over their whole range This is typically defined in terms of tolerance bands about a standard voltage temperature response curve They are classified into different tolerance bands with the best accuracy being about 0 25 K from 2 K to 100 K and 0 3 K from 100 K to 300 K The large temperature range nearly linear sensitivity large signal and simple instrumentation make the diode useful for applications that require a better accuracy than thermocouples Also because of the large signal a diode can be used in a two lead measurement with little lead resistance error AC noise induced temperature errors to which resistors are immune aside from heating effects can be prevalent in diodes Resistors Temperature sensors based on the changing resistance with temperature can be classified as positive temperature coefficient PTC or negative temperature coefficient NTC Platinum RTDs are the best example of PTC resistance sensors Other PTC RTDs include rhodium iron nickel and copper RTDs Figure 3 shows a typical resistance sensor instrumentation schematic A PTC RTD is typically metallic platinum and has a fairly linear temperature resistance response NTC RTDs are semiconductors or semi metals doped germanium Cernox They have extremely nonlinear response curves but are much more sensitive to temperature change variable ac j resistance sensor I current shielded i temperature source C I 1 mA
388. or or the output will go to zero A great deal must be known about the load sensor and controller to compute a proportional setting P Most often the proportional setting is determined by trial and error The proportional setting is part of the overall control loop gain as well as the heater range and cooling power The proportional setting will need to change if either of these change Integral 1 In the control loop the integral term also called reset looks at error over time to build the integral contribution to the output Qutput I P1 e dt Eqn 2 By adding integral to the proportional contribution the error that is necessary in a proportional only system can be eliminated When the error is at zero controlling at the setpoint the output is held constant by the integral contribution The integral setting 1 is more predictable than the proportional setting It is related to the dominant time constant of the load Measuring this time constant allows a reasonable calculation of the integral setting www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 TT Appendix F 197 Derivative D The derivative term also called rate acts on the change in error with time to make its contribution to the output Output D dues Eqn 3 By reacting to a fast changing error signal the derivative can work to boost the output when the setpoint changes quickly reducing the time it takes for temperature to reach
389. orientation thermometer Lake Shore will soon be offering sensor calibrations down to 20 mK We have enhanced our ultra low temperature calibration facility to include a new dilution refrigerator nuclear orientation thermometer and superconducting fixed point set Look for new product announcements later this year All calibration reports include Certificate of calibration Calibration test data and data plot Polynomial fit equations and fit comparisons Interpolation tables Instrument breakpoint tables and data files Lake Shore offers three classifications of calibration Good Uncalibrated M Silicon diodes follow standard curve m Platinum resistors follow standard curve B Ruthenium oxide Rox resistors follow standard curve except RX 102B BI GaAlAs diode carbon glass Cernox germanium Rox RX 102B and rhodium iron sensors can be purchased uncalibrated but must be calibrated by the customer Better SoftCal BI An abbreviated calibration 2 point 77 K and 305 K 3 point 4 2 K 77 K and 305 K or 3 point 77 K 305 K and 480 K which is available for 400 Series silicon diodes and platinum sensors Best Calibration WR All sensors can be calibrated in the various temperature ranges Lake Shore has defined calibration ranges available for each sensor type The digits represent the lower range in kelvin and the letter corresponds to high temperature limit where A 6K B 40K D 100K L232K M 420K H 500K J 800K www l
390. osed of a black epoxy resin and has a thermal expansion coefficient that is matched to copper A silver filled low temperature conducting epoxy provides excellent strength along with electrical and thermal conductivity Thermal grease Apiezon N and Apiezon H is suitable for enhancing thermal contact especially for sensors inserted into cavities Apiezon N is for low temperature applications while H is for high temperature Miscellaneous Lake Shore also supplies heat sink bobbins a beryllium oxide heat sink chip and a four lead resistance sample holder Cartridge heaters and vacuum feed through products are also available www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Wire Accessories 135 Wi e Abbreviations used in this section American Wire Gauge AWG Nichrome Heater Wire NC Single Lead Wire SL Heavy Duty Lead Wure HD Duo Twist ue DT Mangamin e MW Quad Twist Wire QT Copper UE CT Quad Lead Wire QL Kluuster NM Material Properties Phosphor bronze Copper Nichrome Manganin Melting range 1223 K to 1323 K 1356 K 1673 K 1293 K Coefficient of thermal expansion 1 78 x 10 20 x 105 19 x 105 Chemical composition 94 896 copper 596 tin 80 nickel 0396 copper nominal 0 296 phosphorus 20 chromium 13
391. ot applicable amp RF 100 Temperature Errors AT T 95 at B Recommended excitation Unpackaged chip and Typical sensor Long term magnetic induction RF 100 0 1 mA RF 800 1 mA accuracy stability Dissipation at recommended excitation 1 4K 11mK Package Parallel to Field B 10 uW at 4 2 K 250 uW at 273 K 42K 244 mk 20 mK Thermal response time Unpackaged chip 2 ms at 4 2 K 12 ms at 77 K 35 ms at 273 K E a ESI RF 100 0 8 s at 4 2 K 3 6 s at 77 K 15 sat 273 K RF 17K 15 mK 20 mK 800 10 s at 273 K 25 mK Use in radiation Recommended for use in ionizing radia tion environments see Appendix B Use in magnetic field Not recommended for use in Calibrated Accuracy RF 800 magnetic fields below 77 K see Appendix B Typical sensor Long term Reproducibility RF 100 10 mK at 4 2 K accuracy stability RF 800 5 mK at 4 2 K 14K 47 mk 5 Not recommended for use in magnetic fields Short term reproducibility data is obtained by below 77 K subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks AE IN 7 mK 10 mK from 305 K to 4 2 K 10K 8 mK 10 mK 77K 13 mK 10 mK Range of Use wm gem 305 K 23 mK 10 mK RF 100 AA 400 K 41 mK bija i Unpackaged chip 1 4K 325 K 42 mK RF 100 AA 1 4K 325 K Calibration uncertainty reproducibility RF 800 4 0 65 K for more information see Appendices B D and E 2 Deet me d Long
392. ot to scale UU Appendix C 177 strength is lower because the weak point is usually at the point of attachment or damage from handling e g tweezer marks The copper wire will only withstand 2 or 3 sharp 90 degree bends with a 10 g weight attached The wire will also peel out of silver loaded epoxy at a smaller force than the rated break strength However with reasonable care loss from damaged leads is negligible Soldering Both gold and copper wires will dissolve in In and Pb Sn solders but gold dis solves much faster Gold can be suc cessfully soldered by using a temperature controlled iron set just above the solders melting point The wire or other attachment point is tinned and the gold wire stuck into the solder as the iron is removed If the gold alloy is any length beyond the solder bead the joint will be greatly weakened but it is not difficult to repeatedly make successful joints Copper wire does not require the precautions above but repeated soldering will gradually shorten the wire Keep in mind that heat sinking may be necessary in some situations but the joints on the chip if any will usually be well heat sunk through the chip small smooth jawed alligator clamp D se w4 glue or solder clamp onto a plate tape adhesive side up do not crowd the sensors on the tape leads co directional 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 178 Appendix C Sens
393. ot turn the setting so high that temperature and heater output changes become violent In systems at very low temperature it is difficult to differentiate oscillation and noise Operating the control sensor at higher than normal excitation power can help Record the proportional setting and the amount of time it takes for the load change from one temperature peak to the next This time is called the oscillation period of the load It helps describe the dominant time constant of the load which is used in setting integral If all has gone well the appropriate proportional setting is one half of the value required for sustained oscillation Figure 1b If the load does not oscillate in a controlled manner the heater range could be set too low A constant heater reading of 100 on the display would be an indication of a low range setting The heater range could also be too high indicated by rapid changes in the load temperature or heater output less than 10 when temperature is stable There are a few systems that will stabilize and not oscillate with a very high proportional setting and a proper heater range setting For these systems setting a proportional setting of one half of the highest setting is the best choice e mail info lakeshore com PID Temperature Control Tuning Integral When the proportional setting is chosen and the integral is set to zero off the instrument controls the load temperature below the setpo
394. ovided A CalCurve can be done in the field when additional or replacement sensors are installed In this case curve data is loaded into a non volatile memory that can be installed into the instrument by the user If the sensor is used with customer provided equipment eg voltmeter current source and computer then the curve fit Chebychev or cubic spline described in number 4 above should be used The breakpoint tables are not necessary in this case Caution Proper calculation of a breakpoint table is based upon the interpolation method utilized by the specific instrument for which it is intended The use of the breakpoint table in an instrument that uses a different interpolation method can cause significant conversion errors fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Lake Shore Calibration Services B Certificate of conformance Expanded interpolation table B Second copy of calibration report B Recalibration B CalCurve E B Calibration report on CD ROM Recalibration The stability of a temperature sensor over time is dependent on both its operating environment and history of use These environmental effects contribute to the degradation of calibration over time B Ionizing radiation B Thermal shock B Thermal stress from continuous exposure to high temperatures relative to the sensor materials B Mechanical shock Improper use BI Corrosion a serious problem for systems of dissimilar metallurgies in the prese
395. oy with a sharply defined melting point of 343 16 K 70 C Ostalloy9 158 has proven itself in production processes there is no equal to be found to its special advantages Specifications Composition of Ostalloy 158 Solder 49 5 Bi 27 3 Pb 13 1 Sn 10 1 Cd Mainly used as sealing for demountable vacuum cans and electric feedthroughs in cryogenic testing facilities Good for soldering any items which cannot be subjected to high temperatures Ostalloy 158 solder is used for tool fixturing holding small parts to be machined tube shaping and bending nesting fixturing dies and internal and external support of thin walled tools and parts This solder is not recommended for general temperature sensor lead attachment due to its low joint strength Ordering Information Part number Description Ostalloy 158 solder 16 oz ET ECH SOSY 16 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Epoxy Grease amp Varnish 144 Accessories Epoxy Grease amp Varnish www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Specifications Conductive Epoxy Stycast Epoxy Apiezon Grease Type N Type H Max temperature 573 K 403 K 316 K 523 K 423 K Thermal conductivity 1K 0 0065 W m K 0 001 W m K 0 034 W m K 4 2K 0 064 W m K 0 005 W m K 0 062 W m K 77K ES 0 22 W m K 100 K
396. parameters in the Model 321 and allows setting of most front panel functions The serial interface of the Model 321 includes the Model 320 command emulation mode for drop in interchangeability with Model 320 Temperature Controllers in existing systems Display The instrument displays temperature in K C or sensor units The two row by sixteen character alphanumeric display simultaneously displays temperature setpoint 9o heater current and heater range Model Useful Range Magnetic Field Use Diodes Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 670E BR 30 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 414 1 4 K to 375 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 421 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 471 SD 10 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Positive Temperature 100 Q Platinum PT 102 3 14Kto8 3K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T Coefficient RTDs 100 Platinum PT 111 14Kto6 3K T gt 40K amp B lt 25T Rhodium lron RF 800 4 14Kto500K T 77K amp Bx8T Rhodium lron RF 100T U 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Thermocouples Type K 9006 006 3 2 Kto 1369 K Not Recommended Type E 9006 004 3 2 K to 871 K Not Recommended Chromel AuFe 0 07 9006 002 1 2 Kto 610 K Not Recommended Silicon diodes are the best choice for general cryogenic use from 1 4 K to above room temperature Diodes are economical to use
397. pecifications a Acts as a metallic seal from detaching due to vibration Melting point 430 K 157 C against corrosion It also may be used as a sealing gasket Thermal conductivity at 293 K 20 C 84 W m K for covers flanges and windows in Superconducting transition 3 38 K 270 C B Flexible sensor mounting cryogenic applications DE bru s C x 10 at273 K 0 C material for low stress at er Ed i T 30 11 x 10 at 455 K 182 C cryogenic temperatures Indium a semiprecious nonferrous Thermal expansion coefficient 24 8 x 10 at metal is softer than lead and extremely 300 K 27 C malleable and ductile It stays soft Magnetism Diamagnetic and workable down to cryogenic um mm x 50 8 mm x 50 8 mm 0 005 temperatures It is an excellent choice Tensile strength 2 61 MPa to 3 55 MPa Note Indium foil becomes a superconductor for cryogenic pumps high vacuum 380 PSI to 515 PSI at 3 38 K 270 C below which the systems and other unique joining and Specific heat 290 J kg K at 293 K thermal conductivity decreases sealing applications Indium lends itself to this application due to its d f characteristic stickiness or tackiness Or ering In ormation Pe Part number Description and ability to conform to many irregular I 5 5 indium foil sheets surfaces 0 127 mm x 50 8 mm x 50 8 mm 0 005 in x 2 in x 2 in ID 10 31 10 indium disks 7 925 mm diameter x 0 127 mm 0 312 in diameter x 0 005 in ID 10
398. perconducting Magnet Power Supply Display and Keypad The Model 625 incorporates a large 8 line by 40 character vacuum fluorescent display Output current calculated field in tesla or gauss output voltage and remote voltage sense readings can be displayed simultaneously Five LEDs on the front panel provide quick verification of instrument status including Specifications All specifications subject to change Output Type Bipolar 4 quadrant DC current source Current generation Linear regulation with digital setting and analog control ramping compliance fault PSH status and computer interface Current range 60 A mode Error conditions are indicated on the main display along Compliance voltage 5 V maximum nominal both source and sink Maximum power 300 W with an audible beeper Extended error descriptions are available Load reactance 0 H to 100 H under the Status key Current ripple max 4 mA RMS at 60 A 0 007 into 1 mQ load significantly reduced into a reactive load or at lower current Current ripple frequency Dominated by line frequency and its harmonics Temperature coefficient 15 ppm of full scale C Line regulation 15 ppm 6 line change Source impedance 25 Q Stability 1 h 1 mA h after warm up Stability 24 h 10 mA 24 h typical dominated by temperature coefficient and line regulation The keypad is arranged logically to separate the different functions of the instrument The most common fu
399. perimental needs Faster integrals for example get to the setpoint more quickly at the expense of greater overshoot In most systems setpoint changes that raise the temperature act differently than changes that lower the temperature If it was not possible to measure the oscillation period of the load during proportional setting start with an integral setting of 50 If the load becomes unstable double the setting If the load is stable make a series of small setpoint changes and watch the load react Continue to decrease the integral setting until the desired response is achieved Tuning Derivative If an experiment requires frequent changes in setpoint or data taking between changes in the setpoint derivative should be considered Figure 1e A derivative setting of zero off is recommended when the control system is seldom changed and data is taken when the load is at steady state A good starting point is one fourth the integral setting in seconds De 1 4 the integral time constant Again do not be afraid to make some small setpoint changes halving or doubling this setting to watch the effect Expect positive setpoint changes to react differently from negative setpoint changes www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 o Appendix F 199 Manual Output Manual output can be used for open loop control meaning feedback is ignored and the heater output stays at the user s manual setting This is a go
400. platforms that can measure samples with resistances ranging from 0 04 mQ to 250 GQ provide fields to 9 tesla temperatures from 2 K to 800 K and accommodate samples up to 6 inches in diameter New software features include a Windows9 Explorer9 navigation interface experiment profiles with multiple measurement steps and samples complete details of every voltage measurement predefined measurement sequences offline data viewing contact formation and depletion layer corrections B E uigiD RE olim ER 38 eg The new Lake Shore 7400 Series Vibrating Sample Magnetometer VSM is the most sensitive VSM available today It features a noise floor of 1 x 10 emu at 10 seconds per point sampling 4 x 10 emu at 1 second per point and 7 5 x 10 emu at 0 1 seconds per point In addition to providing the lowest noise floor the patented technology of the 7400 series leads to a stability of 0 05 per day which surpasses the stability of any other commercial VSM Models based on variable gap 4 inch 7 inch and 10 inch electromagnets are available providing field strengths to above 3 tesla and variable gap magnets allow for easy reconfiguration of the magnet gap to accommodate large samples to 1 inch EE auus MELTA LO VE E NW E ch t umm Lopes fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Magnetic and Electronic Specialty Catalogs Application Notes Vibrating Sample Magnetometer The Performance of the Model 7400
401. ples to approach temperature accuracies of 1 of temperature Thermocouples are used for their small size extremely wide temperature range exceeding high temperature limits of Platinum RTDs and simple temperature measurement methodology Capacitance Capacitance sensors are ideally suited for use as temperature control sensors in strong magnetic fields because they exhibit virtually no magnetic field dependence Small variations in the capacitance temperature curves occur upon thermal cycling It is recommended that temperature in zero field be measured with another temperature sensor and that the capacitance sensor be employed as a control element only e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Selection Guide Lake Shore Calibrations Lake Shore offers complete calibration services from 50 mK to 800 K Above 0 65 K Lake Shore calibrations are based on the International Temperature Scale of 1990 ITS 90 For temperature below 0 65 K calibrations are based on the Provisional Low Temperature Scale of 2000 PLT 2000 Each scale is maintained on a set of germanium rhodium iron and or platinum resistance secondary thermometers standards These secondary standards are calibrated at various national labs NIST PTB and NPL Working thermometers are calibrated against and routinely intercompared with these secondary standards For PLTS 2000 calibrations working sensors are also compared to a superconducting fixed point set and nuclear
402. post bobbin or other thermal mass A minimum of 5 wraps around the thermal mass should provide sufficient thermal anchoring however additional wraps are recommended for good measure if space permits To maintain good electrical isolation over many thermal cycles it is good practice to first varnish a single layer of cigarette paper to the anchored area then wrap the wire around the paper and bond in place with a thin layer of VGE 7031 varnish Formvar wiring insulation has a tendency to craze with the application of VGE varnish If used the wires cannot be disturbed until the varnish is cured and all solvents have evaporated typically 2 24 hours www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Packaging and Installation Copper AA Package Three aspects of using a temperature sensor are critical to its optimum performance The first involves the proper mounting of the sensor package the second relates to the proper joining of sensor lead wires and connecting wires the final concern is the thermal anchoring of the lead wires Although the sequence in which these areas should be addressed is not fixed all elements covered under each aspect should be adhered to for maximum operating capabilities of the sensor Sensor Mounting Shown in Figure 7 the copper AA package or can is designed for mounting in a 3 2 mm 0 125 in hole 1 A hole should be drill
403. protection The Model 625 continuously monitors the load line voltage and internal circuits for signs of trouble Any change outside of the expected operating limits triggers the supply to bring the output to zero in a fail safe mode When line power is lost the output crowbar SCR will activate and maintain control of the magnet discharging at a rate of 1 V until it reaches zero Quench detection is necessary to alert the user and to protect the magnet system The Model 625 uses a basic and reliable method for detecting a quench If the current changes at a rate greater than the current step limit set by the operator a quench is detected and the output current is safely set to zero www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 The remote inhibit input allows an external device to immediately set the output current to zero in case of a failure This input is normally tied to an external quench detection circuit the fault output of a second power supply or an emergency shutdown button The fault output is a relay contact that closes when a fault condition occurs The contact closure alerts other system components of the fault Parallel Operation If an application requires more output current than a single Model 625 can provide two supplies can be connected in parallel for 120 A 5 V operation Each unit is programmed for half of the total output current operates independently and retains 0 1 mA resolution at 6
404. r S Scott Courts and L N Chapin to be published in Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 49 American Institute of Physics NY July 2004 Presented at the CEC 2003 23 26 September 2003 Anchorage AK Performance Characteristics of Silicon Diode Cryogenic Temperature Sensors B C Dodrill J K Krause P R Swinehart and V Wang Applications of Cryogenic Technology Vol 10 Edited by J P Kelley Plenum Press 1991 Proper Selection of GR 200A Germanium Resistance Temperature Sensing Elements For Use From 0 05 K to 4 2 K 1980 Reliable Wide Range Diode Thermometry John K Krause and Philip R Swinehart Advances in Cryogenic Engineering Vol 31 pp 1247 R W Fast ed Plenum Press New York 1986 Resolution and Accuracy of Cryogenic Temperature Measurements D Scott Holmes and S Scott Courts Temperature Its Measurement and Control in Science and Industry Volume 6 Part 2 edited by J F Schooley American Institute of Physics New York 1992 pp 1225 1230 Presented at the Seventh International Symposium on Temperature 28 April 1 May 1992 Toronto Canada Review of Cernox Zirconium Oxy Nitride Thin Film Resistance Temperature Sensors S Scott Courts and Philip R Swinehart to be published in Temperature It s Measurement and Control in Science and Industry Volume 7 edited by D Ripple American Institute of Physics New York 2003 pp 393 398 Presented at the Eighth International Symposium
405. r units V or Q Sensor Selection Sensor Temperature Range sensors sold separately Power input connector Serial RS 232C 1 0 DTE Analog output BEL MM Useful Range Magnetic Field Use Diodes Silicon Diode DT 670 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 670E BR 30 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 414 1 4 K to 375 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 421 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T Silicon Diode DT 471 SD 10 K to 500 K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 PL 14Kt032K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 1 4Kto500K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T Positive Temperature 100 Platinum PT 102 3 14Kto873K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T Coefficient RTDs 100 Platinum PT 111 14Kt0673K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T Rhodium Iron RF 800 4 1 4 K to 500 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Rhodium lron RF 100T U 1 4 K to 325 K T gt 77K amp B lt 8T Negative Cernox CX 1010 2 K to 325 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Temperature Cernox CX 1030 HT 3 5 K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Coefficient RTDs Cernox CX 1050 HT 4 K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1070 HT 15 K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1080 HT 50K to 420K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Germanium GR 200A B 1000 2 2 K to 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1500 2 6 K to 100 K Not Recom
406. ra Miniature Coaxial Cable 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 219 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 220 Locate Download and Order from www lakeshore com Bi locate product and support information quickly with helpful dropdown menus and improved web pages easily access application notes product overviews technical details manuals software po nutu cus dui uu news releases product registration and E e Ru Wha so much more se iB hme aisrid dos IR r em m ar ler ae Anin mam ed ee rahm tar a la Im er narar L g ILE A usted li hi e vgtsnbhiv IH E HH 74i xy h Get local dealer and representative listings customer support and repair Gett services all in one comprehensive site Lanang Hua 1 m Download helpful application notes installation ug dr ralui Oplu ua bau LA instructions specifications curve loading software and manuals I CH es kt cde l H 75 La zia i u Fil und lu m Tal IHl lanri Bcc CEO nd Se pm ME EIER LJ Order Lake Shore temperature controllers temperature monitors temperature sensors temperature transmitters AC resistance bridge current sources cryogenic accessories power supplies gaussmeters fluxmeters Hall Effect sensors and probes all in a few easy clicks fast and convenient gran www lake
407. racy 1mA Operation On Off with lockout delay of 5 s to 100 s Protection Open or shorted heater detection error message if off and on output currents differ Connector BNC Front Panel Display type 8 line by 40 character graphic vacuum fluorescent display module Display readings Output current calculated field T or G output voltage and remote voltage sense Display settings Output current calculated field compliance voltage and ramp rate Display annunciators Status and errors LED annunciators PSHO on remote compliance limit fault and ramping Keypad type 26 full travel keys Keypad functions Direct access to common operations menu driven setup Interface IEEE 488 2 interface Features SH1 AH1 T5 L4 SR1 RL1 PPO DC1 DT1 CO E1 Reading rate To 10 readings s Software support National Instruments LabVIEW driver consult Lake Shore for availability Serial interface Electrical format RS 232C Baud rates 9600 19200 38400 57600 Reading rate To 10 readings s Connector 9 pin D sub Output current monitor Sensitivity DU A 26V Accuracy 1 of full scale Noise 1 mV Source impedance 20 Q Connector Shared 15 pin D sub Output voltage monitor Sensitivity Leet Accuracy 1 of full scale Noise 1 mV Source impedance 20 Q Connector Shared 15 pin D sub www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Fault output Type Relay closed on fault Relay contact 30 VDC at 1 A Connector Shared 25 pin D sub
408. rated Sensors Temperature Model number 005K 05K 1 4K 2K 42K 10K 20K 25K 40K 70K 305 K 400 K 500 K 670 K Silicon Diode DT 470 SD Band 11 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25 K 0 5 K 1 0K 1 0K DT 470 SD Band 11A 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 0 25 K 1 of temp 1 of temp 1 of temp DT 470 SD Band 12 05K 05K 05h 205K 405K 205K 205K 0 5 K 1 0K 2 0 K 2 0 K DT 470 SD Band 12A 0 5K 205K 0 5K 0 5K 0 5K 0 5K 205K 0 5 K 1 of temp 1 of temp 1 of temp DT 470 SD Band 13 LOK 210K LOK 200K 210K LR STUR 1 0K 1 of temp 1 of temp 1 of temp DT 471 SD 1 5K LOK SOR 1 5K 215K 15 K 1 5 oftemp 1 5 oftemp 1 5 of temp DT 414 15K 15K 15K ski 215K 15K 15K 15K 1 5 of temp DT 421 225K 25K 425K 25K 2 5K 1 5 of temp DT 670 SD Band A 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25K 0 25 K 0 5 K 0 5 K 0 5 K DT 670 SD Band B 0 5K 05K 05K 05K 205K 205K 205K 0 5 K 0 5 K 0 33 of temp 0 33 of temp DT 670 SD Band C LK 7 0K 210K 210K 210K 210K
409. rating eee ilaa ad p ni zl bi esa cides ifa el ent tal iis It ian puri nines saver Tile rt crie ere edirl jes Di Pe saan sla tii re cae cer kiva et CED eres lade Pipi xt aes ae dps each EL IU BS kaeka pr gs lassi quan tt ua bir eve naan s riim Feby crit da De vae re HE rise anaal rab Tiri c Zitt An E Hasiba it at kat Aana laa ena gp de cane Horns rn bas IT Mon Technical Information Technical Specifications Hoc Temaz zr 5 Sinz Data Sheets Application Notes Le White Papers FEL LEmrk r Caco 7 vz Manuals EE Jeb deen Inr 274 oe me T www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 IT Mon Corporate ISO 9001 Certification Company Background Career Opportunities Site Map Lens Y ane rbd h mrn m I BEZ Ni FaN bia pug FAE Hagret rrz Drier Hra Eed Tagtaert IE Whare Hra CET n f i Iu i a epu as unm e x Par AER Tarnza mbi a 2anrzr cu Lac Sedagi 2 Kir tda og d er WT S oade n SN ad ape r IT Moe fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com e O Introduction 9 The Lake Shore Website Lei KS chet k h mrn m BEZ i FAN hz Sit FAE Jd ial Drier Hra h Friring Tagtert IE Whar Hra Online Forms Request a Quote Wie palus your opinions and concerns Pease help us serve all nur customers better by prouldinq uz Ult teedbAcCk Hy riliaruirug Eris imfnrrin d iur sri lut celina rium arrari y e ml allie
410. rature measurement uncertainty thus requires balancing the uncertainties due to self heating and output signal measurement Self heating is really a combination of sensor design and instrumentation The primary reason for self heating offsets at low temperatures is the thermal boundary resistance between the active sensor element and its surroundings The thermal boundary resistance has a very strong inverse cube relationship with temperature This forces the instrumentation to be capable of sourcing a small excitation and measuring a small voltage signal The optimum excitation power will be a function of sensor resistance and temperature Lake Shore temperature controllers each have different excitation currents for NTC RTDs which effectively defines the minimum temperature range of the instrument sensor combination Model 331 two ranges 10 uA and 1 mA Note effectively limits NTC RTDs to T gt 1 4 K sensor dependent Model 332 four ranges 1 pA 10 pA 100 uA and 1 mA Note can be used with NTC RTDs to 0 5 K Higher excitations allow better signal to noise at high temperatures Model 340 ten ranges from 30 nA to 1 mA Note can be used with NTC RTDs down to 100 mK Model 370 AC Resistance Bridge twenty one ranges from 3 pA to 31 mA Note can be used for resistance measurements to below 20 mK An estimate of the self heating error including thermal resistance for select sensors and optimum excitation power is foun
411. re monitor 25 pin D shell connector 218 connector wired for the Model 218 temperature monitor 25 pin D shell connector 321 connector wired for the Model 321 temperature monitor 6 pin round 331 connector wired for the Model 331 temperature monitor 6 pin round 332 connector wired for the Model 332 temperature monitor 6 pin round 340 connector wired for the Model 340 temperature controller 6 pin round B BNC connector D 10 pin Detoronics connector for 1 4 in diameter tubing only L 4 pin Lemo connector Selecting a Detoronics connector limits the following selections d N and f 0 The Detoronics connector is o ring sealed to the probe f external cable length in feet offered in whole foot increments from 1 to 25 feet enter 0 for no external cable g temperature sensor type specify sensor model number with calibration range if applicable see individual sensor sections for more information Due to indium solder use all SD sensors have an upper temperature usage limit of 400 K Probes are offered with DT 471 DT 470 DT 670 TG 120 Cernox and platinum temperature sensors When probe mounted DT 471 DT 470 DT 670 TG 120 and Cernox sensors are only available in the SD package Platinum sensors are available in their own unique package Platinum probe mounted sensors are not available in the 14J and 70J calibration ranges All temperature sensor calibrations are performed
412. re Stage rr K Stage Therma Anchor Refrigerator 35 AV Farrar Second Stage Insulation Manganin P Lead Wires Dental Floss NN Tie Down 2 10 K Stage OFHG Coppar God B Stage and Sample Holder about 10 Ki Thamal Anchor Sensor T Optical W In required nico Figure 1 shows a typical sensor installation on a mechanical refrigerator Note the additional length of lead wire wrapped around the refrigerator stages to minimize thermal conductance along the leads If the optical radiation load through the window is large the sample temperature will not necessarily be the same as that of the sensor in the block A sensor placed in more intimate contact with the sample may be required www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 General Installation Considerations Even with a properly installed temperature sensor poor thermal design of the overall apparatus can produce measurement errors Temperature Gradients Most temperature measurements are made on the assumption that the area of interest is isothermal In many setups this may not be the case The positions of all system elements the sample sensor s and the temperature sources must be carefully examined to determine the expected heat flow patterns in the system Any heat flow between the sample and sensor for example will create an unwanted temperature gradient System elements should be positioned to avoid
413. re com 164 Appendix B Figure 7d Gamma Rays Temperature shift as a function of temperature due to 10 000 Gy gamma radiation dose from a Co 60 source Dose rate was 40 Gy min with irradiation performed at 4 2 K T5 RF 100 AA SN ROB3AL AT mK 4 10 30 50 100 200 3350 Temperature K AT mK Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 SIN G13872 40D 200 x30 A DU d 10 Temperature K Figure 7e Neutrons and Gamma Rays Temperature shift as a function of temperature due to a 2 x 10 neutron cm fluence from a nuclear pool reactor The neutron flux was 7 5 x 10 neutron cm s with irradiation performed at 4 2 K associated gamma ray dose of 23 Gy www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Figure 7c Neutrons and Gamma Rays Temperature shift as a function of temperature due to a 10 neutron cm fluence from a nuclear pool reactor The neutron flux was 2 x 10 neutron cm s with irradiation performed at 298 K associated gamma ray dose of 116 Gy TG 120 SN 2000 GaAlAs Diode 4 10 3o 50 100 200 330 Temperature K GR Z UOA 1000 S N 259988 Germanium AT mK A 1 230 DU 100 200 330 Temperature K DIN RUGSB3 1 230 50 100 200 330 Temperature K 614 891 2244 AT mK fax 614 818 1600 RX 103A RX 102A Temperature K DT 470 8D 13 S N DOSE Silicon Diode 4 10 al DU 100 200 330
414. re expected These differences may be on the order of the RMS deviations for the polynomial fits For resistors these differences are typically about one tenth the calibration uncertainty For diodes the differences may be on the order of the calibration uncertainty in the regions of high curvature and one tenth the calibration uncertainty in the linear regions 6 Breakpoint Table Lake Shore temperature instruments provide a seamless solution for measuring temperature sensors and converting the measurement into temperature units The conversion from sensor units to temperature units requires the entry of the temperature response curve into the instrument For calibrated sensors this is accomplished through the use of a breakpoint table With each calibration Lake Shore provides breakpoint table formats to optimize the performance of the sensor when used with a Lake Shore instrument The formats provided are compatible with any Lake Shore instrument produced over the last twenty years that accepts user curves Software is also provided to install the breakpoint table file into most instruments using either IEEE 488 or RS 232 interfaces In addition to the breakpoint table and software mentioned above the CalCurve service provides the user with additional alternatives for installing a temperature response curve into a Lake Shore instrument When the sensor and instrument are ordered together a factory installed CalCurve service can be pr
415. re used to eliminate the effect of lead resistance by measuring the voltage at the sensor voltage leads 4 lead sensor or directly at the device leads 2 lead sensor The reason this measurement scheme works is that the IR drop in the current leads is not measured and the voltage drop in the voltage leads is extremely small due to the very small current required by the voltmeter picoamperes or less to make the voltage measurement A diode temperature sensor measurement requires a fixed 10 pA current source and a voltmeter As with resistance measurements the dominant source of error in a 2 lead diode measurement is often the lead resistance A 100 Q lead Kor m L a wal Ir TWIETITL e DUT St Ki Figure 2 4 Lead Resistance Measurement resistance will result in a 1 mV voltage error at a current of 10 pA The Lake Shore DT 400 Series silicon diode temperature sensors have an average sensitivity of approximately 26 mV K below 30 K resulting in a temperature error of 40 mK 1 mV 26 mV K 0 038 K above 30 K the sensitivity is approximately 2 3 mV K resulting in error exceeding 400 mK 1 mV 2 3 mV K 0 435 K Consequently unless the lead resistance can be reduced in magnitude or the resultant error can be tolerated a 4 lead measurement is recommended Table 1 Typical Errors for Cernox 1070 Resistor with Lead Resistance at 100 50 Q each lead Temperature K dR dT Q K 33321 3 0 200 70 4
416. red to the experimental surface It can also be mechanically clamped as well as varnished or epoxied The SD package can also be mounted into adaptor packages like the CU bobbin Many RTDs like germanium and Cernox are mounted in cylindrical AA canisters This is a requirement for GRTs due to their strain free mounting Cernox is also available in a SD package Many cryogenic sensors can be packaged into custom probes and thermowells Lake Shore has many standard probe configurations and can manufacture special customer designed probes for various applications fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 166 Appendix C Sensor Packaging and Installation Appendix C Sensor Packaging and Installation Installation Once you have selected a sensor and it has been calibrated by Lake Shore some potential difficulties in obtaining accurate temperature measurements are still ahead The proper installation of a cryogenic temperature sensor can be a difficult task The sensor must be mounted in such a way so as to measure the temperature of the object accurately without interfering with the experiment If improperly installed the temperature measured by the sensor may have little relation to the actual temperature of the object being measured Figure 1 Typical Sensor Installation on a Mechanical Refrigerator Ic Apar Temperature Copper ar Aluminum e Lag Vacuum Shroud E Mlle Tr K Goppar Dee Radiation Shield Fi
417. rejection B Optically isolated measurement electronics eliminates the potential for ground loops Two 16 channel scanners WR Model 3716 scanner is optimized for low DC bias current WR Model 3716L scanner is optimized for low noise 8 channel preamp scanner WR Model 3708 scanner is optimized for ultra low noise AC resistance measurements Introduction The Model 370 AC resistance bridge is designed for precise accurate low noise low excitation power AC resistance measurements Its primary application is the measurement of resistive materials in cryogenic environments from 20 mK to 1 K Fully integrated the Model 370 includes features to reduce and control noise at every step of the resistance measurement process A unique patented matched impedance current source and active common mode reduction circuitry minimize noise and self heating errors With up to 16 channels IEEE 488 and serial interfaces and closed loop temperature control the Model 370 offers seamless integration with existing cryogenic systems and is the most complete package on the market today Used with Lake Shore calibrated subkelvin resistance temperature sensors it not only measures and displays but also controls temperature for dilution refrigerators and other cryogenic systems Resistance Measurement With the same attention to precision and detail that helped Lake Shore become the world leader in subkelvin temperature sensors the Model 370 AC resistan
418. rials can also have a great effect on thermal response times at low temperatures Thermal response times are determined by physical construction material and mass of the temperature sensing element Strain free mounted sensors tend to have longer thermal response times Diode sensors that are mounted directly on a sapphire substrate will be in very good thermal contact with the surroundings and hence have short thermal response times Thermal response times for various sensors are given in Table 1 The values listed are the 1 e response times Table 1 Thermal Response Times KSE DT 470 SD 10ms 100 ms DT 420 10ms 50ms NA CX XXXX BC 1 5 ms o0ms 135ms CX XXXX SD 15ms 250ms 0 8 s CX XXXX AA 0 4s 1s 1s GR 200A 1000 200 ms 3S NA CGR 1 1000 PT 102 NA 1 75 s 12 55 PT 111 NA 2 06 20s TG 120 PL 100ms 250 ms 3S RF 100 AA 0 8 s 3 6 S 14 55 RF 100 BC Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc www lakeshore com 614 891 2244 Sensor Characteristics Power Dissipation Diode resistance and capacitance temperature sensors must all be energized electrically to generate a signal for measurement The power dissipated within the temperature sensor must be appropriate for the temperature being measured the joule heating within the temperature sensor causes an incremental temperature rise within the sensor element itself self heating Consequently this temperature rise must be k
419. ring flux and tin them with a minimal amount of 60 Sn 40 Pb solder Use a low wattage soldering iron that does not exceed 200 C Clean off residual flux with rosin residue remover Figure 5 CY Package B 5B in E14 224 mm f0 118 in Ye 62 997 mm thru hale e 4 a da m i e d connecting lead wire These wires have low thermal conductivity which A help minimize the heat flow through the leads Typical wire insulation is Formvar or Polyimide ML Formvar insulation has better mechanical 0 200 in properties such as abrasion resistance and flexibility Polyimide 5 080 mm insulation has better resistance to chemical solvents and burnout SS mp M Follow the same procedure as Step 1 for preparing connecting wires rm E 2 l 3 DI package join one sensor lead with two of the connector wires 2 Strip the insulation from the connecting wires by scraping delicately with a razor blade fine sand paper or steel wool Phosphor bronze or manganin wire in sizes 32 or 36 AWG is commonly used as the 2 30 AWG Teflon coated stranded copper wire i MEA a 36 in 914 4 mm Long Apply the soldering iron above the joint area until the solders melt then remove the iron immediately Repeat for the other connecting wires and General Lolerance of 0 005 in 40 127 mm unless otherwise noled the other sensor lead Insulate the joints appropriately CU package identify lead polarities
420. ro to well above room temperature As you continue through the Sensor section of the catalog you will notice that information is presented in both graphical format as well as in more detailed specifications pertaining to topics such as the sensor s highlights typical magnetic field dependent data resistance and sensitivity values Characteristics such as packaging are incorporated into each sensor s design with the customer in mind To learn more about what package would be best for your application please refer to the Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters section For more detailed information see Appendix C e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Overview Temperature Standard range curve Sensor Selection Guide Can be used Performance in in radiation magnetic field Diodes Silicon 1 4 K to 500 K Fair above 60 K GaAlAs 1 4 K to 500 K Fair Positive Temperature Coefficient RTDs Platinum 14 K to 873 K x Fair above 30 K Rhodium lron 0 65 K to 500 K Fair above 77 K Negative Temperature Coefficient RTDs Cernox 0 10 K to 325 K x Excellent above 1 K Cernox HT 0 30 K to 420 K x Excellent above 1 K Germanium 0 05 K to 100 K X Not recommended Carbon Glass 1 4 K to 325 K x Good Ruthenium Oxide 0 01 K to 40 K x x Good below 1 K 1 2 K to 1543 K x Thermocouples Fair Capacitance 1 4 K to 290 K RX 102B not recommended for use in magnetic fields www lakeshor
421. rors error accuracy 0 05 K 40 Q 8 uK 35 Q 7 UK 5 mK 49 uK 0 2 mK 5 2 mK 0 1K 1 Q 3 8 uK 9 7 Q 36 uK 5 mK 155 uK 0 2 mK 5 2 mK 0 3K 0 1 Q 6 uk 2 8 Q 170 uK 5 mK 280 uK 0 2 mK 5 4 mK 1K 0 1 Q 83 uK 0 7 Q 580 uK 5 mK 18 uK 0 2 mK 5 8 mK NOTES E Recommended operating range of GR 200A 30 is 50 mK to 1 K but it can be used beyond this range B Fxcitation chosen to minimize sensor self heating B Typical thermal resistance with minimal heat sinking can be improved with permanent installation W 7ypical sensor characteristics individual sensors vary in resistance and sensitivity The Lake Shore GR 200A 30 germanium RTD is the best choice for high accuracy and sensitivity from 0 05 K to 1 K with the Model 370 AC resistance bridge Excitation Power Actual Current x Measured Resistance Resolution Temperature Resolution Resistance dR dT Electronic Accuracy Temperature Electronic Accuracy Resistance dR dT Self Heating Excitation Power x Thermal Resistance www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 31 6 mA 10 mA 3 16 mA 1 0 mA 316 uA 100 pA 31 6 pA 10 pA 3 16 uA Current Excitation 370 3716 Performance Specification Table Voltage Range 632 pV 632 mV 200 mV 63 2 mV 20 mV 6 32 mV 2 0 mV 1 0 uA 316 nA 100 nA 31 6 nA 10 nA 3 16 nA 1 0 nA 63 2 MO 20 MO 6 32 MO 2 0 MO 632 KQ
422. rs placed with a letter of credit LC There is no minimum order for all other accepted payment methods Manuals Replacement extra operation manuals may be ordered separately See price list for model specific pricing fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 224 Customer Service Lake Shore Limited Warranty Lake Shore Limited Warranty Statement WARRANTY PERIOD ONE 1 YEAR 1 Lake Shore warrants that this Lake Shore product the Product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the Warranty Period specified above the Warranty Period If Lake Shore receives notice of any such defects during the Warranty Period and the Product is shipped freight prepaid Lake Shore will at its option either repair or replace the Product if it is so defective without charge to the owner for parts service labor or associated customary return shipping cost Any such replacement for the Product may be either new or equivalent in performance to new Replacement or repaired parts will be warranted for only the unexpired portion of the original warranty or 90 days whichever is greater Lake Shore warrants the Product only if it has been sold by an authorized Lake Shore employee sales representative dealer or original equipment manufacturer OEM The Product may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use The Warranty Period begins on the date of delive
423. ry digital to analog converter DAC that is monotonic over the entire output range and provides a resolution of 0 1 mA The Model 625 generates extremely smooth and continuous ramps with virtually no overshoot The digitally generated constant current ramp rate is variable between 0 1 mA s and 99 999 A s To assure a smooth ramp rate the power supply updates the high resolution DAC 27 times per second A low pass filter on the output DAC smooths the transitions at step changes during ramping Ramping can also be initiated by the trigger input The output compliance voltage of the Model 625 is settable to a value between 0 1 V and 5 V with a 100 uV resolution The voltage setting is an absolute setting so a 2 V setting will limit the output to greater than 2 0 V and less than 2 0 V Output Readings The Model 625 provides high resolution output readings The output current reading reflects the actual current in the magnet and has a resolution of 0 1 mA The output voltage reading reports the voltage at the output terminals with a resolution of 100 uV A remote voltage reading is also available to more accurately represent the magnet voltage by bypassing voltage drops in the leads connecting the power supply to the magnet All output readings can be prominently displayed on the front panel and read over the computer interface Protection Managing the stored energy in superconducting magnets necessitates several different types of
424. ry of the Product or later on the date of installation of the Product if the Product is installed by Lake Shore provided that if you schedule or delay the Lake Shore installation for more than 30 days after delivery the Warranty Period begins on the 217 day after delivery This limited warranty does not apply to defects in the Product resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance repair or calibration b fuses software and non rechargeable batteries c software interfacing parts or other supplies not furnished by Lake Shore d unauthorized modification or misuse e operation outside of the published specifications or f improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED LAKE SHORE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT Some countries states or provinces do not allow limitations on an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country to country state to state or province to province TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT TO THE EX
425. s tape pastes solders epoxies and varnishes You must consider coefficients of linear expansion when deciding upon a mounting scheme If linear expansion coefficients are too mismatched mountings will simply come loose or in the worst case damage the mounting surface or the sensor Expansion coefficients should never differ by more than a factor of 3 between two materials being bonded together Greases such as Apiezon N grease H grease and Cry Con grease can be used to increase the surface area of contact between a sensor and the mounting surface VGE 7031 varnish accomplishes the same purpose as does Stycast 2850 Mounting the sensor with Stycast is more permanent Sensor Mounting 1 The mounting area should be prepared and cleaned with a solvent such as acetone followed by an isopropyl alcohol rinse Allow time for the solvents to evaporate before sensor mounting 2 The list below provides brief instructions on mounting a sensor using a number of different methods The constraints of your application should dictate the most appropriate mounting method to follow Mechanical The preferred method for mechanically mounting an SD sensor is using the Lake Shore spring loaded clamp This clamp should be ordered at the time the sensor is ordered CO suffix on sensor part number The clamp holds the SD sensor in contact with the surface and also allows the sensor to be changed or replaced easily A thin layer of Apiezon
426. s offer high sensitivity and low magnetic field induced errors over the 2 K to 420 K temperature range Cernox sensors require calibration Platinum RTDs offer high uniform sensitivity from 30 K to over 800 K With excellent reproducibility they are useful as thermometry standards They follow a standard curve above 70 K and are interchangeable in many applications Single excitation current may limit the low temperature range of NTC resistors Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K Low temperature limited by input resistance range Low temperature specified with self heating error 5 mK 5 Low temperature specified with self heating error lt 12 mK e mail info lakeshore com Typical Sensor Performance see Appendix F for sample calculations of typical sensor performance Silicon Diode Silicon Diode Example Lake Shore Sensor DT 670 SD with 1 4H calibration DT 470 SD 13 with 1 4H calibration Temp 1 4K MAK 300 K 500 K Nominal Resistance Voltage 1 644 V 1 028 V 0 5597 V 0 0907 V 1 6981 V 1 0203 V 0 5189 V 0 0906 V Typical Sensor Sensitivity 12 49 mV K 1 73 mV K 2 3 MV K 2 12 mV K 13 1 mV K 1 92 mV K 2 4 mV K 2 22 MV K Model 218 Temperature Monitor Measurement Resolution Temperature Equivalents 1 6 mK 11 6 mK 8 7 mK 9 4 mK Electronic Accuracy Temperature Equivalents 26 mK 152 mK 94 mK 80 mK Temperature Accuracy including
427. s only in an ideal thermal system 7 Accuracy specification does not include errors from room temperature compensation Thermometry Heater Output Number of inputs 1 Input configuration Input is factory configured for diode RTD or thermocouple Input accuracy sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table Measurement resolution Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table ngater output type KE SEH NE Maximum update rate 1 reading per s Heater output D A resolution 15 bit User curves One 97 point CalCurve Max heater power 25 W Soft al Improves accuracy of DT 470 diode to 0 25 K Max heat tout 1A from 30 K to 375 K ax heater output curren Filter Averages 8 input readings Heater output compliance 25 V Heater output ranges 2 decade steps in power Heater load type Resistive Sensor Input Configuration Heater load range 21 Q to 100 Q recommended Heater load for max power 25 Q Diode RTD Thermocouple Heater noise lt 1 kHz RMS 0 005 of full scale power Measurement type 4 lead differential 2 lead room temperature Isolation Optical isolation between output and other circuits compensated Heater connector Dual banana Excitation Constant current NA Supported sensors Silicon Diodes Most thermocouple types i 100 Platinum RTD Loop 1 Full Scale Heater Power at Typical Resistance Standard curves DT 470 DT 500D DT 670 Type E Type K Type T Heater Re
428. s the resistance in ohms This is a common method to express the sensitivity of metal resistors like platinum RTDs When comparing different resistance sensors another useful materials parameter to consider is the dimensionless sensitivity The dimensionless sensitivity S for a resistor is a material specific parameter given by S T R dR dT d InR d lnT Eqn 2 Equivalent definitions are made for diodes with resistance replaced by forward voltage and for capacitors with resistance replaced by capacitance S is also the slope of the resistance versus temperature on a log log plot normally used to illustrate resistance versus temperature for negative temperature resistance sensors since their resistance varies by many orders of magnitude S ranges from 0 2 to 6 for most common cryogenic temperature sensors depending on temperature and sensor type Temperature resolution is the smallest temperature difference that can be determined by your measurement system and sensor choice It is a combination of sensor sensitivity and instrument resolution AR It can be expressed as AT AR dR dT or as a ratio AT T AR R S Egn 3 Instrument manufacturers will either express the resolution of the measurement as fraction of full scale i e 1 part per million or as an absolute AR De 1 Q for 10 000 Q scale Do not confuse temperature resolution with display resolution actual temperature resolution can be greater or less t
429. s us It pur tt d eu path iris LE rire tut pn infurrin i iuri Date Ir vimal a Wade User Yane ihe conmpany Ir Linleprzity Balidlrgu 1 Address z Request a Catalog Product Registration Repair Request H IT Mon Lens Y ane chat baboon BEZ Se Ceux e re e e i s Hee S _ icum Worldwide Sales Representative eee e Directo ry Py Birl h Arnari ETE SCC KC bue mmal sacsila cri 237 m rrac e ji SASL QA OR W etc here rs Wecet coart Bales Lac Ehers C caca Ire zz CEDAR kc Sor wor le J 218 AE AZ GO HE JD Ez MT YD E AM PN OE ED Ta LIT W and Wir Westen Region Sabor Lac EFzr2 C caca Ire zz Hake zu Marie dc ji FEL 2 mal sitan skrbe ef Teh CO AET An S EE 2 Terie Epere riz 2 mal Sikes krbe Ceci Telk CO LAE vn ZEE 228 H IT Mon dnd much more just visit www lakeshore com www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 10 Introduction www lakeshore com New Products New Products DT 670 Silicon Diode Lake Shore DT 670 diode temperature sensors are the most advanced silicon diodes in our extensive line of cryogenic temperature sensors Compared to the DT 470 and other diode thermometers the DT 670 series offers significant improvements The DT 670 has better tolerance bands over a wider range of temperature a tight tolera
430. shore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Customer Service 222 Ordering Information 224 Lake Shore Limited Warranty 225 Sales Offices 228 Magnetic and Electronic Specialty Catalogs 221 ee 222 Customer Service Ordering Information Shop Online 24 Hours a Day www lakeshore com is your one stop source for the most updated product information pricing and applications Visit it to browse compare and purchase products For your convenience all the products found in this catalog can be purchased online using a credit card To Place an Order Lake Shore products are always being improved We suggest contacting your local representative Lake Shore headquarters or our website for the most current product and pricing information Please see page 225 to find your local sales representative or dealer For maximum efficiency please be ready to provide us with the following items Purchase order number Bill to address and contact Ship to address Name and phone number of purchasing agent Name and phone number of technical contact Tax status if applicable Name and model number of products ordered including any options or accessories B Line voltage if applicable Pricing and Quotations The price lists that may be included with this catalog are U S list prices at the time of approval for printing Lake Shore reserves the right to change prices without not
431. si Ibf in 6 897 x 10 6 895 x 10 5 172 x 10 6 850 x 107 1 1 torr Torr 139 992 pascal Pa 1 33 millibar mbar 0 001316 atmosphere atm 0 01934 psi Ibf in Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 1 pascal Pa 0 001 0 007501 987 x 10 1 45 x 10 millibar mbar torr Torr atmosphere atm psi Ibf in 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 208 Appendix H Electric Resistivity 1 micro ohm centimeter u 2 cm Magnetic Induction B 1 1 6 Common Units and Conversions 000 x 10 ohm centimeter cm 000 x 107 ohm meter Q2 m 015 ohm circular mil per foot O circ mil ft gauss G kiloline in milligauss mG gamma y gauss G 1 6 452 x 10 10 1000 10 kiloline in 155 0 1 1 550 x 10 1 550 x 105 1 550 x 10 Wim 104 64 52 1 107 10 milligauss mG 0 001 6 452 x 10 107 1 100 gamma y 10 6 452 x 10 10 0 01 1 1 ESU 2 998 x 106 Wb m Magnetomotive Force abampere turn ampere turn abampere turn 1 10 12 57 ampere turn 0 1 1 L29f Gilbert Gi 7 958 x 102 1 pragilbert 4r ampere turn 1 ESU 2 655 x 10 ampere turn Magnetic Field Strength H abampere turn cm 1 10 ampere turn in ampere turn m oersted 0e abampere turn cm 25 40 12 57 a
432. sing VG E 7031 varnish or Stycast epoxy for s Puno DUE p A and B 3 2 mm n n a potting the wires Do not use copper or 0 03 mm 0 001 in other high conductivity wires E through hole for 3 mm 0 118 in screw A 10 16 mm 0 40 in B 5 59 mm 0 22 in Beryllium Oxide Heat Sink Chip Beryllium oxide heat sink chips can 4 32 mm 0 170 0 005 in be used to heat sink electrical leads X Note Due to metallization irregularities or samples at low temperature with and surface dirt it is not recommended good electrical isolation They can also 0 51 mm 3 43 mm that these chips isolate more than 100 V be used as a buffer layer to take up 0 02 in 0 135 0 005 expansion mismatch between an object with large expansion coefficient e g copper epoxy and an object with a low expansion coefficient Leg a DT 470 SD two metallized pads on first side thickness Ordering Information diode sensor One side is fully metallized 0 51 mm Part number Description with molybdenum manganese followed cx XS E HSC 4 Heat sink chip package of 10 by nickel and gold It is easily soldered ism e B with In Ag solders Sn Pb solders uso JS es Tee can pull up metallization under some circumstances The other side has two 1 27 mm 0 05 in by 4 06 mm 0 16 in electrically isolated solder pads The thermal conductivity is several times that of copper in the liquid nitrogen region
433. sistance Heater Range Heater Power PT 100 AuFe 0 0796 vs Cr AuFe 0 0396 vs Cr 20 Input connector 6 pin DIN Ceramic isothermal block 29 0 Control Control loops One dus Control type Closed loop digital PID or open loop Tuning Autotune one loop at a time PID PID zones Control stability sensor dependent to 2x measurement resolution in an ideal thermal system PID control parameters Proportional gain 1 to 999 Integral reset 1 to 999 999 s Derivative rate 1 to 20096 Zone control 10 temperature zones with P D and heater range Setpoint ramping 0 1 K min to 99 9 K min Safety limits Curve temperature limits power up heater off short circuit protection www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 321 Temperature Controller Front Panel Display 2 line by 16 character alphanumeric LCD Number of reading displays 1 Display units K C V mV Q Reading source Temperature and sensor units Display update rate 1 reading pers Temp display resolution 0 1 Sensor units display resolution Sensor dependent to 5 digits Other displays Setpoint Heater Range and Heater Output user selected Setpoint setting resolution same as display resolution actual resolution is sensor dependent Heater output display Numeric display in percent of full scale current Heater output resolution 1 Keypad 20 keys numeric and specific functions Front panel
434. sistance sensors the SoftCal procedure makes Interpolation table and breakpoint interpolation table 2 point calibration report thermal cycling data at LN and room temperature K OR 3 point calibration report thermal cycling data at LHe LN and either 305 K or 480 K o Appendix D 181 small adjustments to the IEC 751 curve so that the resulting curve matches the resistance versus temperature characteristic of the individual sensor more closely The same is true of the DT 400 Series silicon diode sensors except that the corrections are applied to Curve 10 SoftCal provides the means to generate accurate inexpensive calibrations for selected Lake Shore sensors to use with either Lake Shore temperature controllers and monitors or the customer s own readout electronics Table 2 SoftCal 2 and 3 Point Soft Calibration Sensors Typical Accuracy Model number Temperature 400 K 475K 500 K Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 2S Band 13 1 0K x10K x10K x025K x0 15K x0 15K 1 0K 1 0K DT 471 SD 2S Band 13 x15K 2z0 25K x015K x0 15K 10K zx10K DT 421 2S Band 13 2 0K 0 25K 0 15K 0 15K DT 470 SD 3S Band 13 0 5K 0 5K 0 5K x025K x0 15K x0 15K x10K x10K Platinum PT 102 28 x025Kx025K 0 9K x13K x14K x23K PT 103 28 x025Kx025K 0 9K x13K x14K x23K PT 111 28
435. sories Grease Aniezon Grease Types N and H B Stable B Nonpermanent sensor mounting Chemically inert Nontoxic Easily applied and removed Excellent lubrication properties Note Can be removed using Xylene with an isopropyl alcohol rinse www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Epoxy Grease amp Varnish Apiezon grease is well suited for cryogenic use because of its low vapor pressure and high thermal conductivity It is often used for nonpermanent mounting and thermal anchoring of cryogenic temperature sensors as well as for lubricating joints and o rings Apiezon N this general purpose grease enhances thermal contact and provides a temporary mounting method for temperature sensors It is pliable at room temperatures and solidifies at cryogenic temperatures which makes it easy to apply and remove the sensor without damage at room temperature The grease is not an adhesive and will not necessarily hold a sensor or wires in place without some mechanical aid such as a spring clip or tape It is very good for sensors inserted into holes Contains a high molecular weight polymeric hydrocarbon additive which gives it a tenacious rubbery consistency allowing the grease to form a cushion between mating surfaces Apiezon H this grease will withstand temperatures up to 523 K 250 C without melting It is designed for general purposes where operating temperatures necessitate the
436. stic thermometer noise thermometer and total radiation thermometer A secondary thermometer has an output that must be calibrated against defined fixed temperature points For example a platinum resistance temperature detector RTD is based on the change in resistance of a platinum wire with temperature Since primary thermometers are impractical due to size speed and expense secondary thermometers are used for most applications The common practice is to use secondary thermometers and calibrate them to an internationally recognized temperature scale based on primary thermometers and fixed points The most recent efforts in defining a temperature scale have resulted in the International Temperature Scale of 1990 ITS 90 and the Provisional Low Temperature Scale of 2000 PLTS 2000 The ITS 90 is defined by 17 fixed points and 4 defining instruments It spans a temperature range from 0 65 K to 10 000 K For cryogenic purposes the three defining instruments are helium vapor pressure thermometry gas thermometry and platinum resistance thermometry For temperature below 1 K there is the Provisional Low Temperature Scale of 2000 PLTS 2000 The PLTS 2000 is defined by a polynomial relating the melting pressure of He3 to temperature from the range 0 9 mK to 1 K The pressure to temperature relationship is based on primary thermometers such as Johnson noise and nuclear orientation Realization of the PLTS 2000 requires a helium 3 meltin
437. sticker SMOD 4 MW36 X 4 lead manganin wire 36 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 4 NM32 X 4 lead non magnetic wire 32 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker 4 lead non magnetic wire 36 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker SMOD 4 NM36 X SMOD 4 NM42 X 4 lead non magnetic wire 42 AWG no color coding lead marked with sticker Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc SMOD 4 QL32 X SMOD 4 QL36 X SMOD 4 QT36 X 4 lead Quad Lead wire 32 AWG 4 lead Quad Lead wire 36 AWG 4 lead Quad Iwist wire 36 AWG red I green V clear I blue V red I green V clear I blue V pair red I and green I pair clear V amp green V 1 Subject to change verify with documentation included with order For QL 36 QL 32 and QT 36 attach appropriate color code tag in the sensor box Coaxial SMOD 2 S1 X center cond and shield lead marked with sticker 2 lead type S1 coaxial cable AA or B Package Sensors Wire Type Sensor Type Cernox QL 36 QL 32 GR CGR I Black Yellow V Green Clear Green Black Yellow Clear Green White White White Yellow White 614 891 2244 e mail info lakeshore com fax 614 818 1600 Temperature Probe Selection Guide Temperature Probe Selection Guide Th
438. strate sapphire header and copper with epoxy strain canister with epoxy seal relief at sensor user should branch to 4 no polarity RX 102B CB 3 9 0 Two 6 in 36 AWG NA Thick ruthenate dioxide and bismuth copper leads ruthenate films on aluminum dioxide with heavy build substrate with palladium silver contacts polyimide insulation epoxy attachment to OFHC adapter copper leads indium soldered to chip and heat sunk to copper adapter using VGE 7031 varnish Bare Chip WCCO ME CIT C chip width D thickness RX 102A BR 1 45 mm 0 30 mm 1 27 mm 0 65 mm Thick ruthenium dioxide 0 057 in 0 012 in 0 050 in 0 022 in and bismuth ruthenate RX 103A BR 1 40 mm 0 21 mm 1 23 mm 0 41 mm bcd eni 0070 0 010in 0 060i 0 016 in www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Rox RTDs Mae For information on JEHUNS mounting adapters and packages available for Rox sensors see page 25 Ordering Information Rox RTD Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end C 1 K B 40 K M matched calibration of matched sensors is available consult Lake Shore Model number RX 102B CB RX 202A AA CD RX 202A AA M RX 102A AA CD RX 102A AA M RX 102A BR RX 103A AA CD RX 103A AA M RX 103A BR Note the RX 102B CB is not interchangeable to a standard curve and
439. strumentation They are widely used in cryogenic applications at liquid nitrogen temperatures or greater e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Types continued Germanium Germanium RTDs have the highest accuracy reproducibility and sensitivity from 0 05 K to 30 K some models useful up to 100 K They are resistant to ionizing radiation but are not recommended for use in magnetic fields Germanium RTDs are used mostly in research settings when the best accuracy and sensitivity are required Germanium and Ruthenium Oxide are the only two sensors that can be used below 100 mK Ruthenium Oxide Rox Ruthenium Oxide RTDs can be used to below 10 mK Their unique advantage is that they have a low magnetoresistance and follow a standard curve with the exception of the RX 102B Their upper temperature range is limited to 40 K and Cernox are better in magnetic fields above 2 K Ruthenium Oxide sensors are often used for applications that require a Standard curve in magnetic fields such as MRI systems Along with Germanium they are the only sensors that can be used below 100 mK GaAlAs Diodes GaAlAs Diodes offer high sensitivity over a wide range of use 1 4 K to 500 K They are useful in moderate magnetic fields and offer many of the advantages of Silicon Diodes easy to instrument wide range and robust packaging They do not follow a standard curve GaAlAs diodes are used in moderate magnetic field applications wh
440. stry interchangeable sensors make equipment design and manufacture simpler Any monitoring equipment for those sensors can be identical Time is saved in research settings since new calibrations do not have to be programmed into control and data acquisition equipment each time a new sensor is installed Some cryogenic temperature sensors exist at present which are interchangeable within a given tolerance band Silicon diodes from Lake Shore are interchangeable Series DT 670 diodes conform closely to a curve that Lake Shore calls Curve 670 The conformance is indicated by placing the diodes within tolerance bands These sensors can be ordered by simply specifying a tolerance band In this case individual calibrations are not performed If the greater accuracy is required a calibration is necessary Calibration can decrease the uncertainty by a factor of 10 or more The DT 470 also follows a unique standard curve and is interchangeable with other DT 470s In addition to silicon diodes platinum and ruthenium oxide RTDs both follow standard curves Platinum RTDs match an industry standard curve IEC 751 in terms of resistance versus temperature Industrial platinum resistance temperature sensors are broken into Class B tolerances and Class A tolerances Lake Shore offers only Class B sensors Ruthenium oxide RTD sensors also follow a standard curve Like silicon diodes this curve is unique to each manufacturer www lakeshore com Lake Shor
441. t accuracy Current 2 uA 0 01 of full scale 2 LA 0 01 of full scale 5 uA 0 025 of full scale Temperature equivalence Range 1 2 5 mK Not used 3 1 mK Range 2 12 5 mK 12 5 mK 6 2 mK Range 3 25 mK 25 mK 31 2 mK Range 4 41 mK 41 mK 62 5 mK Range 5 99 mK 99 mK 93 7 mK Range 6 125 mK 125 mK 78 1 mK Output temperature coefficient Current C ambient Temperature equivalence Range 1 Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 Range 5 Range 6 www lakeshore com 0 0055 of output current per C 1 mk C 6 mK C 12 mK C 18 mK C 26 mK C 55 mK C Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 0 005596 of output current per C Not used 6 mK C 12 mK C 18 mK C 26 mK C 55 mK C 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 2 UAC 0 01 C 1 mK C 2 mK C 10 mK C 20 mk C 30 mi C 25 mK C e mail info lakeshore com 0 mA to 20 mA output 0 V to 10 V with 500 0 02 load resistor Output resolution 230 Series Temperature Transmitters 234 234D Voltage 0 6 mV 0 6 mV 0 61 mV Temperature equivalence Range 1 1 2 mK Not used 0 6 mK Range 2 6 1 mK 6 1 mK 1 2 mK Range 3 12 2 mK 12 2 mK 6 1 mK Range 4 19 8 mK 19 8 mK 12 2 mK Range 5 29 mK 29 mK 18 3 mK Range 6 61 mK 61 mK 15 2 mK Output accuracy Voltage 3 mV 0 03 of full scale 3 mV 0 03 of full scale 4 5 mV 0 025 of full scale 0 02 resistor accuracy Temperature equivalence
442. t reduced accuracy Power requirement 100 120 220 240 VAC 6 10 50 or 60 Hz 150 VA Size 216 mm W x 89 mm H x 368 mm D 8 5 in x 3 5 in x 14 5 in half rack 4 8 kg 10 5 Ib CE mark Weight Approval Ordering Information Part number Description 3328 Two diode resistor inputs 3329 T1 One diode resistor one thermocouple input 3329 12 Two thermocouple inputs Select a power configuration VAC 100 Instrument configured for 100 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord VAC 120 ALL Instrument configured for 120 VAC with U S power cord and universal European power cord and fuses for 220 240 VAC setting VAC 220 Instrument configured for 220 VAC with European power cord VAC 240 instrument configured for 240 VAC with European power cord Other country line cords available consult Lake Shore Accessories included 106 009 Heater output connector dual banana jack 106 233 sensor input mating connector 6 pin DIN plugs 106 739 Terminal block 8 pin Calibration certificate MAN 332 User manual Options and accessories 4005 1 m 3 3 ft long IEEE 488 GPIB computer interface cable assembly includes extender required for simultaneous use of IEEE cable and relay terminal block CalCurve factory installed calibrated sensor breakpoint table factory installed into nonvolatile memory CalCurve field installed calibrated sensor breakpoint table loaded into n
443. t we are measuring that point at the same nominal pressure as in previous measurements As is shown in the diagram there is not a single freezing point or a single boiling point There are an infinite number of freezing points and boiling points which form the boundaries between the solid and liquid states of matter There is however a single triple point which makes it inherently reproducible There is only one combination of pressure and temperature for a substance that allows the triple point to be obtained Melting curve Solid vaporization Cung Sublimation w Triple Curve point Gas temperature Figure 1 generic pressure vs temperature curve fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com ee 156 Appendix B Sensor Characteristics Appendix B Sensor Characteristics Types of Temperature Sensors Any temperature dependent parameter can be used as a sensor if it fits the requirements of the given application These parameters include resistance forward voltage diodes thermal EMFs capacitance expansion contraction of various materials magnetic properties noise properties nuclear orientation properties etc The two most commonly used parameters in cryogenic thermometers are voltage diodes and resistance There are distinct reasons for choosing diode thermometry or resistance thermometry Diodes A diode temperature sensor is the general name for a class of semiconductor temperature sensors They are
444. tability of Germanium Resistance Thermometers S Scott Courts and C J Yeager to be published in Temperature Its Measurement and Control in Science and Industry Volume 7 edited by D Ripple American Institute of Physics New York 2003 pp 405 410 Presented at the Eighth International Symposium on Temperature October 21 24 2002 Chicago USA Low temperature Thermometry in High Magnetic Fields versus Carbon Glass Resistors H H Sample B L Brandt and L G Rubin 1982 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Application Notes and Sensor Installation Instructions Low temperature Thermometry in High Magnetic Fields versus Cernox Sensors to 32 T B L Brandt and L G Rubin 1999 Manufacturer s Custom and Flight Qualifications 2000 Measurement System Induced Errors in Diode Thermometry John K Krause and Brad C Dodrill Review of Scientific Instrumentation 57 4 April 1986 Neutron and Gamma Radiation Effects on Cryogenic Temperature Sensors S Scott Courts D Scott Holmes and Philip R Swinehart in Temperature Its Measurement and Control in Science and Industry Volume 6 Part 2 edited by J F Schooley American Institute of Physics New York pp 1237 1242 1992 Presented at the Seventh International Symposium on Temperature April 28 May 1 1992 Toronto Canada Novel Cryogenic Heaters Sputter Deposited Cermet Materials with Temperature Coefficient of Resistivity Near Zero C J Yeage
445. tainless 30 m 100 ft CC SS 500 Stranded stainless 152 m 500 ft uso ES s GS RRR Residual Resistance Ratio www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Cable Accessories 141 Semi Rigid Coaxial Cable Type SR This cable transmits SR Coaxial Cable ett bent coe sipped MEUM 7 7 soldered or connected without impairing Signals Typically used GHz dB m dB ft 20 C sea level W performance for transmission lines 0 5 4 43 1 35 7 6 BI Solid center conductor provides the optimum in cryogenic vacuum 10 6 27 1 91 5 3 geometrical surface for transmission test systems 50 1409 4 30 24 B Low standing wave ratio SWR with a 10 0 20 01 6 10 1 7 dielectric controlled to exacting tolerances To remove the outer 20 0 28 45 8 67 1 2 B Low thermal conductivity conductor 4 5 W m K at 4 2 K 1 Score jacket B Matching minimizes reflective power loss IUe ne Ordering Information shield kinks fatigues Part number Description BI Provides shielding isolation for virtually no and breaks CC SR 10 Semi rigid 3 m 10 ft extraneous signal pickup 3 Slide off outer conductor B Tubular outer conductor offers minimum Came caution mE be mr el s SS size and maximum conductor integrity used in this process to stainless steel jacket can be soldered avoid damage to the coax directly to circuit boards B 37 AWG
446. ted use only T 2 30 K PT 103 PT 111 Rhodium Iron RF 100 AA can Bare Chip Recommended Not recommended below 77 K RF 800 RF 800 4 Not recommended below 77 K Capacitance CS 501 Not available Recommended for control purposes Thermocouples Insulated wire Recommended Useful when T 2 10 K www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc See additional information in Appendix A Overview of Thermometry Adapters with epoxy are limited to a bakeout temperature of 127 C 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperature Errors AT T 96 at B magnetic induction Sensor type T K Notes Cernox 1050 2 L 3 1 3 9 5 Best sensor for use in magnetic field T gt 1 K CX series 4 2 0 1 0 15 0 85 0 8 10 0 04 0 4 1 1 1 5 20 0 04 0 02 0 16 0 2 30 0 01 0 04 0 06 0 11 77 0 002 0 022 0 062 0 11 300 0 003 0 004 0 004 0 006 Carbon Glass Resistors 4 2 0 5 2 3 4 9 6 6 CGR series 10 0 2 kt 2 6 3 8 25 0 02 0 22 0 54 0 79 45 0 07 0 48 1 92 2 2 08 0 05 0 45 1 32 2 3 306 lt 0 01 0 22 0 62 1 1 Rox 102A 2 1 4 7 9 13 17 Recommended for use over the 0 05 K to 40 K
447. temperature compensation Diode RTD Thermocouple Capacitance Measurement 4 lead differential 2 lead 4 lead type room temperature Thermometry compensated Number of inputs 2 included additional Inputs optional Excitation Caan nanih NA 4 88 kHz Input configuration Each input is factory configured as diode RTD Thermocouple current reversal for RTDs 1 V square wave and capacitance are optional and sold as additional input cards Isolation Sensor inputs optically isolated from other circuits but not from Supported Diodes Silicon GaAlAs Most thermocouple CS 501GR each other sensors RTDs 100 Q Platinum types A D resolution 24 bit analog to digital G WEE TE ermanium Carbon Glass Input accuracy sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table Pemex and Rayo Measurement resolution Sensor dependent refer to Input Specifications table l Maximum update rate Up to 20 readings per s on an input 40 readings per s on all inputs Standard DT 470 DT 500D lype E ype K Type T None Autorange Automatically selects appropriate NTC RTD range Curves DT 670 PT 100 AuFe ae vs Cr User curves Forty 200 point CalCurves or user curves ER E m PE RES SoftCal Improves accuracy of DT 470 diode or platinum RTD sensors Math Maximum and minimum of input readings and linear equation Input 6 pin DIN Ceramic isothermal 6 pin DIN Filter Averages input readings to quiet display settable time constant connector block www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cr
448. ter range must be known before moving on to the proportional setting Begin this part of the tuning process by letting the cooling system cool and stabilize with the heater off Place the instrument in closed loop PID control mode then turn integral derivative and manual output settings off Enter a setpoint above the cooling system s lowest temperature Enter a low proportional setting of approximately 5 or 10 and then enter the appropriate heater range as described above The heater display should show a value greater than zero and less than 100 when temperature stabilizes The load temperature should stabilize at a temperature below the setpoint If the load temperature and heater display swing rapidly the heater range or proportional value may be set too high and should be reduced Very slow changes in load temperature that could be described as drifting are an indication of a proportional setting that is too low which is addressed in the next step 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Gradually increase the proportional setting by doubling it each time At each new setting allow time for the temperature of the load to stabilize As the proportional setting is increased there should be a setting in which the load temperature begins a sustained and predictable oscillation rising and falling in a consistent period of time Figure 1a The goal is to find the proportional value in which the oscillation begins Do n
449. th output Accuracy 10 mA 1 of setting field setting current ramp rate the output current reading the output Bandwidth 3 dB 40 Hz 2 pole low pass filter 10 Hz pass band current setting the output voltage setting the voltage compliance setting and the remote voltage sense reading www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Input resistance 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 compliance limited gt 50 kQ Operation Voltage program through rear panel Connector Shared 15 pin D sub Limits Internally clamped at 6 1 V Compliance voltage setting Range 0 1 V to 5 0 V Resolution 100 uV Accuracy 10 mV 1 of reading e mail info lakeshore com Model 625 Superconducting Magnet Power Supply Readings Output current Resolution 0 1 mA Accuracy 1 mA 0 05 of reading Update rate 2 5 readings s display 10 readings s interface Compensation Compensated for lead resistance and 25 Q source resistance Output voltage at supply terminals Resolution 100 uV Accuracy 1 mV 0 05 of reading Update rate 2 5 readings s display 5 readings s interface Remote voltage at magnet leads Resolution 100 uV Accuracy 1 mV 0 05 of reading Update rate 1 25 readings s Input resistance gt 50 kQ Connector Shared 15 pin D sub Persistent Switch Heater Output PSHO Current range 10 mA to 125 mA Compliance voltage 12 V or 21 V selectable minimum Heater resistance 10 Q minimum Setting resolution 1 mA Accu
450. the setpoint It can also see the error decreasing rapidly when the temperature nears the setpoint and reduce the output for less overshoot The derivative term can be useful in fast changing systems but it is often turned off during steady state control because it reacts too strongly to small disturbances or noise The derivative setting D is related to the dominant time constant of the load Figure 1 Examples of PID Control priu term paesi Aere P gn o nih ai ES P Onh P Gnir fec Ew D ON ES us em Bal di d 7X LP s t 1 2 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 198 Appendix F Tuning a Closed Loop PID Controller There has been a lot written about tuning closed loop control systems and specifically PID control loops This section does not attempt to compete with control theory experts It describes a few basics to help users get started This technique will not solve every problem but it has worked for many others in the field It is also a good idea to begin at the center of the temperature range of the cooling system Setting Heater Range Setting an appropriate heater output range is an important first part of the tuning process The heater range should allow enough heater power to comfortably overcome the cooling power of the cooling system If the heater range will not provide enough power the load will not be able to reach the setpoint temperature If the range is s
451. the errors of the measurement Smaller errors are considered more accurate The first step in estimating the errors in a customer system is the calibration itself Essentially a calibration is a series of resistance or voltage measurements of an unknown sensor and a corresponding measurement of an established temperature By accounting for all the uncertainties of the measurement installation instrumentation etc a total uncertainty is estimated The actual accuracy a customer can expect will depend on this and other factors 1 Design Errors Can the system be measured by the sensor These are errors of design and happen prior to sensor installation For example whether or not the sensor can be mounted on or near the sample to be measured could be a design error If it is too far away there can be thermal lags and offsets due to thermal conductance of the sample Another example would be using too large a sensor to measure small samples The thermal mass of the sensor could bias the temperature of the sample Design errors also apply to the physical construction of the sensor This affects the reproducibility of the sensor over thermal cycling Some sensors are more fragile than others and more prone to physical damage for example carbon glass RTDs 2 Installation and Environment Errors Does the interaction of the sensor and system disturb the measurement This would include installation errors and environmental effects If l
452. this problem Optical Source Radiation An often overlooked source of heat flow is simple thermal or blackbody radiation Neither the sensor nor the sample should be in the line of sight of any surface that is at a significantly different temperature This error source is commonly eliminated by installing a radiation shield around the sample and sensor either by wrapping super insulation aluminized Mylar around the area or through the installation of a temperature controlled aluminum or copper shield see Figure 1 2 Lead versus 4 Lead Measurement 4 lead measurements are recommended for all sensors 2 lead measurements can be performed with diode sensors with a small increase in uncertainty Refer to Appendix E Temperature Measurement for a detailed discussion e mail info lakeshore com High Temperature Effects Below room temperature the primary effect of using dissimilar materials bonded together in sensing elements or packages is stress induced by different expansion coefficients Above room temperature additional problems can occur Alloying diffusion Kirkendahl voids chemical reactions and corrosion especially in the presence of moisture and chlorine accelerate as the temperature increases These factors can cause catastrophic failure with time or a shift in the sensor calibration Completely accurate de rating data for all situations that could be encountered is impossible to compile Conduction Lead
453. ties which when combined with its chemical resistance and good saturating properties make it an excellent material for cryogenic temperatures As an adhesive VGE 7031 bonds a variety of materials has fast tack time and may be air dried or baked It is excellent for laminating many types of materials and may be applied to parts to be bonded and either baked shortly after applying or allowed to air dry and baked after the parts are stored and assembled hours days or even weeks later It is also an electrically insulating adhesive at cryogenic temperatures and is often used as a calorimeter cement VGE 7031 is compatible when dry with a wide variety of materials including cotton Dacron polyester fiber nylon glass tapes laminates Mylar polyester film mica products polyester products vinyl products wire enamels paints rayon plastics and metals When soaked into cigarette paper it makes a good high thermal conductivity low electrical conductivity heat sinking layer Note May be thinned to the desired application viscosity with a 50 50 mix of denatured alcohol and toluene 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Accessories 147 Specifications Maximum operating temperature 423 K 150 C Thermal conductivity 1 K 272 C 0 034 W m K 4 2K 269 C 0 062 W m K 77 K 196 C 0 22 W m K 100 K 173 C 0 24 W m K 300 K 27 C 0 44 W m K Percent solids by weight
454. ting the appropriate sensor requires prioritizing the most important design attributes Some attributes are not exclusive to others The most stable sensors also have a very slow response rate and can be expensive while sensors with the highest sensitivity have the smallest range Design requirements can be classified into four categories Quality of measurement This concerns measurement uncertainty resolution repeatability and stability Experimental design This is related to constraints due to the experiment or cryogenic system It concerns the physical size of the sensors temperature range of operation and power dissipation Environmental constraints These are effects due to external conditions such as magnetic fields or ionizing radiation Other external constraints would be vibration or ultra high vacuum Utility requirements These are primarily requirements for cost ease of use installation packaging and long term reliability www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Sensor Characteristics Quality Measures Accuracy versus Uncertainty The term accuracy has been almost universally used in literature when presenting specifications and is often used interchangeably with uncertainty However from a strict metrology viewpoint a distinction does exist between accuracy and uncertainty Accuracy refers to the closeness of agreement between the measurement and the true value of the meas
455. tinum sensor conformance to the IEC 751 curve Pel Bod G ait AL AM Typical Platinum Sensitivity Values J thin ep yin rot Pa yiju INTR d tenpat Ei 614 891 2244 L 1 6 TE Matching If your application requires more than one platinum resistor up to five platinum resistors can be matched to one another to within 0 1 K at liquid nitrogen temperature with the purchase of only one calibration Typical Platinum Dimensionless Sensitivity Values hieng sr less rhe II fax 614 818 1600 res v Lu MIHI n CH LI zerpexurm iK e mail info lakeshore com Platinum RTDs Sp e ch cations SoftCal Accuracy Typical Magnetic Field Dependent 4 o Standard Curve IEC 751 305 K to 400 K to 475 K to 500 K to UR KR AT T at B Recommended excitation 1 mA 400K 475K 500K magne Ie ue Dissipation at recommended excitation ES 0 25K 0 9K 1 4K 100 uW at 273 K 1025K 025K vr Package Parallel to Field B Thermal response time PT 102 amp PT 103 1 75 s at 77 K 12 5 s at 273 K PT 111 2 5s at 77 K 20s at 2 3 K Use in radiation Recommended for use in ionizing radiation environments see Appendix B Use in magnetic field Because of their relatively Calibrated Accuracy Typical sensor Long term accuracy stability low magnetic field dep
456. tion Company Overview Ze Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Company Overview 35 Years of Cryogenic Excellence Founded in 1967 by Dr John Swartz a former professor of electrical engineering at Ohio State University and his brother David Lake Shore Cryotronics was incorporated in the State of New York in 1968 Their first product was the Gallium Arsenide GaAs sensor being the first cryogenic sensor available commercially to cover the temperature range from 1 K to 400 K Since that time Lake Shore has grown steadily by concentrating on serving the needs of the scientific research community using and investigating the physical properties of materials at cryogenic temperatures The product line expanded during the 1970 s and 1980 s to include a complete line of cryogenic temperature sensors plus various current sources temperature monitors transmitters and controllers As the studies of magnetic properties became more relevant in material research applications the product line expanded again in the 1990 s with the introduction of systems and instrumentation for the magnetic community These products included magnet power supplies for electromagnets and superconducting magnets susceptometer magnetometer and vibrating sample magnetometer systems electromagnet systems gaussmeters Hall probes and Hall generators Here in the new millennium Lake Shore continues to improve its product lines with a new fluxmeter AC resistance bridge d
457. tion between None output and other circuits Heater connector Dual banana BNC Loop 1 Full Scale Heater Power at Typical Resistance Heater Maximum Current Resistance Range 1A 05A 025A 5 4 3 2 1 9 4 3 2 1 5 R 3 2 1 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 Model 340 Temperature Controller Front Panel Display Graphic LCD with fluorescent backlight No of reading displays 1 to 8 Display units Temperature in K C or sensor units Temp display resolution 0 0001 K below 10 K 0 001 K above 10 K Sensor units sensor dependent to 6 digits display resolution Setpoint setting Same as display resolution resolution actual resolution is sensor dependent Heater output display Numeric display in percent of full scale for power or current bar graph display of heater output available Heater output resolution 0 1 numeric or 2 graphical Keypad Numeric plus special function Front panel features Front panel curve entry display brightness control and keypad lock out Interfaces IEEE 488 2 interface Features SH1 AH1 T5 L4 SR1 RL1 PPO DC1 DTO CO E1 Reading rate To 20 readings per s Software support National Instruments LabVIEW driver Serial interface Electrical format RS 232C Max baud rate 19 200 baud Connector RJ 11 Reading rate To 20 readings per s Alarms Number Two high and low for each installed input Data source Temperature Sensor Units and Linear
458. to500K T 60K amp B lt 3T ER Silicon Diode DT 471 SD 10Kto500K T gt 60K amp B lt 3T OG ae seks FOUSS ia tnd TAME GaAlAs Diode TG 120 P 14Kt0325K T242K amp Bz5T magnetic fields GaAlAs Diode TG 120 PL 1 4Kt0325K T gt 42K amp B lt 5T M SEH GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 14Kt0500K T gt 4 2K amp B lt 5T Cernox thin film RTDs offer high sensitivity Positive Temperature 100 Platinum PT 102 3 14Kto8 3K T gt 40K amp B lt 2 5T n d GE sas Manes ie Pd Coefficient RTDs 100 Platinum PT 111 14Kt0673K T gt 40K amp B lt 25T Geste E i Rhodium Iron RF 800 4 14Kt0500K T 77K amp B 8T sensors require calibration Rhodium lron RF 100T U 14Kto325K T 77K amp Bx8T pt niis ofieren iivit Negative Cernox CX 1010 0 6Kto 32b K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T E ka SC be rg e SE be Temperature Cernox CX 1030 HT 1K to 420 K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Se Coefficient RTDs Cernox CX 1050 HT 14Kto420K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T reproducibility they are useful as thermometry Cernox CX 1070 HT 4 K to 420 K2 T22K amp Bz19T standards They follow a standard curve Cernox CX 1080 HT 20Kto 420K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T above 70 K and are interchangeable in many Germanium GR 200A 100 0 5K to 100 K NotRecommended applications Germanium GR 200A 250 0 8Kto100K NotRecommended Germanium GR 200A 500 1 4Kto 100K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1000 1 4Kto 100K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1500 1 4Kto 100K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 2500 1 6Kto 100K
459. toresistance of these wires make them the ideal choice for magnetic field use Physical Properties Melting range 1223 K to 1323 K 950 C to 1050 C Coefficient of thermal expansion 1 78 x 10 Thermal conductivity 48 W m K at 293 K Electrical resistivity annealed 1 15 x 107 Q m at 293 K Specific heat 376 4 J kg K Stress relief temperature 1 h 423 K to 498 K 150 C to 225 C Chemical composition nominal 94 8 copper 5 tin 0 2 phosphorus Insulation Polyvinyl Formal Formvar Polyimide ML Magnet wire is insulated with vinyl ML is a film coated insulation made acetal resin as a smooth uniform film with polyimide resin It is a Class 220 Formvar has excellent mechanical thermal life insulation with exceptional properties such as abrasion resistance resistance to chemical solvents and and flexibility The film will stand burnout It will operate at temperatures excessive elongation without rupture in excess of 493 K 220 C for When stressed during winding Formvar intermittent duty ML is unaffected by has a tendency to craze upon contact prolonged exposure to varnish solvents with solvents such as toluol naphtha and is compatible with virtually all and xylol therefore it should be systems Polyimide insulation is rated given an annealing preheat prior to to 3525 VAC for 32 AWG 2525 VAC for varnish application Formvar can be 36 AWG removed mechanically during terminal preparation Formv
460. toward user strain relief at sensor ae Polarity is arbitrary color coded polarity RF 800 4 0 51 mm x 735 mg 4 platinum solid Alumina and glass cylindrical 9 mm long wire case rhodium iron alloy wire encapsulated in ceramic www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com T8211 For information on ORMIAN rhodium iron sensor packaging see page 25 To add length to sensor leads SMOD see page 28 See the appendices for a detailed description of Self heating Installation Uncalibrated sensors Calibrated sensors CalCurve Sensor packages Rhodium Iron RTDs Ordering Information Uncalibrated sensor Specify the model number in the left column only for example RF 100T AA Calibrated sensor Add the calibration range suffix code to the end of the model number for example RF 100T AA 1 4L Rhodium Iron RTD Calibration Range Suffix Codes Numeric figure is the low end of the calibration Letters represent the high end B 40 K D 100 K L 325 K H 500 K Model number RF 100T AA RF 100T CD RF 100T BC RF 100T BG RF 100T BR RF 100U AA RF 100U CD RF 100U BC RF 100U BG RF 100U BR RF 800 4 B 4 Other packaging available through special order consult Lake Shore T Trimmed chip within 100 Q 1 at ice point 273 15 K U Untrimmed chip within 100 Q 30 at ice point
461. two silicon diode sensors in series While the output current of both units is factory preset at 10 uA the user may reprogram the unit to any value between 1 pA and 1 mA by changing the internal programming resistor Model 102 Model 110CS and Model 120CS The Models 102 110CS and 120CS are precision DC current sources suitable for benchtop use They are capable of higher output currents and compliance voltages than their battery powered counterparts The Model 102 provides excellent performance at low cost The output current is factory preset at 10 yA but the unit may be reprogrammed to any value between 1 uA and 1 mA by changing a programming resistor inside the instrument Compliance voltage is 8 V Power is supplied to the unit by an external AC wall mount supply The supply type must match the AC line voltage available and must be specified when ordering The Model 110CS offers a higher compliance of 11 V The output current can be externally changed to any value between 1 pA and 10 mA by connecting a programming resistor to the terminal block on the unit s rear panel AC line voltage is jumper selected inside the unit Desired line voltage should be specified when ordering but the setting can be changed at any time by the user On the Model 120CS output current is selected with a rotary switch on the front panel Eleven fixed values span the range of 1 pA to 100 mA and a compliance voltage of 11 V The 1x and 3x switched increments
462. ues WW VR zz I SCH Hp dR dT Timers tr ass See tity temprar fkeban e mail info lakeshore com Specifications Standard Curve 102 and 202 0 05 K to 40 K 103 1 4 K to 40K Recommended excitation HX 702 and RX 202 20 uV 0 05 K to 0 1 K 63 uV 0 1 K to 1 2 K 10 mV or less for T gt 1 K RX 103 10 mV or less for T gt 1K Dissipation at recommended excitation 102 and 202 7 5 x 10 W at 4 2 K 103 3 2 x 10 W at 1 4 K 9 0 X 10 Wat 4 2 K 9 6 x 10 Wat 77 K Thermal response time 0 5 s at 4 2 K 2 5 sat 7 K Use in radiation Recommended see Appendix B Use in magnetic field Recommended see Appendix B Reproducibility 15 mK 7 102B does not follow a standard curve Recommended excitation for T lt 1 K based on Lake Shore calibration procedures using an AC resistance bridge for more information refer to Appendix D and Appendix E 102B not recommended for use in magnetic fields Short term reproducibility data 1s obtained by subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks from 305 K to 4 2 K Accuracy Interchangeability Rox RTDs Range of Use Minimum Limit RX 102A AA RX 102B CB RX 202A AA RX 103A AA 0 05 K 0 01 Ki 0 05 K 40K 40K Calibrations down to 20 mK available 10 mK calibrations coming soon Calibrated Accuracy 102A AA 102B CB 202A AA 20 mK 90 mK 1 4K x16mK 42K x16mK 2 mK 4 mK
463. um 2e d 2 067 83372 18 x 1075 Wb Avogadro constant NL 6 022 1415 10 x 10 mol atomic mass constant m 4m C 1u m 1 66053886 28 x 1077 kg Faraday constant N e F 96 485 3383 83 C mol molar gas constant R 8 314 472 15 Jmol K Boltzmann constant R N k 1 380650 5 24 x 107 dack molar volume of ideal gas RT p T 273 15 K p 101 325 kPa H 22 413996 39 x 10 m mor T 273 15 K p 100 kPa H 22 710981 40 x 10 m mol otefan Boltzmann constant 12 60 k 75 c o 5 670 400 40 x 10 W nr K electron volt e C J eV 1 60217653 14 x 107 J Bohr magneton e7i 2m Um 927 400949 80 x 1076 de E in eV T 1 T e C 5 788 381 804 39 x 10 eV T Values are shown in their concise form with uncertainty in parenthesis Numbers with uncertainty values are subject to revision Refer to the NIST Reference on Constants Units and Uncertainty website for the latest values www physics nist gov cuu index html www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com en 210 Appendix I Cryogenic Reference Tables Appendix Cryogenic Reference Tables Cryogenic Heat Flow Calculations The heat flow Q conducted across small temperature differences can be calculated using the formula KA ST 2 kA AT Egn 1 where K is the thermal conductivity A is the cross sectional area AT is the temperature difference and L is the length of the heat conduction path Thermal c
464. uncertainties ppm 3357 1206 Eliminated by current reversal TI Assuming an AC voltage of 2 mV Calibration accuracy Assumed to be one tenth the calibration uncertainty is read across the voltmeter terminals the voltage is converted to an approximate temperature shift www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 196 Appendix E Estimating Self Heating of Temperature Sensors Any difference between the temperature of the sensor and the environment the sensor is intended to measure produces a temperature measurement error or uncertainty Dissipation of power in the temperature sensor will cause its temperature to rise above that of the surrounding environment Power dissipation in the sensor is also necessary to make a measurement with most temperature sensors exceptions include thermocouples and optical pyrometers Minimization of the temperature measurement uncertainty thus requires balancing the uncertainties due to self heating and output signal measurement The possibility that other experimental considerations might impose more stringent limitations on the power that can be dissipated in the temperature sensor should also be considered Following are two approaches to dealing with the problem of self heating 1 Choose an excitation that allows acceptable instrumentation measurement uncertainty and check to make sure self heating is
465. ur experienced sales staff is here to answer your questions If you already know what your needs are please inform us Otherwise we ask a lot of questions to inform educate and to assist you in selecting the correct instrument e mail info lakeshore com Instrument Selection Guide AC Bridge Controllers 370 340 Number of Sensor Inputs 1 16 2 10 2 2 2 2 Number of User Curves 20 40 20 20 20 15 Minimum Operating Temperature lt 20 mK 100 mK 900 mK 1 2K 1 2K 1 2K Maximum Operating Temperature 420 K 1505 K 1505 K 1505 K 1505 K 1505 K Temperature Range K silicon Diodes DT 670 SD 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 DT 670E BR 30 500 30 500 30 500 30 500 30 500 DT 414 1 4 375 1 4 375 1 4 375 1 4 375 1 4 375 DT 421 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 DT 470 SD 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 DT 471 SD 10 500 10 500 10 500 10 500 10 500 GaAlAs Diodes TG 120 P 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 TG 120 PL 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 1 4 325 TG 120 SD 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 1 4 500 Platinum PTC RTD PT 102 3 14 873 14 873 14 873 14 873 14 873 PT 111 14 673 14 673 14 673 14 673 14 673 Rhodium
466. uracy than a standard sensor curve but do not warrant traditional calibration SoftCal uses the predictability of a standard curve to improve the accuracy of an individual sensor around a few known temperature reference points e mail info lakeshore com Model 340 Temperature Controller Temperature Control The Model 340 offers two proportional integral derivative PID control loops A PID control algorithm calculates control output based on temperature setpoint and feedback from the control sensor Wide tuning parameters accommodate most cryogenic cooling systems and many small high temperature ovens Control output is generated by a high resolution digital to analog converter for smooth continuous control The user can manually set the PID values or the autotuning feature of the Model 340 can automate the tuning process The main heater output for the Model 340 is a well regulated variable DC current source Heater output is optically isolated from other circuits to reduce interference and ground loops Heater output can provide up to 100 W of variable DC power to control Loop 1 Features have been added to the Model 340 to minimize the possibility of overheating delicate sensors and wiring in cryostats These features include setpoint temperature limit heater current range limit internal heater diagnostics and a fuse in the heater output wiring The Model 340 also has the ability to run a second independent control loop intended
467. ure quantity Accuracy is a qualitative concept and should not have numbers associated with it This can be understood since in practice one does not have a priori knowledge of the true value of the measured quantity What one knows is the measured value and its uncertainty i e the range of values which contain the true value of the measured quantity The uncertainty is a quantitative result and the number typically presented in specifications In any proper measurement an estimate of the measurement uncertainty should be given with the results of the measurement There are often many sources that contribute uncertainties in a given measurement and rigorous mathematical methods exist for combining the individual uncertainties into a total uncertainty for the measurement Temperature sensors installation environment instrumentation thermal cycling and thermal EMFs can all contribute to the measurement uncertainty A sensor calibration is a method to assign voltage or resistance measurements to a defined temperature scale i e ITS 90 or PLTS 2000 The level of confidence at which this can be done measuring voltage or resistance AND transferring those values to a defined temperature is defined by the uncertainty of the calibration The uncertainty of the Lake Shore calibration is only one component in a customer measurement system It is possible to degrade this accuracy specification by as much as one or two orders of magnitu
468. ure Errors AT T at B magnetic induction Specifications Standard curve Not applicable Recommended excitation 10 mV 1 4 K to 325 K Dissipation at recommended excitation Typical 107W at 4 2 K Thermal response time 1 s at 4 2 K 1 5 s at 77 K in liquid Radiation effects Recommended for use in ionizing radiation see Appendix B Magnetic field Useful over the full temperature range and up to 30 tesla see Appendix B Reproducibility 0 75 mK at 4 2 K Short term reproducibility data is obtained by subjecting sensor to repeated thermal shocks from 305 K to 4 2 K Minimum Limit CGR 1 500 CGR 1 1000 CGR 1 2000 1K TK 1K 325 K 325 K Package Parallel to Field B Calibrated Accuracy Typical sensor accuracy Long term stability Long axis parallel to applied field negative AR R when T gt 60 K 1 4K 4 2 K 4 mK 4 mK 5 mK 5 mK CGR series construction detail Calibration uncertainty reproducibility for more information see Appendices B D and E Long term stability data 1s obtained by subjecting sensor to 200 thermal shocks from 305 K to 77 K White I Ze D ed Green V Black I Typical Resistance Values E Epoxy Typical resistance at 4 2 K 290 Q to 750 Q 750 Q to 1500 Q 1500 Q to 3000 Q CGR 1 500 CGR 1 1000 CGR 1 2000 Yellow V Looking at the wiring end
469. ure specified with self heating error 5 mK 6 Low temperature specified with self heating error lt 12 mK fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com 90 Instruments Sensor Selection Model 340 Temperature Controller Typical Sensor Performance see Appendix F for sample calculations of typical sensor performance Example Nominal Typical Measurement Electronic Temperature Electronic Control Lake Shore Resistance Sensor Resolution Accuracy Accuracy including Stability Sensor Voltage Sensitivity Temperature Temperature Electronic Accuracy Temperature Equivalents Equivalents CalCurve and Equivalents 340 3462 Calibrated Sensor Silicon Diode DT 670 CO 13 1 4K 1 664 V 12 49 mV K 0 8 mK 13 mK BE 2D THIS x 1 6 mK with 1 4H 77K 1 028 V 1 73 mV K 5 8 mK 76 mK 98 mK 11 6 mK calibration 300 K 0 5597 V 2 3 mV K 4 4 mK 47 mK 79 mK 8 8 mK 500 K 0 0907 V 2 12 mV K 4 8 mK 40 mK 90 mK 9 6 mK Silicon Diode DT 470 SD 13 1 4K 1 6981 V 13 1 mV K 0 8 mK 13 mK 25 mK 1 6 mK with 1 4H 77K 1 0203 V 1 92 mV K 5 2 mK 69 mK 91 mK 10 4 mK calibration 300 K 0 5189 V 2 4 mV K 4 2 mK 45 mK 77 mK 8 4 mK 475 K 0 0906 V 2 22 mV K 4 5 mK 38 mK 88 mK 9 mK GaAlAs Diode TG 120 SD 1 4K 5 391 V 97 5 mV K 0 1 mK 7 mK 19 mK 0 2 mK with 1 4H 77K 1 422 V 1 24 mV K 8 1 mK 180 mK 202 mK 16 2 mK calibration 300 K 0 8978 V 2 85 mV K 3 6 mK 60 mK 92 mK 7 2 mK 475 K 0 3778 V 3 15 mV K 3 2 mK
470. ures Typical Carbon Glass Resistance Values lS or 10 f EGR L SDOQ E m L i E uve H s mi Ss EC SEA HET BS EE o e 17 S H GER B EG3 1 5D6 Mu ee Lu fb 1nn zon Irmteralun 23 www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Carbon Glass RTDs Carbon Glass RTDs Carbon Glass RTDs CGRs have the longest history of use of any sensor suitable for high magnetic fields and wide range temperature sensing These resistance temperature sensors are highly reproducible and can be used from 1 4 K to 100 K and in magnetic fields up to 20 tesla Their extremely high sensitivity at liquid helium temperatures makes them very useful for submillikelvin control below 10 K CGR sensors are monotonic in resistance temperature characteristic between 1 4 K and 325 K but their reduced sensitivity 0 01 Q K above 100 K limits their usage at higher temperatures Typical Carbon Glass Sensitivity Values mi T 5 dU 7 l 1 WIR uta gm Jascmalivics Go mdkchetz T ki kenpo Uz 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 Typical Carbon Glass Dimensionless Sensitivity Values 12 C I E EN amp TUBOS ES z gt N Es ING 1 en 5 KE es 1 g MR E C ut Ka B ENS D E z e AR ag CR DI 1 le DU SUL temperature TE e mail info lakeshore com 48 Sensors Carbon Glass RTDs Range of Use Typical Magnetic Field Dependent Temperat
471. while its thermal conductivity is a little higher Evanohm wire is a very high resistivity wire about 5 times the resistivity of nichrome with very small temperature dependence This wire is also excellent for heater windings TIP Making Your Own Ribbon Cable Ease of Handling Two nails should be hammered into a piece of wood at a distance of just over half the needed lead length The wire 1s wrapped continuously from one nail to the other With a rubber or plastic glove apply a thin coating of VGE 7031 varnish along the entire length of the wires and allow to dry Then the cable can be cut for full length Remember that the solvents in VGE 7031 varnish will attack Formvar insulation www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Sensor Packaging and Installation Solders and Fluxes The most common electrical connections are solder joints There are a number of solder compounds available such as 60 40 tin lead silver Wood s metal cadmium tin and indium They have varying melting points and the melting points sometimes determine the upper temperature limit for a sensor Care should be taken when using these solders as the fumes are toxic Also many of these solders become superconducting at lower temperatures The transition temperature should be checked if this could affect your experiment Read on to the fasteners section for more comments on solders There
472. wire Non ferromagnetic 2 twisted pairs 4 wires color coded Minimizes pickup noise 36 AWG Formvar insulation Non ferromagnetic 32 and 36 AWG Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc Wire Duo Twist is a single twisted pair 2 leads of 32 or 36 AWG phosphor bronze wire twisted at 3 15 twists per centimeter 8 twists per inch This wire is a good choice when any possibility of pickup noise to a diode sensor or sample by induced currents through the leads needs to be minimized Quad Twist is 2 twisted pairs 4 leads of 36 AWG phosphor bronze wire Each pair incorporates 3 15 twists per centimeter 8 twists per inch and the 2 pairs are entwined at 1 57 twists per centimeter 4 twists per inch This wire is a good choice when pickup noise to a diode sensor or sample by induced currents through the leads needs to be minimized Use one twisted pair for sensor excitation and the other twisted pair for sensor output voltage to minimize pickup of electromagnetic noise The Quad Lead wire is a 4 wire ribbon cable which makes heat sinking and dressing leads much easier than working with individual wires Noninductive bifilar windings are simple to make for heat sinks and heaters using the Quad Lead wire In addition the wire is color coded for easy lead identification and can be split to yield 2 wire pairs Quad Lead wire is also useful in Standard 4 lead measurements in magnetic field applicatio
473. wires around a copper post bobbin or other thermal mass A minimum of 5 wraps around the thermal mass should provide sufficient thermal anchoring however additional wraps are recommended for good measure if space permits To maintain good electrical isolation over many thermal cycles it is good practice to first varnish a single layer of cigarette paper to the anchored area then wrap the wire around the paper and bond in place with a thin layer of VGE 7031 varnish Formvar wiring insulation has a tendency to craze with the application of VGE varnish If used the wires cannot be disturbed until the varnish is fully cured and all solvents have evaporated typically 224 hours 4 A final thermal anchor at the sample itself is good practice to ensure thermal equilibrium between the sample and temperature sensor Sensor Packaging and Installation CU DI CY and CD Package Installation Three aspects of using a cryogenic temperature sensor are critical to its optimum performance The first involves the proper mounting of the sensor package the second relates the proper joining of sensor lead wires and connecting wires the final concern is the thermal anchoring of the lead wires Although the sequence in which these areas should be addressed is not fixed all elements covered under each aspect should be adhered to for maximum operating capabilities of the sensor Sensor Mounting The CU DI and CY packages Figures 4 and 5 com
474. with analog control enables both smooth operation and low drift A careful blending of analog and digital circuits provides high setting resolution of 0 1 mA and flexible output programming 614 891 2244 EB iC e EU 3 53 we Dod alt LEGIO A a SKS AE fax 614 818 1600 Magnet Power Supply ici Im dt 3 eal ud m isl Fisica Mt STT Lake Shore chose linear input and output power stages for the moderate 300 W output of the Model 625 Linear operation eliminates the radiated radio frequency RF noise associated with switching power supplies allowing the Model 625 to reduce the overall noise in its output and the noise radiated into surrounding electronics Safety should never be an afterthought when combining stored energy and liquid cryogens in a superconducting magnet system The Model 625 incorporates a variety of hardware and firmware protection features to ensure the safety of the magnet and supply For improved operator safety the power supply was also designed for compliance with CE mark safety requirements including both the low voltage directive and the electromagnetic compatibility EMC directive Instrument users have come to rely on Lake Shore for convenience and ease of use The Model 625 includes the features necessary to conveniently manage a Superconducting magnet such as a persistent switch heater output calculated field reading current ramping and quench detection
475. x CX 1050 HT 4Kto420K 5 T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1070 HT 15Kto 420K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Cernox CX 1080 HT 50K to 420 K T gt 2K amp BK lt 19T Germanium GR 200A B 1000 2 2 Kto 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 1500 2 6 Kto 100 K Not Recommended Germanium GR 200A B 2500 3 1 Kto 100 K Not Recommended Carbon Glass CGR 1 500 4Kto325K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 1000 5Kto325K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Carbon Glass CGR 1 2000 6Kto325K T gt 2K amp B lt 19T Rox RX 102A 14Kto40K T gt 2K amp B lt 10T Thermocouples Type K 9006 006 3 2 K to 1505 K Not Recommended Type E 9006 004 3 2 K to 934K Not Recommended Chromel AuFe 0 07 9006 002 1 2Kto610K Not Recommended Single excitation current may limit the low temperature range of NTC resistors 3 Non HT version maximum temperature 325 K Low temperature limited by input resistance range Low temperature specified with self heating error 5 mK 5 Low temperature specified with self heating error lt 12 mK www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Model 331 Temperature Controller Typical Sensor Performance see Appendix F for sample calculations of typical sensor performance Electronic Accuracy Temperature Equivalents Temperature Electronic Control Accuracy including Stability Electronic Accuracy Temperature CalCurve and Equivalents Calibrated S
476. x4mK GR 200A 50 GR 200A 50 CD 3 2mK 3 7mK 4 3mK 48mK 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK GR 200A 100 GR 200A 100 CD 3 mK 4 3mK 47mK 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK x30mK GR 200A 250 GR 200A 250 CD 43mK 4 7mK 4mK 4mK 5mK zx8mK 16mK GR 200A 500 GR 200A 500 CD GR 200B 500 4mK x4mK 5mK zx8mK z16mk GR 200A 1000 GR 200A 1000 CD GR 200B 1000 4mK x4mK x5mK x8mkK 16MK GR 200A 1500 GR 200A 1500 CD GR 200B 1500 4mK x4mK x5mK x8mK z16mkK GR 200A 2500 GR 200A 2500 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK zx8mK 16 mK 6 All accuracies are 2 o figures calibration uncertainty reproducibility for additional information please see Appendix D www lakeshore com Lake Shore Cryotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com eg 186 Appendix D The Chebychev polynomial fit is a smoothing fit and often yields a better representation of the calibration as it can eliminate some random errors Along with each set of Chebychev coefficients a deviation table is given to show how well the polynomial fits the measured test data This table gives the measured resistance or voltage the measured temperature and the temperature calculated from the fit equation
477. x4mK x45mK 5 5mK x5mK x16mK x18mK x37 mK RX 103A AA CD 5mK 17mK 22mK 38mK RX 202A AA CD 3mK 3 5mK x4mK 45mK 55mK x5mK 16mK 18mK c mk Rhodium lron RF 100T AA CD BC MC 11mK 11mK 12mK 14mK gt 15mK 25mK RF 100U AA CD BC 11mK 11mK 12mK 14mK 15mK x25mK RF 800 4 7mK 7mK x8mK x10 mK 13 mK 23 mK 41 mK 46 mK Platinum PT 102 PT 102 AL 10 mK 12mK 23mK 40mK 46 mK PT 103 PT 103 AM 10mK 12mK 23mK 40mK 46 mK PT 111 10mK 12mK 23mK x40 mK x46 mK Germanium GR 200A 30 GR 200A 30 CD 3mK 3 2mK 3 7mK 43mK 4 8mK 4mK x4mK GR 200A 50 GR 200A 50 CD 3 2 mK 3 7mK 43mK 48mK 4mK x4mK x5mK x8mK GR 200A 100 GR 200A 100 CD 3 mK 4 3mK 4 7mK 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK 30mMK GR 200A 250 GR 200A 250 CD 43mK 4 7mK 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK 16mkKk GR 200A 500 GR 200A 500 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK 16mK GR 200B 500 GR 200A 1000 GR 200A 1000 CD 4mK 4mK 5mK 8mK 16mK GR 200B 1000 GR 200A 1500 GR 20
478. xcellence in cryogenic sensors and instrumentation the Model 331 Temperature Controller sets the standard for mid price range temperature control instruments The Model 331 Temperature Controller is available in two versions The Model 331S is fully equipped for interface and control flexibility The Model 331E shares measurement and display capability with the Model 331S but does not include the IEEE 488 interface relays analog voltage output or a second control loop Sensor Inputs The Model 331 Temperature Controller is designed for high performance over a wide operating temperature range and in difficult sensing conditions The Model 331 features two inputs with a high resolution 24 bit analog to digital converter and separate current source for each input Sensors are optically isolated from other instrument functions for quiet and repeatable sensor measurements Sensor data from each input can be read up to ten times per second with display updates twice each second The Model 331 uses current reversal to eliminate thermal EMF errors in resistance sensors Standard temperature response curves for silicon diodes platinum RTDs and many thermocouples are included Up to twenty 200 point CalCurves for Lake Shore calibrated sensors or user curves can be loaded into non volatile memory via a computer interface or the instrument front panel A built in SoftCal algorithm can also be used to generate curves for silicon
479. yogenic Gaussmeter Probes Lake Shore offers cryogenic Hall generators mounted into gaussmeter probes which work in a variety of magnetic measurement applications Our probes are factory calibrated for accuracy and interchangeability Factory calibrated probes feature a programmable read only memory PROM in the probe connector so that Hall generator calibration data can be read automatically by the Lake Shore gaussmeter Lake Shore also offers a complete line of axial transverse flexible tangential gamma brass stem and multi axis Hall probes For more information call us or visit www lakeshore com Axial a B 0 36 in diam 0 030 in Transverse cable 4 2 5 in T L D Ls A j EI gl 0 36 in diam 0 030 in L Active Stem Frequency Usable full Corrected Operating Temperature Temperature area material scale ranges accuracy temperature coefficient coefficient of reading range maximum maximum zero calibration Axial MCA 2560 WN 60in O 25india 0 025in 0 030in Stainless DC 300 G 3 kG 2 to 100 kG 1 5K to 350K 0 13 G C 0 010 C 0 50in 0 006in 0 005 in dia approx steel 30 kG 300 kG Transverse MCT 3160 WN 61in O 25india 0 210in 0 040in Stainless DC and 300G 3kG 2 to100kG1 5Kto 350K 0 13G C 0 010 C 1in 0 010in 0 050 in dia approx steel 10 Hz 30 kG 300 kG to 400 Hz Ordering
480. yotronics Inc 614 891 2244 fax 614 818 1600 e mail info lakeshore com Control Control loops 2 Control type Closed loop digital PID with manual heater power output or open loop Autotune one loop at a time manual PID zones Sensor dependent to 2x measurement resolution in an ideal thermal system Tuning Control stability PID control settings Proportional gain 0 to 1000 with 0 1 setting resolution Integral reset 1 to 1000 with 0 1 setting resolution Derivative rate 1 to 1000 s with 1 s resolution Manual output 0 to 100 with 0 01 setting resolution Zone control 10 temperature zones with P I D manual heater power out and heater range 0 1 K per min to 100 K per min Setpoint limit curve temp limits heater output slope limit heater range limit power up heater off and short circuit protection Setpoint ramping Safety limits Heater Output Specifications Heater output type Variable DC current source Variable DC voltage Heater output D A resolution 18 bit 14 bit Max heater power 100 W 1W Max heater output current 2A 0 1A Heater output compliance 90 V 10 V Heater source impedance NA 0 01 9 Heater output ranges 5 decade steps in power 1 Heater load type Resistive Resistive Heater load range 10 Q to 100 Q recommended 100 Q minimum Heater load for max power 25 Q 100 Q Heater noise 1 kHz RMS 50 uV 0 001 of output voltage 0 3 mV Isolation Optical isola
481. ystem of Units SI Washington U S Government Printing Office April 1995 The NIST Reference on Constants Units and Uncertainty online Available from the Internet http physics nist gov cuu Constants index html cited 03 February 2004 www lakeshore com Temperature Fahrenheit to Celsius C F 32 1 8 Celsius to Fahrenheit F 1 8 x C 32 Fahrenheit to Kelvin convert F to C then add 273 15 Celsius to Kelvin add 273 15 Length centimeter cm centimeter cm 1 1 000 x 107 0 3937 UU AppendixH 207 1 micrometer sometimes referred to as micron 10 m meter m inch in 100 1 2 540 x 107 39 37 1 mil 10 in Area cm 1 Ir 0 1550 1 974 x 10 m 10 1 1550 1 974 x 10 in 6 452 6 452 x 10 1 1 273 x 10 circ mil 5 067 x 10 5 067 x 10 9 7 854 x 107 1 Volume 1 liter I 1 000 x 10 cubic meters m 61 02 cubic inches in Mass 1 kilogram kg 1000 grams g 2 205 pounds Ib Force 1 newton N 0 2248 pounds Ib Pressure pascal Pa millibar mbar torr Torr atmosphere atm psi Ibf in2 pascal Pa 1 1 000 x 10 15901 x 10 9 868 x 10 1 450 x 107 millibar mbar 1 000 x 10 1 7 502 x 107 9 868 x 10 1 450 x 107 torr Torr 1 283 X 10 1 243 X 10 1 1 316 x 10 1 934 x 10 atmosphere atm 1 013 x 10 1 013 x 10 7 600 x 10 1 1 470 x 10 p
482. ze insulated with polyimide Rox copper insulated with Formvar AA canister empty 0 091 g B Canister empty 0 080 g Once sensors are installed total mass increases to 0 197 g to 0 416 g Refer to individual sensor specifications The epoxy limits the upper useful temperature of this configuration to 400 K Copper bobbin gold plated AA canister epoxied to bobbin with Stycast epoxy 91 cm 36 in 36 AWG color coded Quad Lead Phosphor bronze Grade A alloy The epoxy limits the upper useful temperature of this configuration to 378 K e mail info lakeshore com 28 Sensors Sensor Packages and Mounting Adapters Adding Length to Sensor Leads Adding extra wire to your sensor leads can be cumbersome and expensive Lake Shore offers this service for you at the time you order your sensor Following are the part numbers and lengths of wire available A 4 wire configuration is recommended for resistors SMOD L YYZZ X SMOD Sensor modification L Number of leads YY Wire type ZZ Wire gauge X Length of wire 1 2 4 6 8 10 or 15 TE SMOD leads are attached with 60 40 SnPb solder If sensor is to be used above 450 K 90 10 PbSn solder must be specified Formvar insulation is limited to use below 378 K See the Sensor Packaging and Installation appendix A Jor more information on sensor packages www lakeshore com 2 wire configurations L 2 Typical lead configuration SMOD 2 DT32

SMOD-L-YYZZ-X - Lasalle Scientific Inc.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents